ODISHA BRIDGE & CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION LIMITED

(A Government of Odisha Undertaking)

VIKASH BHAWAN, NAYAPALLI, BHUBANESHWAR-751012
PHONE NO. 0674- 2394093, 2396309, 2390043 FAX-2396326
*******

Bid Identification No. 50/Tender/OBCC/2025-26

NATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING

(WORKS ON TURNKEY BASIS WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANNING, DESIGN
AND EXECUTION)

Request for Proposal

towards

Construction of 98 Type-II Quarters and 30 Shops beside Taladanda Canal Road,

Cuttack.

1 of 312
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sr. Section Particulars Volume Page Nos.

No. No.
1. Invitation for Bids

2. 1 Instructions to Bidders

Form of bid, Qualification Information, and

3. 2 I
other forms

4. 3 Conditions of Contract

5. 4 Contract data

6. 5 Technical Specifications II

7. 6 Securities and other forms III

8. 7 Conceptual and Indicative Drawings

9. 8 Terms of Reference, Design Brief & Scope of

IV
Work, Geotechnical Investigation Report

10. 9 Payment Schedule

11. 10 Documents to be furnished by Bidder V

2 of 312
 PART-1

BIDDING PROCESS

INVITATION FOR BIDS

3 of 312
4 of 312
5 of 312
 ODISHA BRIDGE & CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION LIMITED
(A Government of Odisha Undertaking)
VIKASH BHAVAN, NAYAPALLI, BHUBANESHWAR-751012

NATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING

(WORKS ON TURNKEY BASIS WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANNING, DESIGN AND
EXECUTION)

Construction of 98 Type-II Quarters and 30 Shops

NAME OF WORK : beside Taladanda Canal Road, Cuttack.

PERIOD OF AVAILABILITY OF BID : From 24.03.2026 to 4.00 P.M of 15.04.2026

DOCUMENT
LAST DATE OF RECEIPT OF PRE-BID QUERIES : Up to 03.00 P.M of 31.03.2026

: On 31.03.2026 at 04.00 P.M

PRE-BID MEETING (Through Video Conferencing) Link:
[Link]
:
ISSUE OF PRE-BID CLARIFICATIONS 07.04.2026
:
LAST DATE AND TIME FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS 15.04.2026 till 04.00 P.M

:
TIME AND DATE OF OPENING TECHNICAL 15.04.2026 at 05.00 P.M
BIDS
:
TIME AND DATE OF CONCEPT TO BE ANNOUNCED
DRAWINGPRESENTATION
:
TIME AND DATE OF OPENING OF TO BE ANNOUNCED
FINANCIAL BIDS
: Office of the Managing Director, Odisha Bridge &
PLACE OF OPENING OF BIDS Construction Cooperation Ltd., Vikash Bhawan,
2nd Floor Conference Hall, Nayapalli,
Bhubaneshwar-751012.

: Chief Engineer- II, Odisha Bridge &

OFFICER INVITING BIDS Construction Corporation Ltd., Odisha.

6 of 312
 SECTION 1
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB)

7 of 312
 A. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

1. Scope of Bid:

1.1 The Employer [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-1] invites bids for the works
namely [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-1] with design and execution (as
definedin this document and referred to as “the works”.

1.2 The successful bidder shall be expected to complete the works by the intended completion date
specified in the Contract.

1.3. Throughout these bidding documents, the terms 'bid' and 'tender' and their derivatives (bidder,
tender, bid/ tender, bidding/ tendering, etc.) are synonymous. Contractor means the selected
bidder for the work.

2. Source of Funds:

The expenditure on this project shall be met from the budget of the Government of Odisha.

3. Eligible Bidders:

3.1. This Invitation for Bids is open to all bidders registered with the Government of Odisha or other
State Governments / Government of India / MES / Railways for execution of Civil works in
general and Building works in particular. Bidders are advised to note the minimum qualification
criteria specified in the “Instruction to Bidders” to qualify for the award of contract.

3.2. All bidders shall provide in Section 2, Forms of Bid and Qualification Information.

3.3 Bidders shall not be under a declaration of ineligibility for corrupt and fraudulent practices.

4. Qualification of the Bidder:

4.1 All bidders shall provide Forms of Bid and Qualification Information under Section 2, a
preliminary description of the proposed work method and schedule, including drawings and
charts, as necessary. The proposed methodology should include a program of construction backed
with equipment planning and deployment duly supported with broad calculations and quality
assurance procedures proposed to be adopted justifying their capability of execution and
completion of work as per technical specifications, within stipulated period of completion.

4.2 All bidders shall include the following information and documents with their bids in Section 2- :

(a) Copies of original documents defining the constitution or legal status, place of registration,
and principal place of business, written power of attorney of the signatory of the Bid to commit
the Bidder;

(b) Financial Turnover of the bidder from civil construction works during last five financial years
ending 31.03.2025. [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-1]

(c) Experience in… [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-1] works and size for
each of the last seven financial years, and details of works under way or contractually
committed and clients who may be contacted for further information on those contracts;

(d) Major items of construction equipment proposed to carry out the Contract;
8 of 312
 (e) Qualifications and experience of key site management and technical personnel proposed for
the Contract.
(f) Reports on the financial standing of the Bidder, such as profit and loss statements and
auditor's reports for the past five financial years;

(g) Evidence of adequacy of working capital for this contract [access to line (s) of credit and
availability of other financial resources];

(h) Authority to seek references from the Bidder's bankers;

(i) Information regarding any litigation or arbitration resulting from contracts executed by the
bidder in the last five years or currently under execution. The information shall include the
names of the parties concerned, the disputed amount, cause of litigation, and matter in dispute;

(j) Proposals for subcontracting components of the works amounting to more than …. [As
mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-1] percent of the Bid Price (for each, the
qualifications and experience of the identified sub-contractor in the relevant field should be
annexed); and

(k) The proposed methodology and program of construction, backed with equipment planning
and deployment, duly supported with broad calculations and quality control procedures
proposed to be adopted, justifying their capability of execution and completion of the work
as per technical specifications within the stipulated period of completion as per milestones as
mentioned in the Contract data. [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-1]

4.3 Bids from Joint ventures/association of firms: ……. [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at
the end of Section-1].

4.4.A. To qualify for award of contract, each bidder in its name should have in the last five
financial years immediately preceding the financial year in which the bids are received: -

(a) Achieved a minimum annual financial turnover1 of ..... [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the
end of Section-1].

(b) Satisfactorily completed, as a prime Bidder, at least one similar work / any major civil
construction work of value not less than [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end
of Section-1]. Bidder
should submit completion certificate for Central / State Government projects. For private
sector projects, completion certificate with TDS shall be submitted.

(c) Deleted

(d) Bidders must furnish their bid, a detailed construction planning and methodology supported
with layout and necessary drawings and detailed calculations to allow the Employer to review
their proposals.
1
5 Financial turnover and cost of completed works of previous financial years shall be given
weightage of 10% (ten percent) per year based on rupee value to bring them to the price
level upto the year of bid invitation.

9 of 312
5.4.A. Each bidder should further demonstrate: -

(a) Availability (either owned or leased) of the following key and critical equipment for this work:

List of plants and equipment Requirement2

Sl. [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the
No. end of Section-1]. end of Section-1].
1.
2.

(b) The bidders should, however, undertake their own studies and furnish with their bid, a detailed
construction planning and methodology supported with layout and necessary drawings and
detail calculations to allow the Employer to review their proposals. The numbers, types and
capacities of each plant/equipment shall be shown in the proposals along with the cycle time
for each operation for the given production capacity to match the requirements.

(c) Liquid assets and / or availability of credit facilities of not less than the amount
of Rs ................... [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-1]. crores (Credit
lines /
letter of Credit / Certificate from banks for meeting the fund requirements etc. – usually the
equivalent of the estimated cash flow for three months in peak construction period)

5.4.B. To qualify for a package of contracts made up of this and other contracts for which bids
are invited in the IFB, the bidder must demonstrate having experience and resources sufficient
to meet the aggregate of the qualifying criteria for the individual contracts.

4.5 Sub-contractors' experience and resources shall not be taken into account in determining the
bidder's compliance with the qualifying criteria. [Clarified in Bid Data Sheet at the end of
Section-1]

4.6 Bidders who meet the minimum qualification criteria will be qualified only if their
available bid capacity is more than the total bid value. The available bid capacity will be
calculated as under:

Assessed Available Bid Capacity = (A x N x 2) -B

Where:
A = Maximum value of civil engineering works executed in any one financial year during
the last five financial years (updated to bid invitation year [As mentioned in Bid Data
Sheet at the end of Section-1] price level) taking into account the completed as well as
works in progress.
N = Number of years prescribed for completion for which the bid has been invited
B = Value (updated to the price level on the financial year in which bids are received) of
existing commitments and on-going works3 to be completed during the next [As
mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-1]
2 An indicative list of major equipment and their quantity to attain the completion of works
are shown in the Bid Data Sheet.
3
The statements showing the value of existing commitments and on-going works as well as the
stipulated period of completion remaining for each of the works listed should be countersigned by
10 of 312
 the Engineer-in-charge, not below the rank of an Executive Engineer or equivalent.

4.7 Even though the bidders meet the above qualifying criteria, they are subject to be
disqualified if they have:

- Made any misleading or false representations in the forms, statements and attachments
submitted in proof of the qualification requirements; and/or

- Record of poor performance such as abandoning the works, not properly completing the
contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history, or financial failures etc.; and / or

- Participated in the previous bidding for the same work and had quoted unreasonably high
bid prices and could not furnish rational justification to the Employer.

5. One Bid per Bidder:

The E-Procurement procedure accepts only one bid from one bidder. Refer e-procurement procedure
as annexed.

6. Cost of Bidding:

6.1 The bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of his Bid, and the
Employer will in no case be responsible and liable for those costs.

7. Site visit and verification of information

7.1 The Bidder, at the Bidder’s own responsibility and risk is encouraged to visit and examine the
Site of Works and its surroundings and obtain all information like site conditions, traffic, location,
surroundings, climate, availability of power, water & other utilities for construction, access to
site, handling and storage of materials, weather data, applicable laws and regulations, and any
other matter considered relevant by them that may be necessary for preparing the Bid and entering
into a contract for construction of the Works with in the stipulated time of submission of the Bid.
No extension of time is likely to be considered for submission of Bids. The costs of visiting the
Site shall be at the Bidder's own expense.

7.2 The Geotechnical and other related data provided by the Employer are based on the investigation
conducted by Employer and are for reference purposes only. The Bidder should satisfy himself
with the data furnished and make his own investigations if required for submitting his offer.

7.3 It shall be deemed that by submitting a BID, the Bidder has:

(a) made a complete and careful examination of the Bidding Documents, Schedules of the
RFP Document;

(b) received all relevant information requested from the Employer;

(c) accepted the risk of inadequacy, error or mistake in the information provided in the Bidding
Documents or furnished by or on behalf of the Authority relating to any of the matters
referred to in Clause 7.1 above. No claim shall be admissible at any stage on this account.

(d) satisfied itself about all matters, things and information including matters referred to in
Clause 7.1 hereinabove necessary and required for submitting an informed BID, execution
11 of 312
 of the Project in accordance with the Bidding Documents and performance of all of its
obligations thereunder;

(e) acknowledged and agreed that inadequacy, lack of completeness or incorrectness of

information provided in the Bidding Documents or ignorance of any of the matters referred
to in Clause 7.1 hereinabove shall not be a basis for any claim for compensation, damages,
extension of time for performance of its obligations, loss of profits etc. from the Employer,
or a ground for termination of the Agreement by the Contractor;

(f) acknowledged that it does not have a Conflict of Interest; and

(g) agreed to be bound by the undertakings provided by it under and in terms hereof.

7.4 The Employer shall not be liable for any omission, mistake or error in respect of any of the above
or on account of any matter or thing arising out of or concerning or relating to RFP, including any
error or mistake therein or in any information or data given by the Employer/ any of his
Representatives.

12 of 312
 B. BIDDING DOCUMENTS

8. Content of Bidding Documents:

8.1 The set of bidding documents comprises the documents listed below, and addenda issued in
accordance with Clause 10:

Section Particulars Volume No.

Invitation for Bids
1 Instructions to Bidders
Form of bid, Qualification Information, and other forms
2 I
3 Conditions of Contract
4 Contract data
5 Technical Specifications II
6 Securities and other forms III
7 Conceptual and Indicative Drawings
Terms of Reference, Design Brief & Scope of Work, IV
8
Geotechnical Investigation Report
9 Payment Schedule
10 Documents to be furnished by Bidder V

8.2. The Bidder shall download the above listed documents as listed under Volume I, II, III and I V
a n d V shall submit his bid after preparing the same in compliance to Section-2 (refer clause
12).

8.3. The bidder shall be expected to examine carefully all instructions, conditions of contract,
contract data, forms, terms, technical specifications, annexures and drawings in the Bid
Document. Failure to comply with the requirements of Bid Documents shall be at the
bidder’s own risk. Pursuant to Clause 26 hereof, bids, which are not substantially responsive
to the requirements of the Bid Documents, shall be rejected.

9. Clarification of Bidding Documents:

9.1 A prospective bidder requiring any clarification of the bidding documents may notify the
Employer in writing or by cable (hereinafter “cable" includes telex, facsimile and e-
mail) at the Employer's address indicated in the invitation to bid. The Employer will respond
to any request for clarification, which he received earlier than 15 days prior to the deadline
for submission of bids. Employer's response will be uploaded in the e-procurement site in
shape of corrigendum / addendum if required.
9.2 Pre-bid meeting:

9.2.1 The bidder or his official representative is invited to attend a pre-bid meeting which shall be
held through video conferencing as mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-1].

9.2.2 The purpose of this meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that may
be raised at this stage.
13 of 312
9.2.3 The bidder is requested to submit any questions in writing to reach the Employer not later than
the date as mentioned in the Bid Data sheet.

9.2.4 Minutes of the meeting/ response to queries, including the text of the questions raised (without
identifying the source of enquiry) and the responses given will be uploaded in the e-
procurement portal. Any modification of the bidding documents listed in Sub-Clause 8.1 which
may become necessary as a result of the pre-bid meeting/ queries shall be made by the Employer
exclusively through the issue of an addendum/ corrigendum pursuant to Clause 10 and not
through the minutes of the pre-bid meeting.

9.2.5 Non-attendance at the pre-bid meeting or non-submission of pre-bid query will not be a cause for
disqualification of a bidder.

10. Amendment of Bidding Documents:

10.1 Before the deadline for submission of bids, the Employer may modify the bidding documents
by issuing addendum/ corrigendum.

10.2 Any addendum/ corrigendum thus issued shall be part of the bidding documents and shall be
uploaded on the e- procurement site in shape of corrigendum / addendum if required.

10.3 To give prospective bidders reasonable time [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end of
Section-1] in which to take an addendum into account in preparing their bids, the Employer
may extend as necessary the deadline for submission of bids, in accordance with Sub-Clause
20.2 below.

10.4 The addendum/ corrigendum shall also be available in official website [As mentioned in
Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-1].

14 of 312
 C. PREPARATION OF BIDS

11. Language of the Bid:

11.1 All documents relating to the bid shall be in the English language.

12. Documents comprising the Bid:

12.1 The bid to be submitted by the bidder s h a l l b e i n t w o s e p a r a t e p a r t s (refer Clause

8.1):

Cover-I: Shall be named "Technical Bid" and shall comprise (to be submitted online): -
(i) Technical Bid (in the format indicated at Section 2).
(ii) Scanned copy of Transaction receipt of the Bid Processing fee & Scanned copy of
Transaction receipt / Bank Guarantee of Bid Security/ EMD
(iii) Qualification Information and supporting documents as specified in Section -2
(iv) Certificates, undertakings, affidavits as specified in Section 2,
(v) Undertaking that the bid shall remain valid for the period specified in Clause 15.1 of Bid
Data Sheet

Cover –II: Shall be named "Financial Bid" and shall comprise (to be submitted online only)
(i) The Lump Sum Price Bid
Cover-III (both online as well as original hardcopy):
The Bidder shall furnish the Design Basis Report (DBR) in Cover-III as indicated in this
Annexure. The intent of this DBR is to present the salient features of technical considerations
and scope of work envisaged by the bidder for the project, based on which the bidder has made
its financial offer.
The bidder shall make sure that the DBR should cover sections on Architectural, civil,
structural, electrical, public health engineering, HVAC, fire protection system, elevator
systems and other monitoring and control systems, landscaping aspects For Details Please refer
Annexure-III to ITB.
Cover-IV (both online as well as original hardcopy):
Bidder shall furnish other documents
i. Transaction receipt of Bid Processing Fee
ii. Transaction receipt / Bank Guarantee of Bid Security / EMD.
13. Bid Price:

13.1 The contract shall be for the whole work as described in Sub-Clause 1.1, based on the Lump
Sum Price Bid submitted by the Bidder.

13.2 The bidder shall fill in the total bid price as Lump Sum Price (both in figures and words)
for all items of works as specified in the Bid document.

13.3 The prices tendered shall be accepted in so far as it is otherwise, provided under the contract,
include all constructional plant, labour, supervision, materials, erection maintenance, insurance,
profit, taxes and duties & other levies together with all general risks, liabilities and obligations
15 of 312
 set out or implied in the contract.

13.4 The lump sum bid price quoted by the bidder shall be fixed for the duration of the Contract and
shall not be subject to adjustment on any account.

14. Currencies of Bid and Payment:

14.1 The currency of bid and payment shall be quoted by the bidder entirely in Indian
Rupees. All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees.

15. Bid Validity:

15.1 Bids shall remain valid for a period...... [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-1]
after the due date for bid submission specified in Clause 20. A bid valid for a shorter period
shall be rejected by the Employer as non-responsive. In case of discrepancy in bid validity
period between that given in the undertaking pursuant to Clause 12.1 (v) and the Form of Bid
submitted by the bidder, the latter shall be deemed to stand corrected in accordance with the
former and the bidder has to provide for any additional security that is required.
15.2. In exceptional circumstances, prior to expiry of the original time limit, the Employer may
request that the bidders and the bidder may extend the period of validity for a specified
additional period. The request and the bidders' responses shall be made in writing or by cable /
e-mail. A bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting his bid security. A bidder agreeing to
the request will not be required or permitted to modify his bid but will be required to extend
the validity of his bid security for a period of the extension, and in compliance with Clause
16 in all respects.

16. Bid Security:

16.1 The Bidder shall furnish, as part of his Bid, a Bid security of an amount as shown in IFB for
this particular work. Bid security in the shape such as Deposit Receipt of Scheduled Bank (Term
Deposit Receipt) / Post Office Savings Bank Account / National Savings Certificate / Postal
Office Time Deposit Account duly pledged in favour of [As mentioned in 16.1 of Bid Data
Sheet at the end
of Section-1] is acceptable. The bidder has the option of furnishing Bid Security in the form of
Bank Guarantee from a Nationalized Bank of India, in the prescribed format at Section 2-
Section V-Bid Security.
16.2. Any bid not accompanied by acceptable Bid Security and not secured as indicated in
sub-clauses 16.1 shall be rejected by the Employer as non-responsive.
16.3. The Bid Security of unsuccessful bidders shall be returned within 28 days of the end of
the bid validity period specified in sub-clause 15.1.
16.4. The Bid Security of the successful bidder shall be discharged when the bidder has signed the
Agreement and furnished the required Performance Security.
16.5 The Bid Security may be forfeited
(a) If the Bidder withdraws the Bid after Bid opening during the period of Bid validity;
(b) In the case of a successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails within the specified time limit to
(i) Sign the Agreement; or
(ii) Furnish the required Performance Security.
(iii) Deposit the required license fees with State Government to register itself as a Special/ Super
Class Contractor with Government of Odisha within 15 (fifteen) days of issue of Letter of
Acceptance of Bid.
16 of 312
17. Alternative Proposals by Bidders:
17.1 Bidders shall submit offers as per his own estimate based on his own design & drawing but
complying with the requirements of the bidding documents, including the basic technical design
parameters and as per regulations of concerned Urban Development Authority, OECBC,
specifications relevant to MoRT&H, IRC, IS Codes & NBC.

Conditional offers or alternative offers will not be considered further in the process of
tender evaluation.
18. Format and Signing of Bid: Refer e-Procurement procedure at Annexed

17 of 312
 D. SUBMISSION OF BIDS

Online submission as per Govt. of Odisha e-Procurement Procedure annexed

19. Sealing and Marking of Bids – Refer e-procurement procedure as annexed in Annexure-I to
ITB for Cover-I and Cover-II of the bid (Clause-12.1).

20. Deadline for Submission of the Bids

20.1 Bid shall be received on or before [As mentioned in 20.1 of Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-
1] as notified in IFB.

20.2 The Employer may extend the deadline for submission of bids by issuing an amendment in
accordance with Clause 10, in which case all rights and obligations of the Employer and the
bidders previously subject to the original deadline will then be subject to the new deadline.

21. Late Bids: Not applicable as per e-Procurement procedure.

22. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids: Refer e-Procurement procedure as annexed.

18 of 312
 E. BID OPENING AND EVALUATION

23. Bid Opening:

23.1 All the bids received shall be opened in the Office of the Employer on [As mentioned in Bid
Data Sheet at the end of Section-1] in the presence of the Bidders or their representatives who
choose to attend. In the event of the specified date of Bid opening being declared a holiday, the
Bids will be opened at the appointed time and location on the next working day.

23.2 The Employer shall prepare minutes of the Bid opening.

24. Process to be Confidential:

24.1 Information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation, and comparison of Bids and
recommendations for the award of a contract shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other
persons not officially concerned with such process until the award is successful and Bidder has
been announced. Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Employer's processing of Bids or
award decisions may result in the rejection of his Bid.

25. Clarification of Financial Bids:

25.1. To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of Bids, the Employer may, at his
discretion, ask the lowest evaluated responsive bidder for clarification of his-Bid, including
breakdowns of unit rates. The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing or
by cable/e-mail, but no change in the price or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered, or
permitted.

25.2. Subject to Sub-Clause 24.1, no Bidder shall contact the Employer on any matter relating to his
bid from the time of the bid opening to the time the contract is awarded. If the Bidder wishes to
bring additional information to the notice of the Employer, it should do so writing.

25.3. Any effort by the Bidder to influence the Employer in the Employer's bid evaluation, bid
comparisonor contract award decisions may result in the rejection of the Bidders' bid.

26. Examination of Bids and Determination of Responsiveness:

The Employer reserves the right to verify all statements, information and documents submitted
by the Bidder in response to the RFP. Any such verification or lack of such verification by the
Employer shall not relieve the Bidder of its obligations or liabilities hereunder nor will it affect
any rights of the Employer thereunder.
26.1 During the detailed evaluation of "Technical Bids", the Employer will determine whether each Bid

(a) Meets the eligibility criteria defined in Clause 3 and 4;

(b) Is accompanied by the required securities and;

(c) Is substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bidding documents.

(d) Is fulfilling the requirements of IFB.

(e) Is substantially responsive in accordance with the procedure as per Annexure-II and
substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bidding documents. After
Prequalification Evaluation (Phase-I), Technical Evaluation (Phase-II) and Power
Point Presentation (Phase- III) the Bidder enter into Financial Evaluation. During the
19 of 312
 Financial evaluation of the “Financial Bid” of the lowest evaluated bidder, the
responsiveness of the bids will be further determined with respect to the remaining bid
conditions, i.e., priced bill of quantities, technical specifications, and drawings.

26.2 A substantially responsive “Financial Bid” is one which conforms to all the terms, conditions,
and specifications of the Bidding documents, without material deviation or reservation. A
material deviation or reservation is one (a) which affects in any substantial way the scope,
quality, or performance of the works; (b) which limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with
Bidding documents, the Employer’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations under the Contract; or
(c) whose rectification would affect unfairly the competitive position of other Bidders
presenting substantially responsive Bids.

26.3 If a “Financial Bid” is not substantially responsive, it will be rejected by the Employer and may
not subsequently be made responsive by correction or withdrawal of the non-conforming
deviation or reservation.

27. Correction of Errors - Not applicable as per e-procurement procedure.

28. Evaluations and Comparison of Financial Bids

28.1. The Employer will evaluate and compare only the Bids determined to be substantially
responsive in accordance with the procedure as per Annexure-II.

28.2. The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any variation arising out of change in scope
of work. Such variations, which are in excess of the requirements of the Bidding documents,
shall not be taken into account in Bid evaluation.

20 of 312
 F. AWARD OF CONTRACT

29. Award Criteria:

29.1 Subject to Clause 30, the Employer will award the Contract to the Bidder whose Bid has been
determined to be substantially responsive to the Bidding documents and who has offered the
lowest evaluated Bid price, provided that such Bidder has been determined to be

(a) eligible in accordance with the provisions of Clause 3 and

(b) qualified in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.

29.2 In no case, the contract shall be awarded to any bidder whose available bid capacity is
less than the evaluated bid price, even if the said bid is the lowest evaluated bid. The
contract will in such cases be awarded to the next lowest bidder at his evaluated bid price.

30. Employer's Right to accept any Bid and to reject any or all Bids:

30.1 Notwithstanding Clause 29, the Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid and
to cancel the Bidding process and reject all Bids at any time prior to the award of Contract,
without thereby incurring any liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders or any obligation to
inform the affected Bidder or Bidders of the grounds for the Employer's action.

30.2 The Employer reserves the right to reject any Application and/ or Bid if:

(a) at any time, a material misrepresentation is made or uncovered, or

(b) The Bidder does not provide, within the time specified by the Employer, the
supplemental information sought by the Employer for evaluation of the Bid.

30.3 In case it is found during the evaluation or at any time before signing of the Agreement or after
its execution and during the period of subsistence thereof, including the Defects Liability
Period, that one or more of the bid conditions have not been met by the Bidder , or the Bidder
has made material misrepresentation or has given any materially incorrect or false information,
the Bidder shall be disqualified forthwith if not yet appointed as the Contractor either by issue
of the LOA or entering into the Agreement , and if the Bidder has already been issued the
LOA or has entered into the Agreement, as the case may be, the same shall, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained therein or in this RFP, be liable to be terminated, by a
communication in writing by the Employer to the Bidder , without the Employer being liable in
any manner whatsoever to the Bidder and without prejudice to any other right or remedy which
the Employer may have under this RFP, the Bidding Documents, the Agreement or under
applicable law.

30.4 The Employer reserves the right to verify all statements, information and documents submitted
by the Bidder in response to the RFP. Any such verification or lack of such verification by the
Employer shall not relieve the Bidder of its obligations or liabilities hereunder nor will it affect
any rights of the Employer thereunder.

31. Notification of Award and Signing of Agreement:

31.1 The Bidder whose Bid has been accepted will be notified of the award by the Employer prior
to expiration of the Bid validity period by cable, telex, facsimile or e-mail confirmed by
registered letter. This letter (hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract called the "Letter of
Acceptance" will state the sum that the Employer will pay the Bidder in consideration of the
21 of 312
 design and execution the works on a Turnkey basis by the Bidder as prescribed by the Contract
(hereinafter and by the Contract called the "Contract Price").

31.2 The notification of award will constitute the formation of the Contract, subject only to the
furnishing of a performance security in accordance with the provisions of Clause 32.

31.3 The Contract will incorporate all agreements between the Employer and the successful Bidder.
The detailed work program and milestone wise activity shall be finalized during contract
negotiation with the successful bidder within 14 days after issue of Letter of Acceptance. The
agreed work program/ milestone shall form part of the contract agreement. Within 21 days of
receipt of Letter of Acceptance, the successful Bidder will sign the Agreement and deliver it to
the Employer. The agreement will be signed by the Employer and sent to the successful Bidder,
within 28 days following the notification of the award along with the Letter of Acceptance

31.4 Upon furnishing by the successful Bidder of the Performance Security, the Employer
will promptly notify the other Bidders that their Bids have been unsuccessful.

31.5 In the event of non-payment of the performance security by the L1 bidder, the successful
bidders in sequence (L2, L3 ….) may be asked for negotiation for execution of the work with
the bid price quoted by the L1 bidder.

32 Performance Security:

32.1 Within 21 days of receipt of the Letter of Acceptance, the successful Bidder shall deliver to the
Employer a Performance Security [valid for a period as stipulated in Cl. 48 of Conditions of
Contract & in the contract data] in any of the forms given below for an amount equivalent to 5
(five) % of the Contract price:

• an e-bank guarantee issued by any bank indicated in Bid data sheet payable at par by its
branch at Bhubaneswar in the form given in Section 6; or
• a deposit receipt of any Bank Schedule Bank (list indicated in Bid Data Sheet) / Post Office
Savings Bank Account / National Savings Certificate / Post Office Time Deposit Account duly
pledged in favour of the [As mentioned in Bid Data Sheet at the end of Section-1].

32.2 Deleted

32.3 Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the requirements of Sub-Clause 32.1 and/or
32.2 shall constitute sufficient grounds for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the Bid
Security.

33. Advance Payment and Security - - The Employer shall make advance payment to the
Contractor of the amounts stated in the Contract Data by the date stated in the Contract Data,
against provision by the Contractor of an Unconditional Bank Guarantee in a form and by a
Bank acceptable to the Employer in amounts and currencies equal to the 110 (Hundred & Ten)
% of the advance payment.

34. Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices:

34.1 It is required that the bidders / contractors observe the highest standard of ethics during the
procurement and execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy, it is:

(a) Defined, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
22 of 312
 (i) “Corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of anything of
value to influence the action of a public official in the procurement process or in
contract execution and
(ii) “Fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a
procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the Employer
and includes collusive practice among Bidders (prior to or after bid submission)
designed to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the
Government of the benefits of free and open competition.

34.2 The Employer will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Bidder recommended
for award has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for the contract in
question and will declare the firm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to
be awarded a contract, if it at any time determines that the firm has engaged in corrupt or
fraudulent practices in competing for, or in executing the contract.

34.3 Furthermore, Bidders shall be aware of the provision stated in sub-clause 23.2 and sub-clause
54.2 of the Conditions of Contract.

23 of 312
 ANNEXURE- I to ITB

Procedure to participate in online bidding- e-procurement

(Refer clause-19 of ITB)

1. PARTICIPATING IN THE BID IN THE E-PROCUREMENT PORTAL: The

Contractor/Bidder intending to participate in the bid is required to register in the Portal using his
/her active personal/ official e-mail ID as his Login ID and attach his/her valid Digital Signature
Certificate (DSC) to his/her unique Login ID. The DSC used must be o f appropriate class (Class II
or Class III) issued from a registered Certifying Authority such as n-Code, Sify, TCS, MTNL etc.
He/ She has to submit the relevant information as asked for about the firm/ contractor. The portal
registration of the bidder/ firm is to be authenticated by the State Procurement Cell after verification
of original valid certificates/ documents such as (i) PAN and (II) Registration Certificate (RC)/ GST
Registration Certificate and GSTIN (for procurement of goods) of the concerned bidder. The time
period of validity in the portal is at par with the validity of RC/ GST Registration Certificate and
GSTIN. Any change of information by the bidder is to be re-authenticated by the State Procurement
Cell. After successful authentication, the bidder can participated in the online bidding process.

Contractor not registered with Government of Odisha, can participate in the e-procurement after
necessary enrollment in the portal but have to subsequently register themselves with the
appropriate registering authority of the State Government before award of the work as per
prevalent registration norms of the State.

a) To log on to the portal, the Contractor/Bidder is required to type his/her username and
password. The system will again ask to select the DSC and confirm it with the
password of DSC. For each login, a user’s DSC will be validated against its date of
validity and also against the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) of respective CAs
stored in system database. The system checks the unique ID, password and DSC
combination and authenticates the login process for use of portal.
b) The tender documents uploaded by the Tender Inviting Officer in the website
[Link] will appear at the “Active Tenders” Section of the
homepage. Only a small notification will be published in the newspaper specifying
the work details along with mention of the specific website for details. The
publication of the tender will be for specific period of time till the last date of
submission of bids as mentioned in the ‘Invitation for Bid’ after which the same will
be removed from the list of Active tenders. Any bidder can view or download the
bid documents from the web site.
c) Contractor exempted from payment of EMD will be able to participate in the tender
directly by uploading documentary evidences towards his eligibility for such
exemption.
d) The software application has the provision of payment of cost of tender document
through payment gateways of authorized bankers by directly debiting the account of
the bidders.

1.1 Furnishing scanned copy of such documents is mandatory along with the tender
documents otherwise his/her bid shall be declared as non-responsive and thus liable for
rejection. Bidders participating through Joint Venture shall declare the authorized
signatory through Memorandum of Understanding duly registered and enroll in the portal
in the name and style of the joint venture company. It is mandatory that the DSC issued
in the name of the authorized signatory is used in the portal.
24 of 312
1.2 In the case of any failure, malfunction, or breakdown of the electronic system used during
the e- procurement process, the tender inviting officer shall not accept any responsibility
for failures or breakdowns other than in those systems strictly within their own control.

1.3 Any third party/company/person under a service contract for operation of e-procurement
system in the State or his/their subsidiaries or their parent companies shall be ineligible
to participate in the procurement processes that are undertaken through the e-procurement
system irrespective of who operates the system.

1.4 For submission of Bids through the E-Procurement Portal, the bidder shall upload the
scanned copy/copies of document in prescribed format wherever warranted in support of
eligibility criteria and qualification information. The online bidder shall have to produce
the original documents in support of the scanned copies and statements uploaded in the
portal before the specified date as per DTCN.

1.5 Each bidder shall submit only one bid for one package. A bid is said to be complete if
accompanied by cost of bid document and appropriate bid security. The system shall
consider only the last bid submitted through the E-Procurement portal.

1.6 The bidder may ask question related to tender online in the e-procurement portal using
his/her DSC, provided the questions are raised within the period of seeking clarification
as mentioned intender call notice/Bid. The Officer inviting the Bid/ Procurement Officer-
Publisher will clarify quarries related to the tender.

1.7 The details of drawings and documents pertaining to the works available with the officer
inviting the Bid as well as in the office of the Superintending Engineer and Engineer as
mentioned in the Contract Data will be open for inspection by the bidders. The bidder is
required to download all the documents for preparation of his bid. It is not necessary for
the part of the Bidder to up-load other Bid documents (after signing) while up-loading
his bid. He is required to upload documents related to his eligibility criteria and
qualification information and Bill of Quantities duly filled in. It is assumed that while
participating in the bid, the bidder has referred all the drawings and documents. Seeking
any revision of rates or backing out of the bid claiming for not having referred to any
or all documents provided in the Bid by the Officer Inviting the Bid will be construed as
plea to disrupt the bidding process and in such cases the bid security shall be forfeited.

1.8 Any addendum / corrigendum/ cancellation of tender shall be published in the website
[Link] notice board and through paper publication and such notice
shall form part of the bidding documents.

1.9 The system generates a mail to those bidders who have already uploaded their tenders
and those bidders if they wish can modify their tenders. The bidders are required to which
the website till last date and time of bid submission for any addendum/ corrigendum/
cancellation thereof. Tender inviting authority is not responsible for communication
failure of system generated mail. All the volumes/documents shall be uploaded / provided
in the portal by the Officer inviting the bid. The bidder shall carefully go through the
document and prepare the required documents and upload the scanned documents in
Portable Document Format to the portal in the designated locations of Technical Bid. He
will fill up the rates of items or percentage in the BOQ downloaded for the work in
designated Cell and up loads the same in designated locations of Financial Bid. Bidders
25 of 312
 are to submit only the original BoQ uploaded by publisher after entering the relevant
fields without any alteration/deletion/modification. Multiple BoQ submission shall lead
to cancellation of bid. In case of item rate tender, bidders shall fill in their rates other than
Zero value in the specified cells. In the percentage rate tender, the bidder quoting Zero
value is valid and will be taken as Schedule of Rates. Submission of documents shall be
affected by using DSC of appropriate class.

2. PAYMENT OF EMD/ BID SECURITY AND COST OF BID DOCUMENTS: The

Bidder shall furnish, as part of his Bid, a Bid security for the amount mentioned under
NIT/Contract Data in online mode. Non-submission of bid security within the designated
period shall debar the bidder from participating in the on-line bidding system and his portal
registration shall be cancelled. His name shall also be informed to the registering authority
for cancellation of his registration.

2.1 Deleted.

2.2 Deleted.

2.3 The tender accepting authority will verify the originals of all the scanned documents of
the successful lowest bidder only within 5 days of opening of the tender (price bid). In
the eventuality of failure on the part of the lowest successful bidder to procedure the
original documents, he will be debarred in future from participating in tender for 3 years
and will be black listed by the competent authority. In such a situation, successful L-2
bidder will be required to produce his original documents for consideration of his tender
at the negotiated rate equal to L1 bidder.

2.4 Contractor exempted from payment of EMD will be able to participate in the tender
directly by uploading documentary evidences towards his eligibility for such exemption.

2.5 Government of Odisha has introduced e-payment gateway in to the portal for payment of
cost of Bid and Bid Security/ Earnest Money Deposit. The process of using e-payment
gateway is mentioned in the “Procedure for Electronic receipt, accounting and reporting
of Cost of Tender Paper and Earnest Money Deposit on submission of bids”.

3. FORMAT AND SIGNING OF BID: (Logging to the Portal)-The Contractor/ Bidder is

required to type his/her Login ID and Password. The system will again ask to select the DSC
and confirm it with the password of DSC as a second stage authentication. For each login, a
user’s DSC will be validated against its date of validity and also against the Certificate
Revocation List (CRL) of respective CAs stored in system database. The system checks the
unique Login ID, Password and DSC combination and authenticates the login process for
use of portal.

The bidder can download the tender of his choice and save it in his system and undertake the
necessary preparatory work off-line and upload the completed tender at his convenience
within the final date and time of submission. The bidder shall only submit a single copy of
the required documents and Price Bid in the portal. In the Financial bid, the bidder cannot
leave any figure blank. He has to only write the figures; the words will be self-generated.
The Bidders are advised to upload the completed Bid document well ahead of the last date
& time of receipt to avoid any last moment problem of power failures etc.

26 of 312
3.1 The Bidder shall go through the Bid carefully and list the documents those are asked for
submission. He shall prepare all documents including Declaration form, price bid etc
and storein the system.

3.2 The bidder shall log on to the portal with his DSC and move to the desired tender for up
loading the documents in appropriate place one by one simultaneously checking the
documents. Once the Bidder makes sure that all the documents have been up-loaded in
appropriate place he clicks the submit button to submit the bid to the portal.

3.3 The bids once submitted cannot be retrieved or corrected. Tender cannot be pre-opened
and cannot be submitted after due date and time. Therefore, only after satisfying that all
the documents have been uploaded, the Bidder should activate submit button.

3.4 In the e-procurement process each processes are time stamped. The system can identify
each individual who has entered in to the portal for any bid and the time of entering in to
the portal.

3.5 The Bidder should ensure clarity of the document up loaded by him to the portal
especially the scanned documents by taking out sample printing. Non-submission of
legible documents may render the bid non-responsive. However, the Officer inviting
the Bid if so desires can ask for
legible copies or original copies for verification with in a stipulated period provided such
document in no way alters the Bidder’s price bid. If the Bidder fails to submit the original
documents with in the stipulated date, his bid security shall be forfeited.

4. SUBMISSION OF BIDS: -

4.1 The bidder shall carefully go through the tender and prepare the required documents. The
bid shall have a Technical Bid and a Financial Bid. The Technical bid generally consists
of GSTIN, PAN, Registration Certificate, Affidavits, Profit Loss statement, Joint venture
agreement, List of similar nature of works, work in hand, list of machineries and any
other information required by OIT. The Financial Bid shall consist of the Bill of
Quantities (BOQ) and any other price related information/ undertaking including rebates.

4.2 Bidders are to submit only the original BOQ (in .xls format) uploaded by Procurement
Officer Publisher (Officer Inviting Tender) after entering the relevant fields without any
alteration/ deletion/ modification. Multiple BOQ submission by bidder shall lead to
cancellation of bid. In case of items rate tender, bidders shall fill in their rates other than
zero value in the specified cells without keeping it blank. In the percentage rate tender
the bidder quoting zero percentage is valid and will be taken at par with the estimated rate
of the work put to tender.

4.3 The bidder shall upload the scanned copy/ copies of document in support of eligibility
criteria and qualification information in prescribed format in Portable Document Format
(PDF) to the portal in the designated locations of Technical Bid.

4.4 The bidder shall write his name in the space provided in the specified location in the
Protected Bill of Quantities (BOQ) published by the Officer Inviting Tender. The bidder
shall type rates in figure only in the rate column of respective items(s) without any blank
cell in the rate column in case of item rate tender and type percentage excess or less up to
two decimal place only in case of percentage rate tender.
27 of 312
4.5 The bidder shall log to the portal with his/ her DSC and move to the desired tender for
uploading the documents in appropriate place one by one simultaneously checking the
documents.

4.6 Bids cannot be submitted after due date and time. The bids once submitted cannot be
viewed, retrieved or corrected. The Bidder should ensure correctness of the Bid prior to
uploading and take print out of the system generated summery of submission to confirm
successful uploading of bid. The bids cannot be opened even by the OIT or the
Procurement Officer Publisher/ opener before the due date and time of opening.

4.7 Each process in the e-procurement is time stamped and the system can defect the time of
log in of each user including the Bidder.

4.8 The Bidder should ensure clarity/ legibility of the document uploaded by him to the portal.

4.9 The system shall require all the mandatory forms and fields filled up by the Contractor
during the process of submission of the bid/ tender.

4.10 The bidder should check the system generated confirmation statement on the status of the
submission.

4.11 The bidder should upload sufficiently ahead of the bid closure time to avoid traffic rush
and failure in the network.

4.12 The Tender Inviting Officer is not responsible for any failure, malfunction or breakdown
of the electronic system used during the e-procurement process.
4.13 The Bidder is required to upload documents related to his eligibility criteria and
qualification information and Bill of Quantity duly filled in. It is not necessary for the
part of the bidder to upload the drawing and the other Bid documents (after signing) while
uploading his bid. It is assumed that the bidder has referred all the drawings and
documents uploaded by the Officer Inviting the Bid.

4.14 The Bidder will not be able to submit his bid after expiry of the date and time of
submission of bid (server time). The date and time of bid submission shall remain
unaltered even if the specified date for the submission of bids declared as a holiday for
the Officer Inviting the Bid.

4.15 The ‘Online bidder’ shall digitally sign on all statements documents, certificates uploaded
by him, owning responsibility for their correctness/ authenticity as per IT ACT 2000. If
any of the information furnished by the bidder is found to be false/ fabricated/ bogus, his
EMD/BID Security shall stand forfeited and his registration in the portal shall be blocked
and the bidder is liable to be blacklisted.

28 of 312
5. SECURITY OF BID SUBMISSION:

5.1 All bid data uploaded by the Bidder to the portal will be encrypted by the DSC of the
opener(s). The system shall require all the mandatory forms and fields filled up by the
Contractor during the process of submission of the bid/tender.

5.2 The Bid shall be received in encrypted format by the system which can only be decrypted
/ opened by the authorized openers only on or after the due date and time.

6. DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF THE BIDS:

6.1 The online bidding will remain active till the last date and time of the bid submission.
Once the date and time (Server date and time) is over, the bidder will not be able to submit
the bid. The date & time of bid submission shall remain unaltered even if the specified
date for the submission of bids declared as a holiday for the Officer inviting the Bid.

7. RESUBMISSION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS:

7.1 Resubmission of bid by the Bidders for any number of times before the final date and
time of submission is allowed.

7.2 Resubmission of bid shall require uploading of all documents including price bid afresh.

7.3 If the bidder fails to submit his modified bids within the pre-defined time of receipt, the
system shall consider only the last bid submitted.

8. LATE BIDS:

8.1 The system shall reject submission of any bid through portal after closure of the receipt
time. For all purpose the server time displayed in the e-procurement portal shall be the
time to be followed by the bidder and concerned officers.

9. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS:

9.1 In the E-Procurement Portal, it is allowed to modify the bid any number of times before
the final date and time of submission. The bidder shall have to log on to the system and
resubmit the documents as asked for by the system including the price bid. In doing so,
the bids already submitted by the bidder will be removed automatically from the system
and the latest bid only will be admitted. But the bidder should avoid modification of bid
at the last moment to avoid system failure or malfunction of internet or traffic jam or
power failure. If the bidder fails to submit his modified bids within the designated
time of receipt, the bid already in the system shall be taken for evaluation.

9.2 In the E-Procurement Portal, withdrawal of bid is allowed. But in such case he has to
write a letter with appropriate reasons for his withdrawal addressed to the Officer
inviting the bid and up load the scanned document to portal in the respective bid before
the closure date and time of receipt of the bid. The system shall not allow any withdrawal
after expiry of the closure time of the bid.

29 of 312
10. OPENING OF THE BID:

10.1 Bid opening date is specified during tender creation or can be extended with corrigendum.
This date is available in IFB, tender document as well as the home page of portal. Bid
opening can be done by the authorized users which are defined during the tender
publication / approval stage. The bids are encrypted using their public keys and can be
decrypted only on or after the Bid Opening due date and time. The bid openers private
key will be required to open the bids and all the openers have to log on to the portal during
that time.

10.1.1 The bidders who participated in the online bidding can witness opening of the bid from
any system logging on to the portal with the DSC away from opening place. Contractors
are not required to be present during the bid opening at the opening location if they so
desire.

10.1.2 Each activity is date and time stamped with user details. For time stamping, server time
is taken as the reference.

10.2 In the event of the specified date of bid opening being declared a holiday for the Officer
inviting the Bid/Engineer-in-Charge, the bids will be opened at the appointed time on the
next working day.

10.3 In case bids are invited for more than one package, the order for opening of the “Bid”
shall be that in which they appear in the “Invitation for Bid”.

10.4 The Bid openers; who have been pre-defined shall log on to the portal with their
respective DSC. Unless all the Officers who have been declared as Opening officers, log
on the portal with their DSC the Tender cannot be opened.

10.5 In case of non-responsive tender, the officer Inviting tender should complete the e-
Procurement process by uploading the official letter for cancellation/ re-tender.

11. EVALUATION OF BIDS: -

11.1 All the opened bids shall be downloaded and printed for taking up evaluation. The officer
authorized to open the tender shall sign and number on each page of the documents
downloaded and furnish a certificate that “the documents as available in the portal
containing nos. of
pages”.

11.2 After opening of technical bid, the bidder may be asked in writing / online (in their
registered e- mail ID) to clarify on the uploaded documents provided in the Technical
Bid, if necessary, with respect to any doubts or illegible documents required for Technical
Evaluation. The Officer Inviting Tender may ask for any other document of historical
nature during Technical Evaluation of the tender. Provided in all such cases, furnishing
of any document in no way alters the bidders price bid. Non submission of legible
documents may render the bid non-responsive. The authority inviting bid may reserve the
right to accept any additional document.

11.3 The bidders will respond in not more than 7 days of issue of the clarification letter, failing
which the bid of the bidder will be evaluated on its own merit

30 of 312
11.4 Immediately, on receipt of these clarifications, the Evaluating Officers; predefined in the
system for the bid, will finalize the list of responsive bidders. They will log on to the
site with their DSC and record their comments on the Technical evaluation page in the
system. The Officer Inviting the Bid if also the accepting authority, shall log on to the
system with his digital signature and check the technical evaluation. He can either accept
or pass on to the evaluating officers for re-evaluation. Upon acceptance of technical
evaluation by the Accepting authority in the system, the system shall automatically
generate letter to all the responsive bidders and the system shall forward the letter to all
the responsive bidder that their technical bid has been evaluated responsive with respect
to the data/information furnished by him and the letter shall also intimate him the date &
time of opening of financial bid. The system shall also inform the non-responsive bidders
in their e-mail ID that their bid has been found non-responsive.

11.5 The Technical evaluation of all the bids shall be carried out up as per the information
furnished by the Bidders. But evaluation of the bid does not exonerate the bidders from
checking their original documents and if at a later date the bidder is found to have misled
the evaluation through wrong information, action as per relevant clause of DTCN shall
be taken against the bidder/contractor.

11.6 The Procurement Officer-Evaluators will evaluate bid and finalized list of responsive bidders.

11.7 Opening of price bid and evaluation of lowest bidder is subject to satisfaction of other
qualification information.

11.8 The financial bids of the technically responsive bidders shall be opened on the due date
of opening. The Procurement Officer-Openers shall log on to the system in sequence and
open the financial bids.

11.9 The Financial Bid will be opened on the notified date & time in the presence of bidders
or their authorized representative who wish to be present.

11.10 At the time of opening of “Financial Bid”, the names of the bidders whose technical bids
were found responsive will be announced and the bids of only those bidders will be
opened. The remaining bids will be rejected.

11.11 The responsive bidders’ name, the bid prices, the item wise rates, the total amount of
each item in case the item rate tender and percentage above or less in case of percentage
rate tenders will be announced. any discounts and withdrawals, and such other details as
the officer inviting the tender may consider appropriate, will be announced by him or his
authorized representatives at the time of opening.

11.12 Rebate/discount offer if any uploaded to the system shall be declared and recorded first.

11.13 The Financial bid of the bidders shall be opened one by one by the designated officers.
The system shall auto-generate the Comparative statement.

11.14 The Bidder can witness the principal activities and view the documents/summary reports
for that particular work by logging on to the portal with his DSC from anywhere.

11.15 Procurement Officer-Openers shall sign on each page of the download BOQ and the
Comparative Statement and furnish a certificate to that respect.

31 of 312
11.16 System provides an option to Procurement Officer Publisher for reconsidering the
rejected bid with the approval of concern Chief Engineer/ Head of Department.

12. CLARIFICATION AND NEGOTIATION OF BIDS:

12.1 For examination, evaluation, and comparison of bids, the officer inviting the bid may, at
his discretion, ask the lowest bidder for clarification of his rates including reduction of
rate on negotiation and breakdowns of unit rates.

12.2 On opening of the price bid the system shall arrange the financial bids in order of their
value (L1 first, followed by L2, L3 ….) for subsequent evaluation. The evaluation status
(Sheet) will be visible to all the participating bidders after opening on their respective
logins. Each activity is recorded in the system with date and time stamping.

13. NOTIFICATION OF AWARD AND SIGNING OF AGREEMENT:

13.1 In the E-Procurement Portal, the system shall generate the template of award letter and
the Officer Inviting the Bid shall mention the amount of Performance Security and
additional security required to be furnished in the letter and intimate the bidders in his e-
mail ID.

13.2 The Employer/ Engineer-in-Charge shall notify acceptance of the work prior to expiry of
the validity period by cable, telex or facsimile or e-mail confirmed by registered letter.
This letter of Acceptance will state the sum that the Engineer-in-Charge will pay the
Contractor in consideration of execution and completion of the works by the Contractor
as prescribed by the contract and the amount of performance security and Additional
Performance Security required to be furnished. The issue of the letter of Acceptance shall
be treated as closure of the Bid process and commencement of the contract.

13.3 The Contractor after furnishing the required acceptable Performance Security and
Additional Performance Security, “ Letter of Proceed” or “Work Order” shall be issued
by the Engineer-in- Charge with copy thereof to the Procurement Officer-Publisher. The
Procurement Officer- Publisher shall up load the summery and declare the process as
complete.

13.4 If the L1 bidder does not turn up for agreement after finalization of the tender then he
shall be debarred from participation in bidding for three years and action will be taken to
blacklist the Contractor. Besides the consortium/ JV/firm where such an agency/ firm
already happens to be or is going to be a partner/ member/ proprietor, he/ they shall
neither be allowed for participation in bidding for three years nor his/ their application
will be considered for registration and action will be initiated to blacklist him/ them. In
that case, the L2 bidder, if fulfils other required criteria would be called for drawing
agreement for execution of work subject to condition that the L2 bidder negotiates at par
with the quoted by the L1 bidder, otherwise the tender will be cancelled.

14. BLOCKING OF PORTAL REGISTRATION

14.1 If the registration Certificate of the Contractor is cancelled/ suspended by the registering
authority/ blacklisted by the competent authority his portal registration shall be blocked
automatically on receipt of information to that effect.

32 of 312
14.2 The portal registration blocked in the ground mentioned in the above Para- 11.1 shall be
unblocked automatically in receipt of revocation order of cancellation/ suspension/
blacklisting from the concerned authority.

14.3 The Officer Inviting Tender shall make due inquiry and issue show cause notice to the
concerned Contractor who in turn shall furnish his reply, if any, within a fortnight from
the date of issue of show cause notice. Thereafter the Officer Inviting Tender is required
to issue an intimation to the defaulting bidder about his unsatisfactory reply and
recommend to the Chief Manager (Tech) for blocking of portal registration within 10
days of intimation to the defaulting bidder regarding his unsatisfactory reply with
intimation to the Registering Authority and concerned Chief Engineer/ Heads of Office
if any of the following provisions are violated.

14.4 Fails to furnish original Technical Documents before the designated officer within the
stipulated date and time.

14.5 Backs out from the bid on any day after the last date of receipt of tender till expiry of the
bid validity period (including till the extended bid validity period)

14.6 Fails to execute the agreement within the stipulated date.

14.7 If any of the information furnished by the bidder is found to be false/ fabricated/ bogus.

14.8 Accordingly, the officer Inviting Tender shall have recommended to the Chief Manager
(Tech) State Procurement Cell, Odisha for blocking of portal registration of bidder and
simultaneously action shall also be initiated by OFFICER INVITING TENDER for
blacklisting as per Appendix- XXXIV of OPWD code Volume-II.

14.9 The minimum period of blocking of Portal Registration shall in no case be less than 180 days.

33 of 312
 ANNEXURE-II to ITB

1. EVALUATION CRITERIA (Clause-26.1 of ITB)

1.1 INTRODUCTION

Evaluation Criteria contains the broad criteria based on which the applicants shall be evaluated.

1.2 EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BID (To be submitted in Cover-I)

Technical Bid will be evaluated based on financial standing, technical and organizational
capability, experience and track record of the bidder. The bidder is required to submit all the
necessary details including certificates from the client agencies in support of their qualification
information.

CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF THE BIDDER FOR ELIGIBILITY

Sl.
Attributes Marks Evaluation
No
(a) Financial strength 15 Marks 60% marks for minimum eligibility
criteria. 100% marks for twice the
(i) Minimum annual financial Turnover
minimum eligibility criteria or more; in
4.4 A (a) of the BID DATA SHEET
between (i) & (ii) – on pro-rata basis.

(ii) Liquid Asset as per clause-4.4 B (c) 5 Marks 60% marks for minimum eligibility
of the BID DATA SHEET criteria. 100% marks for twice the
minimum eligibility criteria or more; in
between (i) & (ii) – on pro-rata basis.
(b) Experience in similar project work 25 Marks 60% marks for minimum eligibility
criteria 100% marks for twice the
Refer to clause 4.4 A.(b) of the BID
minimum eligibility criteria or more; in
DATASHEET
between (i) & (ii) – on pro-rata basis.
(c) DBR 15 Marks Drawings: 5 Marks
Specification of Works: 3 Marks
Design Basis Report should be as per Work Programme: 3 Marks
Section – 8 and Annexure-III to ITB Approach & Methodology: 4 Marks
(d) Personnel and Establishment 20 Marks Minimum Eligibility The below-
mentioned CVs are to be submitted by
Refer to clause 4.2 (e) of ITB
the bidder in their technical proposal for
evaluation. The need for adequate
technical staff to execute the works is to
be assessed by the budder and deployed
as per requirement
Type of Personnel Maximum Marks- 20
Qualifications and Experience
(i) Project Manager– 1 No Total Mark- 5
Qualification: Min. Graduation in
Civil
Engineering – 2 Marks
Experience in Similar Project
Construction / Supervision 5-10
years–2 Marks
34 of 312
Sl.
Attributes Marks Evaluation
No
More than 10 years - 3 Marks

(ii) Architect – 1 No Total Mark- 3

Qualification: Min. Graduation in
Architecture – 1 Mark
Experience in Similar Project
Design 5-10 years– 1 Mark
More than 10 years - 2 Marks

(iii) Structural Engineer – 1 No Total Mark- 4

Qualification: Min. Graduation in
Civil Engineering – 1 Mark
PG in Structural Engineering – 1
Mark
Experience in Similar Project
Design /Construction / Supervision 5-
10 years– 1 Mark
More than 10 years - 2 Marks
(iv) Electrical Engineer – 1 No Total marks- 3
Qualification Minimum-Graduation in
Electrical Engineering: 1 Mark
Experience in similar nature of work
more than 5 years– 2 Marks
(v) PH Engineer – 1 No Total marks- 3
Qualification: Minimum: Graduation
in Civil Engineering: 1 Mark
Experience in similar nature of work
more than 5 years– 2 Marks
(vi) Quality Control Engineer – 1 No Total marks- 2
Qualification Min.
Diploma/Graduation
in Civil Engineering: 1 Mark
Experience in similar nature of work
more than 5 years– 1 Mark
Notes: The Key personnel mentioned above in Personnel and Establishment head are the minimum
requirements for obtaining the marks for evaluation; however, more key personnel may be engaged
as per the requirement for executing the projects.
(e) Plant & Equipment5 Maximum Mark- 20
Refer clause 4.4 B (a) of ITB
Numbers Marks

1 Cement Concrete batch mix plant (40-60 1 3

CuM / Hr)
2 Truck mounted transit mixer 4 2 (0.5 each)

3 Excavator 2 2

8 Centering and shuttering 10000 Sqm 1

5 Tipper- 25 T capacity 6 3 (0.5 each)

35 of 312
 Sl.
Attributes Marks Evaluation
No
6 Material Hoist - 50 m 2 2

7 Passenger Hoist - 50 m 2 2

8 Tower Crane (40-60 meters) 1 2

9 D G Set 125 KVA or more 2 2 (1 each)

10 Static concrete pump 2 1 (0.5 each)

Total 20 Marks

4 Qualification and Experience shall be on the respective branch of engineering/discipline only

5
The bidder is to provide their own estimate of the number of equipment, commensurate with their
work plan and methodology. The bidder to fill up the table based on its assessment of requirement of
the project to be completed within the stipulated time period.

36 of 312
 The bidders qualifying the initial criteria as set out will be evaluated for following criteria by
scoring method based on details furnished by them.

Maximum
S. No. Criteria
Marks
a Financial Strength 20
b Experience in Similar Nature of work during last 5 years
25
c DBR
15
D Personnel and Establishment 20
e Plant & Equipment 20
Total Marks 100

1.2.1 The bidders who qualify as per Clause 1 above, securing minimum 60% marks in each
category as stated in above table with overall minimum of 70 marks out of 100 only will be
asked to make a technical presentation regarding the contents of Cover-III (DBR) & parameters
in Technical Presentations as mentioned in Clause 1.3 of Annexure-II to ITB, before a
Committee on the scheduled date and time (to be intimated to the qualified bidders by post / E-
mail).

1.3 CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF THE BIDDER FOR TECHNICAL PRESENTATION

(Submitted in Cover – III)

Post-Qualification Criteria for Technical Presentation Evaluation

Sl.
Parameters Maximum
No Marks
1 Planning: Overall Planning should take into consideration the 40
following
a. Bidder’s understanding of the Concept plan apart from the DBR
provided in the RFP.
b. Innovation in Preliminary detailing of the entire project and site
plan
c. Use of new Technology
d. Use of different types of material
2 Approach & Methodology for timely completion of the project and to 30
overcome challenges, if any

3 Organization & Team Competencies and Work Programme 30

Total Marks 100

37 of 312
1.3.1 The Bidder shall score a minimum of 60% marks in each category of the above table and
70% in total to qualify for financial proposal opening.

1.3.2 Evaluation of the bid will be based on the qualification of bidder in the criteria as mentioned in
Sl.1.2 and 1.3 above, taken together.

1.3.3 The results of evaluation of technical bid and technical presentation shall be published
in the e-Procurement portal.

38 of 312
 ANNEXURE-III to ITB

Design Basis Report (DBR)

The Bidder shall furnish the Design Basis Report (DBR) in Cover-III as indicated in this Annexure. The
intent of this DBR is to present the salient features of technical considerations and scope of work envisaged by the
bidder for the project, based on which the bidder has made its financial offer. The bidder shall make sure that the
DBR should cover sections on Architectural, civil, structural, electrical, public health engineering and landscaping
aspects. The individual report shall contain, but not limited to, the following:

Design Approach & Methodology:

i Design considerations vis-à-vis +Statutory Compliances

ii Assumptions and Exclusions

iii Circulation of pedestrian and vehicular traffic

Specification of work:

i Quality management mechanism proposed to be adopted.

ii Methodology of execution of the project

iii Process control mechanisms

Drawings:

i Site plan and layout drawings

ii Typical cross section

iii GAD

Work Programme:

i Detailed construction planning

ii Technology proposed e.g., Primavera / MS Projects for monitoring construction.

iii Equipment and manpower planning

39 of 312
 DATA SHEET

Clause Item Description / Clarification

No.
A. General Instructions
1.1 Employer The Managing Director,
Odisha Bridge & Construction Corporation Ltd, Odisha
Address:
Vikash Bhavan, Nayapalli, Bhubaneswar-
751012 Phone No. 0674-2394093/6309/0043
Fax: 0674-2396326
Email: md@[Link] ; tenders@[Link] ;
queries@[Link]
Official website: [Link] ;
[Link]
1.1 Scope of Bid 'Construction of 98 Type-II Quarters and 30 Shops beside
Taladanda Canal Road, Cuttack.

2 Source of Funds The expenditure on this project shall be met by the Govt of
Odisha.

3.1 Eligible Bidders Only Reputed Indian firms [It is meant for the Indian Firm having
reputation in the specific area of operation for which tender is
being invited] are allowed to apply for this Project.

Class of Contractor:

“Super” Class (Government of Odisha Registration) or

equivalent of other State Governments / Government of India /
MES / Railways for execution of Civil works in general and Road,
Bridge work in particular.

In case of successful bidders being not registered in “Super”

Class under Government of Odisha, shall have to be registered as
“Super” Class Contractor under Odisha PWD within 3 months
time from execution of agreement failing which no payment shall
be released till registration process is completed.

4.2 (b) Qualification of Financial Turnover from civil engineering works shall only be
the Bidder considered, as mentioned in Cl. 4.4. A (a) of Bid Data
4.2 (c) Qualification of Experience of successful completion of works / substantial
the Bidder completion of works of Similar projects (90% of the value of the
contract to be considered as substantial completion) as referred in
Bid Data Sheet Cl. 4.4.A(b).
Similar works shall mean the construction of multi-storeyed
buildings having a minimum configuration of Ground plus ten
(G+10) floors or more
40 of 312
 The bidder must furnish the list of such works in the proforma
stated in Cl. 1.3.1. in Section 2 (Qualification Information).

4.2 (j) Sub-Contracting Subcontracting components of the works shall be limited to 30%
of the Contract Price. The maximum number of Sub-Contractors
allowed is TWO.
Work Experience, Equipment and Personnel of these specified Sub-
Contractors shall Not be considered while evaluating the proposal
of the Bidder under Cl. 4.4.
The total limit of Sub-Contracting under the Contract is specified
in Clause 7 of Conditions of Contract in Section 3 read with
Contract Data in Section 4.
4.2 (k) Methodology Bidder shall provide these details in the Cover - III as
and Programme mentioned in Cl.12.1 of this Section-I.

4.3 Bids from Bids from Joint ventures / Consortiums / Association of Parties are
Joint ventures not acceptable.

4.4. A (a) Minimum i. Shall have an annual minimum turnover of Rs 89.00

Annual Financial Crores in Civil Construction works certified by a chartered
Turnover accountant during any year in the last five financial years
ending 31.3.2025.
{Please note that stand-alone financial figures of the
Applicant only shall be considered for evaluation} Financial
turnover of previous financial years shall be given weightage
of 10% (ten percent) per year based on rupee value to bring
them to the price level up to the year of bid invitation.6
ii. The Firm should demonstrate making profit in any three (3)
years out of preceding five (5) financial years, ending
31.3.2025.
iii. Should have valid PAN and GSTIN.

41 of 312
 Clause Item Description / Clarification
No.
4.4. A (b) Experience in Experience of successful completion of Work:
similar project
(a) Experience of having successfully completed works /
works
substantial completion of works of Similar projects (90% of
the value of the contract to be considered as substantial
completion) during the last 5 years prior to the bid invitation
date. The cost of completed works of previous financial
years shall be given weightage of 10% (ten percent) per year
based on rupee value to bring them to the price level up to
the year of bid invitation.7
1. One similar project having a contract value not less
than 54.00 Cr.
Or
Two similar projects having a contract value not less
than 34.00 Cr. each.
Or
Three similar projects having a contract value not less
than 27.00 Cr. each.
Please note that: -

(i) Experience of holding companies, associate

companies, subsidiaries, and sister concerns shall
not be considered for evaluation.
(ii) All work orders with completion certificates
submitted should be in the name of the Applicant.
(iii) For private sector projects, completion certificate
with TDS shall be submitted.
(iv) Work experiences as a Subcontractor shall not be
considered as Experiences of Similar Projects.

4.4. A (c) Minimum Quantities Not Applicable

4.4 A (d) Construction, Bidder shall provide these relevant details in the Cover - III as
Planning and mentioned in Cl.12.1 of this Section-I.
Methodology
4.4B. (a) Equipment Equipment List Numbers Capacity

Cement Concrete batch 40-60 CuM /

1.00
mix plant Hr

Truck mounted transit

4.00
mixer
Excavator 2.00

Centring and shuttering 10000

42 of 312
 Tipper 6 25 T capacity

Material Hoist 2 50 m

Passenger Hoist - 2 50 m

Tower Crane 1 (40-60 mtr)

125 KVA or
D G Set 2
more

Static concrete pump 2

4.4. B. (b) Non-Availability In case of non-availability of any of the plants and equipment the
of Equipment bidders should submit a lease deed/ hire deed/ agreement
(notarized) from the rightful owner.
4.4. B. (c) Liquid Assets Liquid assets and/or availability of credit facilities of not less than
the amount of Rs. Twelve Crore (12.00 Cr.)
4.5 Sub- Please replace the existing paragraph 4.5 as below:
contractors'
Sub-contractors' experience and resources shall N O T be
experience
considered in determining the bidder's compliance with the
and resources:
qualifying criteria.
4.6 Bid Invitation Year 2025-26
4.6 Period of Project 18 Calendar Months [N = 1.5 Years]
B. Bidding Documents
9.2 Pre-Bid Meeting Pre-bid meeting shall be held on 31.03.2026 at 04.00 PM through
video conferencing in the link provided in Bid Data Sheet.
The bidder shall make the queries through email on or before
31.03.2026 by 3.00 P.M.
Responses to the queries, including the text of the questions raised
(without disclosing the source of enquiry) will be uploaded in the
official website. Any modification of the bidding documents
listed in Sub-Clause 8.1 which may become necessary as a result
of the pre-bid queries shall be made by the Employer exclusively
through the issue of an Addendum/ Corrigendum pursuant to
Clause 10.
Clarifications to the above will be uploaded on the tender portal
of govt of Odisha [Link]
10.2 Amendment of Any addendum / corrigendum/ cancellation of tender shall be
Bidding Documents published in the website
[Link] only and such notice shall form part
of the bidding documents.
10.3 Amendment of Employer may extend as necessary the deadline for submission of
Bidding bids
Documents

43 of 312
 10.4 Amendment of Addendum shall be available in the Official website.
Bidding
Documents
C. Preparation of Bids
12.1 Documents In addition to online submission of Cover-I and Cover-II, the
Comprising the Bid bidder shall also submit online the soft copies (pdf format) of the

Clause Item Description / Clarification

No.
documents to be furnished in Cover –III & Cover-IV.
A set of hard copies of the documents and original financial
instruments furnished in Cover –III & Cover-IV shall be
submitted to the Employer, either by post / courier or in person by
the date and time mentioned in this section.
The bidder shall furnish the Design Basis Report (DBR) in
Cover- III, as per the details provided at Annexure I to ITB, at
the end of this Section-I.
The Bidder shall furnish the following documents in Cover-IV:
i. Cover -IV should be comprised of scanned copy of Bid
Processing Fee and EMD (Original BG / Scanned copy of
EMD in case of Online submission).

13.2 Bid Price Replace the contents of the Clause with the following.
The bidder shall fill the total bid price in figures online as
Lump Sum Price.
The total bid price shall be excluding GST on Works Contract.
GST on Works Contract shall be paid by the Employer extra as
applicable.
No price variation on any account is payable under this
contract.
15.1 Bid Bids shall remain valid for a period of 120 days after the due
Validity date for bid submission
15.2 Bid In exceptional circumstances, prior to expiry of the original time
Validity limit, the Employer may request that the bidders and the bidder
may extend the period of validity for a specified additional period.
The request and the bidders' responses shall be made in writing or
by cable / e-mail. A bidder may refuse the request. A bidder
agreeing to the request will not be required or permitted to modify
his bid.
16 Bid The paragraph is replaced with the following:
Security The Bidder shall furnish, as part of his Bid, a Bid security as
Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) for an amount of
Rs.67,00,000.00/- (Sixty-Seven Lakh) for this particular work in
shape of irrevocable e-Bank Guarantee from any Nationalized Bank/
Schedule Bank having Branch at Bhubaneswar.

44 of 312
 Bid Processing Fee: The Bidder shall furnish a non-refundable
Bid Processing Fee amounting to ₹ 67,000.00/- (amount inclusive
of GST) through Demand Draft in favor of the Managing Director, OB
& CC Ltd, as per e-procurement portal of Govt. of Odisha

Clause Item Description / Clarification

No.
18 Format and Refer e-Procurement procedure
Signing of Bid
D. Submission of Bids
19 Sealing and In addition to online submission of Cover-I and Cover-II, the
Marking of Bids bidder shall also submit online the soft copies (pdf format) of
the documents to be furnished in Cover –III & Cover-IV.
A set of hard copies of the documents and original financial
instruments furnished in Cover –III & Cover-IV shall be
submitted to the Employer in sealed covers, either by post /
courier or in person by the date and time mentioned in this
section.
The hard copies of Cover-III & Cover-IV shall be addressed to
the Employer in the address provided in the Clause-1.1 of the ITB,
bear the name and identification number provided in of IFB and
superscripted “COVER-……... (NOT TO BE OPENED
BEFORE……Hours[TIME] on …. /…/….. [DATE])”.
20.1 Bid Submission In addition to online submission of Cover-I and Cover-II, the
bidder shall also submit online the soft copies (pdf format) of
the documents to be furnished in Cover –III & Cover-IV.
Time and date of online submission is on or before 04.00
PM on 15.04.2026

For Cover-III & Cover-IV, time and date of offline submission is

on or before 05.00 PM of 18.04.2026 * in the office of the
Employer.
The sealed covers (Cover-III& Cover-IV) sent through post /
courier / in person, must physically reach the Employer by the
stipulated date and time. The Employer shall bear no liability for
any delay or loss or damage of the above documents during
transit and in such event the bid shall stand rejected summarily
and no request in any form from any Bidder shall be entertained
on this ground.

E. Bid Opening & Evaluation

23.1 Bid Opening All the bids received shall be opened in the Office of the
Managing Director, Odisha Bridge & Construction Corporation
Ltd, Vikash Bhawan, Nayapalli, Bhubaneswar-751012 on dates
as mentioned Bid Data Sheet.

45 of 312
26.1 (b) Bid Security and Read the Sub-Clause as:
Bid Processing
Is accompanied by the required bid processing fee & bid
Fee
security /EMD
26.1 (c) Substantial Read the Sub-Clause as:
Responsiven
Is substantially responsive to the requirements of the bidding
ess
documents and qualified in the evaluation procedure set-forthin
(Technical Annexure – II to ITB. (Eligibility and Technical Presentation)
Evaluation)
If there is a discrepancy between the information provided in the
soft copy submitted in online mode and the hard copies submitted
by the Bidder relating to Cover -III, the information
provided in online mode shall prevail and the bidders
qualification shall be evaluated accordingly.
However, if in the opinion of the Employer there is an obvious
misplacement or omission of information relating to Cover -III in
the online mode, the Employer may consider such information
provided in the offline mode for the purpose of evaluation,
subject to written confirmation from the bidder.
26.1 (e) Financial Read the Sub-Clause as:
Evaluation (a) The “Financial Bids” of the responsive bidders shall be
opened online. During detail evaluation of the “Financial
(Negotiation)
Bid” of the lowest evaluated bidder, the responsiveness of the
bid will be further examined and if required, the bidder shall
be asked to clarify its offer through further negotiation.
F. Award of Contract
31.3 Notification of Add the following below the paragraph:
Award & Signing
The Bidder shall submit a detail resource based work program
of Agreement
using standard software (Primavera) and a ‘S’ Curve showing
monthly cash flow forecast for the Works, within 14 days of issue
of the Letter of Acceptance of tender which shall form part of the
contract.
The Project Completion Schedule must contain the Project Mile
Stones mentioned in Cl. 45.1 of Contract Data.
32.1 Performance Security The Bidder shall furnish, Performance Security of the amount
stated in the Contract Data, for this particular work in the form of
Bank Guarantee from any Public Sector Bank of India, in favour
of the Managing Director, OB & CC Ltd, Payable at Bhubaneswar
in the form given in Section 6.
Being a Turnkey assignment no additional Performance security
shall be required to be deposited by the selected bidder.
Public Sector Banks Private Sector Banks
1. Canara Bank 1. ICICI Bank
2. Punjab National Bank 2. Axis Bank Ltd
3. State Bank of India 3. HDFC Bank
4. Union Bank of India RRBs and OSCB

46 of 312
 5. Bank of India 1. Utkal Grameen Bank
6. Bank of Baroda 2. Odisha Gramya Bank
7. UCO Bank 3. Odisha State Co-
operative Bank
8. Indian Bank
9. Indian Overseas Bank
10. Central Bank of India
32.3 Performance Security Replace the paragraph as under:
Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the requirements
of Sub-Clause 32.1 and/or 32.2 shall constitute sufficient grounds
for cancellation of the award and disqualification of bidder from
bidding for any contract with the Bidder for a period of one year
from the date of notification on breach of obligation under the bid
conditions.
33 Advance Payment Replace the paragraph as under:
and Security
The Employer shall make advance payment to the Contractor of
the amounts stated in the Contract Data by the date stated in the
Contract Data, against provision by the Contractor of an
Unconditional Bank Guarantee in a form and by a Bank acceptable
to the Employer in amounts and currencies equal to 110% of the
advance payment.

The advance shall carry 10% (Ten) interest

Up-dation Factor Year before Up-dation Factor
One 1.10
Two 1.21
Three 1.33
Four 1.46
Five 1.61

47 of 312
 SECTION 2
FORMS OF BID

48 of 312
 TABLE OF FORMS:

1. CONTRACTOR’S BID

2. QUALIFICATION INFORMATION

3. BANK CERTIFICATE

4. AFFIDAVIT

5. CERTIFICATE OF NO RELATIONSHIP

6. INFORMATION REGARDING ANY CONFLICTING ACTIVITIES AND

DECLARATION THEREOF

7. CV FORMAT

8. LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE

9. NOTICE TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK

10. AGREEMENT FORM

49 of 312
 1. CONTRACTOR'S BID
[This is a mandatory form to be submitted by the bidder on their letterhead, failing which the bid is
liable for rejection]

DESCRIPTION O F T H E W O R K S : “ Construction of 98 Type-II Quarters and 30 Shops

beside Taladanda Canal Road, Cuttack.

To:
The Chief Engineer- II
Odisha Bridge & Construction Corporation
Ltd. Vikas Bhawan, Nayapalli
Bhubaneswar-751012

Gentlemen,

Having examined the bidding documents including addendum/corrigendum, I / we offer to execute

the Works described above in accordance with the conditions of contract, specifications, accepted
tendered drawing, and Payment schedule accompanying this Bid for the Contract Price as
tendered in our price bid document separately.

This Bid and your written acceptance of it shall constitute a binding contract between us. We
understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any Bid you receive.

We undertake that, in competing for (and if the award is made to us, in executing) the above
contract, we will strictly observe the laws against fraud and corruption in force in India namely
“Prevention of Corruption Act 1988”.

We hereby confirm that this Bid complies with the Bid Validity and Bid Security required by the

Bidding documents. We attach herewith our current income-tax clearance certificate.

Yours faithfully,

Authorized Signature:
Name & Title of
Signatory: Name of
Bidder:
Address:
Email-id:
Contact No:
Stamp:

50 of 312
 2. QUALIFICATION INFORMATION
[This is a mandatory form to be submitted by the bidder on their letterhead, failing which the bid is
liable for rejection]

The information to be filled in by the Bidder in the following pages will be used for purposes
of qualification as provided for in Clause 4 of the Instructions to Bidders. This information will
not be incorporated in the Contract.

1. Information of the Bidder

1.1 Constitution or legal status of Bidder as per ITB Clause 4.2 (a)
[Attach copy]

Place of registration:

Principal place of business:

Power of attorney of signatory of Bid

[Attach]
1.2 Financial Turnover of the bidder during the last five financial years duly certified by the
registered chartered accountant. (in Rs. Crores) as per ITB Clause 4.2 (b)

1.3.1 Work performed as prime contractor (in the same name) on project works over the last five
financial years. **

Project Name Description Contract Value of Date of Stipulated Actual date Remarks
Name@ of the of work No. contract (In issue of period of of explaining
Employer* Rs. Crores) work completion completion* reasons for
order delay and
work
completed
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

*Attach certificate (s) from the Engineer(s)-in-Charge

@The item of work for which data is requested should tally with that specified in ITB clause
4.2(c) read with Bid Data Sheet.

** Immediately preceding the financial year in which bids are received.

1.1 Information on Bid Capacity (works for which bids have been submitted and works
which are yet to be completed) as on the date of this bid.

(A) Existing commitments and on-going works:

Description Place & Contract Name and Value of Stipulated Value of Anticipated
51 of 312
 of Work State No. & Date Address of Contract (In period of works* date of
Employer Rs. Crores) completion remaining to completion
be completed
(In
Rs. Crores)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

(B) Works for which bids already submitted:

Description Place & State Name and Estimated value Stipulated Date when Remarks if
of Work Address of of works (In Rs period of decision is any
Employer Crores) completion expected.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

* Attach certificate(s) from the Engineer(s)-in-Charge.

1.2 The following items of Contractor's Equipment are essential for carrying out the Works. The
Bidder should list all the information requested below. Refer also to Sub Clause 4.2(d) read
with 4.4 (B) of the Instructions to Bidders.

Requirement Availability Proposals Remarks

Item of
No. Nos./Capacit Owned/Leased Age/Conditio (From
Equipme y n whom to
nt
be
purchased

1.3 Qualifications and experience of key personnel proposed for administration and execution of
the Contract. Attach biographical data. Refer also to 4.2(e) read with annexure of
instructions to Bidders and Sub Clause 9.1 of the Conditions of Contract.

Years of Years of
experience in Position Name Qualifications experience the
proposed position.
(From DD-MM-
YY to DD-MM-
YY)

Project
Manager etc.

52 of 312
 1.4 Proposed subcontracts and firms involved. [Refer ITB Clause 4.2 (j)]

Sections Value of Sub-contractor Experience

in of the works Sub-contract (name and address) similar
work

1.5 Financial reports for the last five financial years: balance sheets, profit and loss statements,
auditors' reports (in case of companies/corporation), etc. List them below and attach copies.
[Refer ITB Clause 4.2 (f)]

1.6 Evidence of access to financial resources to meet the qualification requirements: cash in
hand, lines of credit, etc. List them below and attach copies of support documents [sample format
attached]. [Refer ITB Clause 4.2 (g)]

1.10. Name, address, and telephone, telex, and fax numbers of the Bidders' Bankers who may
provide references if contacted by the Employer. [Refer ITB Clause 4.2 (h)]

1.11 Information on litigation, arbitration, debarment, termination, notice for recession of

contract, abandonment of work history in which the Bidder is involved. [Refer ITB Clause 4.2
(i)]

Employer Name and Contact Description of Work Agreement No. Status & matter of dispute and/or issues

1.12 Statement of compliance under the requirements of Sub Clause 3.2 of the instructions to Bidders.

1.13 The Bidder MUST SUBMIT THE DRAWINGS, DESIGN BRIEF REPORT, WORK PROGRAMME &
QUALITY PLAN IN COVER-III as necessary for the works [As per the provisions of ITB Clause 4.1,
4.2 (k) and 4.4 A (d].

1.14 The Bidder shall furnish the Bid Security in shape of e-Bank Guarantee & Non-refundable Bid
Processing Fee in shape of Demand Draft (as mentioned in Clause 16.1) in Cover-IV:
53 of 312
1.15 Affidavit by the bidder duly signed by the Notary Public

Authorized Signature:
Name & Title of Signatory:
Name of Bidder :
Stamp:

54 of 312
 3. BANK CERTIFICATE
[To be issued by bidder’s bank on bank’s letterhead and submitted by the bidder]

This is to certify that M/s ........................................is a reputable company with a good financial standing.

If the contract for the work, namely “[insert name of the work]” on turn-key basis involving
design and execution of works is awarded to the above firm, we shall be able to provide
overdraft/cash credit facilities to the extent of Rs. …………………… to meet their working
capital requirements for executing the above contract.

Name of Bank:
Name of Senior Bank
Manager: Address of the
Bank:
e-mail id:

55 of 312
 4. AFFIDAVIT
[To be submitted by the bidder in a non-judicial stamp paper duly signed by the Notary Public]

1. I, the undersigned, do hereby certify that all the statements made in the required
attachments are true and correct.

2. The undersigned also hereby certifies that neither our firm M/s….………………
… ....................................... have abandoned any work on building in India nor any contract
awarded
to us by the State of Odisha for such works have been rescinded during last five years
prior to the date of this bid.

3. The undersigned hereby authorize(s) and request(s) any bank, person, firm or
corporation to furnish pertinent information deemed necessary and requested by the
Department to verify this statement or regarding my (our) competence and general
reputation.

4. The undersigned understand and agrees that further qualifying information may be
requested and agrees to furnish any such information at the request of the Department/
project implementing agency.

Authorized Signature:
Name & Title of
Signatory: Name of
Bidder :
Stamp:

56 of 312
 5. CERTIFICATE OF NO RELATIONSHIP

I/We hereby certify that I/We* am/are* related/not related(*) to any officer of OBCC and P.W.D
of the rank of Assistant Executive Engineer & above and any officer of the rank of Under
Secretary and above of the Works Department, Govt. of Orissa I/We* am/are* aware that, if the
facts subsequently proved to be false, my/our* contract will be rescinded with forfeiture of E.M.D
and security deposit and I/We* shall be liable to make good the loss or damage resulting from
such cancellation.

I//We also note that, non-submission of this certificate will render my / our tender liable for rejection.

(*) - Strike out which is not applicable

Authorized Signature:
Name & Title of Signatory:
Name of Bidder :
Stamp:

Date: -

Please Note - The contractor shall furnish a certificate along with the tender to the effect that he
is not related to any officer in the rank of an Assistant Executive Engineer & above in OBCC or
the state P.W.D. or Under Secretary & above in the Works Department. If the fact subsequently
proved to be false, the contract is liable to be rescinded. The earnest money & the total security
will be forfeited & he shall be liable to make good the loss or damages resulting for such
cancellations. The proforma for no relationship certificate is given above.

57 of 312
 6. INFORMATION REGARDING ANY CONFLICTING ACTIVITIES AND DECLARATION
THEREOF

Are there any activities carried out by your firm / company? If yes, please furnish
details of any such activities.

If no, please certify,

IN BIDDER’ S LETTER HEAD

I, hereby declare that our firm as Individual is not indulged in any such activities which can
be termed as the conflicting activities.
I, also acknowledge that in case of misrepresentation of any of the information, our
proposal / contract shall be rejected / terminated by the Client which shall be binding on us.

Authorized Signatory [In full initials with Date and Seal]:

Communication Address of the Bidder:

Conflicting activities means- The existence of any potential conflict of interest on the part of
the bidder due to prior, current, or proposed agreements, engagements, or affiliations with the
Client.

58 of 312
 7. CV FORMAT

Position Title
Name of Expert:

Employment and Education record relevant to the assignment:

Total Years Relevant Education Name of the Project with duration and activities
of years of Qualification performed relevant to the Assignment.
Experience Experience with Name of Brief
Name of Duration (From
the Institution description of
project DD-MM- YY to
and year of project and
DD-MM-YY) nature of
passing
responsibility

* Bidders need to provide educational qualification certificates to support the qualification criteria.

59 of 312
 8. LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE
[To be issued to successful bidder on Letterhead of OBCC]

[date]

To: [name and address of the Contractor]

Dear Sir(s)

This is to notify you that your Bid dated for execution of the work “[ insert name of the
work ]” on turn key basis involving design and execution of works [Name of the
contract and identification number, as given in the Instructions to Bidders] for
the Contract Price of Rupees
( ) [amount in words and figures], as corrected
and modified1 in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders 1 is hereby accepted by our Agency.

We note that as per bid, you do not intend to subcontract any

component of work. (Or)

We note that as per bid, you propose to employ as sub-contractor for executing

(Delete whichever is not applicable)

You are requested to furnish the detailed Work Program and milestone wise activity as per Para
31.3 of ITB to complete the contract negotiation within 14 days of this Letter of Award. Further,
you are hereby requested to furnish Performance Security in the form detailed in Para 32.1 of
ITB for an amount of Rs ........................................................................................... within 21 days of
the
receipt of this Letter of Acceptance and sign the contract failing which action as stated in Para 31.5
and Para 32.3 of ITB will be taken.

Yours faithfully,

Authorized Signature
Name and Title of
Signatory Name of Agency

1
Delete "corrected and" or "and modified" if only one of these actions applies. Delete "as corrected
and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders" if corrections or modifications have not been
effected. 60 of 312
 9. NOTICE TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK
[To be issued on Letterhead of OBCC]
————— (date)
To

—————————————— (name and address of the Contractor)

——————————————

——————————————

Dear Sirs:

Pursuant to your furnishing the requisite security as stipulated in ITB clause 32.1 and signing of
the contract agreement for the work “[ insert name of the work]” on turnkey basis involving
design and execution of works @ a Bid Price of Rs. , you are hereby instructed to proceed
with the execution of the said works in accordance with the contract documents.

Yours faithfully,

Authorized Signature
Name and Title of
Signatory Name of Agency

61 of 312
 10. AGREEMENT FORM
[To be executed on stamp paper of appropriate value]

Agreement

This agreement, made the day of 2023 between

[name and address of Employer]

(hereinafter called “the Employer)” of the one part and

[name and address of

contractor] (hereinafter called “the Contractor” ) of the other part.

Whereas the Employer is desirous that the Contractor “[ insert name of the work], [name and
identification number of Contract] (hereinafter called “the Works”) and the Employer has
accepted the Bid by the Contractor for the execution and completion of such Works and the
remedying of any defects therein, at a contract price of Rs...........................

NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH as follows:

1. In this Agreement, words and expression shall have the same meanings as are respectively
assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract hereinafter referred to, and they shall be
deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement.
2. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as hereinafter
mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute and complete the
Works and remedy any defects therein in conformity in all aspects with the provisions of the
Contract.
3. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and
completion of the Works and the remedying the defects wherein the Contract Price or such
other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the
manner prescribed by the Contract.
4. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this
Agreement, viz.:
i) Letter of Acceptance
ii) Notice to proceed with the works
iii) RFP and Corrigenda
iv) Contractor’s Bid
v) Contract Data
vi) Conditions of contract (including Special Conditions of Contract)
vii) Specifications
viii) Drawings
ix) Bill of Quantities (Optional)
x) Payment Schedule and
62 of 312
 xi) Any other document listed in the Contract Data as forming part of the contract.

In witness whereof the parties thereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first
before written.

The Common Seal of

was hereunto affixed in the presence of:
Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the said

in the presence of:

Binding Signature of Employer
Binding Signature of Contract

63 of 312
 SECTION 3:
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

64 of 312
 Conditions of Contract

Table of Contents

A. General C. Quality Control

1. Definitions 32. Identifying Defects

2. Interpretation 33. Tests
3. Language and Law 34. Correction of Defects
4. Engineer's Decisions 35. Uncorrected Defects
5. Delegation
6. Communications
7. Subcontracting D. Cost Control
8. Other Contractors
9. Personnel 36. Changes in the Quantities
10. Employer’s & Contractor's Risks 37. Variations
11. Employer's Risks 38. Payments for Variations
12. Contractor’s Risks 39. Payment Certificates
13. Insurance 40. Payments
14. Site Investigation Reports 41. Compensation Events
15. Queries about the Contract Data 42. Tax
16. Contractor to Construct the works 43. Currencies
17. The Works to Be Completed by 44. Retention
the Intended Completion Date 45. Liquidated Damages
18. Approval by the Engineer 46. Bonus
the Intended Completion Date 47. Advance Payment
19. Safety 48. Securities
20. Discoveries 49. Cost of Repairs
21. Possession of the Site
22. Access to Site E. Finishing the Contract
23. Instructions 50. Completion
24. Disputes 51. Taking Over
25. Procedure for Disputes 52. Final Account
26. Replacement of Adjudicator 53. Operating and Maintenance
Manuals
54. Termination
55. Payment upon Termination
B. Time Control 56. Property
27. Program 57. Release from Performance
28. Extension of the
Intended Completion
29. Date F. Special Conditions of Contract
Delays Ordered by the
Engineer
30. Management Meetings
31. Early Warning

65 of 312
 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
A. GENERAL

1. Definition

1.1. Terms which are defined in the Contract Data and not defined in the Conditions of
Contract shall keep their defined meanings. Capital initials are used to identify defined
terms.

1.1.1 Bill of Quantities means the priced and completed Bill of Quantities.

1.1.2 Compensation Events are those defined in Clause 41 hereunder.

1.1.3 The Completion Date is the date of completion of the Works as certified by the Engineer
in accordance with clause 50.

1.1.4 The Contract is the contract between the Employer and the Contractor to execute,
complete and maintain the Works. It consists of the documents listed in Clause 2.3 below.

1.1.5 The Contract Data defines the documents and other information which comprise the
Contract.

1.1.6 The Contractor is a person or corporate body whose Bid to carry out the Works has
been accepted by the Employer [obligations of the Contractor mentioned in the Contract
Data].

1.1.7 The Contractor's Bid is the complete Bidding document submitted by the Contractor to
the Employer and includes Technical and Financial bids.

1.1.8 The Contract Price is the price stated in the Letter of Acceptance and thereafter as
adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

1.1.9 Days are calendar days; months are calendar months.

1.1.10 A Defect is any part of the Works not completed in accordance with the Contract.

1.1.11 The Defects Liability Period is the period named in the Contract Data and calculated
from the Completion Date.

1.1.12 The Employer is the party who will employ the Contractor to carry out the Works; [As
mentioned in the Contract Data].

1.1.13 The Engineer is the person named in the Contract Data (or any other competent
person appointed and notified to the contractor to act in replacement of the Engineer)
who is responsible for supervising the Contractor’s work, administering the Contract,
certifying payments due to the Contractor, issuing and valuing Variations to the Contract,
recommending extensions of time, and valuing the Compensation Events.

1.1.14 Equipment is the Contractor's machinery and vehicles brought temporarily to the
Site to construct the Works.

1.1.15 Initial Contract Price is the Contract Price listed in the Employer's Letter of Acceptance.

1.1.16 Intended Completion Date is the date on which it is intended that the Contractor
shall complete the Works. The Intended Completion Date is specified in the Contract
Data. The Intended Completion Date may be revised only by the Employer by issuing an
extension of time.
66 of 312
1.1.17 Materials are all supplies, including consumables, used by the contractor for
incorporation in the Works.

1.1.18 Plant is any integral part of the Works, which is to have a mechanical, electrical,
electronic or chemical or biological function.
1.1.19 The Site is the area defined as such in the Contract Data.

1.1.20 Site Investigation Reports are those which were included in the Bidding documents and
are factual interpretative reports about the surface and sub-surface conditions at the site.

1.1.21 Specification means the Specification of the works included in the Contract and any
modification or addition made or approved by the Employer.

1.1.22 The Start Date / Date of Commencement is given in. the Contract Data. It is the
date when the Contractor shall commence execution of the works. It does not
necessarily coincide with any of the Site Possession Dates.

1.1.23 A Subcontractor is a person or corporate body who has a Contract with the Contractor
to carry out a part of the work in the Contract, which includes work on the Site.

1.1.24 Temporary Works are works designed, constructed, installed, and removed by the
Contractor, which are needed for construction or installation of the Works.

1.1.25 A Variation or Change in Scope is an instruction given by the Employer, which varies
and changes the scope of Works.

1.1.26 Works are what the Contract requires the Contractor to construct, install, and turn over to
the Employer, as defined in the Contract Data.

1.1.27 Year may be understood as financial year.

1.1.28 “Approved Make” means makes of items as specified in the “List of Approved
Makes/Approved Manufacturers” in Section 8 of this RFP. However, a higher or
equivalent make can be utilized after obtaining prior approval of “Engineer-In-Charge” in
writing.

2. Interpretation

2.1. In interpreting the Conditions of Contract, singular also means plural, male also
means female or neuter, and the other way around. Headings have no significance. Words
have their general meaning under the language of the Contract unless specifically
defined. The Employer will provide instructions clarifying queries about the Conditions
of Contract.

2.2 If sectional completion is specified in the Contract Data, references in the Conditions
of Contract to the Works, the Completion Date, and the Intended Completion Date apply
to any Section of the Works (other than references to the Completion Date and
Intended Completion date for the whole of the Works).

67 of 312
2.3 The documents forming the Contract shall be interpreted in the following order of priority:
(a) Agreement
(b) Letter of Acceptance, notice to proceed with the works.
(c) Contractor's Bid
(d) Contract Data
(e) Conditions of Contract including Special Conditions of Contract
(f) Specifications
(g) Drawings
(h) Bill of quantities (optional) and
(i) Any other document listed in the Contract Data as forming part of the Contract.
3. Languages and Law

The language of the Contract and the law governing the Contract are stated in the
Contract Data.

4. Engineer's Decisions:
Except where otherwise specifically stated, the Engineer will decide contractual
matters between the Employer and the Contractor in the role representing the Employer as
per the provision of the contract.

5. Delegation:

The Engineer may delegate any of his duties and responsibilities to other people after
notifying the Contractor and may cancel any delegation after notifying the Contractor.

6. Communications:

Communications between parties which are referred to in the conditions are effective
only when in writing. A notice shall be effective only when it is delivered (in terms of
Indian Contract Act).

7. Sub-contracting:

The Contractor may sub-contract any portion of work, up to a limit specified in Contract
Data, with the approval of the Engineer but may not assign the Contract without the
approval of the Employer in writing. Sub-contracting does not alter the Contractor's
obligations.

68 of 312
8. Other Contractors:

The Contractor shall cooperate and share the Site with other contractors, public
authorities, utilities, and the Employer between the dates given in the Schedule of other
Contractors. The Contractor shall, as refer to in the Contract Data, also provide
facilities and services for them as described in the Schedule. The employer may
modify the schedule of other contractors and shall notify the contractor of any such
modification.

9. Personnel:

9.1. The Contractor shall employ the key personnel named in the Schedule of Key
Personnel as referred to in the Contract Data besides those as listed at section-8 and
Section-9 to carry out the functions stated in the Schedule or other personnel
approved by the Engineer. The Engineer will approve any proposed replacement of key
personnel only if their qualifications, abilities, and relevant experience are substantially
equal to or better than those of the personnel listed in the Schedule.

9.2. If the Engineer asks the Contractor to remove a person who is a member of the
Contractor's staff or his work force stating the reasons the Contractor shall ensure that
the person leaves the Site within seven days and has no further connection with the work
in the Contract.

10. Employer's and Contractor's Risks:

The Employer carries the risks which this Contract states are Employer's risks, and
the Contractor carries the risks which this Contract states are Contractor's risks.

11. Employer's Risks:

The Employer is responsible for the excepted risks which are in so far as they
directly affect the execution of the Works in India, the risks of war, hostilities, invasion,
act of foreign enemies, rebellion, revolution, insurrection or military or usurped power,
civil war, riot commotion or disorder (unless restricted to the Contractor's employees),
and contamination from any nuclear fuel or nuclear waste or radioactive toxic explosive.

12. Contractor's Risks:

All risks of loss of or damage to physical property and of personal injury and death which
arise during and in consequence of the performance of the Contract other than the
excepted risks are the responsibility of the Contractor.

69 of 312
13. Insurance:

13.1 The Contractor shall provide, in the joint names of the Employer and the Contractor,
insurance cover for the period as stated below against the events and in the amounts
and deductibles stated in the Contract Data for the following events, which are due
to the Contractor's risks:
A) From the starting date to the end of defect liability period:
(a) Loss of or damage to the works
B) From the start date till completion of the work as per agreement:
(a) Loss of or damage to plant, materials and equipment,
(b) Loss of or damage of property (except the works, plant, materials and
equipment) in connection with the contract, and
(c) Personal injury or death.

13.2 If all the items as listed at Cl.13.1(B) can be combined / grouped under one insurance
cover like Contractor’s, All Risks (CAR) Policy covering all-natural calamities as per
local conditions.

13.3 Prior to seven days before the start date, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer
notarized true copies of the certificates of insurance, copies of insurance polices and
premia payment receipts in respect of such insurance for the Employer’s approval. All
such insurance shall provide for compensation to be payable in the types and proportions
of currencies required to rectify the loss or damage incurred.

13.4 If the contractor does not provide any of the policies and certificates required, the
Employer may affect the insurance which the contractor should have provided and recover
the premiums the Employer has paid from payments otherwise due to the contractor or, if
no payment is due, the payment of the premiums shall be a debt due.

13.5 Alterations to the terms of insurance shall not be made without the approval of the Employer.

13.6 Both parties shall comply with any conditions of the insurance policies.

14. Site Investigation Reports:

14.1 The Contractor, in preparing the Bid, may rely on any site Investigation Reports
referred to in the Contract Data, which are indicative and not exhaustive. The Employer
shall provide all available details to the Contractor (Bidder) for his information, if
requested by him at least one week prior to the bid submission date. The bidder shall be
responsible for interpreting all such data. After award of work, the Contractor shall carry
out detail survey and investigation for preparation of detail designs as per the scope of
work and time period stipulated at Section-8.
To the extent which was practicable (taking account of cost and time), the Contractor
(Bidder) shall be deemed to have obtained all necessary information as to risks,
contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or affect the Tender or
Works. To the same extent, the Contractor (Bidder) shall be deemed to have inspected
and examined the Site, its surroundings, the above data and other available information,
and to have been satisfied before submitting the Tender as to all relevant matters,
including (without limitation):
(a) the form and nature of the Site, including sub-surface conditions,
(b) the climatic conditions,
(c) the extent and nature of the 70
work and Goods necessary for the execution and
of 312
 completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects,
(d) the Laws, procedures and labour practices of the Country, and
(e) the Contractor’s requirements for access, accommodation, facilities, personnel,
power, transport, water and other services.
(f) availability of required materials
15. Queries about the Contract Data:
15.1 The Employer will clarify queries on the Contract Data if any during the Pre-bid references.

16. Contractor to Construct the Works:

16.1 The Contractor shall construct and install the Works in accordance with the approved
specification and drawings. All designs, drawings, and specifications to be furnished by
the contractor shall be approved by the Employer before execution in accordance with Cl.
18.

17. The Works to be completed by the Intended Completion Date:

The Contractor may commence execution of the Works on the Start Date and shall carry
out the Works in accordance with the programme submitted by the Contractor, as updated
with the approval of the Engineer, and complete them by the Intended Completion Date.

18. Approval by the Engineer:

18.1 The Contractor shall submit Specifications and Drawings showing the proposed
Temporary Works to the Engineer, who is to approve them if they comply with the
Specifications and Drawings.

18.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of Temporary Works.

18.3 The Engineer's approval shall not alter the Contractor's responsibility for design of
the Temporary Works.

18.4 The Contractor shall obtain approval to the design, drawings, and specifications of all
components of the building and all allied infrastructure works, except those for the
temporary works as stated at Cl. 18.1, from any National Institute of Repute / State Govt.
Engineering College of repute in Odisha at its own cost. Such approved documents need to
be furnished to the Employer within the stipulated date as mentioned in the contract data
and at Section-8

18.5 All Drawings prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the temporary or
permanent Works, are subject to prior approval by the Employer / Engineer before
their use.

71 of 312
19. Safety:

19.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all activities on the Site.

20. Discoveries:
20.1 Anything of historical or other interest or of significant value unexpectedly
discovered on the Site is the property of the Employer. The Contractor is to notify
the Engineer of such discoveries and carry out the Engineer's instructions for dealing
with them.

21. Possession of the Site:

21.1 The Employer shall give possession of all parts of the Site to the Contractor. If
possession of a part is not given by the date stated in the Contract Data, the
Employer is deemed to have delayed the start of the relevant activities and this will be
Compensation Event.

22. Access to the Site:

22.1 The Contractor shall allow the Employer and any person authorized by the Employer
access to the Site, to any place where work in connection with the Contract is being
carried out or is intended to be carried out and to any place where materials or plant are
being manufactured / fabricated / assembled for the works.

23. Instructions:

23.1 The Contractor shall carry out all instructions of the Engineer pertaining to works,
which comply with the applicable laws where the Site is located.
23.2 The Contractor shall permit the Employer to inspect the Contractor's accounts and
records relating to the performance of the Contractor and to have them audited by auditors
appointed by the Employer, if so, required by the Employer.

24. Disputes:

That for the purpose of jurisdiction in the event of disputes if any of the Contract would be
deemed to have been entered in to within the State of Odisha and it is agreed that neither
party to the Contract will be competent to bring a suit in regard to the matter by this
Contract at any place outside the State of Odisha.

25. Deleted.

26. Replacement of Adjudicator: Not applicable

72 of 312
 B. TIME CONTROL

27. Programme:

27.1 Within 14 days of issue of letter of award, the successful bidder shall submit to the
Employer detail work programme for approval showing the general methods,
arrangements, order and timing for all the activities in the Works along with monthly cash
flow forecast. The agreed work programme / milestones during such contract negotiation
shall form part of the agreement.

27.2 An update of the Programme shall be a programme showing the actual progress
achieved on each activity and the effect of the progress achieved on the timing of the
remaining work, including any changes to the sequence of the activities.

27.3 The contractor shall submit to the Employer, for approval, an updated Programme
at intervals no longer than the period stated in the Contract Data. If the Contractor
does not submit an updated Programme within this period, the Engineer may
withhold the amount stated in the Contract Data from the next payment certificate
and continue to withhold this amount until the next payment after the date on which
the overdue programme has been submitted.

27.4 The Employer's approval of the Programme shall not alter the Contractor's obligations.
The Contractor may revise the Programme and submit it to the Employer again at
any time. A revised Programme is to show the effect of Variations and Compensation
Events.

27.5 Contractor has to facilitate themselves to update the project reporting in client PMIS
portal.

28. Extension of the Intended Completion Date:

28.1 The Employer shall extend the Intended Completion Date if a Compensation Event
occurs or a Variation is issued which makes it impossible for Completion to be
achieved by the intended Completion Date without the Contractor taking steps to
accelerate the remaining work and which would cause the Contractor to incur
additional cost.

28.2. The Employer shall decide whether and by how much to extend the Intended
Completion Date within 35 days of the Contractor asking the Engineer for a decision upon
the effect of a Compensation Event or Variation and submitting full supporting
information. If the Contractor has failed to give early warning of a delay or has
failed to cooperate in dealing with a delay, the delay by this failure shall not be
considered in assessing the new Intended Completion Date.

28.3. The Engineer shall, within 14 days of receiving full justification from the contractor
for extension of Intended Completion Date refer to the Employer his
recommendation. The Employer shall in not more than 21 days communicate to the
Engineer the Employer's decision.

29. Delays Ordered by the Engineer:

The Engineer may instruct the Contractor to delay the start or progress of any activity
within the Works.

73 of 312
30. Management Meetings:

30.1 Either the Engineer or the Contractor may require the other to attend a management
meeting. The business of a management meeting shall be to review the plans for
remaining work and to deal with matters raised in accordance with the early warning
procedure.

30.2 The Engineer shall record the business of management meetings and is to provide copies
of his record to those attending the meeting and to the Employer. The responsibility of
the parties for actions to be taken is to be decided by the Engineer either at the
management meeting or after the management meeting and stated in writing to all who
attended the meeting.

31. Early Warning:

31.1 The Contractor is to warn the Engineer at the earliest opportunity of specific likely
future events or circumstances that may adversely affect the work resulting delay in
the execution. The Engineer may require the Contractor to provide an estimate of the
expected effect of the future event or circumstance on the Completion Date.

31.2 The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer in making and considering proposals
for how the effect of such an event or circumstance can be avoided or reduced by anyone
involved in the work and in carrying out any resulting instruction of the Engineer.

74 of 312
 C. QUALITY CONTROL

32. Identifying Defects:

The Engineer shall check the Contractor's work regularly and notify the Contractor of
any Defects that are found. Such checking shall not affect the Contractor's responsibilities.
The Engineer may instruct the Contractor to search for defects and to uncover and
test any work that the Engineer considers may have a Defect.

33. Tests:

If the Engineer instructs the Contractor to carry out a test not specified in the
Specification to check whether any work has a Defect and the test shows that it does, the
Contractor shall pay for the test and any samples. If there is no Defect the test shall be a
Compensation Event.

34. Correction of Defects:

34.1 The Engineer shall give notice to the Contractor of any Defects before the end of the
Defects Liability Period, which begins at Completion and is defined in the Contract Data.
The Defects Liability Period shall be extended for as long as Defects remain to be
corrected.

34.2 Every time notice of a Defect is given; the Contractor shall correct the notified
Defect within the length of time specified by the Engineer's notice.

35. Uncorrected Defects:

If the Contractor has not corrected a Defect within the time specified in the
Engineer's notice, the Engineer will assess the cost of having the Defect corrected,
and the Contractor will pay this amount.

75 of 312
 D. COST CONTROL

36. Changes in the Quantities: (OPTIONAL)

37. Change of Scope (Variations) and Procedure for change of Scope:

37.1 The Employer may, require the Contractor to make modifications/alterations to the
construction works before the issue of the completion certificate either by giving an
instruction or by requesting the contractor to submit a proposal for change of scope
involving additional cost or reduction in cost. Any such change of scope shall be made and
valued in accordance with the provisions of this contract and the contractor, in that event,
will have no further claim on the ground that had it been known / disclosed earlier he
would have made such charges in other connected work in their design, construction
which would have saved him some cost and given him other consequential benefits.

37.2 Change in scope may include.

(a) Change in specifications of any item of works

(b) omission/ deletion of any item of work from the scope of work

(c) any additional work (such as addition of extra plinth area) which are not
included in the scope of work including any additional test on completion

37.3 In the event of the Employer determining that a change of scope is necessary, it shall issue
notice to the contractor a notice specifying in reasonable detail the works contemplated
there under (“Change in scope notice”)

37.4 Upon receipt of change in scope notice, the contractor shall with due diligence, provide to
the Employer through the Engineer within seven days time such information as is
necessary together with documentation in support of;

(a) the impact, of any, which the change in scope is likely to have on the completion of the
work

(b) the options for implementing the proposed change of scope and the effect, if any, each
on the cost and time thereof m including the following details;

i. breakdown of quantities, unit rates and cost for different items of work

ii. proposed design for the change of scope

iii. proposed modifications, if any, to the construction period with updated

work programs (all Variations shall be included in updated programs
produced by the Contractor).
37.5 The contractor’s quotation for change of scope shall be based on the detail design and rates for
various item of works as derived on the basis of his original bid price (in case of repetition of
similar item as per original contract) or MoRTH Standard Data Book and prevailing market
rates (in case of new item not envisaged in the original contract.)
37.6 The total value of all change of scope of work shall not exceed 5% of total contract price for the
construction work.

76 of 312
38. Payments for Change of Scope (Variations):

38.1 The Employer shall assess the change in scope proposal and Contractor’s
quotation and upon reaching an agreement; the Employer shall issue the Change of Scope
Order requiring the contractor to proceed with the performance thereof.
38.2 If the Contractor's quotation is unreasonable, the Employer may order the Variation and
make a change to the Contract Price which shall be based on Employer’s own forecast
of the effects of the Variation on the Contractor's costs.

38.3 If the Employer decides that the urgency of varying the work would prevent a quotation
being given and considered without delaying the work, no quotation shall be given and
the Variation shall be treated as a Compensation Event, subject to condition that such
variation shall not exceed 5% of the total contract price for the contract work.

38.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment for costs, which could have
been avoided by giving early warning.

38.5 Deleted

39. Payment Certificates:

39.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer statements of the value of the work completed.

39.2 The Engineer shall check the Contractor's statement within 14 days and certify the amount
to be paid to the Contractor as per contract payment schedule after taking into account any
credit or - debit for the month in question in respect of materials for the works in the
relevant amounts and under conditions set forth in sub-clause 47.3 of the Contract Data
(Secured Advance).

39.3 The value of work executed shall be determined by the Engineer.

39.4 The value of work executed shall comprise the value of the quantities of the items as per
the milestone and work programme attached to the contract.

39.5 The value of work executed shall include the valuation of Change in Scope (Variation)
and Compensation Events, if any.

39.6 The Engineer may exclude any item certified in a previous certificate or reduce the
proportion of any item previously certified in any certificate in the light of later
information.

40. Payments:

Payments shall be adjusted for deductions for retention, other recoveries in terms of
the contract and taxes at source, as applicable under the law. The Engineer shall pay
the Contractor the amounts as per the payment schedule attached to the contract.

41. Compensation Events:

41.1.1 The following are Compensation Events unless they are caused by the Contractor:

(a) The Employer does not give access to a part of the Site by the Site
Possession Date stated in the Contract Data.

77 of 312
 (b) Other contractors, public authorities of utilities or the Employer does not
work within the dates and other constraints stated in the Contract, and they
cause delay or extra cost to the Contractor.

41.2 If a Compensation Event would prevent the work being completed before the Intended
Completion Date, the Intended Completion Date shall be extended. The Contractor will
react competently and promptly to the event and shall submit information
demonstrating the effect of the Compensation Event and the required extended time
period for completion.

41.3 The Engineer shall examine the information furnished by the Contractor and shall
recommend to the Employer by how much time the Intended Completion Date shall
be extended. The Employer shall decide / sanction the required extension of time due to
such compensation event.
41.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to compensation to the extent that the
Employer's interests are adversely affected by the Contractor not having given early
warning or not having cooperated with the Engineer.

42. Tax:

42.1 The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to be exclusive of the GST and
inclusive of Royalty, Income Tax, Labour CESS and all other statutory taxes that the
Contractor will have to pay for the performance of this Contract. The Employer will
perform such duties in regard to the deduction of such taxes at source as per applicable
law.

43. Currencies:

All payments shall be made-in Indian Rupees.

44. Retention:

44.1 The Employer shall retain from each payment due to the Contractor the proportion
stated in the Contract Data until Completion of the whole of the works or settlement of
final payment.

44.2 On completion of the whole of the works half the total amount retained is repaid to
the contractor and half when the Defects Liability Period has passed and the Engineer
has certified that all defects notified by the Engineer to the contractor before the end of the
period have been corrected.

45. Liquidated Damages:

45.1 The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the Employer at the rate per week stated in
the Contract Data for each week that the Completion Date is later than the Intended
Completion Date (for the whole of the works or the milestone as stated in the
contract data). The total amount of liquidated damages shall not exceed the amount
defined in the Contract Data. The Employer may deduct liquidated damages from
payments due to the Contractor. Payment of liquidated damages shall not relieve the
contractor from his / her / their obligation to complete the works or from any other duties,
obligations or responsibilities which he / she / they may have under the contract.

45.2 If the Intended Completion Date is extended after liquidated damages have been paid,
the Engineer shall correct any overpayment of liquidated damages by the Contractor
by adjusting the next payment certificate.
78 of 312
45.3 If the contractor fails to comply with the time for completion as stipulated in the
tender, then the contractor shall pay to the employer the relevant sum stated in the
Contract Data as Liquidated damages for such default and not as penalty for every
week or part of week which shall elapse between relevant time for completion and the
date stated in the taking over certificate of the whole of the works on the relevant
section, subject to the limit stated in the contract data.

The employer may, without prejudice to any other method of recovery deduct the
amount of such damages from any money due or to become due to the contractor.
The payment or deduction of such damages shall not relieve the contractor from his
obligation to complete the works or from any other of his obligations and liabilities under
the contract.

45.4 If, before the Time for Completion of the whole of the Works or, if applicable, any
Section, a Taking - Over Certificate has been issued for any part of the Works or of
a Section, the liquidated damages for delay in completion of the remainder of the
Works or of that Section shall, for any period of delay after the date stated in such
Taking-Over Certificate, and in the absence of alternative provisions in the Contract, be
reduced in the proportion which the value of the part so certified bears to the value of the
whole of the Works or Section, as applicable. The provisions of this Sub-Clause shall
only apply to the rate of liquidated damages and shall not affect the limit thereof.
46. Bonus Payment:

46.1 The procedure for payment of bonus (incentive) shall be as per the latest amendment to
Para 3.5.5 of OPWD code.

46.2 If the contractor achieves completion of the whole of the works prior to the Intended
Completion Date prescribed in Contract Data the Employer shall pay to the
contractor a sum stated in Contract Data as bonus (incentive) for every completed
month which shall elapse between the date of completion of all items of works as
stipulated in the Contract and the time prescribed in Clause 17.

46.3 For the purpose of calculating bonus payments, the time given in the Bid for completion of
the whole of the works is fixed and unless otherwise agreed, no adjustments of the time by
reason of granting an extension of time pursuant to Clause 28 or any other clause of
these conditions will be allowed. Any period falling short of a complete month shall be
ignored for the purpose of computing the period relevant for the payment of bonus.

47. Advance Payment:

47.1 The Engineer shall make advance payment to the Contractor for mobilization and cash
flow support of the amounts stated in the Contract Data by the date stated in the Contract
Data, only against provision by the Contractor of an Unconditional Bank Guarantee in a
form and by a Bank acceptable to the Engineer in amounts and currencies equal to 110%
of the advance payment.

47.2 An interest @ 10% per annum shall be charged on the advance payment.

47.3 The Advance Payment shall not be released until the basic design & architectural drawings
is finalized and establishment of camp at work site is completed.

79 of 312
47.4 The guarantee shall remain effective until the advance payment has been repaid, but the
amount of the guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amounts repaid by the
Contractor. The contractor shall ensure that the Bank Guarantee remains enforceable until
the advance payment has been fully repaid and accordingly renew it, from time to time,
until the advance payment has been fully repaid.

47.5 If the terms of guarantee specify its expiry date, and the advance payment has not been re-
paid by the date then 28 days prior to the expiry date, the contractor shall extend the
validity of the guarantee until the advance payment has been fully repaid.

47.6 The advance payment shall be repaid through percentage deductions from the interim
payments as follows:

(a) Deductions shall commence from the 1st interim payment.

(b) Deductions shall be made in proportions of the advance payment until such time
as the advance payment has been repaid provided that the advance payment shall
be completely repaid prior to the time when 90 percent of the accepted contract
amount has been repaid.

47.7 If the advance payment has not been repaid prior to the issue of the Taking over
Certificate for the work or prior to termination under Section – 3 Clause -54 of
(termination by employer), the balance advance is payable by the contractor to the
employer.

48. Securities:

The Performance Security shall be provided to the Employer no later than the date
specified in the Letter of Acceptance and shall be issued in an amount and form and by a
bank or surety acceptable to the Employee and denominated in Indian Rupees. The
Performance Security shall remain valid up to the period as defined in the Contract Data.

49. Cost of Repairs:

Loss or damage to the Works or Materials to be incorporated in the Works between

the Start Date and the end of the Defects Correction periods shall be remedied by the
Contractor at the Contractor's cost if the loss or damage arises from the Contractor's
acts or omissions including the situation as stipulated at Cl. 12.

80 of 312
 E. FINISHING THE CONTRACT
50. Completion:

50.1 The Contractor shall request the Engineer to issue a Certificate of Completion
of the Works and the Engineer will do so upon deciding that the Work is completed.

51. Taking Over:

51.1 The Employer shall take over the Site and the Works within seven days of the
Engineer issuing a certificate of Completion.

52. Final Account:

52.1 The Contractor shall supply the Engineer a detailed account of the total amount that
the Contractor considers payable under the Contract before the end of the Defects
Liability Period. The Engineer shall issue a Defect Liability Certificate and certify any
final payment that is due to the Contractor within 56 days of receiving the
Contractor's account if it is correct and complete. If it is not, the Engineer shall issue
within 56 days a schedule that states the scope of the corrections or additions that are
necessary. If the Final Account is still unsatisfactory after it has been resubmitted, the
Employer shall decide on the amount payable to the Contractor and issue a payment
certificate, within 56 days of receiving the Contractor's revised account.

53. Operating and Maintenance Manuals:

53.1 If ''as built" Drawings and/or operating and maintenance manuals are required, the
Contractor shall supply them by the dates stated in the Contract Data.

53.2 If the Contractor does not supply the Drawings and/or manuals by the dates stated in
the Contract Data, or they do not receive the Employer’s approval, the Engineer shall
withhold the amount stated in the Contract Data from payments due to the Contractor.

54. Termination:

54.1 The Employer may terminate the Contract if the other party causes a fundamental
breach of the Contract.

54.2 Fundamental breaches of Contract include, but shall not be limited to the following:

(a) the Contractor stops work for 28 days when no stoppage of work is shown on the
current Programme and the stoppage has not been authorized by the Engineer;

(b) the Contractor is made bankrupt or goes into liquidation other than for a
reconstruction or amalgamation;

(c) the Engineer gives Notice that failure to correct a particular Defect is a
fundamental breach of Contract and the Contractor fails to correct it within a
reasonable period of time determined by the Engineer;

(d) the Contractor does not maintain a security which is required;

(e) the Contractor has delayed the completion of works by the number of days for which
the maximum number of liquidated damages can be paid as defined in the Contract
data; and

81 of 312
 (f) if the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer has engaged in corrupt or
fraudulent practices in competing for or in executing the Contract.

For the purpose of this paragraph: "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving
or soliciting of anything of value to influence the action of a public official in the
procurement process or in contract execution. "Fraudulent practice" means a
misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a procurement process or the execution of
a contract to the detriment of the Borrower and includes collusive practice among Bidders
(prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at artificial non-
competitive levels and to deprive the Borrower of the benefits of free and open
competition."

54.3 When either party to the Contract gives notice of a breach of contract to the Engineer for a
cause other than those listed under Sub Clause 54.2 above, the Engineer shall decide
whether the breach is fundamental or not.

54.4 Notwithstanding the above, the Employer may terminate the Contract for convenience.

54.5 If the Contract is terminated the Contractor shall stop work immediately, make the Site
safe and secure and leave the Site, as soon as reasonably possible.

55. Payment upon Termination:

55.1 If the-Contract is terminated because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the

Contractor, the Engineer shall issue a certificate for the value of the work done fewer
advance payments received up to the date of the issue of the certificate, less other
recoveries due in terms of the contract, less taxes due to be deducted at source as per
applicable law and less the percentage to apply to the work not completed as indicated
in the Contract Data. Additional Liquidated Damages shall not apply. If the total
amount due to the Employer exceeds any payment due to the Contractor, the difference
shall be a debt payable to the Employer.

55.2 If the Contract is terminated at the Employer's convenience, the Engineer shall issue a
certificate for the value of the work done, less advance payments received up to the date of
the certificate, less other recoveries due in terms of the contract and less taxes due to be
deducted at source as per applicable law. No extra cost will be paid by the employer for
expenditure towards removal of Equipment, repatriation of the Contractor's personnel
employed solely on the Works and the Contractor's costs of protecting and securing the
Works.

56. Property:

56.1 All materials on the Site, Plant, Equipment, Temporary Works and Works are deemed to be
the property of the Employer, if the Contract is terminated because of a contractor’s
default.

57. Release from Performance:

57.1 If the Contract is frustrated by the outbreak of war or by any other event entirely
outside the control of either the Employer or the Contractor, the Engineer shall certify that
the Contract has been frustrated. The Contractor shall make the Site safe and stop work as
quickly as possible after receiving this certificate and shall be paid for all work carried out
before receiving it and for any work carried out afterwards to which commitment was
made.

82 of 312
 F. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1. LABOUR:

The Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided in the Contract, make his own
arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labour, local or other, and for their
payment, housing, feeding and transport.

The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, deliver to the Engineer a return in detail,
in such form and at such intervals as the Engineer may prescribe, showing the staff and the
numbers of the several classes of labour from time to time employed by the Contractor on
the Site and such other information as the Engineer may require.

2. COMPLIANCE WITH LABOUR REGULATIONS:

During continuance of the contract, the Contractor and his sub-contractors shall abide at all
times by all existing labour enactments and rules made there under, regulations,
notifications and bye laws of the State or Central Government or local authority and any
other labour law (including rules), regulations, bye laws that may be passed or notification
that may be issued under any labour law in future either by the State or the Central
Government or the local authority. Salient features of some of the major labour laws that
are applicable to the construction industry are given below. The Contractor shall keep the
Employer indemnified in case any action is taken against the Employer by the competent
authority on account of contravention of any of the provisions of any Act or rules made
there under, regulations or notifications including amendments. If the Employer is caused
to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be necessary to cause or observe, or for non-
observance of the provisions stipulated in the notifications/bye laws/Acts/Rules/regulations
including amendments, if any, on the part of the Contractor, the Engineer/Employer shall
have the right to deduct any money due to the Contractor including his amount of
performance security. The Employer/Engineer shall also have the right to recover from
the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss or
damage suffered by the Employer.

The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-Contractor in no case shall be treated as the
employees of the Employer at any point of time.

SALIENT FEATURES OF SOME MAJOR LABOUR LAWS APPLICABLE

TO ESTABLISHMENTS ENGAGED IN BUILDING AND OTHER
CONSTRUCTION WORK.

a) Workmen Compensation Act 1923: - The Act provides for compensation

in case of injury by accident arising out of and during the course of
employment.

b) Payment of Gratuity Act 1972: Gratuity is payable to an employee under the

Act on satisfaction of certain conditions on separation if an employee has
completed 5 years service or more or on death the rate of 15 days wages for
every completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments
employing 10 or more employees.

c) Employees P.F. and Miscellaneous Provision Act 1952: - The Act Provides
for monthly contributions by the employer plus workers @ 10% or 8.33%.
The benefits payable under the Act are:

(i) Pension or family pension on retirement or death, as the case may be.

83 of 312
 (ii) Deposit linked insurance on the death in harness of the worker.

(iii) Payment of P.F. accumulation on retirement/death etc.

d) Maternity Benefit Act 1951: -The Act provides for leave and some other
benefits to women employees in case of confinement or miscarriage etc.

e) Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970: - The Act provides for
certain welfare measures to be provided by the Contractor to contract labour
and in case the Contractor fails to provide, the same are required to be
provided, by the Principal Employer by Law. The Principal Employer is
required to take Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to
take license from the designated Officer. The Act is applicable to the
establishments or Contractor of Principal Employer if they employ 20 or
more contract labour.

f) The Code on Wages, 2019: This code consolidates the Laws relating to
Wages and Bonus and matters connected therewith or incidental thereto.

g) Industrial Disputes Act 1947: - The Act lays down the machinery and
procedure for resolution of Industrial disputes, in what situations a strike or
lock-out becomes illegal and what are the requirements for laying off or
retrenching the employees or closing down the establishment.

h) Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act 1946: - It is applicable to all

establishments employing 100 or more workmen (employment size reduced
by some of the States and Central Government to 50). The Act provides for
laying down rules governing the conditions of employment by the Employer
on matters provided in the Act and get the same certified by the designated
Authority.

i) Trade Unions Act 1926: - The Act lays down the procedure for registration
of trade unions of workmen and employers. The Trade Unions registered
under the Act have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal
liabilities.

j) Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act 1986: - The Act prohibits
employment of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and
processes and provides for regulation of employment of children in all other
occupations and processes. Employment of Child Labour is prohibited in
Building and Construction Industry.

k) Inter-State Migrant workmen’s (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of

Service) Act 1979: - The Act is applicable to an establishment which
employs 5 or more inter- state migrant workmen through an intermediary
(who has recruited workmen in one state for employment in the
establishment situated in another state). The Inter-State migrant workmen, in
an establishment to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be
provided certain facilities such as housing, medical aid, travelling expenses
from home up to the establishment and back, etc.

l) The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment

and Conditions of Service) Act 1996 and the Cess Act of 1996: - All the
establishments who carry on any building or other construction work and
employs 10 or more workers are covered under this Act. All such
establishments are required to pay cess at the rate not exceeding 2% of the
cost of construction as may 84
beofmodified
312
by the Government. The Employer
 of the establishment is required to provide safety measures at the building or
construction work and other welfare measures, such as Canteens, First-Aid
facilities, Ambulance, Housing accommodations for workers near the
workplace etc. The Employer to whom the Act applies has to obtain a
registration certificate from the Registering Officer appointed by the
Government.

m) Factories Act 1948: -The Act lays down the procedure for approval at plans
before setting up a factory, health and safety provisions, welfare provisions,
working hours, annual earned leave and rendering information regarding
accidents or dangerous occurrences to designated authorities. It is applicable
to premises employing 10 persons or more with aid of power or 20 or more
persons without the aid of power engaged in manufacturing process.

3. SUB-CONTRACTING (GCC Clause 7):

Please add the following as Clause 7.2:

The contractor shall not be required to obtain any consent from the employer for:

a) the Sub-contracting of any part of the works for which the sub-contractor is named in
the contract.

b) the provision of labour; and

c) the purchase of materials which are in accordance with the standards specified in the
Contract.

d) Beyond this if the contractor proposes sub-contracting any part of the work during
execution of works, because of some unforeseen circumstances to enable him to
complete the work as per terms of the contract, the Engineer / Employer will consider
the following before according approval:

▪ The contractor shall not sub-contract the whole of the works.

▪ The contractor shall not sub-contract any part of the work without prior consent of
the Engineer. Any such consent shall not relieve at the contractor from any
liability or obligations under the contract and he shall be responsible for the acts,
defaults and neglects
of any sub-contractor, his agents or workmen as fully as if they were the acts,
defaults or neglects of the contractor, his agents or workmen.

▪ The Engineer should satisfy whether (a) the circumstances warrant such sub-
contracting; and (b) the sub-contractors so proposed for the work possess the
experience, qualification and equipment necessary for the job proposed to be
entrusted to them in proportion to the
quantum of work to be sub-contracted.

▪ If payments are proposed to be made directly to that sub-contractor, this should be

subject to specific authorization by the prime contractor so that this arrangement
does not alter the contractor’s liability or obligations under the contract.

Note: All bidders are expected to indicate clearly in the bid, if they propose sub-contracting
elements of the works along with proposed value of such works [as mentioned in Contract
Data]. For each such proposal the qualification and the experience of the identified sub-
contractor in the relevant field should be furnished along with the bid to enable the employer
to satisfy himself about their qualifications before agreeing for such sub-contracting and
85 of 312
 include it in the contract.

In view of the above, normally no additional sub-contracting should arise during execution
of the contract.

4. PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT:

Add the following as Conditions of Contract Clause 16.2:

The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to protect the environment on and off the
Site and to avoid damage or nuisance to persons or to property of the public or other resulting
from pollution, noise or other causes arising as a consequence of his methods of operation.

During continuance of the contract, the Contractor and his sub-contractors shall abide at all
times by all existing enactments on environmental protection and rules made there under,
regulations, notifications and bye-laws of the State or Central Government, or local authorities
and any other law, by-law, regulations that may be passed or notification that may be issued in this
respect in future by the State or Central Government or the local authority. The contractor shall
also abide by the requirements as per Attachment-X of the Bid Document.

Salient features of some of the major laws that are applicable are given below:

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974: This provides for the
prevention and control of water pollution and the maintaining and restoring of wholesomeness of
water. ‘Pollution’ means such contamination of water or such alteration of the physical, chemical
or biological properties of water or such discharge of any sewage or trade effluent or of any other
liquid, gaseous or solid substance into water (whether directly or indirectly) as may, or is likely
to, create a nuisance or render such water harmful or injurious to public health or safety, or to
domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural or other legitimate uses, or to the life and health or
animals or plants or of aquatic organisms.

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981: This provides for prevention,
control and abatement of air pollution. ‘Air Pollution’ means the presence in the atmosphere of any
‘air pollutant’, which means any solid, liquid or gaseous substance (including noise) present in the
atmosphere in such concentration as may be or tend to be injurious to human beings or other
living creatures or plants or property or environment.

The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986: This provides for the protection and
improvement of environment and for matters connected therewith, and the prevention of hazards
to human beings, other living creatures, plants and property. ‘Environment’ includes water, air
and land and the inter-relationship which exists among and between water, air and land, and
human being, other living creatures, plants, micro- organism and property.

The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991: This provides for public liability insurance for
the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while
handling hazardous substances and for matters connected herewith or incidental thereto.
Hazardous substance means any substance or preparation which is defined as hazardous substance
under the Environment (Protection) Act 1986, and exceeding such quantity as may be specified
by notification by the Central Government.

86 of 312
 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION

Environmental Mitigation / Management Measures Responsibility

Impact/Issue
Implementation Supervision

1. Removal Trees will be removed from the corridor of Contractor Department

of Trees impact (or, site) before the commencement of
construction with prior clearance from the
Forest Department.
2. Generation of Debris generated due to the dismantling of the Contractor Department.
Debris existing pavement structure shall be suitably
reused in the proposed construction, subject to
the suitability of the material and the approval
of the Engineer. Unutilisable debris material
shall be suitably disposed off by the contractor,
either for the filling up of borrow areas created
for the project or at pre-designated dump
locations.
3. Loss of (a) The topsoil from all areas of cutting and all Contractor Department.
Topsoil areas to be permanently covered shall be
stripped to a specified depth of 150 mm and
stored in stockpiles (maximum slope 1:2,
and maximum height 2m). To retail soil and
to allow percolation of water, the edges of
the stockpile shall be protected by slit
fencing
(b)Stockpiles will not be surcharges or
otherwise loaded and multiple handling will
be kept to a minimum to ensure that no
compaction will occur. It shall be ensured by
the contractor that the topsoil will not be
unnecessarily trafficked either before
stripping or when in stockpiles.
(c) Such stockpiled topsoil will be returned to
cover the disturbed area and cut slopes.
Residual topsoil will be distributed on
adjoining/proximate barren/rocky areas as
identified by the Engineer in a layer of
thickness of 75 – 150 mm. Top soil shall
also be utilized for redevelopment of borrow
areas, landscaping along slopes, medians,
incidental spaces etc.
4. Borrowing of The borrowing shall not be carried out in Contractor Department.
Earth cultivable lands, unless agreed upon by the
Engineer. Borrowing of earth shall be carried
out as per the IRC Guidelines.

87 of 312
5. Degradation of The location, shape and size of the designated Contractor Department.
Borrow Areas borrow areas shall be as approved by the
Engineer and in accordance to the IRC
recommended practice for borrow pits for road
embankments. Borrow pits shall be re-
developed, spoils shall be dumped with an
overly of stockpiled topsoil. Redevelopment of
borrow areas shall be taken up in accordance
with the plans approved by the Engineer.
Environmental Mitigation / Management Measures Responsibility
Impact/Issue
Implementation Supervision

6. Soil Erosion Along sections abutting water bodies, stone Contractor Department.
pitching needs to be carried out for slopes
between 1:4 and 1:2 Gabion structures/ Grass
turfing shall be provided for slopes steeper than
1 vertical to 2 horizontals. The work shall
consist of measures as per design or as directed
by the Engineer to control soil erosion,
sedimentation and water pollution, through use
of berms, dikes, sediment basins, fiber mats,
mulches, grasses, slope drains and other
devices.
7. Construction Spoil from excavation of riverbed shall be Contractor Department.
Wastes & managed and disposed off as directed by the
their disposal Engineer. No new disposal site shall be created
as part of the project, which is not redeveloped.
All waste material shall be completely disposed
as desired and the site shall be fully cleaned
before handing over.
8. Quarry The Contractor shall open and use quarries, as Contractor
Operations per the Odisha Mining Rules. Alternatively, the Department.
Contractor shall acquire the required material
from quarries licensed by the OSPCB and
having an approved redevelopment plan.
Environmental Mitigation / Management Measures Responsibility
Impact/Issue

9. Loss of a. Filling of surface water bodies shall be Contractor Department.

Water compensated by digging an equal volume of
Bodies soil for water storage. Such dug-up soil
shall be use4d for spreading as topsoil.

88 of 312
 b. Wherever earthwork is undertaken, the
banks shall be protected by means as
designed or as approved by the Engineer.
Construction shall be carried out in a
manner so that the side slopes are no steeper
than 1:4, otherwise slope protection work
shall be provided, as approved by the
Engineer and as pr item 6 of these
specifications. For drains carrying run-off
from the highways entering, into surface
water bodies/channels, with a fall
exceeding 1.5 m cascading or
sedimentation traps shall be provided.
10. Loss of Other The replacement shall be ready prior to Contractor Department.
Water Sources demolition / dismantling of the existing source.
Any damage to the existing sources of water
(hand pump, tube well etc.) shall be made good
by the Contractor at his expense.
11. Flooding In addition to the design requirements, the Contractor Department.
contractor shall take all desired measures as
directed by the Engineer to prevent temporary
or permanent flooding of the site or any
adjacent area.
Environmental Mitigation / Management Measures Responsibility
Impact/Issue
Implementation Supervision

12. Alteration of a. In sections along water courses, and close to Contractor Department.
Drainage cross-drainage channels, earth, stone or any
other construction materials or appendage
shall be properly disposed off so as not to
block the flow of water.
b. All necessary measures shall be taken to
prevent earthwork, stonework, materials
and appendage as well as the method of
operation from impending cross-drainage at
rivers, streams, water canals and existing
and existing irrigation and drainage
systems.
13. Contamination At construction vehicle parking locations and at Contractor Department.
from fuel/lubricant storage sites, oil and grease traps
Construction shall be provided. Fuel storage shall be in
Wastes, fuel, proper bunded areas. The discharge standards
and Lubricants promulgated under the Environmental
Protection Act, 1986 shall be strictly adhered
to.

89 of 312
14. Sanitation Construction laborer’s camps shall be located at Contractor Department.
and Waste least
disposal in 200 m away from the nearest habitation and as
construction approved by the Engineer. The sewage system
camps for a construction laborer’s camp shall be
designed, built and as per the Factories Act,
1948 and the building and other Construction
Workers (Regulation of Employment and
Conditions of Service) Act, 1996.
15. Generation of All vehicles delivering materials to the site Contractor Department.
Dust shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials.
Clearance shall be affected by manual sweeping
and removal of debris, or, if so, directed by the
Engineer, by mechanical sweeping and
cleaning equipment, an all dust, mud and other
debris shall be removed completely.
16. Emission from Hot mix plants and batching plants shall be located Contractor Department.
sufficiently away from habitation,
agricultural operations or industrial
establishments. Where possible such plants will be
located at least 1000 m downwind from the nearest
habitation. The exhaust gases, and operation of the
plants shall comply with the requirements of the
relevant current emission control rules (as per
OSPCB).

Environmental Mitigation / Management Measures Responsibility

Impact/Issue
17. Emission and All vehicles, equipment and machinery used Contractor Department.
for
noise from construction shall conform to the relevant
Bureau of
Vehicles & Indian Standard (BIS) norms. All vehicles,
Equipment equipment and machinery used for construction
shall
be regularly maintained to ensure that
pollution
emission levels comply with the relevant
requirements of OSPCB.

Environmental Mitigation / Management Measures Responsibility

Impact/Issue
Implementation Supervision

18. Pollution from All crushers used in construction shall conform Contractor Department.
Crusher to relevant dust emission control rules.
Clearance for siting shall be obtained from the
OSPCB. Alternatively, only crushers already
licensed by the OSPCB shall be used.
19. Loss, All works are to be carried out in such a fashion Contractor Department.
Damage or that the damage and disruption to fauna is
Disruption minimum. Construction workers shall be
of/to Fauna. instructed to protect natural resources and
fauna, including wild animals and aquatic life.
90 of 312
 Hunting and unauthorized fishing are
prohibited.

20. Chance-found If a rare/endangered/threatened flora/fauna Contractor Department.

important species is spotted, the contractor shall make all
Flora/Fauna. arrangements to intimate the Forest/Wildlife
authorities without delay, and measures will be
taken for its conservation. Work would be
suspended, until the relevant authorities are
consulted, unless specifically directly by the
Engineer.
21. Traffic The Contractor shall take all necessary Contractor Department.
Control and measures for the safety of traffic during
Safety construction and provide, erect and maintain
such barricades, including signs, markings,
flags, lights and flagmen as may be required by
the Engineer for the information and protection
of traffic approaching or passing through the
section of the road under improvement.
22. Risk from The contractor is required to comply with all Contractor Department.
Construction the precautions as required for the safety of the
Operations workmen as per the international Labour
Organisation (ILO) Convention No. 62 as far as
those are applicable to this contract. The
contractor shall also comply with the national
Building Code for this purpose.
23. Potable Water Potable water supply will be provided, at every Contractor Department.
and Hygiene workplace, as per the Factory Rules of Odisha.
All requirements as per standards set by the
building and other Construction Workers
(Regulation of Employment and Conditions of
Service) Act, 1996 shall be fulfilled.
24. Protection of All the necessary and adequate care shall be Contractor Department.
Cultural taken to minimize impact on cultural properties
Heritage / (which includes cultural sites and remains,
Property places of worship, graveyards, monuments and
any other important properties/sites/remains
notified under the Ancient Sites and Remains
Act)
25. Chance found All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity Contractor Department.
Archaeological and structures and other remains or things of
property geological or archaeological interest discovered
on the site shall
be the property of the Government. The
contractor

91 of 312
 Environmental Mitigation / Management Measures Responsibility
Impact/Issue
Implementation Supervision
shall work within 100 m in all directions from
the site. The Engineer shall seek direction from
the Archaeological Society of India (ASI)
before instructing the Contractor to
recommence work on the site.
26. Risk from Except as may be provided in the contract or Contractor Department.
explosives ordered or authorized by the Engineer, the
contractor shall not use explosives. Where the
use of explosives is so provided or ordered or
authorized, the contractor shall comply with the
requirements of the explosives Act. First aid
and medical care shall be provided, as per the
factory Rules of Odisha.

5. POSSESSION OF SITE:

The Contractor will facilitate acquisition of land and shifting of utilities including provision of
manpower and vehicle for liaison with District Administration, Land Acquisition Authority, P.W.D &
other concerned stakeholders for shifting of utilities. However, the final responsibility of land
acquisition lies with the employer

92 of 312
 SECTION 4:
CONTRACT DATA

93 of 312
 Contract Data

Items marked “N/A” do not apply in this contract.

Clause Conditions Data

Reference

1.1.5& 2.3 Contract Data i. The Schedule of Operating and Maintenance Manuals
(Date to be Notified) [Cl. No.53]
(Documents also to
form part of the ii. The Schedule of Other Contractors (To be Notified later)
Contract) [Cl. No.8]

iii. The Schedule of Key Personnel [Cl No.9]

iv. The Methodology and Program of construction [Cl No.27]

v. The Schedule of Key and Critical equipment to be

deployed on the work as per agreed program of
construction [Cl No.27]

vi. Site Investigation reports [Cl No.14]

vii. Notice inviting bid including all corrigendum’s /

addendum / additional conditions / specifications /
drawings etc. if any issued at the time of invitation of bid
and acceptance thereof.

viii. Bid document.

ix. Performance security

1.1.6 Contractor Contractor’s obligations shall be, but not limited to the following:

I. The Contractor shall design, execute and complete the Works

in accordance with the Contract and with the Engineer’s
instructions, and shall remedy any defects in the Works.

II. The Contractor shall provide the Plant and Contractor’s

Documents specified in the Contract, and all Contractor’s
Personnel, Goods, consumables and other things and services,
whether of a temporary or permanent nature, required in and
for this design, execution, completion and remedying of
defects.

III. The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy, stability

and safety of all Site operations and of all methods of
construction. Except to the extent specified in the Contract, the
Contractor

a) shall be responsible for all Contractor’s Documents,

Temporary Works, and such design of each item of
Plant and Materials as is required for the item to be
in accordance with the Contract, and
94 of 312
 Clause Conditions Data
Reference

b) shall also be responsible for the design or specification

of the Permanent Works.

IV. The Contractor shall, whenever required by the Engineer,

submit details of the arrangements and methods which the
Contractor proposes to adopt for the execution of the Works.
No significant alteration to these arrangements and methods
shall be made without this having previously been notified to
the Engineer.

V. Notwithstanding any previous test or certification, the

Engineer may instruct the Contractor to:

a) remove from the Site and replace any Plant or

Materials which is not in accordance with the
Contract,

b) remove and re-execute any other work which is not

in accordance with the Contract, and

c) execute any work which is urgently required for the

safety of the Works, whether because of an accident,
unforeseeable event or otherwise.

VI. The Contractor shall comply with the instruction within a

reasonable time, which shall be the time (if any) specified in
the instruction, or immediately if urgency is specified under
sub-paragraph (c).

VII. If the Contractor fails to comply with the instruction, the

Employer shall be entitled to employ and pay other persons to
carry out the work. Except to the extent that the Contractor
would have been entitled to payment for the work, the
Contractor shall pay to the Employer all costs arising from this
failure.

Contractor’s Care for Works:

I. The Contractor shall take full responsibility for care of the
Works and Goods from the Commencement Date until the
Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the Works, when
responsibility for the care of the Works shall pass to the
Employer. If a Taking-Over Certificate is issued for any
Section or part of the Works, responsibility for the care of the
Section or part shall then pass to the Employer.

II. After responsibility has accordingly passed to the Employer,

the Contractor shall take responsibility for the care of any work
which is outstanding on the date stated in a Taking-Over

95 of 312
 Clause Conditions Data
Reference

Certificate, until this outstanding work has been completed.

III. If any loss or damage happens to the Works, Goods or

Contractor’s Documents during the period when the Contractor
is responsible for their care, the Contractor shall rectify the loss
or damage at the Contractor’s risk and cost, so that the Works,
Goods and Contractor’s Documents conform with the
Contract.

IV. The Contractor shall be liable for any loss or damage caused
by any actions performed by the Contractor after a Taking-
Over Certificate has been issued. The Contractor shall also be
liable for any loss or damage which occurs after a Taking-Over
Certificate has been issued and which arose from a previous
event for which the Contractor was liable.

1.1.11 Defects Liability 1. Civil Works: The Defects Liability Period is 5 (Five) Years
Period from the date notified in the Completion certificate of the work.

I. In order that the Works and Contractor’s Documents, and

each Section, shall be in the condition required by the
Contract (fair wear and tear excepted) by the expiry date
of the relevant Defects Liability Period or as soon as
practicable thereafter, the Contractor shall:

a) complete any work which is outstanding on the date

stated in a Taking-Over Certificate, within such
reasonable time as is instructed by the Engineer, and

b) execute all work required to remedy defects or damage,

as may be notified by (or on behalf of) the Employer on
or before the expiry date of the Defects Liability Period
for the Works or Section (as the case may be).

II. If a defect appears or damage occurs, the Contractor shall

be notified accordingly, by (or on behalf of) the
Employer.

III. All work referred to as completion of outstanding work

and remedying defects shall be executed at the risk and
cost of the Contractor, if and to the extent that the work
is attributable to:

a) any design for which the Contractor is responsible,

b) plant, materials, or workmanship not being in

accordance with the Contract, or

c) failure by the Contractor to comply with any other

obligation.
96 of 312
 Clause Conditions Data
Reference

1.1.12 Employer’s name Managing Director,

and address
Odisha Bridge & Construction Corporation Ltd,
Vikash Bhavan, Nayapalli, Bhubaneswar-751012, Odisha.
Email id: md@[Link]
Phone number: 0674-, 2394093, 2396309, 2390043.
FAX - 2396326

Name of the Chief General Manager, Cuttack Division-I,

Authorized
Representative He/she shall act as representative of the Employer for all purposes.

1.1.13 Engineer’s name To be notified

and address

1.1.16 Intended 18 (Eighteen) Calendar months from the date of commencement

Completion Date

1.1.19 Site The Site is located in District-Cuttack, Odisha.

Details of the Site: As provided in Section 7 and Section 8

1.1.22 Start Date / Date Date of issue of notice to proceed with the work.
of
Commencement (To be notified later).

Work Details:
1.1.26 Works
3.06 acres of land was made available for the development work of SCB
MCH, Cuttack, adjacent to Taladanda Canal. Out of which, 1.66 acres has
been allocated to OPTCL for construction of a 132/33 kV and 33/11 kV
grid substation, while the remaining 1.40 acres has been reserved for
construction of residential units, including shops for the Cuttack
Municipal Corporation (CMC).
During demolition for the SCB MCH Cuttack Phase-I, 20 No. shops of
CMC have been demolished. As per meeting of Project Implementation
Committee (PIC) under the chairmanship of RDC, Cuttack it was decided
to relocate the shops to this location and accordingly 30 No. new shops
have been planned & incorporated in the proposed new construction
site. Further, 98 No. new Type-II Quarters have been proposed at this
location.

97 of 312
 Clause Conditions Data
Reference

2.2 Sectional N/A.

Completion

2.3 Order of priority (a) Agreement

(b) Letter of Acceptance, notice to proceed with the works.
(c) Contractor's Bid
(d) Contract Data
(e) Conditions of Contract including Special Conditions of
Contract
(f) Terms of Reference, Design Brief & Scope of Work (Section
8 of Bid Document)
(a) Specifications
(b) Drawings
(c) Bill of quantities (optional) and
(d) Any other document listed in the Contract Data as
forming part of the Contract
3 Language & Law The language of the Contract documents is English. The law, which
applies to the Contract, is the laws of Union of India.

7 Sub-Contracting Subcontracting components of the works shall be limited to 30 %

of the Contract Price. The maximum number of Sub-Contractors
allowed is TWO.

However, if any sub-contractor is proposed after award of contract,

the qualification of the said Sub-Contractor shall be checked with
respect to his technical and financial capability by the Engineer on
proportionate to the criteria set forth in the bidding document.

13.1 & Insurance The Contractor shall provide the following policies within 28 days
13.2 from the date of commencement and others at appropriate time as
required by applicable law.

a) Workmen Compensation Policy.

b) Contractor’s All Risks (CAR).

In case the Contractor fails to procure and submit the required insurance,
the Employer may procure the same at the Contractor’s risk and cost.
14 Site Investigation All reports are indicative, not exhaustive and without prejudice.
Reports

18.4 Stipulated Datelines As mentioned in Section 8

for Approvals

98 of 312
21 Possession of the The Site Possession Date shall be as following:
Site
a) 60% of Site on the date of issuance of Notice to proceed with
the Work.

b) 85% of Site within 3 months of the date of issuance of Notice

to proceed with the Work.

c) Balance portion of the Site shall be handed over during

execution of the Project.

24 & 25 Disputes 25.1: Amicable Settlement: Performance of the contract is

governed by the terms & conditions of the contract, in case of
dispute arises between the parties regarding any matter under the
contract, Party of the contract may send a written Notice of
Dispute to the other party. The Party receiving the Notice of
Dispute will consider as Notice and respond to it in writing
within 30 days after receipt. The same disputes will be settled
amicably by both the parties in the interest of the work. If not

Clause Conditions Data

Reference

settled amicably, both the parties will take the shelter of court of
law at Bhubaneswar.

27.1 Programme The Contractor shall submit a detail resource-based work program
using standard software (Primavera/MS Projects) and a ‘S’ Curve
showing monthly cash flow forecast for the Works, within 14 days
of issue of the Letter of Acceptance of tender which shall form part
of the contract.

27.2& Update of the The period between Program updates shall be 60 days. The amount
27.3 Programme to be withheld for late submission of an updated Program shall be
1% of the Contract Amount to be released upon submission of the
next Work Programme.

99 of 312
31.1 Early Warning The following is added after the paragraph:

If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any

extension of the Time for Completion and/or any additional
payment, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer,
describing the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim. The
notice shall be given as soon as practicable, and not later than 28
days after the Contractor became aware, or should have become
aware, of the event or circumstance.

If the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within

such period of 28 days, the Time for Completion shall not be
extended, the Contractor shall not be entitled to additional
payment, and the Employer shall be discharged from all
liability in connection with the claim.

34 & 35 Defects Liability For Defects Liability Period Refer Cl. 1.1.11.
Period
The period for remedying Defects by the Contractor is 30 days from
the date of Notice given by the Engineer, failing which the
Employer shall make good the same at the cost and risk of the
Contractor.

37.1 Change of Scope The Change of Scope may also include work(s) under exigency
which will facilitate smooth completion of the project and may not
be directly related to the scope of works under this Contract
37.5 Change of Scope
Change of scope proposal submitted by the Contractor shall be
determined by the Engineer as below.

a. Change of scope up to five (5) percent of the Original Contract

Price (both +ve / -ve COS), the Contractor/Agency have to execute
the same without any excuse under all circumstances, failing which
the Employer will proceed with the COS work at the risk and cost
of the Contractor.

b. Payment procedure of Change of Scope shall be as follows:

i. In case of Positive change of scope (+ve COS) for tendered items,

payment will be made as a deviation of the tendered quantity at the
approved tender rate/ percentage (%) on pro-rata basis.

ii. In case of Positive change of scope (+ve COS) for the items not
mentioned in the schedule of payments and subsequent Payment
schedule breakdowns requiring determination, , change of scope
will be evaluated as mentioned below:

• For works where Schedule of Rates (SOR) of State’s Public

Works Department are available the same shall be applicable
for determination of costs.

• For item of works not included in Schedule of Rates as

100 of 312
 mentioned in sub-para (a) above, the cost of same shall be
derived on the basis of MORTH Standard Data Book / CPWD
Analysis / DSR or the prevailing market rates whichever is less.

c. For all negative change of scope (-ve COS) deduction shall be

made as per Contract approved rate/ percentage (%) on pro-rata
basis mentioned in the schedule of payments, Section-9. For partial
withdrawal of any work not expressly mentioned in schedule of
payments, Section-9 and subsequent Payment schedule
breakdowns, procedure defined in 37.5(c) (ii) will be followed in
determination of negative change of scope (-ve COS).

d. Change of Scope (both +ve / -ve COS) beyond five (5) percent
of the Original Contract Price, shall be done on mutual consent
looking into the broader objective of comprehensive & holistic
development of the Project. The final power of deviation lies with
the Board of Directors of OB&CC.

37.6 Change of Scope The total value of all change of scope of work shall not exceed
5 % of total contract price for the construction work.

39.2 Payment The Clause 39.2 of Section 3 is replaced as below:

Certificates
The Engineer shall check the Contractor's statement within 07 days
and certify the amount to be paid to the Contractor as per contract
payment schedule after taking into account any credit or
- debit for the month in question in respect of materials for the
works in the relevant amounts and under conditions set forth in sub-
clause 47.3 of the Contract Data (Secured Advance).

40 Payments Employer s h a l l p a y t h e C o n t r a c t o r within 07 days of

certification of the Engineer as per Cl. 39.

42 Tax The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to be inclusive

the Royalty, Income Tax, Labour CESS. Additional Charge along
with EMF & DMF as per letter no. RDM-MMS-MEET-0009-
2022, 38234 dtd. 10.11.2022 of Revenue & Disaster
Management Department, Govt of Odisha and all other statutory
taxes that the Contractor will have to pay for the performance of
this Contract but excluding GST on Works Contract. GST on

Clause Conditions Data

Reference

Works Contract shall be paid by the Employer as applicable. The

Employer will perform such duties in regard to the deduction of
such taxes at source as per applicable law.

43 Currency The currency of the Contract is Indian Rupees

101 of 312
44.1 Retention Money Retention money - 10 % of gross value of each running bill is to be
deducted after gross payment exceeds 10% of the Contract Amount
and shall continue up to 60% of the Contract Amount. The limit of
retention money shall be 5% of the Contract Amount.

However, the Contractor may furnish Bank Guarantee(s) for an

amount equal to 5% of the Contract Amount, in which case no
deduction for Retention Money shall be made. The Bank
Guarantee(s) amounting to 5% of Contract Amount must remain
valid at-least up to completion of Works and the Bank Guarantee(s)
amounting to at-least 2.5% of Contract Amount must remain valid
up to 28 days beyond the defect liability period.

45.1 Liquidated Project Completion Schedule

Damages
During Construction period, the Contractor shall comply with the
requirements set forth for each of the Project Milestones and the
Scheduled Completion Date. Within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of
each Project Milestone, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of
such compliance along with necessary particulars thereof.

Design Milestone-I
All design activities as per the Scope of Project shall be completed
within 120 days from the Notice to Proceed.

Construction Milestone

1. Project Milestone-I

Project Milestone-I shall occur on the date falling on the [35% of

the Scheduled/ Extended Construction Period] day from the
Commencement Date and the Contractor shall have gross certified
payment for an amount not less than 20% (twenty per cent) of
the Contract Price.

2. Project Milestone-II

Project Milestone-II shall occur on the date falling on the [70% of

the Scheduled / Extended Construction Period] day from the
Commencement Date and the Contractor shall have gross certified
payment for an amount not less than 60% (Sixty per cent) of the
Contract Price.

3. Project Milestone-III

Project Milestone-II shall occur on the date falling on the [100% of

the Scheduled / Extended Construction Period] day from the
Commencement Date and the Contractor shall have gross certified
payment for an amount not less than 100% (Hundred per cent)
of the Contract Price.

Clause Conditions Data

Reference
102 of 312
 The liquidated damages@ 0.05% of the balance work against the
targeted achievement against the Milestone or completion per day
subject to a maximum of 10% (ten percent) of the Contract Price,
beyond which the Contract shall be deemed to be terminated.

Provided further that in the event the Project Work is completed

within or before the Scheduled Completion Date including any
Time Extension, applicable for that work, the Damages paid under
this Clause shall be refunded by the Employer to the Contractor, but
without any interest thereon.

46 Bonus Payment The Contractor shall be eligible for bonus payment as per the
provisions of OPWD Code as on the date of signing of contract.

47 Advance payment Advance Payment may be made upon request from the Contractor
with the following conditions satisfied.

(i) Maximum 10% (ten percent) of the contract amount for

mobilization; and

(ii) 90% of the Paid Invoice amount subject to cumulatively

maximum up to 35% of the Contract Amount as Secured
Advance for non-perishable items of the Project.

All advance payments shall be made against irrevocable bank

guarantee(s) amounting to 110% of the Advance payment, from any
Bank listed in Bid data sheet, payable at par by its branch at
Bhubaneswar.

47.2 Interest on 10 (ten) %

Advance payment

48 Performance Within 21 days of receipt of the Letter of Acceptance, the successful

Security Bidder shall deliver to the Employer a Performance Security in any
of the forms given below for an amount equivalent to 5 (Five) % of
the Contract price, Public Sector Bank of India, counter guaranteed
by its branch at Bhubaneswar.

The guarantee shall be valid 28 days from the date of expiry of the
Defect Liability Period.

Upon occurrence of a Contractor’s Default / Poor Performance, the

Employer shall, without prejudice to its other rights and remedies
hereunder or in law, be entitled to encash and appropriate the
relevant amounts from the Performance Security as Damages for
such Contractor’s Default / Poor Performance.

Upon such encashment and appropriation from the Performance

Security, the Contractor shall, within 30 (thirty) days thereof,
replenish the Performance Security to its original level.

103 of 312
53 & 53.1 Operating and As built drawings duly approved by the Engineer, operating and
Maintenance maintenance manuals of various fittings, machines, equipment and
Manual /or installations along with their warranties as provided by the
OEMs are required by the Employer and the Contractor shall supply
them within 30 days of handing over of the project, failing which
1% of the Contract amount shall be withhold by the Employer.

If the documents are not submitted within 60 days of handing over

of the project, the above withhold amount shall be forfeited by the
Employer.

104 of 312
 Clause Conditions Data
Reference

54.1 Termination The following is added after para [54.1]

and / or debar the Contractor for a period of 2years from the date of
such notification.

Further, issuance of three or more “Show Cause Notice for Poor

Performance” to the Contractor, may lead to debarment for a period
of 2 years from the date of such notification.

54.2 Termination The following is added after sub-para (f) [54.2]

The Contractor has contravened Sub-clause 7 and Clause 9 of GCC.

The Contractor does not adhere to the agreed construction program

(Clause 27 of Conditions of Contract (CC) and also fails to take
satisfactory remedial action as per agreements reached in the
management meetings (Clause 30 of CC) for a period of 60 days.

55.1 Value of wok not The percentage to apply to the value of the work not completed
completed. representing the Employer's additional cost for completing the
Works shall be 20 %.

56.1 Property Contractor’s Default shall mean provisions under Cl. 54.2 (a), Cl.
54.2. (c) and Cl. 54.2.(e).

105 of 312
 SECTION –5

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The Technical specifications contained herein shall be read in conjunction with other documents of

bid.

PART I: GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.

PART II: SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.

PART III: GRIHA RATING

PART IV: DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS

A. CIVIL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

B. ELECTRICAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

C. PH TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

106 of 312
PART I : GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The construction work shall be executed in Tropical climatic conditions “as per Fig 2 Climate Zones
of India NBC 2016” with alternate wet & dry season, with annual rainfall intensity as per IMD and
subject to a likely wind speed as per IS 875. The site is situated in the Seismic Zone-III. The type
of soil belongs mostly to sand groups with high ground water table requiring heavy dewatering.

Other provisions, stipulations, guidelines and rules as laid down in the National Building Code,
2016 or local statutory norms or IRC or IS codes or any other code as may be applicable , shall be
adopted for all structural, functional, legal, regulatory, obligatory, safety requirements for the
buildings and the building services including plumbing and solid waste management with a view to
deliver an integrated facility for the intended purpose. In such codes whenever “recommended”
word is used, it is to be treated as a “mandatory” provision.

The technical specification in accordance with which the entire work described thereinafter shall be
carried out and completed by the Contractor.

The following specifications shall be followed but should not be the limit in this project.
(i) OPWD Specifications
(ii) CPWD Specifications (Civil) Vol-I & II.
(iii) CPWD Specifications (Electrical) for, Electrical Works (Internal & External), Fire Detection
& Alarm System, Gas based Fire Extinguisher System, D.G. Sets, Lifts Etc.
(iv) CPWD Specifications for Horticulture & Landscaping.
(v) All relevant IS Codes for materials, testing and relevant BIS Codes of practices (IS 456: 2000,
IS 800: 2007 and such other codes of practices)
(vi) MoRTH Specifications for Road and Bridges (Fifth revision) for road work (Approach Road)
and other relevant IRC codes.

PART II SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.

Any other provisions/ material / testing suggested by the bidder (or Contractor) for the building/
building services not covered under PART I above, shall be governed by the Specification given
below at A (Techincal Specification of Specialized Items.)
In case of any dispute arising out of the interpretations of the above, the decision of the Engineer
shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

Note : When an Amended/ Modified/ added Clause supersedes a Clause or part thereof in the said
specifications, then any reference to the superseded Clause shall be deemed to refer to the
Amended/Modified/ Added Clause shall always prevail.

PART III: GRIHA RATING

All Specification shall be minimum GRIHA III compliant.

107 of 312
 PART IV: DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS

Introduction

The purpose of this document is to specify the construction specifications for specialized items for
the work as mentioned in the scope. If the specification for a material/ product is not provided in
this document then contractor will submit the specification for such material/ product and obtain
Client’s prior approval before use of such material/ product for the works. Any standard item for
which specifications are not specified in the document shall be followed as per latest CPWD
Specifications and sound engineering practices, with prior approval from Client. The buildings shall
be designed in compliance with this design & construction specifications mentioned in this
document.
The Client’s Design shall be developed to further and completed by the contractor to achieve its
function, performance and quality in accordance with this specification. The contractor shall
validate the tender drawings against the Client’s Requirements and then develop the Designs to
completion.

This includes but not limited to:

a) Architectural Planning/ Finishing works

b) Civil & Structural works
c) Internal & External Electrical Systems
d) Internal & External Water Supply, Plumbing and Drainage System
e) Fire Fighting System
f) Elevators
g) Fire Alarm System
h) CCTV
i) Internal & External Signage system
j) Solar Power Generation System
k) Interior Works
l) Internal & External Signages
m) Landscape & Horticulture
n) Artwork
o) Facade Works

All related research, survey and other information gathered, organized and performed by the
Contractor should support to carry out the same design along with the requirements described
herein. The final product of all design including related structure and services shall be confirmed
with best and appropriate quality and performance in all aspect of function and aesthetics by the
Contractor.

108 of 312
 A. CIVIL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PREAMBLE

These technical specifications shall be read in conjunction with the various other documents
forming the contract, namely Notice Inviting Tender & Instructions to Tenderers, Conditions of
Contract, Special Conditions of Contract and other related documents, together with any addendum
issued thereto.

Absence of terms such as providing, supplying, laying, installing, fixing etc. in the description does
not even remotely suggest that the contractor is absolved of such providing, supplying etc. unless
an explicit stipulation is made in this contract. The owner shall bear no costs of materials,
equipment’s duties, royalties etc.

The specifications may have been divided in different sections/sub-head for convenience only. They
do not restrict any cross-reference. The Contractor shall take in to account interrelations between
various parts of works/trades. No claim shall be entertained on basis of compartment interpretations.

Any builder’s work required as part of electrical and other installation shall be executed by the
Contractor as directed under this contract.

The Contractor shall be required to submit and take approval from the Engineer-in-
Charge/Consultant of shop drawings of the items of work specified in the specifications or as
directed from time to time. No extra payment shall be made for the same. Shop drawings shall be
in metric units and shall be prepared in a format approved by the Engineer-in- Charge.

The Contractor shall prepare and submit as-built drawings by way of making modifications/changes
carried out with respect to the construction drawings issued prior to the construction of respective
elements. These will be then incorporated by the respective Consultant/ agency in to their drawings
for maintaining necessary records for the owner.

No walls, terraces shall be cut for making any opening after waterproofing has been done without
approval of the Engineer. Cutting of waterproofing when authorized by the Engineer in writing shall
be done very carefully so that no other portion of the waterproofing is damaged. On completion of
the work at such places, the waterproofing membrane shall be made good and ensured that the
opening/cutting is made fully waterproof as per specifications and details of waterproofing
approved by the Engineer at no extra cost. No structural member shall be cut or chased without the
written permission of the Engineer.

All materials intended to be used at site shall be tested prior to its use in an approved manner. A list
of tests including frequency of tests on construction materials is included in the special
specifications. Cost of all such tests and any other tests felt necessary by the Engineer shall be
deemed to be included in the price of respective materials quoted by the Contractor. Any defective
materials brought to site shall be returned without any extra cost for the same.

Performance tests shall be carried out as the discretion of the Engineer on all/any items, of work as
directed by the Engineer. Should any item shall fail to pass the tests, the Contractor shall be given
opportunity to take corrective measures and have the same re-tested to the satisfaction of the
Engineer, he may at his sole discretion order dismantling of the whole or part of the works done and
order the Contractor to reconstruct the same. The cost of all these operations and materials shall be
borne by the Contractor without any extra claim.

The Contractor may make a special note of the strictness of the concrete mix to be adopted in items
of maximum water-cement ratio, minimum slump, control of total chloride and sulphate contents,

109 of 312
use of admixtures etc. Minimum cement contents are given purely from durability point of view.
Larger contents shall have to be provided if demanded by mix design.

Provision of cement slurry to create bond between plain/reinforced concrete surface and subsequent
applied finishes (floor, plaster, dado, skirting etc.) shall not be paid extra. Mix design using smaller
aggregate of 10mm down shall also be done in advance for the use in junction having congested
reinforcement.

All full-fledged laboratories shall be established at site to start of construction and shall also stock
all relevant codes like BIS, EN, ASTM, MORTH etc. as per the requirements of the special
specifications/Technical specification. Procedure of mixing the admixtures shall be strictly as per
manufactures recommendations if not otherwise directed by the Engineer.

The batching plant for all concrete shall be used. Alternatively, use of ready mix concrete from an
approved source shall be permitted. Concrete shall be transported using concrete pumps of adequate
capacity including necessary stand by.

All the water tanks and other liquid retaining concrete structures shall undergo hydro-testing as per
special specifications. Special benches shall be provided at site for stacking reinforcement bars of
different sizes as per the specifications.

Form work for beams of RCC areas shall be designed in such a way that the form work of the
adjacent slabs can be removed without disturbing the props/supports of the beams. Wherever there
are tension/suspended concrete members, which are suspended from upper level structure members,
the shuttering/scaffolding of such members at lower level shall have to be kept in place till upper
level supporting members gain minimum required strength. Cost of such larger durations of keeping
in place the shuttering/scaffolding shall be deemed to be included in the price quoted for respective
structural members.

The specifications for market rate items to be executed under this contract are enclosed. Items,
which are not covered under the specifications, shall be executed; as per latest CPWD specifications
& relevant IS codes, MORTH specifications & Guidelines under the directions of Engineer- In-
charge.

1.0 GENERAL

i. The works will be executed as indicated in the nomenclature and technical specifications
as given hereunder as made applicable to this contract.

ii. In the absence of any definite provision in the technical specifications contained herein,
reference may be made to the latest CPWD, MORTH, IRC, CPCB, GRIHA, NBC and IS
codes, in that order. Wherever these are silent, the construction and completion of the works
shall conform to sound engineering practice and in case of any dispute arising out of the
interpretation of the above, the decision of the Engineer-in- Charge shall be final and
binding on the Contractor.

iii. In addition, to abbreviations CPWD, IRC, MORTH IS, BS, ICAO, ASTM, AASHTO shall
be considered to have the following meaning: -

CPWD : Central Public Works Department

IRC : Indian Road Congress
MORTH : Ministry of Shipping & Transport (Road Wing) Government of India.
BIS : Bureau of Indian Standards
BS : British Standard of the British Standard
ASTM : American Standards of the American Society of Testing Materials.

110 of 312
AASHTO : American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.
CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board.
GRIHA : Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment.
NBC : National Building Code 2016

iv. All the codes of practice, standards and specifications applicable shall be the latest editions
with up to date correction slips etc. or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charges.

2.0 TESTING

It is made clear that cost of testing, cost of material for testing, all field apparatus required for
sampling and testing as per CPWD/IS codes and manpower incident to such testing will be provided
along with necessary transport arrangement to and fro to the approved testing agency or laboratory
by the Contractor during the construction phase of the work and defect liability period. The
expenditure in this regard shall be borne by the Contractor and nothing extra shall be payable by
Client on this account. Field laboratory with all the required apparatus and staffs shall be established
by the Contractor at site of work at his cost for carrying out field tests at stipulated frequencies.

3.0 SAMPLING, TESTING AND MOCK-UP

i. The Contractor or his accredited representative shall be present during sampling/testing and
signify his concurrence for sampling / testing carried out by signing the test records. The
Contractor shall be liable of all actions consequent to the test and their results as if he
himself attended to the tests. The Contractor is duly advised to be present himself for
sampling and testing or in the alternative, have fully qualified duly authorized Engineer for
this purpose.

ii. The Contractor or his accredited representative shall prepare shop drawings of all
specialized works thereafter prepare mock-up as per approved shop drawings for
specialized works and all finishing items in specified colors and shade (minimum three
options) as specified by Consultant/Engineer –in –Charge and shall execute the same on
based on approved mock-up. The Contractor shall be liable of all actions consequent to the
mock-up and their results as if he himself attended to the mock up. The Contractor is duly
advised to be present himself for mock-up, in the alternative have fully qualified duly
authorized Engineer for this purpose.

4.0 GENERAL LIST OF CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS ADOPTED

IN THE TENDER DOCUMENTS.

i. The following IRC standards and IS, ASTM, British Standards, Codes and CPWD
Specifications have generally been adopted in the tender documents. This list however does
not limit the use of any other relevant code or standards by the Engineer-in-Charge solely
at his discretion either referred to in the tender documents or not, to achieve the desired
quality of work. All the codes practice, standards and specifications applicable shall be the
latest edition with all correction slips, etc. or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

111 of 312
NUMBER/ DESIGNATION TITLE
IRC SPECIFICATION
IRC:10-1961 Recommended Practice for Borrow pits for Road
Embankments Constructed by Manual Operation
IRC:19-1977 Standard Specifications and Code Practice for Water
Bound Macadam (Second Revision)
IRC:SP II-1977 Hand Book of Quality Control for Construction of Roads
and Runways (First Revision).
INDIAN STANDARDS
IRC:383-1970 Coarse and find aggregate from natural sources for
concrete.
IS:456-2000 Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete
IS:460-1985 (Part-I to III) Testing Sieves
IS:516-1959 Methods of test for strength of concrete.
IS:1124-1974 Method of test for water absorption, apparent specific
gravity and porosity apparent specific gravity and porosity
of Natural Building Stone.
IS:1199-1959 Methods of sampling and analysis of concrete
IS:2386-1963 Methods of test for aggregate for concrete
(Part-I)-1963 Particle size and shape
(Part-II)-1963 Estimation of deleterious materials and organic Impurities.
(Part-III)-1963 Specific gravity, density, voids, absorption and bulking.
(Part-IV)-1963 Mechanical Properties
(Part-V)-1963 Soundness
(Part-VI)-1963 Measuring mortar making properties of fine aggregates.
(Part-VII)-1963 Alkali Aggregate reactivity
(Part-VIII)-1963 Petrographic examination
IS-2720 Methods of test of Soils
(Part-II)-1973 Determination of water contents
(Part-III)- Section-I 1980 Determination of specific gravity. Section-I Fine grained
soils.
(Part-III)- Section-II 1980 Determination of specific gravity fine medium and coarse
grained soils
(Part-IV)- 1985 Grain size analysis
(Part-V)- 1985 Determination of liquid and plastic limit
(Part-VII)- 1980 Determination of water content dry density relation using
light compaction.
(Part-VIII)- 1983 Determination of water content dry density relation using
heavy compaction.
(Part-XVI)- 1987 Laboratory determination of CBR

112 of 312
 (Part-XXVII)-1977 Determination of total soluble sulphate.
(Part-XXVIII)-1974 Determination of dry density of soils in place by the sand
replacement methods.
(Part-XXIX)-1975 Determination of dry density of soils in place by core cutter
method.
IS:5640-1970 Method for determining the aggregate impact value of soft
coarse aggregate.
IS:6241-1971 Method of test for determination of stripping value of road
aggregate.
IS:8112-1989 43 grade ordinary Portland cement
IS 1489 (part 1): 1991 43 grade Portland Pozzolona Cement
IS:12118-1987 (Part I & II) Two parts polysulphide based sealants.
IS 3812-2003 Fly Ash

ASTM/BS STANDARDS / SPECIFICATIONS

ASTM:D-1559-1976 Test for resistance to plastic flow of bituminous mixtures

using Marshall apparatus.
ASTM:D-2172-1975 Extraction quantitative, of Bitumen from bituminous
paving mixtures
ASTM : E-11-39 Sieves for testing purpose “Wire Cloth sieve round hole and
square” hole plate screen or sieves.
BS:410-1969 Test Sieves.
MORTH Specification “Specifications for Road and Bridge works” Fifth revision
2013 reprinted in July 2016 issued by Ministry of Road
Transport and Highways (MORTH, Formerly MOST)
Published by Indian Roads Congress (IRC).
ASTM- A653 Galvanized Steel
BS – 2989 Galvanized Steel
BS – 476 Fire propagation & surface spread of flames

5.0 FIELD LABORATORY AND LIST OF EQUIPMENT:

The contractor at his own cost shall set up a fully furnished and adequately equipped field
laboratory at site within 15 days from the schedule date of start of work and maintain the
same by providing adequate technical and upkeep staff. The laboratory should have office
space for engineers to do testing and store for storage of samples. The remaining space shall
be provided for the installation of equipment, laboratory tables and cupboards, working space
for carrying out tests, besides a wash basin, toilet facility.

113 of 312
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SPECIALIZED ITEMS

1.0 GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE JALI (SCREEN)

Providing and fixing,Glass Reinforced Concrete (G.R.C) ornamental SCREEN casted with 'Spray
Mix' concrete design in approved size, pattern, (Wall thickness 25-30mm thick & Border 40-50mm
thick) and shade.

The SCREEN should be made from ‘53 grade’ White Portland Cement manufactured by ‘JK
Cement’ or 'Birla white', White Quartz fine graded sieved Silica Sand, Alkali Resistant Glass Fiber
manufactured by 'NEG Japan, Owen Corning ‘Saint Gobain’ or Equivalent, Super Plasticizers
manufactured by ‘Karochem’ or Equivalent, Polymers manufactured by ‘Nova Polychem’ or
Equivalent and U.V resistant Synthetic inorganic pigments should be used for pigmentation
manufactured by ‘Phenochem industries or equivalent.

The SCREEN casting shall take place with layering methodology using- Direct Power Spray
machines. The GRC SCREEN flexural strength average L.O.P should be above or equivalent to 6
N/mm2 & M.O.R should be above or equivalent to 12 N/mm2 for tests done on 28 days cured
samples. The fixing of SCREEN should be done using ‘Dry fixing’ method onto structural support
members i.e. R.C.C, Brick work or Red oxide Primer -paint or Epoxy primer paint treated mild
steel. The fixtures, fasteners and self tapping screws to be used for dry fixing should be of
HP/KLIMAS/Fischer/Wurth/HILTI/MUNGO. The quantity of fasteners or self tapping screws shall
be calculated in accordance to the weight of SCREEN and actual site fixing conditions. If there will
be requirement of Joint filling then Elastomeric exterior grade paintable PU Sealant will be used.
For final finishing of SCREEN one weather shield exterior grade acrylic based diluted paint coat
will be done if required. Vendor shall submit shop drawings of same, the drawings to be duly
approved from Engineer in charge at site.
Approved Makes : Unistone, Dalal Tiles, Birla or equivalent

2.0 GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE TILES

Providing and Fixing Glass Reinforced Concrete (G.R.C), Wall Cladding Tiles in approved desig
n, size,
texture, thickness, pattern and [Link] thickness of thetiles should range between 12 to 18 mm (
depending on the texture of the tile), allowing variance of ±2 mm in accordance with IS: 1237-
1980. The composition of tiles should be ‘43’ Grade White Portland cement, reinforced wi
th Alkali Resistant Glass Fiber and the pigmentation should be done with exterior grade s
ynthetic inorganic iron oxide pigments manufactured by ‘BAYFERROX (Germany)’ or Equ
ivalent. The pigmentation should be homogeneous and in accordance with British Standards BS
EN 12878:1999. The other additives should be fine washed graded quartz, super plasticizers and i
ntegrated water proofing agents and [Link] tilesshould be produced with high vibration te
chnology and should have compressive strength equivalent to M‐40 Grade @
28 days. The top surface of the tiles should be sealed with acrylic lacquer
resulting in surface water absorption of tiles, less than 1% and water absorption by 24 hrs immersi
on method, less than 8%. The tiles should be applied on a rough plaster of cement mortar 1:3 (1 ce
ment: 3 coarse sand) and the fixing of tiles should be done by adhesive conforming to relevant IS
code as per manufacturer’s laying instruction. Grade acrylic based diluted paint coat will be done
if required. Vendor shall submit shop drawings of same, the drawings to be duly approved from
Engineer in charge at site.
Approved Makes : Unistone, Dalal Tiles, Birla or equivalent

114 of 312
3.0 TEXUTRE PAINT
3.1 EXTERIOR
Supplying and Applying on surface, Acro Graniplast or Berger Weather Coat or Asian or Equivalent
to wall surfaces comprising of silicon and ceramic based texture finish which is highly elastic and
is abrasion & amp; UV resistant with 2 or more coat system; highly water repellent, anti - algae
& anti-fungal, heat reflective, fire resistant and low on VOC in nature.

The coating covers minor hairline cracks with application method which includes 1 coat of Poly
under (sealer coat) with roller/ brush/ spray, 1 or more coats of texture in approved shade and pattern
as top coat with spray gun. The finish is colourfast, water repellent, resistant to condensate
formation, cover hairline cracks/ crazing, UV & alkali resistant & ensure good
breathability for the substrate. All complete as per drawings, specification and direction of the
Engineer in Charge.

3.2 INTERIOR
Supplying and Applying on surface, Acro Roma Art Finish or Berger or Asian or Equivalent to wall
surfaces comprising of silicon and ceramic based texture finish which is highly elastic and
is abrasion & UV resistant with 2 or more coat system; highly water repellent, anti-algae
& anti-fungal, heat reflective, fire resistant and low on VOC in nature.

The coating covers minor hairline cracks with application method which includes 1 coat of Poly
under (sealer coat) with roller/ brush/ spray, 1 or more coats of Texture paint in approved shade and
pattern as top coat with stainless steel trowels and Roma art brush. The finish is
colourfast, water repellent, resistant to condensate formation, cover hairline cracks/ crazing, UV
& alkali resistant & ensure good breathability for the substrate All complete as per
drawings, specification and direction of the Engineer in Charge.

4.0 SPECIFICATIONS FOR STAINLESS STEEL WORKS

4.1 Floor/ Wall Mounted Rail

Supply & installation of top mounted SS 304 grade floor/wall mounted knock down system or
similar guard railing of 250 mm high as per drawing made of 38 x 1.5 mm thk. SS tube mounted
with SS modular laser cut vertical of 54 x 12 mm thk. Mounted on SS base plate of dia. 95 x 6 mm
thk. fixed with the help of M8 CSK head anchors or equivalent as per vendor detail. Vertical are
spaced @ 1.5 mtr. Regular intervals. All SS components are in SS 304 grade with satin finish,
made by using modern, automatic machines like CNC machine, laser cutting, water jets etc. The
rate shall include cost & conveyance of materials, base plate screws, bolts, fabrication, any locking
arrangements, transportation, cutting & making good the floor/walls, loading & unloading, handling
of machineries all electrical charges etc. labor charges , all leads and lift etc. complete as directed
by engineer in charge. (Please note that no welding of SS pipes will be allowed and work shall be
done by a specialized agency on modular and component basis).

i. Material
Properties

316
Element % 202 Grade Implications
Grade
Increase in percentage decreases the corrosion
Carbon 0.15 0.08
resistance.

115 of 312
 Silicon 1.00 1.00 -
Affects the magnetic Characteristic and hardness
Manganese 7.5 to 10.0 2.00
of Iron
Phosphorus 0.06 0.045 -
Sulphur 0.03 0.03 -
Addition of 12% forms stainless steel from
18.0
ordinary steel. Removes the corrosive effect of
Chromium 17.0 to 19.0 to
carbon. Forms a passive film which prevents
20.0
oxidation & consequent corrosion.
Molybdenum increases the corrosion resistance.
It has a superior tensile strength at high
Molybdenum
NIL NIL temperature as compared to 304 Grade Steel. This
( MOLY )
element can resist major chemical reaction and
thus being a very costly element.
Nickel provides corrosion resistance, increases
8.0 strength in both high & law temperature,
Nickel 4 to 6 to increases toughness in low temperature and
10.5 lowers the effects of work hardening. Thus higher
percentage makes the steel superior in quality.

• Corrosion Resistance :
• Nickel: improves corrosion resistance, formability and weld ability, higher Percentage
makes steel more Corrosion Resistance & superior in quality. Thus as given in Table with
8 to 10.5 % of Nickel AISI 304 is highly Non Corrosive
• Magnetism out of the Grades of Stainless Steel given above the AISI 304 is having the
highest non Magnetic characteristics.
• Passivation: The chromium forms a passive film on the surface of material which prevents
oxidation & consequent corrosion of Stainless Steel. It also helps Stainless Steel to
withstand the Corrosion caused by atmospheric / environmental or major chemical
reactions.

ii. Surface Finish

Surface finish of all the stainless steel materials will be in 240 grit satin finish / matt Finish.
iii. Accessories
Fixing will be done by stainless steel expansion bolts of approved size and make as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge and welding to be done by using organ welding rods and the surface being duly
finished and cleaned by K2 passivation, which is nitric acid plus Floric acid solution treatment by
which the chances of corrosion will be eliminated and any burn out makes on the metal will also be
eliminated.

iv. Coating Mass

All stainless steel material will have to be coated by a solution of Inox to avoid finger in prints and
avoidance of settlement of environment / atmospheric dust. The coating thickness will be 224
microns.
Approved Makes : Kich, Rinox, D-line or Equivalent

116 of 312
4.2 SS RAILING
Providing and fixing modular Stainless Steel Knock Down or Equivalent railing of AISI 304 18/8
grade consisting of top rail and verticals of Stainless Steel tube of 50mm dia x 1.5mm wall thickness
connected with a stainless steel rod of 80mm length x 8mm dia, balustrade mounted from side of
tread by four anchor fasteners concealed by cover and three infill tubes of Stainless Steel bearing
dimension 19mm dia x 1.5mm wall thickness spaced equally and bearing height of 1000mm from
finished floor level and span of 900mm with all turns and bends to be of investment casted
components and all stainless steel metal of 304 to be of 240 grit satin finish duly inox coated
complete with installation at site as per directions of Engineer-In-Charge. (Please note that no
welding of SS pipes will be allowed and work shall be done by a specialized agency on modular
and component basis).

i Material Properties
316
Element % 202 Grade Grade Implications

Increase in percentage decreases

Carbon .015 0.08
the corrosion resistance.
Silicon 1.00 1.00 -
Affects the magnetic
Manganese 7.5 to 10.0 2.00 Characteristic and hardness of
Iron
Phosphorus 0.06 .045 -
Sulphur 0.03 .03 -
Addition of 12% forms stainless
steel from ordinary steel.
Removes the corrosive effect of
Chromium 17.0 to 19.0 18.0 to 20.0
carbon. Forms a passive film
which prevents oxidation &
consequent corrosion.
Molybdenum increases the
corrosion resistance. It has a
superior tensile strength at high
Molybdenum temperature as compared to 304
NIL NIL
( MOLY ) Grade Steel. This element can
resist major chemical reaction
and thus being a very costly
element.
Nickel provides corrosion
resistance, increases strength in
both high & law temperature,
increases toughness in low
Nickel 4 TO 6 8.0 to 10.5
temperature and lowers the
effects of work hardening. Thus
higher percentage makes the steel
superior in quality.
ii Corrosion Resistance:

• Nickel: improves corrosion resistance, formability and weld ability, higher Percentage
makes steel more Corrosion Resistance & superior in quality. Thus as given in Table with
8 to 10.5 % of Nickel AISI 304 is highly Non Corrosive

117 of 312
 • Magnetism out of the Grades of Stainless Steel given above the AISI 304 is having the
highest non Magnetic characteristics.
• Passivation: The chromium forms a passive film on the surface of material which prevents
oxidation & consequent corrosion of Stainless Steel. It also helps Stainless Steel to
withstand the Corrosion caused by atmospheric / environmental or major chemical
reactions.

iii Surface Finish

Surface finish of all the stainless steel materials will be in 240 grit satin finish / matt Finish or
equivalent

iv Accessories

Fixing will be done by stainless steel expansion bolts of approved size and make as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge and welding to be done by using organ welding rods and the surface
being duly finished and cleaned by K2 passivation, which is nitric acid plus Floric acid solution
treatment by which the chances of corrosion will be eliminated and any burn out makes on the
metal will also be eliminated.

v Coating Mass

All stainless steel material will have to be coated by a solution of Inox to avoid finger in prints
and avoidance of settlement of environment / atmospheric dust. The coating thickness will be
min 220 microns.
Approved Makes : Kich, Rinox, D-line or Equivalent

5. TENSILE FABRIC

Designing ,Providing, Fabricating, Assembling and Erection of Special Architectural structure

roofing/ canopy structure with [Link] Frame Work (As per IS code of Steel ) in desired
profile as per conceptual drawing, with Type II as per manufacturing and supplying standards by
Mehler Texnologies, Serge Ferrari , Verseidag or Equivalent. The fabric must be of HT polyester
yarns 1100 Dtex coated with PVC over the polyester yarn. The fabric must be both side PVDF
lacquered & minimum weight should be 900 g/sqm (EN ISO 2286-2), minimum tensile strength
should be 4200 / 4000 N/50 mm (EN ISO 1421) and minimum tear strength of 500 / 500 N (DIN
53.363) and with a Warranty of 15 yrs (Depreciating warranty) from the manufacturer, width of
the fabric should be 2.5 mtr, Adhersion 120 N?5cm (EN ISO 2411). Flame retardancy Bs2d0 -,
Quality in conformity with ISO 9001 with 15 years warranty from manufacturer.

The Membrane fabrication should confirm to standards of desired profile as per approved shop
drawing including necessary designing with non-linear design software, seaming machine at least
capacity from 20 kv to 25kv not including travelers seaming machine, CNC plotter & cutter machine
for cutting of membrane pattern, swage end machine upto 30mm dia cables etc. The wilding should
be using High Frequency welding machine of minimum welding seam width with 50 mm. This
work shall include CHS members of YST 310 Mpa, plates - YST 245 MPa, anchor bolt , nut and
washer are to be HDG Gr.8.8, structure steel cables should be with class A HDG wire rope with
minimum tensile strength of 1570 MPa and single construction, swagged cable end connectors. All
fabricated steel members should be zinc primer (DFT 50 microns minimum), top coat of HB epoxy
paint (DFT 100 microns), top PU to coat (DFT 50 microns), over steel structure frames with all
fittings and fixtures such as Stainless steel End Plate ,Shackles, Rigging Screws , Turnbuckles,
swedge, fork , keder rods & galvanized MS strands with stainless steel end terminals as per Drawing
/ Detail & as per particular/ technical specifications and as per the directions of Engineer-in-charge
and the submitted approved drawing. The contactor shall provide original warranty certificate

118 of 312
issued by his company with manufacturer warranty. Actual surface area of canopy end to end shall
only be measured in square meter correct up to two decimal places. (Rate includes cost of fabric,
patterns, forming, cutting, fabrication, hot weld stitch of fabric, Transport to the site, assembling
and installation with GI strands, hardware, EPDM gasket and required accessories wherever
required complete including lifts up to all heights, tools & plants, and necessary scaffolding etc.
required for all operations in all respect as per direction of Engineer-In-Charge).

6. FIRE DOOR

Providing and fixing of Hollow metal fire rated doors confirming to BS 476 part 20& 22 , IS 3614
part-1 & part-2 for stability and integrity with Pressed Galvanized steel confirming to IS 277 with
doors tested at CBRI/ NABL approved lab for maximum rating of 2hrs tested Glass used for vision
panels to be supported by certificates confirming the required fire ratings /panels being a part of the
fire door assembly. The Doors should be finished in Thermosetting Powder Coating desired RAL
Shades and Fire Coating primer with VOC Content for Flat: <50g/l, non flat: < 150 g/l. All
Hardware should pass European certificate "CE" of conformity / UL with required fire ratings or
Equivalent IS/NBC codes. Door frame shall be double rebate profile of minimum size 154mm X
77 mm made out of min 1.50mm minimum thick galvanized steel sheet. NDRF 154x77 Frames
shall be Butt jointed and field assembled with self bolted. All provision should be mortised, drilled
and tapped for receiving appropriate hardware. Frames should be provided with back plate bracket
and anchor fasteners for installation on a finished plastered masonry wall opening. Door leaf shall
be minimum 49mm thick fully flush double skin door with or without vision lite. Door leaf shall be
manufactured from 1.0mm minimum thick galvanized steel sheet. The internal construction of the
door should be rigid reinforcement pads for receiving appropriate hardware. The infill material shall
be mineral wool treated with Honey Comb Paper. All doors NSD 12049 shall be factory prepped
for receiving appropriate hardware and provided with necessary reinforcement for hinges, locks,
and door closers. The edges should be interlocked with a bending radius of 1.4mm. For pair of doors
astragals has to be provided on the meeting stile for both active and inactive leaf. Vision lite
wherever applicable should be provided as per manufacturers recommendation with a beading and
screws from inside. The gap between the concrete /brick surface to be filled with the fire resistant
PU Foam for proper bonding and airtightness to the door. All hardware shall be as specified in
detailed specifications and to the satisfaction of engineer in charge. The work includes carrying out
tests at CBRI/ NABL approved lab and certificates for 2 Hours fire rating as per relevant codes and
standards.

i General

49 mm thick Hollow metallic fire proof door of 120 minutes fire rating.

Door frame: Supply of Steel door frame of 120 minutes fire resistant rating confirming to
BS: 476 Part – 20 & 22, ISO: 834 & IS: 3614 Part – II with heat activated intumescent fire
seal strip (Brush type) of size 10 mm x 4 mm and one coat of anti- termite fire retardant
primer. VOC content for Flat: < 50 g/l, Non-Flat: < 150g/l

ii Material

Fire rated hardware:

1. Hinges with 5 Knuckle, 2 bearing of size 4" x 3" x 3mm in SS 304 and in satin stainless
steel, as per EN 1935, CE Marked suitable for door weights upto 120kgs of Approved
make.
2. Panic Bar System consisting of Main Panic Latch component, End Component, Push bar,
Striker Kit, end caps in Silver finish. Complete set with screws & fixing accessories of
Approved make.

119 of 312
 3. External Trim Lever Type in Silver finish, complete set including Spindle, screws & all
fixing accessories of Approved make.
4. Door Closer rack and pinion door with std. arm and with two independent closing valves
and latching speed adjustable by arm with full plastic cover and silver finish as per EN
1154 standards of Approved make.

5. Delta Seal for acoustic, fire and smoke protection, suitable for wooden and steel frames,
self adhesive, in black finish of required length and width as per standards of Approved
make.
6. Floor door stop half dome with 45mm dia. with fixing accessories, in satin Chrome of
Approved make.
7. Mortice Lock with lever handle confirming to CE & EN 122090/DIN 18251 andB.S.-
476, Part-22, two hours fire rated of approved make.
8. Vision panel: 12 mm thick fire lit clear glass, Fire Rated Clear Wired Glass of120 minutes
rating one on each leaf of size 300 x 300 mm. Filling of gap between door frame and the
concrete /brick surface. The gap between the concrete /brick surface to be filled with the
fire resistant PU Foam for proper bonding and airtightness to the door.

7. WATERPROOFING

7.1 Foundation
Supplying and installing >1.2 mm thick self-adhesive HDPE membrane, having puncture resistance
of 1000N as per ASTM E 154,Tensile strength of 25 Mpa as per ASTM D412,Elongation of 400%
as per ASTM D 412, Resistance to hydrostatic head > 60M as per ASTM D 5385,Peel adhesion to
concrete 1500N/m as per ASTMD903, 28 Days UV Exposure test-Pass and conforming to IS
16471:2017 requirements of UG waterproofing structures, as per manufacturer's recommendation.
Preformed HDPE fully bonded membrane bonds to the wet concrete cast on the membrane. After
the membrane bonds with the concrete it forms an integral seal which prevents lateral water
migration and makes it unaffected by any substrate settlement below the slabs. Reinforcement can
be directly laid on top of the membrane and it does not require screed protection. The system should
be fully bonded to the RCC and consists of Virgin HDPE layer, a pressure sensitive -adhesive layer
which is covered by a weather proof protective layer. The membrane shall have minimum of 75
mm side and end laps which shall be hot welded to ensure seamless joints. The size of the membrane
should not be less than 2 Mtr. x 20 Mtr. to minimize the joints. No Protection Required for Fully
Bonded HDPE Membrane allowing Faster Construction. HDPE membrane shall be virgin HDPE
and not recycled. Thickness of bare HDPE shall not be less than 0.8mm.
The waterproofing system should be applied directly by the manufacturer with 15 years of complete
system guarantee against leakage.

The fully bonded HDPE waterproofing membrane shall have following technical properties:
Property Typical Value Test Method
Colour White
Roll Size 2 Mtr x 20 Mtr
Thickness >1.2 mm ASTM D 3767
Tensile Strength, Film 25 Mpa ASTM D 412 Modified
Elongation 400% ASTM D 412 Modified
Low Temperature -25oC Pass ASTM D 1970
Flexibility

120 of 312
 Resistance to >60 M ASTM D 5385 Modified
Hydrostatic Head
Joint Strength at >2500 N/m ASTM D 6392:2012
overlaps(lap adhesion)
Crack Cycling Pass ASTM D 836/ ASTM C 1305
Modified
Peel Adhesion to >1500 N/m ASTM D 903 Modified
Concrete
Puncture Resistance 1000 N (± 5 to 10%) ASTM E 154
UV resistance Test No Change 28 Days Pass

7.1.1 Method Of Application

i. The entire area shall be taken up for through surface preparation and mechanical removal of
Debris, laintance and protrusions.

ii. Place the membrane HDPE film side to the substrate with the adhesive /coated side up facing
towards the concrete pour and it shall be extended inside the shuttering on the vertical surface before
casting the raft slab. End laps should be staggered to avoid a build-up of layers.

iii. Ensure the underside of the succeeding sheet is clean, dry & free from contamination.

iv. The HDPE membrane shall be welded together by HOT AIR welding with double seam welding
machine.

v. In case of minor damages in the said HDPE membrane, the area shall be marked & sealed with
another patch of membrane using single seam hand welding machine.

7.1.2 CONSTRUCTION JOINT TREATMENT

Providing and fixing Swellable water stop 20 X 5 mm at construction joint at junction of raft and
retaining wall. The swellable water stop should have min. tensile strength of 1MPa, min. elongation
of 450% (as per ASTM D 412), Shore A Hardness of 40-50 (as per ASTM D 2240) and with
Expansion Volume rate of 200-300%.The procedure involves spot bonding the water bar between
the reinforcement with requisite adhesive per manufacturer’s methodology.

Property Typical Value Test Method

Tensile Strength, Film 1 Mpa ASTM D 412
Elonagation 450% ASTM D 412
Shore A Hardness 45-50 ASTM D 2240
7.2 TOILETS/ SUNKEN PORTIONS WATER PROOFING
Cleaning the internal surface areas thoroughly so that they are free of all contaminants like dirt and
laitance & to remove all the loose materials by various mechanical means.
Removal of all surface Imperfections, protrusions ,loose concrete & filling of cracks using SBR
latex Polymer Modified Mortar in the ratio Cement: Sand (1:4) and 5% by weight of cement.
Providing and making fillets at the junction of the walls and the slabs using cement mortar of 1:4
mix admixed with 5 % of SBR latex by weight of cement
Applying two coats of 2 component acrylic cementitious coating with elongation > 40%,@ 0.6-0.7
sq mtr per kg in two coats all over the sunken slab including over angular fillet, vertically right up

121 of 312
to minimum 300 mm over finished floor level , achieving a uniform thickness of [Link]
protection plaster 15mm, 1:4 admixed with Integral waterproofing compound@200 ml per bag of
cement.
• Sealing of Pipe cut outs
Supplying & sealing the Sanitary pipe inserts, provided in the floor & walls with double
sided bituminous tape and supplying & grouting the gaps around the pipe inserts with
non-shrink free flow grout.

• Technical Properties of Acrylic cementitious coating

Technical Features
Product Test Standard Results

Mixing Ratio 1: 2
Wet density of the mix (Kg/l) 1.65-1.75
pH of the mix 10.0 – 12.0
0
Pot life of the mix @30 C in 40
minutes
Elongation at break at DFT of >40%
1 mm
Water permeability Excellent, No leakage observed after
24 hrs

7.2.1 Method Of Application

1. Clean the surface free of dirt, dust, laitance, etc and inspect for cracks.
2. The junction of the walls and the slab is rounded using cement mortar of 1:5 admixed with
integral waterproofing compound conforms to IS 2645 @ 200 ml per 50 kgs of cement.
3. Supplying & sealing the Sanitary pipe inserts, provided in the floor & walls with double sided
bituminous tape and supplying & grouting the gaps around the pipe inserts with non shrink free
flow grout.
4. Whilst damp, but free of standing water, apply Acrylic cementitious [Link] the clean and
saturated surface to achieve 1mm thickness. The coating is extended upto 300mm height along
the parapet wall. Second coat to be applied in opposite direction after 4-6hrs of application of
first coat.
5. Sprinkle sand on the top surface of applied Acrylic cementitious coating while still tacky over
the second coat.
6. Applying cement mortar of cement: sand (1:4) admixed with 200ml of Integral waterproofing
compound@200ml/50 kg bag of cement over the floor with suitable gradient towards drain pipe,
while the second coat of acrylic cementitious coating is still tacky

7.3 WATERPROOFING FOR WATER RETAINING STRCUTURES SUCH AS WATER

TANKS/ STP
Cleaning the internal surface areas thoroughly so that they are free of all contaminants like dirt and
laitance & to remove all the loose materials by various mechanical means. Removal of all surface
imperfections, protrusions, loose concrete & filling of cracks using SBR latex modified Mortar in
the ratio Cement: Sand (1:4) and 5% by weight of cement.
Providing & grouting at construction joints cementitious grout into each nozzles(1 mtr c/c) at
regular intervals as per the requirements.

122 of 312
Applying 3 coats of 2 component, pre-packed, polymer modified cementitious coating of tensile
strength of 1.0 N/[Link] as per ASTM D 412,elongation of 120% as per ASTM D 412 ,crack
bridging of 2mm as per ASTM C836,applied@ 3kg/[Link] all over the slab including the angular
fillets and extendable over the vertical walls .Finally sprinkling sand over the third coat for better
adhesion with plaster. The interval between each coat of coating application is 6-8 hrs
Providing & laying a protection layer of 25 mm thick cement mortar(1:4) admixed with integral
waterproofing compound@200 ml per bag of cement.
• Technical Features of acrylic cementitious coating-
Product Test Standard Results

Tensile strength ASTM D412 1.0 N/[Link]

Elongation at ASTM 120 % minimum

break D412
Crack bridging ASTM D NO cracking upto 2mm
836
Adhesion strength ASTM D 0.8 N/[Link] Minimum
4541

• Food grade epoxy coating for potable water tanks

Providing & applying two coats antibacterial antifungal food grade coating with an
interval of 6-8 hrs between each coat over the cured plastered surface as per
manufacturer’s instruction
The coating shall have following typical properties:
Product Test Standard Results
Nature Two component
Mixing ratio, By weight 1:1:1
(Base : Hardener : Water)

Adhesion strength ASTM D 4541 2.5 N/[Link]

Food grade certification CFTRI as per 21 CFR Passes
175 - 300 of US -
FDA

• STP Tanks-Coal Tar Epoxy Coating

Providing & laying 2 component Coal Tar Epoxy in two coats at a consumption of 3-4
[Link]/Kg for 2 coats @ 250-300 micron DFT as complete as per manufacturer's
instructions.
The coal tar epoxy coating shall have following typical properties:
Property Test Standard Results
Bonding / adhesion, N/MM2 ASTM : D 4541 1.2 - 1.4
Flexibility, Mandrel test ASTM : D 522 - 93 No cracking of film

123 of 312
 Chemical resistance, ASTM : C 868 Passes
immersion in dilute acid alkali
& salt solutions – 7 days

7.3.1 Method Of Application

• Ensure a properly clean, sound & leveled substrate, as they should be free from oil,
grease, dust & debris. Ensure that the moisture content is less than 10%.
• Make surface smooth, even & free from local depressions with sand –cement mortar
modified with SBR latex and cure it for minimum 3 days.
• The slurry to be grouted is prepared as per the mixing instructions with non-shrink
compound for cementitious grout. Carry out injection grouting either by gravity or
with grouting pump using the mixed material. Allow it to cure for at least 24 hrs.
• Providing and laying gola of 75X75mm thickness all along the angular joints of wall
and slab with cement mortar of mix 1:3 admixed with waterproofing compound
• Clean the surface again thoroughly to make free from dirt, dust laitance etc. and
saturate the cleaned concrete surface with ample amount of water.
• Apply 1st coat of Acrylic coating on all the surfaces as per instructions & cure it for
6-8 Hrs.
• Apply the second coat of Acrylic cementitious coating over the properly cured first
coat and let the complete treatment air cure and so on for the third coat.
• Provide a protection layer over the waterproofing treatment with a 25 mm sand
cement plaster admixed with integral waterproofing compound as per instructions &
cure it for 7 days.
• For potable water tanks -Mix the components of food grade coating as per the
instructions given & apply two coats on all the plastered surfaces by brush with an
interval of 6-8 hrs. between each coats.

7.4 WATER PROOFING FOR TERRACE/ ROOF SLAB

Base preparation of cleaning, brushing and removal of any loose/flacky materials, in case of pot
holes/cracks, the same shall be repaired with polymer modified cement mortar using SBR Latex.
Supplying and applying average 10 mm thick, two component instant setting spray applied
polyurethane Waterproofing system, polymeric closed cell PU Foam with a core density of 55-
60kg/[Link] as per ASTM D1622. The cured foam should be having closed cell apparent of 96%-
98% by volume as per ASTM D-2856, thermal conductivity of 0.029W/MK and having fire
resistance properties conforming to class B2 as er DIN4102, , as per the manufacturer's
recommendations. Supplying and applying single component cold applied polyurethane
elastomeric membrane, having solid content 90% as per ASTM C836,elongation at break of 400%
ASTM D-612, hardness 75 shore A, as per ASTM D2240 @1 kg/m2, brush applied waterproofing
coating, on top of cured PU foam system.

Spreading 120 gsm Geotextile (non-woven polyester).

Supplying and applying slope making and protection to the waterproofing treatment with 75mm
avg. thick M20 grade screed.

The concrete shall be exposed by cutting grooves of size 10mm(W) x10mm(D) by saw cutting into
panels of size 3 x 4mtrs,the grooves formed by exposing the concrete shall be filled with
polysulphide sealant.

Technical Details of PU foam

Properties Value Test Method

124 of 312
 Core Density (Kg/m3) 55-60 ASTM D-1622

Fire Resistance Class B2 DIN 4102

Closed cell content, apparent vol,% 96-98 ASTM D-2856

7.4.1 Method Of Application

• The roof area shall be cleaned using a compressed air system, to ensure that the substrate is free
from dust, laitance, debris, etc.
• Any pipes or openings / protrusions shall be provided prior to taking up the surface preparation.
Since this application would be quite thick, adequate provision must be made to provide water
vents to the drain points in the roof, pointing upwards, so that rain water will drain with ease
into them & pass off into the down-take rainwater pipes.
• Spray apply instant setting average 10mm thick polyurethane waterproofing system of
density 55-60 kg /m3, as per manufacturer’s instructions.
• Over this two coat of Pure Polyuretahne coating brush applied waterproofing coating with an
elongation of 400%.
• A Geotextile membrane of 120 gsm shall be placed over cured PU Coating
• Average 75mm thick (or suitable thickness for necessary slope) fibrated concrete screed of M
20 grade with Glass / Polypropylene fibers shall be cast from a RMC
• All around on the roof, at the parapet wall junction, an angular fillet of 50 mm X 50 mm shall
be trowel applied in in concrete. Curing of the concrete screed & angle fillet shall be done as per
regular concrete curing practices, by means of regularly wetting a hessian cloth.
• The concrete shall be exposed by cutting grooves of size 10mm(W) x10mm(D) by saw cutting
into panels of size 3mtr x 4mtrs, loose mortar shall be cleaned or vacuum-sucked to make a clean
surface. The grooves formed by exposing the concrete shall be filled with Bituminous sealant.

125 of 312
B. ELECTRICAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
ADDITIONAL TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR INTERNAL & EXTERNAL ELECTRICAL
WORKS
1. Regulation of Local Authorities and Status:
The contractor shall get the entire installation inspected and cleared by the Electrical Inspector,
Government of Odisha before commissioning. Only the statutory inspection and drawing approval
fees, if any, in respect of his work pursuant to this contract shall be reimbursed to the contractor on
production of documentary evidence.
However, any registration, statutory inspection fees lay fully payable under the provision of any
other Regulations and statutory laws or amendments thereof from time to time shall be to the
account of the contractor, only the electrical inspection fees will be paid by O.B. & C.C. Ltd.
Should any such inspection or registration need to be rearranged due to the fault of the contractor
or his sub-contractor, the additional fees for such inspection and/ or registration shall be borne by
the contractor.
2. Guarantee period:
As per Contract.
CODES
Codes shall mean the following including the latest ascendants and / or replacement if any.
a. Indian Boiler Act, 1923 and Rules and Regulations made their under.
b. Indian Electricity Act, 1923 and Rules and Regulations made there under.
c. Indian Factories Act, 1948 and Rules and Regulations made there under.
d. The minimum wages Act.
e. Women’s Compensation Act.
f. The Payment of Wages Act.
g. The Fatal Accident Act.
h. The Industrial Employment Act.
i. The Employment provident Fund Act.
j. Indian Explosive Act 1984 the Rules and Regulations made there under.
k. Indian Petroleum Act 1934, and Rules and Regulations made there under.
l. A.S.M.E. Test Codes.
m. AIRE Test, Codes.
n. American Society of Materials Testing Codes.
o. Standards of the Indian Standards Institution.
1) Low Tension Circuit Breakers: IS: 2516-1955 Part I Sec.1
2) Switchgear Bus Bars IS: 375-1963
3) HRC fuse links IS: 2208-1962
4) Distribution fuse boards IS: 2675-1966
5) Enclosure for Low Voltage switchgear IS: 2147-1962
6) PVC Cables IS: 1554-1975
7) Tabular fluorescent lamps for Cameral lighting service IS: 2418-1963
8) Tungsten Filament Lamps for cameral service IS: 415-1963

126 of 312
 9) Ceiling Fans IS: 274-1966
10) Flood lights IS: 1947-1961
11) Wall Glass flame-proof electric light fittings IS: 2206-1962 (Part 1)
12) Water Tight Electric Light Fittings IS: 3553-1956
13) Steel Boxes for Enclosure of Electrical Accessories IS: 5133-1969
14) Fittings for Rigid Steel conduit IS: 2667-1979
15) Rigid steel circuits for electrical wiring IS: 3837-1966
16) Accessories for Rigid Steel Conduits for Electrical
Wiring IS: 3837-1966
17) Switch Socket Outlets IS: 3837-1966
18) PVC Wiring IS: 694-1977
19) Switches for domestic and similar purpose IS: 3854-1966
20) PVC wiring IS: 694-1977
21) Call Bell and Buzzers IS: 2268-1966
22) Straight through joint boxes and leads sleeves or
paper insulated cables- EID-0032-1964
23) Earthing IS: 3043-1966
24) Electrical Wiring installations IS: 732-1963
25) Switchgear IS: 3072-1965 (Part I)
26) Lighting protection IS: 2309 –1969
27) Public Address system IS: 1882-1962
28) Low Tension switch use units IS: 4064-1978
29) Code of Practice for Automatic FIRE ALAM system IS: 2189-1970
30) Specification for Heat Sensitive Fire Detectors IS: 2175-1977
31) Guide for Safety procedure in Electric work IS: 5216-1969
32) Rubber Mats for Electric works IS: 5424-1969
p. Other internationally approved standards and / or Rules and Regulations touching the
subject matter of the contract.
STANDARDS:
Except as modified in this specification, the materials and work covered under this specification,
shall confirm to IS 802(Part-II) 1977 & the amendments thereof the following of Indian Standards
and equivalent International Standards whenever indicated below:

127 of 312
Sl. Bureau of Title International
No. Indian &
Standards internationally
(BIS) recognized
standard
1. IS:209 Specification for zinc ISO/R/752
2. IS:2062/8500 Structural steel (Standard quality) ISO/R660
3. IS:432 Mild Steel & Medium tensile bars and hard drawn steel wire BS-785
for complete reinforcement CSA-G-30
4. IS:802 Code of practice for use of structural steel in overhead
transmission line.
Part-I Load and permissible stresses. Part-II: Fabrication,
Galvanizing Inspection and Packing.
Part-III: Testing.
5. IS: 1367 Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners.
6. IS: 1893 Criteria of Earthquake resistant design structures.
7. IS: 2016 Plain washers. ISO/R/987
8. IS: 2551 Danger Notice Plates.
9. IS: 2629 Recommended practice for hot dip galvanizing of Iron &
Steel.
10. IS: 2633 Method of testing uniformity of casting of zinc coated ASTM A 239
articles.
11. IS: 3063 Single coil rectangular section spring washers for bolts, nuts DIN-127.
screws.
12. IS: 5358 Hot dip galvanized coatings on fasteners.
13. IS: 5613 Code of practices for design.
Part-I & II Installation maintenance of overhead power lines.
Section-I
14. IS: 6610 Specification for heavy washers for steel structures
15. IS: 6745 Methods of determination of weight of zinc coating of zinc
coated Iron and Steel articles.
16. IS: 12427 Hexagonal bolts for steel structures
17. Indian Electricity Rules, 1956.
18. Publication for regulation for electrical crossing of railway
tracks.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
1. General Requirements
The installations shall generally be carried out in conformity with the requirements of Indian
Electricity Act, 1910 as amended up to date and Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 framed there under,
the relevant regulations of the Electric Supply Authority concerned and also with the specifications

128 of 312
laid down in the Indian Standard IS:732/1963 "Code of Practice (Revised) for Electrical Wiring
Installations (System Voltage not exceeding 650V)". The work shall be executed as per National
Electrical Code and if any item is not covered there under or there is any doubt, the specification
approved by the Engineer-in-charge will be final and binding.
2. Ambient Conditions
All Electrical installations and equipment shall be suitable to work in following ambient conditions.
Maximum Temperature : 50 degree Celsius
Relative Humidity : 100%
In the vicinity of : Taladanda canal near SCB, Cuttack

3. System Conditions
The Electrical installations and equipment shall be suitable for operation in following system
conditions.
Supply voltage : 415 Volts +/-10%
Supply frequency : 50Hz +/-5%
Number of Phases : Three

4. Materials
All materials, fittings, appliances used in electrical installations shall confirm to Indian Standard
Specifications wherever these exist. A list of approved materials is attached in annexure-I. Materials
not included in the list as well as any particular make should be approved by the Engineer-in-charge
before use. All required materials covered under this specification except mentioned otherwise
clearly, shall be supplied and installed by the contractor complete in all respect. The materials and
accessories required for completing the work will form part of the work although they have not been
specified separately.
Selection of materials and installation work shall be such as to simplify operation, inspection,
maintenance and testing. The work shall include all reasonable precautions and provisions for safety
of operation and maintenance personnel.
5. Standard

(a) Unless otherwise specified, all materials covered under this specification shall be designed,
manufactured, tested and installed in conformity with the latest Indian Standard Specifications.
In case such Indian Standard Specifications are not published equivalent British Standard
Specifications shall be followed. All equipment shall confirm to latest Indian Electricity Rules,
PWD, Local Electricity supply agency provisions, State laws or byelaws as regards to safety,
earthing and other essential provisions specified therein.
(b) All equipment and materials selected shall also be supplied and installed taking into
consideration the Factories Act, Fire Regulations and Local laws or byelaws. All light fittings
and equipment selected shall be of well tried out design. All materials used in the assembly of
fittings and their accessories shall be of high quality and manufactured in accordance with the
best modern practice.
(c) All the materials supplied by the contractor according to the contract conditions will be subject
to inspection and approval by the Engineer-in-charge or their authorised representative from
time to time. The contractor shall extend all required facilities for such inspection free of cost.
At the time of inspection, the inspecting officer shall have full liberty to reject any such material,

129 of 312
 which does not confirm to specifications or the requirements. The owner shall not entertain any
claim for any rejected materials. The contractor shall remove all rejected materials from the
site at his own cost.
(d) The owner will not accept any surplus material procured by the contractor.
(e) The contractor will be responsible to get electrical installations inspected by the Electrical
Inspector of the State Government and to obtain the statutory clearance for energisation. The
owner, on production of documentary evidences, will reimburse the necessary inspection fees.
(f) The contractor should possess valid electrical contract licence and labour licence issued by the
appropriate statutory authority of the State Government during the execution of the contract.
7. Inspection and Approval
The contractor shall put up samples of all major items for inspection and testing by the Engineer-
in-charge prior to use at site. Similar procedure shall be adopted for the approval of samples of
minor materials/ accessories to be used for the work.
MATERIALS
1. Power Cables
The power cables shall have high resistance to ageing and abrasion with high mechanical strength.
It shall be moisture proof, corrosion proof and weather proof. It shall have resistance to effects of
majority of natural acids, alkalis, oils and fuels. It shall have smooth surface, good bending
properties and neat appearance. It shall possess flame-retarding properties i.e. it shall not support
combustion and shall be self-extinguishing when the source of ignition is removed.
The power cables shall be either single core or multi core as specified in bill of quantities. For
conductor cross section of more than 4.0 sq-mm, stranded conductor cables shall be provided. The
cables shall be with either Aluminium or Copper conductors as specified in bill of quantities.
The PVC insulated and PVC sheathed power cables shall be of 1100 Volt grade for LT application.
For HT application, Cross-linked Polyethylene (XLPE) insulated and PVC sheathed power cables
shall be used.
(a) LT Power Cables:
The cores of the cable shall be either circular or shaped to have overall circular cross-section. It
shall be properly colour coded for easy identification. Unless mentioned otherwise, the cables shall
be GI wire / strip armoured. In case of multi-core cables, inner sheath of PVC tape wrapping shall
be provided over the cores. To obtain a circular shape, the space between the cores shall be filled
up by fillers. The inner sheath shall be surrounded by armours, which ultimately shall be covered
by outer sheath of PVC extrusion. The cables shall be of approved make and shall bear ISI mark.
The PVC used for insulation or sheath of the cables shall be capable of withstanding the maximum
conductor temperature of 70 degree Celsius. The cables shall generally confirm to IS: 1554 (Part-
I)/1976.
2. Rigid PVC pipes / Polythene Pipes for conduits
Only 25mm diameter polythene/Rigid PVC pipes confirming to IS:6946/72 as amended upto date
is to be used. Wires for more than one point may be drawn in the same pipe subject to clearance
inside the pipe. Further in the pipe where sub-main / main wires are drawn, no point wires shall be
drawn.
Wires: -
The wires used for internal electrical wiring shall be single core fire retardant low smoke type
(FRLS) PVC insulated unsheathed 1100 Volt grade stranded copper conductor wires suitably colour
coded to distinguish different phases, neutral and earth continuity conductor. The colour of neutral

130 of 312
conductor shall be black and that of earth continuity conductor be green inside the entire installation.
The colour of phase conductors shall be either Red or Yellow or Blue. It shall be of approved make
with ISI mark. The wires shall confirm to IS: 694 (Part-I & Part-II)/1964. The minimum cross
sectional area of conductors for the different uses shall be as specified below.
1) Lighting point wiring : 1.5 sq-mm Copper
2) 15A Power point wiring : 4.0 sq-mm Copper
3) Circuit wiring : 2.5 sq-mm Copper
4) Sub-main wiring : 4.0 sq-mm copper
3. Metal Boxes (Switch Boards)
Metal boxes for switchboards shall be made of mild steel sheet and round junction boxes shall be
made of cast iron. The minimum wall thickness of mild steel boxes shall be 2mm / 1.6mm and cast
iron boxes shall be 3-mm. Fan hook boxes shall be made of mild steel sheet of 1.6-mm wall
thickness with a 10-mm round steel hook inside. The size of the fan hook box shall be 150-mm
diameter and 65-mm high. All mild steel boxes shall have four or more screwed holes for fixing the
top cover. Each box shall have an earthing stud. Each metal box shall be provided with a cover of
phenolic laminated sheet (Bakelite sheet), not less than 3-mm thick fastened to the box with brass
screws and cup washers. The covers should have a minimum overlap of 12.5-mm on all sides of the
box for concealed wiring. The boxes shall be painted inside and outside, with two coats of
anticorrosive primer and two coats of enamelled paint of approved shade. Adequate numbers of half
punched holes shall be provided for conduit entry. The following sizes of mild steel boards shall
normally be used.
Switch board size
Length Breadth Height
100-mm 100-mm 50-mm
100-mm 100-mm 65-mm
150-mm 100-mm 65-mm
200-mm 150-mm 65-mm
250-mm 200-mm 65-mm
300-mm 250-mm 65-mm
450-mm 300-mm 65-mm
4. Switches & Plug Sockets
All switches, 5A plug sockets, power plug sockets, TV sockets and Telephone sockets shall be flush
mounting piano type. It shall be of approved make with ISI mark. The switches and plug sockets
shall confirm to IS: 3854/1988, IS: 1293/1988, IS: 6538/1971 & IS: 4615/1968.
5. Fan Regulators & Dimmers
Electronic type fan regulators and light dimmers of approved make shall generally be used and shall
be of flush mounting type.
6. Angle/ Batten/ Pendant Holder & Ceiling Rose:-
Brass or Bakelite type 5A, 250V, Angle Holders, Batten Holders, Pendant Holders & three way
ceiling rose confirming to IS: 732(Part-2)/1982 & IS: 371/1979 of approved make and design with
ISI mark shall be used.

131 of 312
INSTALLATION
1. Portions of Wiring
i. Point Wiring
Point wiring shall consist of a switch on the board and wiring up to termination point via the control
switch and neutral. These termination points can be:
(a) A ceiling rose or connector in case of call bell or ceiling fan or exhaust fan point wiring.
The wiring from ceiling rose or connector to ceiling fan or exhaust fan point shall be
considered with the installation/fixing of fans.
(b) A ceiling rose in case of directly fixed type fluorescent fixtures, suspended pendants.
(c) A back plate in case of suspended type fluorescent fixtures, suspended or stiff pendants,
wall brackets, bulkheads, spot light similar fittings.
(d) A lamp holder in case of angle or batten holders.
(e) A convenient wall plug in case of plug on board or separate board points.
Wiring for light points and fan points shall be carried out with minimum 1.5 sq-mm stranded copper
conductor wire. For the purpose of measurement, the point wiring shall mean wiring to the all types
points as described above irrespective of the length of the point.
The wiring, whether concealed or surface, shall be easily accessible for inspection. Power and
Heating sub-circuits shall be kept separate and distinct from lighting and fan sub-circuits. The
balancing of circuits in three phase installations shall be arranged before hand. Circuits of different
phases of a.c. system shall be kept minimum 2.0-m apart or enclosed in earthed metal casing.
Medium voltage wiring and associated apparatus shall comply, in all respect, with the requirements
of rules 50, 51 and 61 of Indian Electricity Rules, 1956.
The position of runs of wiring and the exact position of all points, switch boards, distribution boards
shall be marked in the building for approval of Engineer-in-charge prior to execution. The wiring
shall be carried out in looping back system in which the phase conductor shall be looped at
the switch box and the neutral conductor at the junction box / point terminals only. In no case,
there should be joints inside conduits and no joints shall be made bare or by twisting the
conductors.
Lights and fans may be wired on a common circuit. Such circuit shall not have more than a total of
either 10 points or a load of 800 watts.
For the purpose of determining load per circuit, the following rating for points shall be assumed.
a) Light points (Incandescent) : 60 watts
b) (4' fluorescent single tubes) : 40 watts
c) (2' fluorescent tubes) : 20 watts
d) Ceiling fan points : 80 watts
e) Exhaust fan points : 100 watts
f) 5Amp plug points : 100 watts
g) 15Amp plug points : 1000 watts
Unless and otherwise specified, the following minimum mounting height of the bottom most part
of the fittings and fixtures from finished floor level shall be maintained.
a) Branch Distribution Boards : 2.130 metre
b) Switch board : 1.300 metre

132 of 312
 c) 5A & 15A plugs on separate : 0.300 metre
board
d) Ceiling fan : 2.750 metre
e) Light fittings : 2.600 metre
f) TV antenna and Telephone : 0.300 metre
outlets
ii. Circuit Wiring
Circuit wiring shall mean wiring from BDB/ SDB up to the junction boxes for switchboards
containing 5A/15A switches and plugs. For the purpose of measurement, in case of multiple switch
boards under one circuit, the circuit wiring shall mean the sum of the length of wiring from BDB/
SDB up to junction box of first switch board and junction box of first switch board to the junction
box of next switch board and so on. The minimum size of conductor for circuit wiring shall be 2.5
sq-mm copper.
iii. Sub-main Wiring
Sub-main wiring shall mean wiring from Main switch/ Meter board up to BDB/ SDB. The minimum
size of wire shall be 4.0 sqmm copper. There shall be no jointing of wires; only single run wires
should run from BDBs to SDB with proper color coding as per the phase. PVC ferrules shall be
provided at both the ends of the wire for easy identification.
2. Types of Wiring
i. Concealed / Recessed PVC Conduit Wiring
Concealed / Recessed PVC conduit wiring shall be done as far as possible. Places, where it would
not be possible to have concealed PVC wiring, surface PVC conduit wiring shall be done. The
concealed PVC conduit wiring shall be completed in the following three phases.
a) Conduit laying in roof before casting.
b) Conduit laying in walls & fixing of switchboard before plastering.
c) Wire drawing inside conduit, fixing of switch, socket accessories, testing of installations
complete.
The size of conduit shall be so chosen that the wires provided inside shall not occupy more than
50% of the cross sectional area. The maximum permissible number of single core wires, which can
be drawn inside rigid steel conduit, shall be as per the table given below.
Size of wire Size of conduit in mm Remarks
in Sq-mm (Maximum number of wires permissible)
16 20 25 32
1.0 sq-mm 4 5 10 -
1.5 sq-mm 3 5 10 -
2.5 sq-mm 2 4 8 -
4.0 sq-mm 2 3 6 10
6.0 sq-mm - 2 5 8
10.0 sq-mm - - 3 5
16.0 sq-mm - - - 3

A detail conduit route layout avoiding unnecessary crossing shall be prepared by the contractor and
get it approved from Engineer-in-charge prior to laying of conduit in roof slab. The conduits and
junction & fan hook boxes shall be painted with one coat of red oxide primer and rigidly tied to the

133 of 312
reinforcement of the slab. Minimum 75mm x 75mm size sheet metal inspection cum pull box shall
be provided within 6-metre run of conduit. Suitable expansion joint fittings shall be provided along
the conduit run crossing the expansion joint of the building. The junction boxes shall be provided
300mm off the centre for 4' long tube light fitting and 150mm off the centre for 2' long tube light
fitting. Dummy or spare conduits shall be laid wherever required as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
The drops from the roof slab in walls and columns shall be made vertical as far as practicable.
Horizontal run of conduit on brick or stone masonry walls shall be avoided. The conduit and the
switchboards shall be fixed in the wall by cutting chase and neatly finished with plastering after
fixing. The use of bend & elbow shall be avoided. All curves in the conduit pipe shall be made by
bending pipe with a long radius. It will permit easy drawing of conductors. Double check nuts and
rubber bush shall be provided at each end of the conduit at the entry to the boxes. The mild steel
boxes shall be provided with temporary covers to safe guard against filling of cement mortar etc
within the tendered cost. The entire conduit and the boxes shall be thoroughly cleaned before wire
drawing and all the internal surface of the mild steel boxes shall be painted with another 2 coats of
enamel paint of approved shade.
The wires shall be properly colour coded and carefully drawn inside the conduit through use of fish
wire. While drawing of insulated wires inside conduit, care shall be taken to avoid scratches and
kinks. All the metal boards shall be suitably earthed by earth continuity conductor. All Conductors
shall be provided with cable sockets at termination points expect at switchboard looping and joint
boxes.
Wires carrying current in a conduit shall be so bunched that the outgoing and the return wire are
drawn into the same conduit. Wires of different phases from different circuits shall not run in one
conduit. In three-phase installation, plans shall be made for balancing of loads in all phases before
commissioning.
ii. Rigid PVC conduit Wiring
The concealed PVC conduit wiring shall be completed in a single phase only. The size of conduit
shall be so chosen that the wires provided inside shall not occupy more than 50% of the cross
sectional area. The maximum permissible number of single core wires, which can be drawn inside
rigid conduit, shall be same as per the table given.
Approval from Engineer-in-charge shall be taken prior to laying of conduit. Inspection bend, elbow
and similar other Rigid PVC conduit fittings of threaded type shall be used. Conduits shall be joined
by means of inspection type coupler. In order to avoid damage to the insulation of conductor, cut
end of conduit shall have no sharp edge. Conduits shall be fixed rigidly by means of heavy gauge
G.I. saddles of approved quality at an interval not exceeding 500mm and on either side of coupler
and bends. Saddles shall be fixed on Nylon fill plugs of appropriate size. The conduit fittings such
as inspection boxes, draw boxes, bends, elbows etc shall be so installed that they remain accessible
for purpose of drawing and removal of wires.
The wires shall be properly coloured coded and carefully drawn inside the conduit. While drawing
of insulated wires inside conduit, care shall be taken to avoid scratches and kinks. All the metal
boards shall be suitably earthed by earth continuity conductor. The entire system of conduit after
installation shall be made mechanically and electrically continuous and permanently connected to
earth by means of the earth continuity conductor clamped on outer side of conduit. All Conductors
shall be provided with cable sockets at termination points expect at switchboard looping and joint
boxes.
Wires carrying current in a conduit shall be so bunched that the outgoing and the return wire are
drawn into the same conduit. Wires of different phases from different circuits shall not run in one
conduit. In three-phase installation, plans shall be made for balancing of loads in all phases before
commissioning.

134 of 312
3. Cable Laying & Installation
The cables shall be of approved make and tested at factory in presence of Engineer-in-charge or his
authorised representative. The cables shall be despatched to the work site packed on wooden drums
with both ends properly sealed. Jointing of the cables in between the terminal points shall be avoided
as far as possible. For longer length of cable exceeding the normal length of manufacture, cables
may be joined by means of jointing kits only. The cables shall be tested for insulation resistance by
500-volt insulation Megger for cables up to 1100-volt grade and by 2500-volt insulation Megger
for cables beyond 1100V grade prior to laying of the same. Cable loops for future requirement shall
be kept at both ends as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
One number 6-swg GI wire in case of single phase 230V a.c. system and either 2 numbers 6-swg
GI wire or 2 numbers suitable size GI flat in case of multi phase 400V or more a.c. system shall run
all along the trench or tray with the cables as earth continuity conductor. The supply and laying of
earth continuity conductor such as G.I. wire or flat has been considered separately in the schedule
of quantity.
Minimum bending radius for PVC insulated armoured cables shall be 1200mm. At joints and
terminals, the individual cores of multi-core cable should never be bent so that radius of bending is
less than 12 times the overall diameter of the cable.
Wherever more than one cable shall exist, suitable marker tags inscribed with cable identification
details shall be permanently attached to all cables in the man hole, pulpits, joints, open ducts, under
ground cables etc. at suitable intervals.
The laying and installation of cable shall be carried out as per IS: 1255/1983. The methods of cable
laying shall be of following types depending upon the requirements.
a) Laying directly under ground
b) Laying inside ducts
c) Laying on racks or trays in air
d) Laying along building structural elements
a) Laying Directly Under Ground / Under Concrete Flooring
Cable trenches shall be excavated cutting all types of soil and rock / concrete flooring up to a
minimum depth of 750mm for L.T. cables & 1200mm for H.T. cables and of appropriate width (not
less than 350mm) to accommodate the cables and cable protecting materials within the tendered
rate.
The sides and bottom of the trench shall be dressed and filled with 75mm thick layer of fine sand.
The cables shall then be laid with bricks on both side of each cable continuously along the length.
Space between the bricks shall be filled with fine sand up to 75-mm above the top of the cable. The
top layer bricks shall be placed side by side continuously as protective cover. The horizontal
distance between the adjacent cables shall be at least equal the diameter of the bigger cable. The
clearance between the outer cable to the sides of the trench shall be at least 150mm.
In case of multiple tiers, same procedure shall be applied keeping a vertical clearance of 300mm
among the tiers and the top most layer shall be kept at a depth of 750mm for LT cables and 1200mm
for H.T. cables from finished ground level.
The trench shall then be filled up with the excavated materials free from stone or sharp edged debris
and duly compacted. A crown of earth neither less than 50mm nor more than 100mm in the centre
and tapering towards the sides of the trench shall be left to allow for subsidence.
Cable route markers shall be installed at salient and strategically located points parallel to and 500-
mm or so away from the edge of the trench for easy identification of cable routes at a maximum
interval of 10-metre for straight run.

135 of 312
In locations such as road crossing, pipeline crossing, entry to buildings or poles in paved area etc,
the cables shall be laid in pipes or closed ducts. Pipes provided for entry to building shall slope
upward to prevent entry of water to the building. Stone ware, cast iron, NP-2 class RCC pipes or
medium class Mild Steel / GI pipe of appropriate diameter shall be laid during the construction to
avoid damage later on. Cost of such pipe shall be considered separately in the bill of quantities.
In case of stoneware pipes, a 100-mm thick 1:3:6 cement concrete covering shall be provided. In
case of cast iron or RCC pipes, no concrete covering is required. The collars, in case of RCC pipes,
shall be embedded by 1:2:4 cement concrete. Top surface of pipe shall be at a minimum depth of
1.0-metre. The minimum size of Hume pipes shall not be less than 100-mm in diameter for a single
cable and not less than 150-mm for multiple cables.
The diameter of the cable protecting pipes shall be at least 1.5 times the outer diameter of the cable.
In one pipe, single core cables shall not be laid individually but instead, all the three/four cables of
the same system shall be laid.
b) Laying on Racks or Trays in Air
The racks or trays shall be fixed to the wall or column or suspended from ceiling. The racks shall
be ladder type made of mild steel or GI angles and flat. The trays shall be perforated type made of
mild steel or GI sheets. The mild steel racks or trays shall be painted with red-oxide primer followed
by anticorrosive paints. The vertical distance between two racks or trays shall be minimum 300-
mm and clearance between first cable and the wall (if the racks or trays are mounted on wall) shall
be 25-mm. The width of rack shall not exceed 750-mm. The cables shall be laid directly on the rack
or trey with saddles or clamps at an interval of 1 metre each. Each tray or rack shall contain only
one layer of cables.
c) Laying along Building Structural Elements
Cables can be routed inside the buildings along the structural elements such as walls, columns etc
or inside trenches or Hume pipes or GI pipes under floor. The cables shall be laid or fixed along the
wall or column with the help of mild steel / GI flat clamps or saddles with an interval not exceeding
0.5-metre. The cables inside brick masonry trenches shall be laid on racks or directly above the
floor of the trench and the trench shall be covered with mild steel chequered plates. In case of laying
inside Hume pipes or G.I. pipes, man hole chamber with RCC cover shall be provided at suitable
location for easy maintenance. The cables shall not intersect each other along its route.
4. Jointing of Cables
The quality of joints shall be such that it does not add any resistance to the circuit. The materials
and techniques employed for jointing should give adequate mechanical and electrical protection to
the joints under all service conditions. The joints shall be resistant to all corrosion and chemical
reactions. The following three basic types of cable joints shall be used.
a) Straight through joints
b) Tee or branch joints
c)Termination or sealing joints
TESTING
Before a completed installation or an addition to an existing installation is put into service, the
following tests shall be carried out by the electrical contractor in presence of Engineer-in-charge.
i. Polarity test
ii. Insulation resistance test
iii. Earth continuity test
iv. Earth electrode resistance test

136 of 312
1. Polarity Test
It shall be ensured by this test that the single pole switches have been fitted on the live side of
the circuit they control. In a two-wire installation, test shall be made to verify that all switches in
every circuit have been fitted to phase conductor or non-earthed conductor of the circuit. In three or
four-wire installation, test shall be performed to verify that every non-linked single pole of switch
is connected to one of the phase conductor of supply.
2. Insulation Resistance Test
The insulation resistance shall be measured by applying between earth and whole system of
conductors or any section thereof with all fuses in place and all switches closed and except in earth
concentric wiring, all lamps in position or both poles of installation otherwise electrically connected
together, a d.c. voltage of not less than twice the working voltage, provided that it does not exceed
500 volts for medium voltage circuit. Where the supply is derived from 3 wire a.c. or d.c. or
polyphase a.c. system the neutral pole of which is connected to earth direct or through added
resistance, the working voltage shall be deemed to be that which is maintained between the outer or
phase conductor and neutral.
The insulation resistance of an installation measured as above shall not be less than 50 Mega-
Ohms divided by the number of points of the circuit provided that the whole installation shall be
required to have insulation resistance greater than one Mega-ohm.
Control rheostats, heating and power appliances and electric signs may, if desired, be
disconnected from the circuit during the test, but in this case the insulation resistance between the
case of frame and all live parts of each rheostat, appliances and signs shall not be less than half a
Mega-ohm.
The insulation resistance shall also be measured between all conductors connected to one pole
or phase conductor of the supply and all conductors connected to the neutral or the other pole or
phase conductor of supply. Such test shall be made after removing all metallic connections between
two poles of the installation. The insulation resistance between the conductors of installation shall
not be less than that specified above.
3. Earth Continuity Test
The earth continuity conductor including metal conduits and metallic envelope of cables in all
cases shall be tested for electric continuity and electrical resistance of the same along with the
earthing lead but excluding any added resistance of earth leakage circuit breaker measured from the
connection with the earth electrode to any point in the earth continuity conductor in the completed
installation shall not exceed 1 ohm.
4. Earth electrode resistance test
The resistance test of earth electrode after completion of earthing should be measured and recorded
as per the directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
5. Distribution Boards
The L.T. Distribution Boards shall be suitable for operation in 3 phase / single phase, 415 / 240
Volts, 50 Hz, neutral grounded at transformer system. All Distribution Boards shall generally
confirm to all relevant Indian Standards amended up to date.
Distribution boards shall be of floor mounting type and totally enclosed having hinged doors; dust,
damp and vermin proof construction. These should be made out of CRCA sheet steel and the
enclosure should be acid treated for rust proofing, thoroughly cleaned, painted with two coats of
anticorrosive primer and two coats of white enamel paint for interior and industrial grey enamel
paint for exterior. All doors and covers shall be fully gasketed with neoprene PVC strips and shall
be lockable. All the hinged doors shall be effectively earthed with flexible copper wires. Cadmium

137 of 312
plated fixing screws shall enter holes tapped into an adequate thickness of metal or provided with
hank nuts. Self-threading screws shall not be used.
The distribution boards shall be of adequate size with a provision of 25% spare space to
accommodate possible future additional switchgears. Knock out holes of appropriate sizes and
number shall be provided on detachable plates in the board in conformity with the location of
incoming and outgoing cables/ conduits. The switches shall be so arranged that fuses are not alive
when the switch is in OFF position. No apparatus shall project beyond the edges of the panel. No
switch body shall be mounted within 25mm of any edge of the panel and no holes, other than that
meant for fixing the panel, shall be drilled within 13mm of the edge of the panel. The various live
parts shall be effectively screened by barriers of non-hygroscopic, non-inflammable insulating
materials or shall be so spaced that an arc can be maintained between such parts and earth. All items
of switchgears shall be readily accessible and all connections, including those to instruments and
apparatus, are easily traceable.
The bus bars and interconnections shall be of electrolytic annealed copper/ high conductivity
electrolytic wrought aluminium of rectangular cross section suitable for carrying full load current
for phases & neutral bus bars and shall be extendable on either side. The maximum current density
shall be 1.00 Amp/sq-mm for Aluminium and 1.50 Amp/sq-mm for copper bus bars. The bus bars
shall be supported on SMC/ DCM/ Glass fibre reinforced polyester, non-breakable non-hygroscopic
insulators at regular intervals to withstand the forces arising from short circuit in the system. The
bus bars shall be provided in a separate chamber and properly ventilated. The minimum clearance
between the phases shall be 32mm and between phase and earth shall be 25mm. The interconnection
between bus bars and switchgears of rating above 63A shall be through strips having 125% of the
switchgear current rating. All bus bars shall be suitably insulated by means of heat resistant PVC
sleeves and colour coded in phase sequence of R-Y-B & N. The entire bus bar shall be covered on
the front with a Bakelite sheet barrier. In longer sections of bus bars, provision shall be made for
thermal expansion by providing flexible joints made out of multi-foil thin copper/ aluminium foils.
All joints shall be of clamped type as far as possible else of bolted construction with double cover
fishplates.
All connections between pieces of apparatus or between apparatus and terminal on a board shall be
neatly arranged in a definite sequence, following arrangements of the apparatus mounted there on,
avoiding unnecessary crossings. Wire interconnections shall be colour coded and connected to
terminals only by soldered lugs, crimped lugs without cutting away the strands. No interconnecting
wires shall come in contact with the live bus bars other than the terminal points. The arrangement
of bus bars shall confirm to IS: 375/1963.
An enamelled danger notice plate shall be provided on the boards connected to medium voltage
supply & above.
Adequate space shall be provided for accommodating various instruments. These shall be accessible
for testing and maintenance without any accidental contact with live parts of circuit breakers,
switchgears, bus bars and interconnections. The indicating lamps shall be provided with individual
toggle switch and fuse. The voltmeters shall be provided with fuses for each phase. The control
wires shall be 2.5 sq-mm copper wires for CT circuits and 1.5 sq-mm copper wires for the rest. The
control wires shall be neatly bunched together inside PVC trunking securely fasten to the
compartment properly marked with ferrules at the end. A separate tamper proof compartment with
locking arrangements as per the requirements of the supply authority shall be provided for housing
of the energy meters.
This Distribution board shall be fabricated with 2mm thick CRCA sheet steel. The board shall
be painted with two coats of red oxide primer & two coats of industrial grey on exterior surface,
two coats of enamel white on the interior surface. The distribution board shall be dust & vermin
proof & shall be of double door type i.e. the switch gears can be approached after opening of the
front door. Ventilation louvers with fine wiremesh shall be provided in the D.B. The D.B. shall be
provided with punch holes on the bottom plate for glanding of following incoming and outgoing

138 of 312
cables. The DB shall be provided with atleast two nos earthing studs of hexagonal G.I. nut & bolts.
One number enameled danger board and nomenclature plates shall be fixed on the front of the
Distribution board. Each detachable hinged doors shall be provided with flexible copper earthings.
The busbar shall be made out of electrolytic copper strips of atleast 98% purity. The current density
of copper shall be 1.5 Amp per [Link]. 11000 Volt grade PVC insulated multistranded copper
conductor wires shall be used for inter panel wiring. The minimum size of wire inside the panel
except that of indicating lamps shall be 4.0 mm sqr. Post insulators for the busbars shall be of
SMC/DMC. A minimum clearance of 25mm shall be maintained between the busbars. All the
cables/wires shall be properly crimped with the use of suitable crimping type lugs & then terminated
on the busbars/switch gears.
A general arrangement drawing may be submitted by the manufacturer for approval by the
undersigned after which fabrication of the distribution board can be commenced.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SILENT TYPE DG SET

Special Features
• Full authority electronic engine with superior energy efficiency and fuel economy
• Integral vibration isolation eliminates the need for under-unit vibration spring isolators
• Advanced Digital Controller (ADC) with 3 auto crank cycles
• Alternator features:
I. Alternator meets Indian and relevant section of other international standards.
II. Self-ventilated and dripproof of IP23 construction
III. Superior voltage waveform by 2/3 pitch wound stator.
IV. Sustained short circuit current of up to 300% of the rated current for 3 seconds.

Standard Features
• Engine coupled, skid mounted alternator
• Single - bearing alternator with insulation Class H
• Unit mounted radiator with 50°C ambient temperature
• Base frame mounted fuel tank with minimum 8 hrs running capacity
• Dry type air filter with restriction indicator
• DG circuit breaker
• Electric start with battery Electric start with battery
• Fuel water separator
• Conveniently located fuel level indicator
• Exhaust tail pipe as standard scope of supply
• Weatherproof enclosure to withstand harsh climate
• All routine service points on one side of canopy
• Four-point bottom lifting
Conformance Standards
• ISO 3046
• BS 5514
• ISO 8528
• IS 4722
• IEC 34
• BS 5000 (Part 99)
• Two-years or 5000 hours as per standard warranty terms from
• IS: 13364 (Part 1&2)

Generator Set Ratings

139 of 312
 Prime Rating
Genset Engine Alternator Voltage Phase Hz Amps
kWe kVA
KDG0200P2 mPower62485 G1R250LD 415 3 50 160 200 278
G

PRIME POWER RATINGS: Prime power ratings apply to installations where utility power is
unavailable or unreliable. At varying load, the number of generator set operating hours is
unlimited. A 10% overload capacity is available for one hour in twelve. Ratings are in accordance
with ISO-8528/1, overload power in accordance with ISO-3046/1 and BS 5514. For limited
running time and base load ratings, consult the factory. Obtain the technical information bulletin
(TIB-101) on ratings guidelines for the complete ratings definitions.

Engine Specifications

Specifications 200 kVA

Engine : model, type mPower62485 G
No. of cylinders 6
Cylinder arrangement Inline
Displacement, L (cu. in.) 7.2 (439.37)
Bore and stroke, mm (in.) 105 x 137 (4.13 x 5.39)
Compression ratio 16.9:1
Governor type Electronic
Governor Class Class A2
Frequency regulation, steady state ISO 8528 G2
Air cleaner type, Qty Dry, 1
Unit-mounted radiator ambient 50 (122)
temperature °C (°F)
Max. power kWm (BHP) @ rated 180 (241.3) @ 1500
speed (rpm)
Diesel fuel consumption - 100% 40.8
Load (Lph)
Diesel fuel consumption - 75% 33.3
Load (Lph)
Lube Oil Consumption
100% load 0.1 % of FC
Fuel System
Fuel prime pump Mechanical
Fuel filter : Type, Qty Spin-on, 2
Recommended fuel HSD-ASTM D2
Fuel tank capacity, L 395
Initial - 100 hrs / 3 months,
Fuel filter change period Subsequent 500 hrs / 6
months, whichever is earlier
Lubrication System
System type Forced Lubrication
Lube oil type Kohler Oil

140 of 312
 Oil pan capacity with filter, L 20.2
Oil filter: Quantity, Type 1, spin on cartridge with
paper element
Initial - 100 hrs / 3 months,
Oil and oil filter change period Subsequent 500 hrs / 6
months, whichever is earlier
Exhaust System
Maximum allowable back pressure, 11 (3.25)
KPa ([Link])
Exhaust outlet size at engine 88.9 (3.5)
hookup, mm (in)
Silencer Type, Quantity Residential, 1
Exhaust temperature at rated kW, 610 (1130)
dry exhaust, °C (°F)
Cooling System
Ambient temperature, °C (°F) 50 (122)
Coolant capacity including engine, 25 (6.60)
L (gal)
Water pump type Impeller
Fan diameter, including blades, 762 (30)
mm (in.)
Engine Electrical System
Starter Motor rated voltage VDC 24 V
Battery charging alternator 24 V, 55 Amp
Ground (negative/positive) Negative
Battery type- Flooded type,
Maintenance free
Amp/hour
105
Quantity 2
Battery voltage, VDC 24

Alternator Specifications

Specifications 200 kVA

Type 4 Pole
Exciter type Brushless
Voltage regulator AVR-UVR-7
Insulation
- Material Class H
- Temperature rise, Prime 125 °C
Bearing: Quantity, Type 1, Sealed
Coupling Flexible disk
Voltage regulation +/-1%
Excitation Self-excitation
Frequency, Fixed, Hz 50

141 of 312
 Short circuit ratio 0.427
Full load current - 3 Phase 278
Prime at 125° C, kVA 200

Advanced Digital Controller (ADC3003)

Standard Features
• Master switch: Control On/Off
• Event Log
• Remote two-wire start/stop capability
• One-source responsibility for generating system & accessories
• Automatic start with programmed cranking cycle
• Field software upgrade possibility
• Operating temperature: -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F)
• Storage temperature: -60°C to 70°C (-76°F to 158°F)
• Humidity: 0-95% condensing
• Control Panel
• Alternator to control panel connection with copper cable only
• MCCB/MCB details : with short circuit and overload protection
• Inbuilt AMF controller
• Output cable size (Sq. mm): 1 run/ph

Optional Features
• Microprocessor based AMF control panel
• Synchronizing controller
• GPRS based generator monitoring system
kVA kVA
Copper 150 240
Aluminium 240 300

Controller Information

LCD Display LCD Display Display Warnings Optional Power

Faults Accessories Requirements
Runtime hours High engine Low battery Battery charger 24 8 V to 35 V
temperature voltage V continuous
Engine speed Low oil pressure High battery Mains sensing relay 85 mA @ 12 VDC
voltage inbuilt
Power factor Overspeed / Low fuel level Earth leakage 96 mA @ 24 VDC
KVAr Underspeed protection
Maintenance VAF meter
Over and under
Current Alarm (water in (Multifunction)
voltage
fuel)
Voltage Over and under kW-hr display
frequency

142 of 312
Frequency E-stop
Engine Auxiliary fault
temperature
Engine oil Low fuel level
pressure
Battery Over load current
voltage
Kilowatt & Phase reversal
kVA
Fuel level
(digital I/P)
Regulatory Compliance
Specifications 200 kVA
As per ISO 8178-5 mode cycle (Engine emission) CPCB-II compliant
Noise level measured at 1 meter distance < 75 dB (A)
Dimensions and weight
Specifications 200 kVA
Overall Size, L x W x H (mm) 4400 x 1425 x 1886
Overall Size with silencer, L x W x HT (mm) 4400 x 1425 x 2549
Weight, dry, max (kg) 3119

CCTV CAMERA SURVEILLANCE RECORDING SYSTEM

In this system areas under surveillance are installed with CCTV Cameras which are finally viewed
through a monitor and recorded with computer Hard Disk or Standalone Digital Video Recorder for
reviewing the recorded incidents. Remote Monitoring System with Local LAN or internet is also
possible. Various types of cameras are available to suit the requirement of the customer.

In this project we have suggested one camera:

High Resolution Mini Dome Camera: The wide-angle high-resolution cameras shall be installed
in
the basement of the building to capture the overall view. Two nos. of existing cameras are to be
shifted and re-installed.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION:

Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of High-Resolution Dome Camera: High

Resolution of 700TV lines, 700TV lines (B/W), True Day Night with ICR, DC 12V Min.
illumination 0.15Lux@F1.2 (Color), 0.001Lux (B/W), 3.6x V/F lens (2.8 ~ 10mm): MD, SSNRIII
(3D+2D), Coaxial control, Dual Power. Make: Samsung/LG

Supply, Laying, Testing and Commissioning of (3+1) CCTV Cable inside PVC Conduit 1.5mm
Thickness. (PVC Conduit of Polycab/AKG make).

143 of 312
 FIRE PROTECTION AND DETECTION SYSTEMS

CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING BASED ON OCCUPANCY

With reference to the Clause 3.1 National Building Code of India 2016 Vol-I, this Building is
classified as ‘Residential’. Under this classification, the building includes any building or structure
in which living quarters are provided for three or more families, living independently of each other
and with independent cooking facilities.

CODE REFERENCES

Based on Classification of Occupancy, the various Codes & Standards of the following.
Authorities are referred for selection and installation of fire protection systems for the said building:

1. National Building Code of India 2016 Vol-I

a. Clause # 3.1 for Classification of Building.
2. Tariff Advisory Committee (TAC) India.
a. Clause # 7.3 (Table -1) of Hydrant Service section of the Fire Protection Manual for Water
Supply details.
b. Clause # 7.5 of Hydrant Service section of the Fire Protection Manual for Hydrant Supply
mains.
c. Clause # 7.6 & 7.7 of Hydrant Service section of the Fire Protection Manual for
hydrants/fixed
water monitors and hose pipe and nozzles.
3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), USA.
a. NFPA 13 for Installation of Automatic Sprinkler System.
b. NFPA 72 for Installation of Automatic Fire Alarm System.
c. NFPA 58 for Storage & Handling of LPG.
d. NFPA 10 for selection, installation and maintenance of portable fire extinguishers.
e. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code.
PROPOSED SYSTEM

Based on the above sections, the following systems are proposed to be installed for this
building for the complete fire safety point of view:

1. Fire Hydrant System comprising of the followings:

a. Pumping System (common for fire hydrant system & automatic sprinkler system for
parking area)
b. Yard Hydrant System with Hydrant Valves, Hose Cabinets containing fire hoses and
branch pipes.
c. Wet-riser System with Landing Valves, Hose Cabinets containing fire hose and branch
pipe, First aid type Hose Reels at each floor of the building.
2. Automatic Sprinkler System for ground floor parking area including LPG storage area.
3. Automatic Addressable Fire Detection & Alarm System for the corridors of all floors
4. Public Address System for the entire building.
5. Exit Signage System for all the floors.
6. Provision of Portable Fire Extinguishers at each floor of the building.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED SYSTEMS

FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM:

• The fire hydrant system shall comprise of an adequate pumping system, yard hydrant system and
wet-riser system.

144 of 312
• There shall be separate pump house (preferably to be made outside the building and the
construction of the same is under the scope of the owner), where two nos. of fire pumps (one no.
diesel engine driven and the other one electric motor driven) and a jockey pump (electric motor
driven) shall be installed with all their accessories, suction & delivery piping with fittings and
priming arrangements.
• There shall be a water reservoir having an exclusive storage capacity of 1,00,000 liters for fire
fighting purpose. The construction of the water reservoir shall be under the scope of the owner.
• The capacity of the fire pumps shall be 171 Cu. M / Hr. with 88 M head and the same of the
jockey pump shall be 10.8 Cu. M / Hr. with 88 M head.
• The pumping system shall be automatic in nature and shall be equipped with necessary
equipment like composite pump controller, pressure switches, control & power cablings etc. the
system pressure shall be maintained by the jockey pump to the preset pressure settings. In case of
drop in system pressure to certain preset pressure reading by operation of hydrant system and/or
sprinkler system, the same shall be sensed by the pressure switch and which shall in turn be
communicated to the pump controller to start any or both of the fire pumps in preset sequence.
• The yard hydrant system piping shall be laid underground with suitable protection against
corrosion along the periphery of the building and at 6M away from it. Various hydrant points (with
63 mm size single headed hydrant valve) shall be installed at the strategic locations on this
underground main. The Hose Cabinets (containing two nos. of 15 M long RRL hose and a 63 mm
dia G. M. short branch pipe with 19 mm nozzle) for the yard hydrant points shall be mounted on
the outside wall of the building nearest to the hydrant point or near the hydrant point on PCC
pedestals with structural steel bracket.
• The wet-riser system piping shall be erected vertically up to the top floor of the building near the
fire escape staircase. This wet-riser piping shall be tapped from the yard hydrant system ring
main. The landing valves (63 mm size single headed) shall be fitted to this riser at each floor at 1
M high from the floor level.
• Each landing valve shall be housed in a Hose Cabinet which shall also contain the two nos. of 15
M long and 63 mm dia RLL fire hoses with instantaneous male and female couplings and a 63
mm dia G. M. short branch pipe with 19 mm nozzle. The hose cabinets shall be made out of 20
SWG MS sheet having double doors with glass panels and locking arrangement. The cabinet shall
be mounted along the wall enclosing the landing valve.
• The first aid type hose reels having 30 m long rubber hose of 25 mm dia with accessories shall
also be connected to this riser at each floor in such a manner that the bottom of the hose reel drum
shall be at 0.5 m above the top of hose cabinet.
• In case of fire, when any hydrant/landing valve and/or water monitor and/or hose reel will be
opened, the system pressure shall drop rapidly. This pressure drop shall be sensed by the pressure
switch and which shall in turn be communicated to the pump controller to start any or both of the
fire pumps in preset sequence. The fire pump (s) shall be stopped manually after the fire is
extinguished. But the start and stop of the jockey pump shall be automatic with preset start/stop
pressure settings.

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM:

• The entire ground floor parking area shall be divided in to two blocks from the sprinkler system
protection pint of view.
• There shall be an individual sprinkler system for each block controlled by a 100 mm NB size
Alarm Valve (control valve). The up-stream side of the alarm valve shall be tapped to the
underground hydrant system ring main.
• The down-stream side of the alarm valve shall consist of the cross main and the sprinkler piping
and sprinklers.
• Standard response sprinkler having a temperature rating of 79 deg. C shall be fitted to the
sprinkler piping as per standard code of practices of NFPA-13.
• The entire sprinkler system piping network shall be anchored from the ceiling with suitable
anchoring devices.

145 of 312
• The LPG storage room shall also be provided with sprinklers having an extension of the sprinkler
piping in that area.
• The operational status of the sprinkler system shall be read from the “Fire Alarm Control Panel
(FACP)” of the Addressable Fire Detection & Alarm System to be located at Security Office at
ground floor. This can be established by interfacing the sprinkler system with FACP with the help
of Water Flow Detector (to be installed above the Alarm Valve on down-stream side) and control
cabling.
• This sprinkler system shall be kept pressurized round the clock with the help of the same pumping
system of the hydrant system.
• Suitable air venting arrangement of required size shall be installed at a highest point of the down-
stream side for releasing of trapped air from the system.
• A suitable Inspector’s Test Connection cum drain point shall be provided at a lower point of the
sprinkler piping network for periodical drainage & maintenance of the system.
• In case of fire, the sprinkler (s) being exposed to the fire only will start spraying water on the fire
bed when the glass bulb of the sprinkler bursts due to fire upon attending its operating temperature,
i.e., 79 deg. C. Once the sprinkler (s) is/are operated, it controls and contains the fire beneath it
through continuous water spraying.
• When a sprinkler starts flowing, the system pressure drops significantly causing the fire pump to
start through pressure switch and pump controller.
• At the same time, the Water Flow Detector, located at the top of the alarm valve, is actuated due
to flow of pressurized water and sends a supervisory signal to the FACP annunciating the
operational status of the sprinkler system. Also there shall be a mechanical alarm at the alarm
valve through water motor alarm gong of the alarm valve during the operation of the system.

AUTOMATIC ADDRESSABLE FIRE DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM FOR EACH

FLOOR WITH STAND ALONE TYPE LPG DETECTORS AT THE KITCHENS

Configuration:
The system shall consist of the following devices

1. Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel

2. Addressable Smoke Detectors
3. Addressable Heat Detectors
4. Addressable Manual Call Point
5. Audio Visual Strobes
6. Circuits & Cabling
7. Stand Alone type LPG Detector for the kitchens

• The Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel monitors and processes these sensor analog values
and maintains a moving average of these outputs. An alarm is determined by comparing the
sensor’s current actual value with the sensor’s average value. Utilizing each sensor’s average value
as a continuously shifting reference point, it filters out environmental factors which would
otherwise increase the probability of false alarm caused by shifts in sensitivity either up or down.
Any dirty or faulty sensor is automatically reported at the main control panel. All the indications
from the system shall be displayed digitally on the LCD showing pinpointed address of the sensor
in operation. The FACP shall be UL listed and shall be installed in the security office located at
the ground floor.
• The addressable detector (Smoke or Heat) continuously sends the output of its sensors such as
potential smoke or heat and its location at a predetermined interval to the Main Fire Alarm Control
Panel. The detectors shall be UL listed.
• An addressable Manual Call Point is a manually operated device that, when operated, closes or
opens one or more set of contacts and generally locks the contacts in the operated position until
the box is reset. The device needs to be operated manually if some one investigates the fire, before

146 of 312
 it is detected by the alarm control system, to annunciate the alarm through audio visual strobes to
make the occupants alert or to activate any interfaced suppression system. Since it is addressable
one, it is feasible to study the exact location of it when it is in operation. The manual call points
shall be UL listed.
• Audio Visual Strobes shall be provided as an Alarm Annunciation Device. They shall be placed
in accordance with the applicable codes and standards and shall provide sufficient coverage to
notify all personnel by sound and flash in the affected area of an alarm condition. The audio-visual
strobes shall be UL listed.
• The FACP basically has one Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) or Signal Input Circuit and one
Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) along with the supervisory circuits and relay circuits, if
required. The number of such circuits is determined with the devices to be used. The smoke/ heat
detectors and the manual call points are connected to the SLC and the Audio-Visual Strobes are
connected to the NAC. Here 1C X 1.5 sq. mm flexible cupper cable shall be laid in pair with
different colour identification within suitable PVC conduit/casing capping along with all
accessories. Wherever needed, the conduits shall be laid concealed wherever needed from the
aesthetic point of view.
• Stand Alone type LPG Detector is an electrically operated device and shall have no cabling
connection with the FACP. It will be installed in the kitchen at the strategic location to detect the
LPG leakage and shall give local alarm to alert the occupant so that the occupant can operate the
nearby Manual Call Point of the main addressable fire detection & alarm system to initiate a
ommon alarm through FACP.

· Working Principle:
• In case of fire in a particular room, the detector of that room shall sense the smoke or heat and
communicate it to the fire alarm control panel. The fire alarm control panel shall process the signal
and in turn send the signal through NAC to activate the audio visual strobe in order to alert the
occupants for quick evacuation and also to alert the facility trained / security personnel to fight
the fire. The fire spot can be accessed immediately as the exact address of the fire is studied from
the LCD of the FACP.

PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM:

• The purpose of this system is to alert the occupants in case of any exigency through the speakers
to be installed at each floor.
• The system shall comprise of a 15 zone switching console, an amplifier (60 W), a microphone,
speakers (5 W) and connecting cabling.
• A 15 zone switching console (Mode Selection Switch), Amplifier and the Microphone shall be
located in the Security Room. The speakers shall be installed at strategic locations of all floors,
as shown in the drawing, being connected through cabling.
• In case of fire or any emergency, the security personnel can alert the occupants by annunciating
the emergency through microphone in terms of necessary instructions or any pre-recorded voice.

EXIT SIGNAGE SYSTEM:

• An ‘Exit Glow Light’ shall be installed at a suitable location at the fire escape staircase of each
floor.
• The exit glow lights shall operate on normal AC supply through necessary cabling and shall also
have at least 1 hour battery back-up.
• In case of fire emergency, the chance of power failure is more and in this case the exit glow lights
operate on battery back-up to show the occupants the escape way for evacuating.

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS:

147 of 312
• Carbon Dioxide Portable Fire Extinguishers of 4.5 Kg. capacities conforming to IS: 2878 shall be
provided in the Electric Panel Room (2 Nos.) & Security Room (1 No.) at ground floor.
• In addition to above, Stored Pressure ABC type portable fire extinguishers of 5 Kg. capacity
conforming to IS: 13849 shall be provided at the corridors of the ground floor.

1. Fire Hydrant System comprising of the followings:

a. Pumping System (common for fire hydrant system & automatic sprinkler system for parking area)
2. Automatic Sprinkler System (Wet-pipe type) at ground floor parking area.
3. Automatic Addressable Fire Detection & Alarm System for the building including addressable
Manual Call points at basement floor.
4. Provision of Portable Fire Extinguishers at each floor of the building
The followings shall be under the scope of the owner:

1. Provision of Electric Power Supply, as per requirement (Wattage, Voltage & Location), shall be
made available by the owner for pumping system, Fire alarm Control Panel, Gas detectors, Public
Address System and Exit Signage System.
TECHNICAL DETAILS OF FIRE DETECTION AND ALARMING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS

1. PIPING & FITTINGS:

The system piping shall be MS medium grade pipe confirming to IS: 1239 (Part-I).
Regular size fittings up to 150 mm dia shall be as per IS:1239 (part-I) All irregular shape fittings shall
be fabricated at site from parent pipe.
2. SIGNAL CABLE:
Shall be of 1C X 2.5 sq. mm PVC insulated multistrand cupper cable. Shall run in pair with different
colour codes.
3. ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL(FACP)
Features:
Shall have 127 addressable point capacity Minimum in one loop.
Shall use standard wire- no shielded or twisted pair required.
Shall have built-in digital communicator. (DACT)
Shall have central station reporting facility by point or by zone.
Shall support Class B (style 4) and Class A (style 6) configuration for SLC.
Shall have drift compensation feature.
Shall have built-in annunciation features with 80-character LCD display.
Shall have RS-485 bus to provide communication to system
accessories.
Shall have built-in RS-232 interface for programming via PC.
Shall have built-in Form-C trouble relay rated at 2.5 amps at 24 VDC.
Shall have two built-in Form-C programmable relays rated at 2.5 amps at 24 VDC.
Shall be UL listed AND FM Approved.
Primary AC: 120 VRMS at 50 /60 hz, 2.5 A.
Total Accessory Load: 5A at 24 VDC 5 amps at 24 VDC of power limited notification power.
Standby Current: 140 mA.
Alarm Current: 260 mA.
Shall be NFPA -72 Compliant
4. ADDRESSABLE SMOKE DETECTOR
Features:
Low profile, 2 inches, with base.
Simple and reliable addressing without mechanical switch.
Automatic drift compensation for sensor contamination.

148 of 312
 Shall have built-in test feature.
Shall have vandal-resistant locking feature.
Shall be field cleanable.
Shall be UL listed.
Operating voltage: 17 – 41 VDC.
Current Consumption: Standby: 0.55 mA, Alarm: 0.55 mA.
Operating Temperature: 0 deg. C to 49 deg. C.
Relative Humidity: 85% non-condensing.
Sensitivity: 0.88% - 3.56 FT
Air Velocity: 500 – 400 FPM.
5. ADDRESSABLE HEAT DETECTOR
Features:
· Low profile, 2 inches, with base.
· Simple and reliable addressing without mechanical switch.
· Absolute temperature device.
· Shall use digital communication protocol.
· Shall be UL listed.
· Operating voltage: 17 – 41 VDC.
· Current Consumption: Standby: 0.55 mA, Alarm: 0.55 mA.
· Detection Temperature Range: 57 deg. C to 65 deg. C.
6. MANUAL CALL POINT
Features:
· The Addressable Manual pull station shall be provided by the same manufacturer that supplies the
control panel, and shall be UL Listed and FM Approved as compatible with the panel.
· The manual pull stations shall be of the non-coded, single action
type, capable of being either surface or semi-flush mounted.
· The manual pull stations shall require a key to reset the station.
· All metal construction.
· Contacts are rated @ 3 amp. 120 V ac or 0.5 amp. @ 125 V dc.
· Enclosed switch.
· With Monitor Module.
· Operating voltage: 24 volts
7. AUDIO VISUAL STROBE
Features:
24 V dc/FWR non-synchronized strobes.
Steady-tone or temporal sound (82 dB typical) with 15 mA horn current Switch terminals shall
accept 12 SWG wire.
Operating temperature: 0 to 49 degree C. Primary input voltage: 20-31 Vdc regulated to FWR. Typical
dB rating at 10 feet: 82 dB. Shall be UL listed.
8. CABLE
Features:
Shall be of 1.5 sq. mm PVC insulated Multi strand copper cable.
Shall run in pair with different colour codes.

9. PVC CONDUIT
Features:
19 mm dia. PVC pipe of 1.5 mm thick.

10. CASING CAPING

Features:
The casing capping shall be of 3/4” size
11. CARBON DIXIDE TYPE PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Features:
It shall confirm to IS: 2878.

149 of 312
 Shall be of capacity 4.5 kg.
It shall be made from ISI marked seamless cylinder confirming to IS: 7285. The cylinder shall be fitted
with ISI marked controlled valve confirming to IS: 3224. It shall have high pressure 1mtr discharge
hose & horn complete with initial gas charged with carrying handle & wall mounting bracket.
12. ABC TYPE STORED PRESSURE PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Features:
It shall confirm to IS: 13849.
The capacity shall be 2 kg.
13. MECHANICAL FOAM TYPE PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Features:
It shall confirm to IS: 10204.
The capacity shall be 9 litres.
Shall content 540 ml of AFFF liquid ISI marked, IS: 4989 part II.
Shall have CO2 Gas Cartridge conforming to IS: 4947
14. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
Features:
The amplifier shall be of 60 W powers.
The speakers shall be of 5 W power
The mode selector switch shall have 7 zones
The complete system shall be supplied with a microphone and its
stand along with suitable connecting cable
The system must work with Main FACP to operate a pre-recorded
voice annunciation
15. EXIT GLOW LIGHTS
Features:
Shall have 2 hr of battery back-up.
18-watt CFL Shall be of standard size.
Both ‘Recessed mounted Type’ and ‘Surface mounted Type’ shall be used.
16. SELF ILLUMINATING EXIT SIGN
Features:
Shall be standard size, preferably 8” X 4” size.
Shall be self-illuminating in nature in dark or in case of power failure.
17. CABLE
Features:
Shall be of 2C X 1.5 sq. mm PVC insulated single strand armored cu. cable. Shall run in pair in MS
Conduit wherever necessary.
18 LIGHT DUTY MS CONDUIT
Features:
1” dia. MS pipe of 1.5 mm thick or suitable size for double run wherever necessary.

Technical specification of 11 KV/0.433 KV Substation

TRANSFORMER:
The transformer along with its accessories shall confirm in all respect to the latest publication of
relevant Indian Standards Specifications and IS:2026/ 1977, IS:1180/ 1989 and IS:6600.
The transformer shall have core type construction and oil immersed naturally cooled (ONAN) as
mentioned below and shall be suitable for outdoor service as step down transformer. The rating and
electrical characteristics of the transformer shall be as follows.
1. Type of Winding Aluminum
2. Rated HT Voltage 11000 Volt
3. Rated LT Voltage 433 Volt
4. Rated Frequency 50 Hz

150 of 312
 5. Number of Phases 3
6. Connection on HT Side Delta
7. Connection on LT Side Star
8. Vector Group DY11
9. Type of Cooling ONAN

The primary winding shall be connected in Delta and secondary winding in Star so as to
produce a positive displacement of 30 degree from the primary to the secondary vectors of the same
phase. Secondary side of the transformer shall be provided with weather proof cable end box,
suitable size palm connector on L.T. side bushing and the copper bus-bar of current density
1.65A/sqmm for easy termination of required size of 1100 V grade PVC insulated armoured
aluminum cable. The neutral of the secondary winding shall be brought out to a separate insulated
terminal for termination of 2nos 40 x 6mm copper strips.

All HV and LV coil ends shall be provided with crimped lugs. The Star point on LV side shall
be properly sleeved and crimped in stud of jointing with aluminum soldering. All transformers shall
be oil-immersed weather proof and suitable for outdoor installation. The transformer shall be
designed and manufactured to withstand the damage, thermal and dynamic effects of an external
short circuit. The manufacturer shall furnish all relevant design data and calculations in support of
having fulfilled this requirement as stipulated under clause 9.0 of IS :2026 (Part - 1) 1997.

The temperature rise shall not exceed the limit of 55 degree Celsius measured by resistance
method for transformer winding and 45 degree Celsius by thermometer in top oil when tested in
accordance with IS:2026/1977. The No-load and load losses shall not exceed the values as specified
in ISS. The losses of the transformer shall be same as that of a transformers specified in ECBC as
per BEE. Losses will be capitalised for comparison purpose. The recommended percentage
impedance for all transformers shall be 5.0% subject to a tolerance as per IS:2026/1977. Over-flux
in the core shall be limited to 12.5% in order to ensure that in the event of over voltage to the extent
of 12.5%, so that the core does not get saturated. The transformer oil shall comply with requirement
of IS:335/ 1972 amended up to date “Specification for Insulating oil for Transformer & Switchgear
(Low Viscosity)”.

All transformers shall be capable of giving a continuous output without exceeding the specified
temperature rise. A conservator of sufficient capacity shall be provided. It shall have a filling hole
with cover, drain plug and oil gauge. In addition, the cover of the main tank shall be provided with
an air release plug to enable trapped air to be released unless the conservator is so located as to
eliminate the possibility of air being trapped within the main tank. The silica-gel breather shall be
fixed to it.

The inside diameter of the pipe connecting the conservator to the main tank shall be within
20mm to 40mm and it should project into the conservator tank in such a way that its end is
approximately 20mm above the bottom of the conservator, so as to create a sump for collection of
impurities. The minimum oil level (corresponding to 5 degree) shall be above the sump level.
Transformer tank shall be robust construction in accordance with best engineering practice. The
thickness of top & bottom plates shall be minimum 4mm and that of sides 3.15mm. The internal
clearance of the tank shall be such that it shall facilitate easy lifting of core with coils from the
tank without dismantling the LT bushing etc.
The bushing shall confirm to IS:2099/1973,” Specification for High Voltage Porcelain
Bushing”. The bushing rods and nuts shall be made of brass. The dimension of bushing shall
confirm to IS:3347 (Part - V), Sec-1, 1979 and latest amendment, if any, for porcelain part as well
as metal parts. Minimum phase-to-phase clearance of 255mm or latest amendments, if any, for HV
bushing shall be obtained with the bushing mounted on the transformer.

151 of 312
 The exterior of the transformer tank and other ferrous fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned,
scrapped and given a priming coat and two finishing coats of durable oil and weather resisting paint
of enamel. The colour of the finishing coats shall be dark, admiral grey confirming to No 632 of
IS:5/1961, “Colour for Ready Mixed Paints” second revision.
Each transformer shall be provided with non-detachable rating and terminal marking plates of
weather proof material fitted in a visible position and showing complete information as given in
IS:1180 (Part - I)/ 1981 or any authoritative standard for transformer.
The transformer shall be capable of withstanding the power frequency and impulse test voltage
as prescribed in relevant ISS.
LIST OF FITTINGS TO BE PROVIDED WITH TRANSFORMER:
1. Two numbers earthing terminals.
2. One number three-position oil level gauge.
3. Two numbers lifting lugs.
4. One number rating diagram and terminal marking plate.
5. One number silica-gel breather of weatherproof design.
6. One number top filter valve (25mm with adopter for 16mm hose) with plug.
7. One number 25mm drain cum sampling valve with plug.
8. One-number filling hole with airtight cap.
9. One number conservator tank with drain plug and filling hole with airtight cap.
10. One number air release plug main tank top cover.
11. One number explosion vent.
12. Four numbers unidirectional roller.
13. Three sets of arcing horns (on HT side).
14. Three numbers outdoor type HT bushing on one side of the tank.
15. Four numbers LT bushing on other side of the tank.
16. One set of radiators welded to the tank.
17. L.T side end termination box.
N.B: The party should be intimate the TPCODL Engineer (E.E. E&MR Division – II, BBSR)
to test the transformer at factory site before installation at your premises, otherwise the power supply
cannot be effected and test report must be submitted before charging. The transformer will be fitted
with LT cable end box which will be sealed by TPCODL MRT after charging. Xerox copy of the
cash memo with “Test Certificate” & “Type test” report should be submitted to the undersigned
before dispatch.
Installation of Transformer: -The installation shall confirm to Indian Standard Code of Practice
IS: 1886/1967 and meet with the approval of the Electrical Inspectorate and other statutory bodies.
The transformer shall be positioned with acceptable clearance all around.
Visual inspection shall be conducted for mechanical damage to any part of parts, leaking
tanks, tubes and bushings. Suitable steps shall be taken to rectify the defects immediately. Before
connecting the transformer to the supply, the tank must be earthed by two separate and distinct
connections through two separate copper leads of not less than 40 x 6mm cross section each. All
connections to the earthing system should be visible for inspection. Gas or water pipes should not
be used for such earth connection.
The star point of LV winding shall be earthed by means of two separate and distinct earth
conductors of not less than 40 x 6 mm strips. Earth resistance shall not exceed 2 ohms. The
Contractor shall provide necessary earthing system to achieve the required earth resistance.
The transformer along with its accessories shall confirm in all respect to the latest publication
of relevant Indian Standards Specifications and IS: 2026/ 1977, IS: 1180/ 1989 and IS: 6600.

Lightning Arrestor:

152 of 312
Supply: - The contractor shall supply the 12KV Lightning Arrestors. Non-linear resistor type
distribution class lightning arrestor with 12 KV RMS voltage rating and 10 KA standard discharge
current shall be used. The lightning arrestor shall confirm to IS: 3070 (Part–I) /1974. All other
materials required for installation of lightning arrestor such as nut bolts etc. shall be provided by
the contractor.
Installation of Lightning Arrestor: - The 11KV lightning arrestor shall be fixed to the Top channel
as per REC specification, TPCODL norms and I.E. Rules complete as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge.

Air Break Switch:

Supply: - The contractor shall supply the 11KV AB switch. The 11KV AB switch shall be
despatched to work site after conducting the pre-delivery factory inspection and issue of despatch
clearance by this office or his authorised representative. The contractor shall make arrangement for
transportation of these materials to the work site and store, handle and erect it at his own cost.
The Air Break Switch (A.B. Switch) shall be horizontal gang operated two-insulator version rotating
type confirming to relevant Indian Standard specification amended up to date. There shall be two
numbers 12 KV post insulators per phase. It shall be rated to carry a nominal current of 400 Amp
or more at rated frequency. The contacts shall be self-aligned, high-pressure jaw type and shall be
made of electrolytic copper. The operating handle shall be made of 6-metre long single length 32mm
NB medium gauge GI pipe. Pad locking arrangement shall be provided at both “ON” and “OFF”
position. The supporting channel shall be made of hot dip galvanised 75mm x 40mm mild steel
channel. All other materials required for installation of AB switch such as nut bolts etc shall be
provided by the contractor.
Installation of AB switch: - The 11KV AB switch shall be fixed to the structural member of the DP
structure as per REC specification, TPCODL norms and I.E. Rules complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
Horn Gap Fuse:
Supply: - The contractor shall supply the 11KV HG fuse. The Horn Gap Fuse (H.G. Fuse) shall be
suitable for horizontal mounting confirming to relevant Indian Standard specification amended up
to date. There shall be two numbers 12 KV post insulators per phase. It shall be rated to carry a
nominal current of 400 Amp at rated frequency. Arcing horns made of silver plated copper rods
with screwing arrangement shall be provided. All other materials required for installation of HG
fuse such as nut bolts etc shall be provided by the contractor.
Installation of HG Fuse: - The 11KV HG fuse shall be fixed to the structural member of the DP
structure as per REC specification, TPCODL norms and I.E. Rules complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.

Painting:- All steel works used in the construction of the panel must undergo a rigorous metal
treatment process. All sheet steel components shall be Degreased, Pickled & Phosphatised to
prevent the surface from rusting & ensure better paint adhesion. All components shall be
Passivated to remove water contaminants, which may affect the corrosion resistance. After the
above chemical process, all components shall be dried in drying chamber.
Two coats of primer cum surfacer shall be applied to ensure good rust inhibitive properties ensuring
a good adhesion between metal surface and paint. After the above operation, the panel is to be
applied with putty filling and the surface shall be rubbed thoroughly by sandpaper to provide a flaw
less surface. Then a final coat of stoving enamel paints will be applied, which would ensure a
uniform and good surface finish.
Bus bar System :- The arrangement of bus bars shall confirm to IS:375/1963. The bus bars and inter-
connections shall be of electrolytic annealed copper or high conductivity electrolytic wrought
aluminum of rectangular cross section as specified in Bill of Quantities.

153 of 312
The bus bars shall be suitable for carrying full load current for phases & neutral bus bars at
worst ambient conditions and shall be extensible on either side. Main horizontal bus bar shall be
of uniform cross section throughout the length of the panel. The bus bars shall be supported on
SMC/ DCM/ Glass fibre reinforced polyester, non-breakable non-hygroscopic, arc resistant,
flame retardant moulded support insulators at regular intervals. The bus bar shall have high
insulation resistance, high rigidity, high tracking index with built in anti tracking ribs providing
high creep-age distances to withstand the forces arising from short circuit in the system. Bus bars
shall be thoroughly cleaned at the joint locations and contact grease shall be applied just before
making a joint. These are insulated by HEAT SHRUNK PVC SLEEVES to provide additional
protection against accidental contact and to prevent failure in the presence of foreign matter. The
PVC SLEEVES shall be colour coded in phase sequence of R-Y-B & N. All bus bar shall be
provided in a separate chamber and properly ventilated. Separate bus bar shall be provided for
power supply to control wiring controlled by suitable rating MCB.
A separate horizontal earth bus bar made of Aluminium flats of adequate size to be provided at the
bottom of all cubicles along length of the panel with necessary terminating arrangements for
outgoing and external earth conductor.
The maximum current density shall be considered as 1.0 Amp/ sqmm for Aluminium and 1.5
Amp/sqmm for copper bus bar. The minimum clearance between the phases shall be 25 mm and
between phase and earth shall be 20mm. The interconnection between bus bar and switchgear of
rating above 63A shall be through strips having 125% of the switchgear current rating.
The entire bus bar shall be covered on the front with a Bakelite sheet barrier. In longer sections of
bus bar, provision shall be made for thermal expansion by providing flexible joints made out of
multi-foil thin copper/ aluminium foils. All joints shall be of clamped type as far as possible, else,
of bolted construction with double cover fishplates.
Cable Termination:- Panels shall be designed to facilitate PVC cable entry from bottom.
Removable gland plates shall be provided. Sufficient spaces for incoming/ outgoing connections
are to be provided to avoid sharp bending of cables. All terminal blocks are to be located in the
cable alley such that they allow easy approach for the termination/ attendance of outgoing power/
control cables. Spare outgoing terminals to be provided as and when required.
Arrangement Of Switchgears & Instruments: - The switches shall be so arranged that fuses are
not alive when the switch is in OFF position. No apparatus shall project beyond and edge of the
panel. No switch body shall be mounted within 25mm of any edge of the panel. The various live
parts shall be effectively screened by barriers of non-hygroscopic, non-inflammable insulating
materials or shall be so spaced that an arc can be maintained between such parts and earth. All items
of switchgears shall be readily accessible and all connections, including those to instrument and
apparatus, be easily traceable.
All switchgears above 63A rating and breakers shall be provided with door interlocks so as to open
only in OFF position. All MCCBs shall be provided with external operating handle. The ON, OFF,
TRIP (where available), Rating marking and nomenclature plates shall be provided near operating
handle.
Adequate space shall be provided for accommodating various instruments. These shall be accessible
for testing and maintenance without any accidental contact with live parts of circuit breakers,
switchgear, bus bar and inter-connections. The indicating lamps shall be provided with individual
switch and fuses. The voltmeters shall be provided with fuses for each phase.

Danger Board:- An enamelled danger notice plate shall be provided on each board connected to
medium voltage supply or above.
Cable:
Supply:- All required materials shall be supplied and erected by the Contractor. The cable shall
generally confirm to IS:1554/1996 amended upto date. It shall consist of a multiple core, as
required, of stranded aluminium conductor of nominal cross section as mentioned in bill of
quantities. The conductors shall be insulated with PVC compound by extrusion method. Each core

154 of 312
of the cable up to 10-sqmm shall be circular. For cables of higher cross section, the cores shall be
shaped. The cores of the cable shall be laid up and surrounded by inner sheath of PVC wrapping.
GI wire/ strip armours of suitable size and numbers shall be applied over the PVC insulation. The
armours shall be applied as closely as possible. The outer sheath shall be provided over the armours
by means of extruded PVC compound. The PVC compound to be used as insulation of conductor
and sheath of cable shall be suitable to operate at a maximum conductor temperature of 70 degree
Celcius. The cables shall be wound on wooden cable drums and shall be marked with the following
information.
Name of Manufacturer with ISI mark and number
Batch No & Date of Manufacture
Size of Cable
Length of Cable
The rate quoted per Metre of cable shall be firm. The payment would be made as per actual quantity
of cable supplied.

SOLAR PHOTO VOLTAIC POWER GENERATION SYSTEM:

Solar photo voltaic power generation system must be having 400 W Mono Crystalline Perc Modules
of 72 cells (6x 12) connected in arrays of desired capacity. The Module should be supplied along
with IP 68 Junction box. The module efficiency must be ≥ 20%. The make of Modules shall be of
reputed company only with prior approval. The panel should have 25 years linear performance
warranty. It should be supplied along with grid tie inverters of desired capacity having efficiency
more than 98%, Dual MPPT, IP 66 enclosures with C5 corrosion protection, OLED display, 25
years data storage through cloud. The inverter must be warrantied for 10 years. Make of the inverter
shall be of reputed company only with prior approval. The solar power generation system must be
having Galvanized structures to mount all the panels and must be designed to withstand 170 KM/HR
wind speed. The scope of work includes necessary installation and wiring with solar cables to the
inverter of suitable size. The system should be supplied along with necessary accessories like AC
DB, DC DB, Meters and other accessories of reputed make as mentioned in the approved make for
electrical items. The scope of work includes obtaining necessary permission from distribution
company & necessary formalities for net metering.

LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

The function of a lightning protection system is to protect structures from fire or mechanical
destruction and to prevent that persons in buildings are injured or even killed. An overall lightning
protection system consists of external lightning protection (lightning protection/earthing) and
internal lightning protection (surge protection).

155 of 312
Functions of an external lightning protection system
Interception of direct lightning strikes via an air-termination system Safe discharge of lightning
current to earth via a down-conductor system Distribution of the lightning current in the ground via
an earth-termination system

Functions of an internal lightning protection system

Prevention of dangerous sparking in the structure by establishing equipotential bonding or keeping
a separation distance between the LPS components and other electrically conducting elements.

Elements of a lightning protection system

A lightning protection system consists of the following elements:
 Air-termination system
 Down conductor
 Earth-termination system
 Separation distances
 Lightning equipotential bonding

Classes of LPS
Classes of LPS I, II, III and IV are defined as a set of construction rules based on the corresponding
lightning protection level (LPL). Each set comprises leveldependent (e.g. radius of the rolling
sphere, mesh size) and level-independent
construction rules (e.g. cross-sections, materials). To ensure permanent availability of complex data
and information technology systems even in case of a direct lightning strike, additional measures
are required to protect electronic devices and systems against surges.

CONVENTIONAL LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

A lightning rod or lightning conductor is a metal rod mounted on a structure and intended to protect
the structure from a lightning strike. If lightning hits the structure, it will preferentially strike the
rod and be conducted to ground through a wire, instead of passing through the structure, where it
could start a fire or cause electrocution. Lightning rods are also called finials, air terminals, or strike
termination devices.
In a lightning protection system, a lightning rod is a single component of the system. The lightning
rod requires a connection to earth to perform its protective function. Lightning rods come in many
different forms, including hollow, solid, pointed, rounded, flat strips, or even bristle brush-like. The
main attribute common to all lightning rods is that they are all made of conductive materials, such

156 of 312
as copper and aluminum. Copper and its alloys are the most common materials used in lightning
protection.
There are three methods of conventional lightning protection systems as below:
1. Cone of protection method (can be used for 20-30mtr structure height if
Level I protection)
2. Rolling Sphere Method
3. Mesh Method.
In Conventional lightning protection Lightning rod has limitation of coverage therefore when
protecting large area, multiple lightning rods required on structure top and all will be grid together.
Apart from that number of downconducts and earthings will be required on entire periphery area so
current will be discharged into earth using shortest distance.

Early Streamer Emission Lightning Protection (ESE):

Early Streamer Emission (ESE) air terminals are compliant to National French Code NFC 17-
102”2011. ESE terminals provided enhanced area of protection so single terminal can cover
multiple structures & surrounding areas. ESE uses the naturally occurring electrical field to
complete the timely release of an upward streamer. This process provides for a safe and efficient
method of controlling dangerous lightning energy at a preferred point. As a thunder storm gathers
overhead the ambient electrical field surrounding the ESE begins to rise in voltage. Upon the
approach of a down leader towards the protected area there is a rapid increase in the electric field
which initiates the triggering of an upward streamer from the ESE terminal. The concept of earlier
allows for a larger or enhanced area of protection to be provided by the ESE in comparison to a
conventional rod. With the release of the upward streamer from the finial tip earlier than other
competing structural points, theESE terminal becomes a preferred point for the capture of the
lightning discharge within the protected area.

Working of Stormking ESE Air Terminal:

157 of 312
During the static thunderstorm phase when the electric fields are steady at 5-15 KV/m the panels
present as a relatively low field intensification surface aided by the blunt configuration of the finial
tip. This restricts the production of “corona” or “point discharge” ions and is critical because
excessive production of ions (corona) results in a “space charge cloud” above the air terminal which
tends to mask the electrical field and inhibit the formation and progression of an up-leader. (See
step 1). The panels are isolated from each other as well as from the lightning rod to allow the panel
facing the down-leader to rise in voltage due to capacitive coupling with the approaching down-
leader. The electric field increases as the lightning down-leader approaches closer causing increased
voltage difference between the facing panel and the lightning rod. Eventually the voltage rises to
the point where a triggering arc is generated between the facing panel and the lightning rod. (See
step 2). By design and appropriate terminal placement this arc occurs at the right time to ensure the
resulting streamer will form a stable progressive up-leader(See step 3).

158 of 312
C. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF P.H. PORTION OF WORK
(Internal & External PH Engg. Works)
2.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS:

The detailed specifications given herein after are for the items that are required for the works
described in the schedule of quantities attached herein and shall be guidance for proper execution
of work to the required standards. It may also be noted that the specifications are of generalized
nature, and these shall be read in conjunction with the description of item in schedule of quantities
and drawings. The work also includes all minor details of construction which are obviously and
fairly intended, and which may not have been referred to in these documents but are essential for
the entire completion in accordance with standard Engineering practice.

Unless specifically otherwise mentioned all the applicable latest codes and standards published
by the Indian Standard Institution and all other standards shall govern in all respects of design,
workmanship, quality and properties of materials and methods of testing, method of measurements
etc. Wherever any reference to any Indian Standard Specification occurs in the documents relating
to this contract, the same shall be inclusive of all amendments issued there to or revisions thereof,
if any. In case there is no I.S.I specification for the particular work, such work shall be carried out
in accordance with the instructions in all respects, and requirements of the Engineer-in-charge. The
work shall be carried out in a manner complying in all respects with the requirements of relevant
byelaws of the Municipal Committee/Municipal Corporation/Development Authority/Improvement
Trust etc. under the jurisdiction of which the work is to be executed or as directed by the Engineer-
in-charge and, unless otherwise mentioned, nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
Samples of various materials, fittings etc. proposed to be incorporated in the work shall be
submitted by the contractor for approval of the Engineer-in-charge before order for bulk supply is
placed.
The contractor shall take instructions from the Engineer-in-charge regarding collection and
stacking of materials in any place. No excavated earth or building materials shall be stacked on
areas where other buildings, roads, services, compound walls etc are to be constructed.
The contractor shall maintain in perfect condition all works executed till the completion of
the entire work allotted to him. Where phased delivery is contemplated, this provision shall apply
to each phase.
The contractor shall give a performance test of the entire installation(s) as per standard
specifications before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra whatsoever shall be payable to
the contractor for the test.
The contractor shall clear the site thoroughly of all debris, surplus excavated materials and
rubbish etc. left out of his work and dress the site around the building to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge before the work is considered as complete.
The EIC-cum-Managing Director, OB&CC Ltd. shall be the sole deciding authority as to
the meaning, interpretations and implications for various provisions of the specifications and his
decision in writing shall be final and binding on all concerned.
In case any difference or discrepancy between the specifications and the description in
the schedule of quantities, the schedule of quantities shall take precedence. In case of any difference
or discrepancy between specifications and drawing, the specifications shall take precedence. In case
any difference or discrepancy between the specifications for Civil works and specification for Public
Health Engg. Works, specifications for civil works shall take precedence.

159 of 312
 2.2 LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS

The following IS codes shall be referred in execution of PH Engineering works

Indian Reaffirmation Subject
Standard
269-1989 Reaffirmed 2004 Specifications for 33 grade Ordinary Portland Cement

4985 PVC pipes for portable water supply

456-2000 -- Code of practice for Plain & Reinforced concrete
458-2003 -- Specifications for Concrete pipes
10124 -- Fabricated PVC fittings for Portable water supply
636-1988 Reaffirmed 2003 Firefighting hose, rubber lined, or fabric reinforced rubber lined
woven jacketed
638-1979 Reaffirmed 2003 Sheet rubber jointing & rubber insertion jointing
12235 Methods of tests for unplasticized PVC pipes for portable water
supplies.
ASTM D-2467 SCH80 uPVC fittings
1068 Electroplated coatings for nickel and chromium on iron steel and
brass fittings.
13592 Codes of Practice for uPVC SWR pipes.
771-1979(P-III) Reaffirmed 2003 Specific requirements of urinals
771-1985(P-III) Reaffirmed 2000 Specific requirements of urinals
5329 Code of practice for sanitary pipe work above ground for Building.
2556 Various sanitary appliances.
14735 uPVC SWR pipe fittings
781 Sand cast brass screw down bib taps &stop taps for water services.
774-1984 Reaffirmed 2000 Flushing cistern for water closet & urinals
775-1970 Reaffirmed 2000 Cast iron brackets and supports for wash basin and sink
5382 Rubber rings
1172 & 5329 Testing of Pipeline and fixtures of Plumbing of Building
781-1984 Reaffirmed 2001 Specifications for cast copper alloy screw down bib taps & stop
cocks for water services
1742 Code of Practice for Building drainage.
783-1985 Reaffirmed 2001 Code of practice for laying concrete pipes
784-2001 Reaffirmed 2002 Pre-stressed concrete pipes
884-1985 Reaffirmed 2000 Fire aid hose reel for firefighting (for fixed installation)
901-1988 Reaffirmed 2003 Specification for couplings, double males & double female,
instantaneous pattern for fire fighting
902-1992 Specification for suction hose couplings for firefighting purpose
903-1993 Reaffirmed 2003 Couplings for fire hose delivery, branch pipe, nozzles specification
904-1983 Reaffirmed 2000 Specification for 2 way & 3-way suction collecting heads for
firefighting purposes
905-1980 Reaffirmed 2002 Specification for delivery breechings, dividing and collecting
instantaneous pattern for fire fighting
906-1988 Reaffirmed 2000 Specification for revolving branch pipe for fire fighting
907-1984 Reaffirmed 2000 Specification for suction strainer, cylindrical type for fire fighting
908-1975 Reaffirmed 2000 Fire hydrants, stand post type
909-1992 Reaffirmed 2002 Specifications for underground fire hydrants sluice valve type
940-1989 -- Portable fire extinguisher, water type (Gas cartridge)

160 of 312
Indian Reaffirmation Subject
Standard
941-1985 Reaffirmed 2000 Specification for blower and exhauster for fire fighting
1172-1993 Reaffirmed 2002 Code of basic requirements for water supply, drainage and sanitation
1200- Reaffirmed 2002 Method of measurements for laying of water and sewer lines
1979(P-16) including appurtenant items
1200- Reaffirmed 2002 Method of measurement for water supply, plumbing and drains
1981(P-19)
2963 Non-Ferrous Waste fittings for Wash basin & Sink
3311 Waste coupling and its accessories for its wash basin.
1300-1994 Reaffirmed 2000 Phenolic molding material specification
5434 Nonferrous alloy Bottle trap
1703-2000 Ball valve (horizontal plunger type) including floats for water
supply
1711-1984 Reaffirmed 2000 Self-dosing taps
1726-1991 Reaffirmed 2003 Cast iron manhole covers and frames
1742-1983 Reaffirmed 2002 Code of practice for building drainage
1795-1982 Reaffirmed 2000 Pillar taps for water supply purpose
1979-1985 Reaffirmed 2002 Specification for high test line pipe
2065-1983 Reaffirmed 2001 Code of practice for water supply in buildings
2097-1983 Reaffirmed 2000 Specification for foam making branch pipe
2104-1981 Reaffirmed 2003 Water meter boxes (domestic type)
2171-1999 Specification for portable fire extinguisher, dry powder
2190-1992 Reaffirmed 2002 Code of practice for selection, installation & maintenance of
portable first aid fire extinguisher
2267-1995 Reaffirmed 2000 Polystyrene moulding and extension materials
2326-1987 Reaffirmed 2003 Automatic flushing cistern for urinals
2379-1990 Reaffirmed 2000 Color code for identification of pipe lines
2401-1973 Reaffirmed 2003 Code of practice for selection, installation & maintenance of
domestic water meters
2470-1985 Reaffirmed 2001 Design criteria and construction
(P-I)
2527-1984 Reaffirmed 2000 Code of practice for fixing rain eater gutters and down pipe for roof
drainage
2546-1974 Reaffirmed 2000 Specification for galvanized mild steel fire bucket
2548- Reaffirmed 2002 Plastic water closet seats and covers
1996(P-I)
2548- Reaffirmed 2002 Plastic water closet seats and covers
1996(P-II)
2556 (P I to Specification for vitreous (vitreous china) sanitary appliances
XV)
2556-1994 Reaffirmed 2004 General requirements
(P-I)
2556-1994 Reaffirmed 1999 Specific requirements of wash down water closets
(P-II)
2556-2004 Specific requirements of squatting pans
(P-III)
2556-2004 Specific requirements of wash basins
(P-IV)
2556-1995 Reaffirmed 2003 Specific requirements of urinals & partition plates
(P-VI)
2556- Reaffirmed 2003 Specific requirements of accessories for sanitary appliances
1995(P-VII)

161 of 312
Indian Reaffirmation Subject
Standard
2556- Reaffirmed 1998 Specific requirements of pedestal close coupled & wash down and
1995(P- symphonic water closets
VIII)
2643-1999 -- Type threads where pressure tight joints are not mase on the threads
dimension, tolerances and designation
2692-1989 Reaffirmed 2003 Specifications for ferrules for water services
2871-1983 Reaffirmed 2000 Specification for branch pipe, universal, for firefighting purpose
2878-2004 Fire extinguisher, carbon dioxide type (portable and trolley
mounted)
specification
2951 (P I to Recommendation for estimate of flow of liquids in closed conduits
II)
2951-1965 Reaffirmed 2003 Head loss in straight pipes due to frictional resistance
(P-I)
2951-1965 Reaffirmed 2003 Head loss in valves & fittings
(P-II)
3076-1985 Reaffirmed 2003 Low density polyethylene pipes for portable water supply
ASTM D-2846 CPVC fittings
3311-1979 Reaffirmed 2003 Water plug & its accessories for sinks and wash basins
3328-1993 Reaffirmed 2003 Quality tolerance for water for swimming pools
3389-1994 Reaffirmed 2000 Urea formaldehyde moulding materials
ASTM D-2467 uPVC fittings SCH 80
ASTM D -2564 Solvent cement of uPVC
15778-2007 -- SDR 11 CPVC pipe of Working Pressure 28.1 kg cm2 at 23 0 C &
7 kgcm2 at 82 Degree C.
ASTM D 2846 -- Method of test for concrete pipes
class 1
3597-1998
3844-1989 Reaffirmed 2000 Code of practice for installation & maintenance of internal fire
hydrants hose reels in premises
3950-1979 Reaffirmed 2003 Specification for surface boxes for sluice valve
3989-1984 Reaffirmed 2000 Centrifugally cast (spun) iron spigot and socket soil, waste and
ventilating pipes, fittings & accessories
4038-1986 Reaffirmed 2000 Foot valves for water works purposes
4111 (P I to Code of practice for ancillary structures in sewage system
V)
4111-1986 Reaffirmed 2001 Manholes
(P-I)
4111-1986 Reaffirmed 2001 Flushing tanks
(P-II)
4111-1986 Reaffirmed 2001 Inverted siphon
(P-III)
4111-1986 Reaffirmed 2001 Pumping stations & pumping mains (rising mains)
(P-IV)
4111-1986 Reaffirmed 2004 Tidal out falls
(P-V)
4120-1967 Reaffirmed 2000 Tubs & baths
4127-1983 Reaffirmed 2001 Code of practice for laying of glazed stone ware pipes
4308-2003 -- Dry chemical powder for firefighting B & C class fires
specification
4350-1967 Reaffirmed 2001 Specification for concrete porous pipes for under drainage

162 of 312
Indian Reaffirmation Subject
Standard
4733-1972 Reaffirmed 1992 Methods of sampling & test for sewage effluents
4736-1986 Reaffirmed 2001 Specification for hot dip zinc coating on mild steel tubes
4854 (P I to Glossary terms for valves and their parts
III)
1854-1969 Reaffirmed 1999 Screw down stop, check & gate valves & their parts
(P-I)
4854-1968 Reaffirmed 1999 Plug valves & cocks & their parts
(P-II)
4854-1974 Reaffirmed 1999 Butterfly valves
(P-III)
4927-1992 Reaffirmed 2002 Unlined flax canvass hose for fire fighting
4947-1985 Reaffirmed 2000 Specification for gas cartridge for use in fire extinguishers
4984-1995 Reaffirmed 2002 Specification for HDPE pipes for water supply
4985-2000 -- Specification for unplasticised PVC pipes for potable water
supplies
5290-1993 Reaffirmed 2003 Specification for landing valves
5312 (P-I) -- Swing check type reflux (non return) valve
5312-1984 Reaffirmed 2000 Reflux ( non-return) valves single door pattern
(P-I)
5329-1983 Reaffirmed 2001 Code of practice for sanitary pipe work above ground for building
5330-1984 Reaffirmed 2000 Criteria for design for anchor blocks for pen stocks with expansions
joints
5382-1985 Reaffirmed 2003 Specification for rubber sealing rings for water, gas & sewer mains
5455-1969 Reaffirmed 2003 Cast iron steps for manholes
5600-2002 -- Specification for sewage and drainage pumps
5611-1987 Reaffirmed 2002 Code of practice for waste stabilization ponds (facultative type)
5714-1981 Reaffirmed 2002 Specifications for hydrant stand pipe for fire fighting
5822-1994 Reaffirmed 2004 Code of practice for laying of welded steel pipes for water supply
5961-1970 Reaffirmed 2003 Specifications for cast iron grating for drainage purpose
6234-2003 -- Portable fire extinguisher water type (stored pressure) specification
6279-1971 Reaffirmed 2001 Equipment for grit removal
6280-1971 Reaffirmed 2001 Sewage screens
6295-1986 Reaffirmed 2001 Code of practice for water supply & drainage in high altitude &/or
subzero region
6392-1971 Reaffirmed 1998 Steel pipe flanges
6411-1985 Reaffirmed 2000 Specification for gel coated glass fiber reinforced polyester resin
bath
tubs
6494-1988 Reaffirmed 2000 Code of practice for water proofing of underground water tanks
7231-1994 Reaffirmed 2004 Specifications for plastic flushing cisterns for w.c.& urinals
7558-1974 Reaffirmed 2001 Code of practice for domestic hot water installation
7634 (P I to Code of practice for plastic pipe work for potable water supplies
III)
7634-1975 Reaffirmed 2002 Choice of materials & general recommendations
(P-I)
7634-1975 -- Laying & jointing unplasticised PVC pipes
(P-III)
7740-1985 Reaffirmed 2001 Code of practice for road gullies
7834 (P I to Injection moulded PVC socket fittings with solvent cement joints
VIII) for
water supplies

163 of 312
Indian Reaffirmation Subject
Standard
7834-1987 Reaffirmed 2003 General requirements
(P-I)
7834-1987 Reaffirmed 2003 Specific requirements for 45 elbows
(P-II)
7834-1987 Reaffirmed 2003 Specific requirements for 90 elbows
(P-III)
7834-1987 Reaffirmed 2003 Specific requirements for 90 tees
(P-IV)
7834-1987 Reaffirmed 2003 Specific requirements for 45 tees
(P-V)
7834-1987 Reaffirmed 2003 Specific requirements for sockets
(P-VI)
7834-1987 Reaffirmed 2003 Specific requirements for unions
(P-VII)
7834-1987 Reaffirmed 2003 Specific requirements for caps
(P-VIII)
8008 (P I to Injection moulded HDPE fittings for potable water supplies
VII)
8008-2003 -- General requirements for fittings
(P-I)
8008-2003 Reaffirmed 1997 Specific requirements for 90 bends
(P-II)
8008-2003 -- Specific requirements for 90 tees
(P-III)
8008-2003 -- Specific requirements for reducers
(P-IV)
8008-2003 -- Specific requirements for ferrule reducers
(P-V)
8008-2003 -- Specific requirements for pipe ends
(P-VI)
8090-1976 Reaffirmed 2000 Coupling, branch pipe, nozzle used in hose reel tubing for fire
fighting
8413 (P-I) Requirements for biological treatment equipment
8413-1977 Reaffirmed 2001 Trickling filter
(P-I)
8835-1978 Reaffirmed 1999 Guideline for planning and design of surface drains
8931-1993 Reaffirmed 2003 Specifications for copper alloys fancy single taps, combination tap
assembly & stop valves for water services
9140-1996 Reaffirmed 2002 Method of sampling of vitreous & fire clay sanitary appliances
9338-1984 Reaffirmed 2000 Specification for cast iron screw down stop valves and stop &
check valves for water works purpose
9668-1990 Reaffirmed 2000 Code of practice for provision and maintenance of water supplies
for fire fighting
9739-1981 Reaffirmed 2003 Specifications for pressure reducing valves for domestic water
supply system
9758-1981 Reaffirmed 2003 Flush valves and fittings for water closets & urinals
9762-1994 Reaffirmed 2004 Specifications for polyethylene floats for float valves
10221-1982 Reaffirmed 1997 Code of practice for coating and wrapping of underground MS steel
pipeline
11108-1984 Reaffirmed 2000 Specification for portable fire extinguisher halon 1211 type
11606-1986 Reaffirmed 2000 Method of sampling of cast iron pipes and fittings

164 of 312
Indian Reaffirmation Subject
Standard
12183- Reaffirmed 2004 Code of practice for plumbing in multi storied buildings (for water
1987(P-I) supply)
12231-1987 Reaffirmed 2003 UPVC pipes for section & delivery lines of agricultural pumps
12235-1986 Reaffirmed 1998 Method of test for UPVC pipe for potable water supply
12288-1987 Reaffirmed 2002 Code of practice for use and laying of ductile iron pipes
12469-1988 Reaffirmed 2002 Specifications for pumps
12592-2002 -- Precast concrete frame & cover (SFRC frame & cover)
12701-1996 Reaffirmed 2002 Specifications for rotational moulded polyethylene water storage
tanks
12709-1994 Reaffirmed 2004 Glass fiber reinforce plastic (GRP) pipes, joints & fittings for use
for potable water supply specification
12820-1989 Reaffirmed 1999 Dimensional requirements of rubber gaskets for mechanical joints
& push in joints for use with cast iron pipes & fittings for carrying
water, gas & sewage
13095-1991 Reaffirmed 2003 Butterfly valves for general purpose
13382-2004 -- Cast iron specials for mechanical & push on flexible joints for
pressure pipelines for water, gas & sewage
13592-1992 Reaffirmed 2002 Specifications for PVC soil, waste & rain water (SWR) including
ventilation pipes
13593-1992 Reaffirmed 2002 UPVC pipes fittings for use with section and delivery lines for
agricultural pumps specification
13916-1994 Reaffirmed 2004 Code of practice for installation of GRP piping system
13983-1994 Reaffirmed 2004 Specifications for stainless steel kitchen sinks & drain boards for
domestic purpose
14333-1996 Reaffirmed 2001 Specifications for HDPE pipes for sewerage system
14402-1996 Reaffirmed 2001 GRP pipes, joints & fittings specification
14735-1999 Reaffirmed 2004 UPVC injection moulded fittings for UPVC SWR pipes
specification
14845-2000 Reaffirmed 2004 Resilient seated cast iron air relief valves for water works purposes
specification
14846-2000 Specifications for sluice valve for water works purpose (50 to
1200mm size)
15265-2003 Specifications for flexible PVC pipes or polymer reinforcement
thermoplastic hoses for suction and delivery lines for agricultural
pumps
15328-2003 UPVC non pressure pipes for use in underground drainage and
sewerage system specification
15450-2004 Polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene composite pressure pipes for
hot and cold water supplies specification

2.3 MINIMUM WEIGHT OF MOST COMMONLY USED SANITARY APPLIANCES

& WATER

FITTINGS:
The minimum unit weight of each fitting shall not be less than as given in the following table and
tolerance for weight shall be as per relevant IS codes.
Sl Description of items Nominal IS code Minimum
size / unit
thickness weight

165 of 312
 1 Brass non fancy type bib tap please see 15mm 781-1984 400 Grams
table under relevant item for other sizes
2 C.P brass fancy type bib tap 15mm 8931-1993 550 Grams
3 Brass non fancy types stop cock 15mm 781-1984 330 Grams
internally threaded
4 Brass non fancy types stop cock 15mm 781-1984 400 Grams
externally threaded
5 C.P brass fancy types stop cock 15mm 8931-1993 550 Grams
6 C.P brass concealed typed stop cock 15mm 8931-1993 750 Grams
7 C.P brass fancy pillar tap 15mm 1795-1982 650 Grams
8 C.P brass waste coupling 32mm 3311-1979 200 Grams
9 C.P brass waste coupling 40mm 3311-1979 250 Grams
10 C.I Nahani trap 165mm inlet 75mmoutlet 1729-2002 6.5 kg
/3989-1984
11 C.I floor trap 100mm inlet 75mm outlet 1729-2002 4.8 kg
/3989-1984
12 C.I Nahani trap with 20mm water seal 65mm outlet Non ISI 4.5 kg
13 Cast iron surface box for sluice valve 3950-1979 33 kg
rectangular shape

3. SANITARY INSTALLATION

3.1 INDIAN WATER CLOSET

GENERAL: The item pertains for providing white or color glazed vitreous chinaware Indian water
closet of size and color as specified in the schedule including fixing.
MATERIAL: Squatting pan (Orissa Pattern) is of white, or color glazed vitreous china conforming
to IS 2556 part III 2004. Pan shall have flushing rim and are inlet of self- draining type. It shall
have weep holes at the following inlet to the pan. The flushing inlet shall be in front unless otherwise
specified. The inside of the bottom of the pan shall have sufficient slope from the front to the outlet
and surface shall be uniform and smooth to enable easy quick disposal while flushing. The exterior
surface of the outlet below the flange shall be an unglazed surface which shall have groove at right
angle to the axis of the outlet. In all the cases pan shall have be provided with 110mm P trap uPVC
SW pipe ( IS 14735.)

The water closet pan shall be placed in position as shown in the drawing. The uPVC SW “P” trap
shall be fixed on the floor with C, M.1:3, placing around the” P“ trap. Then IWC shall be supported
on loose brick & then P.C.C.1:4:8 using hard Granite metal 4cm Nominal size shall be placed under
the IWC & shall be perfectly compacted surround the below the IWC, complete or as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge. The pan shall be fixed slightly lower than the floor level. If the pan or trap
is damaged during handling or fixing, it shall be replaced by the contractor at his own cost. The pan,
trap and uPVC, SW pipe shall be jointed with help of thermoplastic rubber co-moulded on high
strength polyolefin EN 681-2 D.M. seal & lipring for P or S trap. The gap between WC and floor
shall be finished with white/matching cement as directed.

PROTECTION AND FINAL CLEANING: The IWC shall be covered with husk and sand till all
the civil and electrical works are completed and shall be removed and cleaned on completion of
civil and electrical works prior to testing and handing over. However, the contractor should ensure
that the outlet is plugged with gunny bags or similar materials to avoid the pipe getting blocked.

166 of 312
[Link] MOUNTED EUROPEAN WATER CLOSET

The work shall include the supply, installation, and fixing of a floor-mounted European Water
Closet (EWC) of approved make, size, and colour as specified in the Schedule of Quantities,
complete with all necessary fittings and accessories. The water closet shall be so fixed that the front
edge (tip) of the pan is maintained at a distance of 780 mm from the rear wall, and it shall be
provided with either a ‘P’ trap or ‘S’ trap as per site conditions and suitability. The top level of the
EWC seat shall be maintained at a height of 400 mm above the finished floor level, while the top
of the low-level flushing cistern shall be fixed at 895 mm above the finished floor level. The toilet
paper holder shall be installed at a height of 450 mm above the finished floor level or as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge. All installation shall be carried out true to alignment and level, ensuring
proper functionality and a neat finish.

3.3. (C) WASH HAND BASIN (HALF PEDESTAL TYPE)

The wash hand basin shall be of wall-mounted half pedestal type made of approved vitreous
china, fixed to the wall with suitable brackets and anchor fasteners. The height of bracket
placement shall be maintained at 790 mm from finished floor level (FFL). The center-to-
center distance between brackets shall be 580 mm for basins of size 630 mm × 460 mm and
500 mm for basins of size 560 mm × 400 mm. The top level of the wash basin shall be
maintained between 800 mm to 850 mm above [Link] half pedestal shall be fixed to the
wall below the basin to conceal the waste pipe and trap, without taking any structural load
of the basin. A glass shelf shall be provided at a height of 300 mm above the top of the
basin, maintaining proper alignment. A mirror shall be installed at a height of 1250 mm
from finished floor level, and a towel rail shall be fixed at 1100 mm from [Link]
multiple basins are installed in a row, the minimum center-to-center spacing between
basins shall be 900 mm, and each basin shall be located at a minimum distance of 450 mm
from the adjacent wall. All fixtures shall be properly aligned, leveled, sealed with approved
silicone sealant, and tested for leakage after installation.

3.4. WASH HAND BASIN (UNDER COUNTER TYPE)

The wash hand basin shall be of under counter type, made of approved vitreous china,
fixed beneath a countertop slab using suitable brackets, clamps, and adhesive sealant as per
manufacturer’s recommendations. The rim level of the countertop shall be maintained
between 800 mm to 850 mm above finished floor level (FFL).The basin shall be securely
fixed to the underside of the counter ensuring a watertight joint between the basin and
countertop using approved sealant. Suitable cut-out in the countertop shall be made as per
basin template to ensure proper fit and alignment. Waste outlet and trap shall be concealed
within the counter space.A mirror shall be installed at a height of 1250 mm from finished
floor level, and a towel rail shall be fixed at 1100 mm from FFL. Where required, a glass
shelf may be provided above the counter at an appropriate height aligned with the
[Link] multiple basins installed in a row, the minimum center-to-center spacing shall
be 900 mm, with each basin located at least 450 mm away from the adjacent wall. All
installations shall be properly aligned, leveled, and sealed to prevent leakage, and shall
comply with standard plumbing and architectural practices.

167 of 312
3.4. WASH HAND BASIN (COUNTER TOP TYPE)

Providing and fixing counter-top type wash hand basin made of approved quality vitreous
china, conforming to relevant IS standards, of approved make, size, and colour, placed over
a polished granite countertop slab of approved thickness, shade, and finish. The granite slab
shall be properly supported on masonry or suitable framework and shall include necessary
cut-outs, edge polishing, and finishing as per approved drawings. The basin shall be
accurately positioned over the countertop, and a suitable opening shall be made as per the
manufacturer’s template to ensure proper fit and alignment. The basin shall be fixed using
approved quality sealant to provide a firm, stable, and watertight joint between the basin
and slab. The rim level of the countertop shall be maintained between 800 mm to 850 mm
above Finished Floor Level (FFL), unless otherwise specified. The work shall include all
necessary fittings and accessories such as waste coupling, bottle trap, and all required pipe
connections, with pipework neatly arranged and concealed wherever possible. A mirror
shall be fixed at 1250 mm above FFL and a towel rail shall be provided at 1100 mm above
FFL, and where required, a glass shelf may be installed above the counter aligned with the
mirror. For multiple basins installed in a row, the minimum center-to-center spacing shall
be 900 mm, with each basin located at least 450 mm away from the adjacent wall. The
complete installation shall be carried out true to line and level, ensuring proper drainage,
stability, and a neat and finished appearance, complete in all respects as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.

3.6 .WALL-HUNG WASH BASIN

Providing and fixing wall-hung type wash hand basin made of approved quality vitreous
china, conforming to relevant IS standards, of approved make, size, and colour. The basin
shall be securely fixed to the wall using suitable MS/CI brackets, concealed supports, or
rag bolts of adequate strength to ensure a rigid and stable installation capable of bearing
the load during use. The rim level of the basin shall be maintained between 800 mm to
850 mm above Finished Floor Level (FFL), unless otherwise specified. The basin shall be
installed true to line and level with proper alignment, and all joints between the basin and
wall shall be sealed with approved sealant to ensure a watertight and hygienic finish. The
work shall include all necessary fittings and accessories such as waste coupling, bottle
trap, and all required pipe connections, with exposed pipework neatly arranged and
aesthetically finished. A mirror shall be fixed at 1250 mm above FFL and a towel rail
shall be provided at 1100 mm above FFL, and where required, a glass shelf may be
installed above the basin aligned with the mirror. For multiple basins installed in a row,
the minimum center-to-center spacing shall be 900 mm, with each basin located at least
450 mm away from the adjacent wall. The complete installation shall be carried out
ensuring proper drainage, stability, and a neat appearance, complete in all respects as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

3.7 URINAL

GENERAL: The item pertains for providing color or white glazed vitreous chinaware urinal in
single and size as specified in the schedule with necessary fittings and appliances including fixing.
MATERIAL:Bowl type (with flushing rim): Urinal basin shall be flat back or corner wall type
lipped in front. The vitreous china conforming to IS 2556 (P-VI). Urinal shall have an integral
flushing rim and inlet or supply horn for connecting flush pipe. Flushing rim and inlet shall be of

168 of 312
the self-draining type. At bottom of basin and outlet horn for connecting outlet shall be provided.
The inside surface of the urinal shall be uniform and smooth throughout to ensure efficient flushing.
CP Brass flush pipe: The flushing arrangement to urinals for single shall be of CP brass with CP
brass spreader of 15mm dia conforming to IS 407.
FIXING
CP Brass flushing arrangement: The flushing arrangement to urinal in single or range shall be of
CP brass from 25mm dia to 15mm dia and CP brass spreader of 15mm size to each urinal including
the cost of CP brass elbow, tees, coupling, crosses, clamps, clips, union CP brass check nut and
screws etc.

3.8 FROST GLASS URINAL PARTITION.

GENERAL: The item pertains for providing Frost glass partition of size and color as specified in
the schedule including fixing.
MATERIAL: The partition shall be Frost glass. Frosted glass is produced when a piece of clear
glass is etched with acid or [Link] result is a piece of glass that is opaque but still
translucent. The blurred glass allows light to pass through it but it prevents you from seeing what is
on the other side. The beautiful frosty or cloudy surface adds an element of elegance and beauty to
space.
FIXING: Partition shall be fixed vertically in position as indicated in the drawing at proper height
600 mm from FFL. The size of Frost glass shall be 800 mm x 400 mm as per IS: 2064.
3.9 DIVISION PLATE / PARTITION PLATE
GENERAL: The item pertains for providing white or color glazed vitreous chinaware division plate
of size and color as specified in the schedule of size 800 x 400 mm including fixing.
MATERIAL: Division plate shall be white, or color glazed of size as specified in the schedule and
shall conform to IS 2556 (P-VI).
FIXING: Division plate shall be fixed vertically in position at proper height 600 mm from FFLwith
expandable anchor fasteners, CP brass screws, wooden plugs etc.
3.10 HALF ROUND CHANNEL
GENERAL: The item pertains for providing color or white glazed vitreous chinaware half round
channel of size and color as specified in the schedule including laying and fixing.
MATERIAL: The half round channel shall be of white, or color glazed vitreous chinaware of size
as mentioned in the schedule with or without dead end and shall conform to IS 2556 (P-VII)
FIXING: The channel shall be laid to the correct alignment to required slope. It shall be fixed on
80 mm thick bed of 1:2:4 cement concrete. The channel shall be used in standard length. Pieces are
not allowed except where it is necessary to make up exact length. The joint and gap shall be finished
with white / matching color cement.
3.11 uPVC SW FLOOR TRAP WITH STAINLESS STEEL HINGED GRATING.
GENERAL: The item pertains for providing uPVC SWR floor trap with stainless steel hinged
grating of size as specified in the schedule including fixing.
MATERIAL: The trap shall be uPVC SWR of IS:14735 or as specified in the schedule with hinged
shaped grating of stainless steel as specified.
FIXING: The uPVC SWR trap shall be laid to the correct alignment and to required slope. The trap
shall be fixed on 80 mm thick bed of 1:2:4 cement concrete with DM Seal.

169 of 312
3.12. FLAP TYPE TOILET PAPER HOLDER
GENERAL: The item includes providing CP on Brass flap type toilet paper holder of size 150 mm
as mentioned in the schedule including fixing.
MATERIAL: The toilet paper roll holder shall be of CP brass as specified and of size 150 mm and
design as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Toilet paper roll holder shall conform as per IS
standard and should have ISI mark.
FIXING: Toilet paper roll holder shall be fixed in position by means of CP brass covers and raw
plug embedded in the wall. Flap type toilet paper roll holder shall be fixed into the wall with PVC
inserter and steel Screw by means of drilling machine.
3.13 PVC WATER INLET CONNECTIONS
GENERAL: The item pertains to providing color or white PVC water inlet connection for cistern
and wash basins.
MATERIALS: PVC water inlet connection shall conform to IS specification and shall be of
standard pattern with nylon insulation of minimum 450mm long with CP brass check nut at both
the end and shall be able to withstand the testing pressure of 1 MPa (10kg/sqcm) &it shall be
15mmx450 mm braided hose connection pipe with both side nuts and rubber washers etc complete
as per direction of Engineer in-charge.
FIXING: The PVC water inlet connection shall be fixed in position as indicated in the drawing or
as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
3.14 CP SOAP DISH HOLDER
GENERAL: The item includes providing CP soap dish holder of size as mentioned in the schedule
including fixing.
MATERIAL: Soap dish shall be of CP on brass specified and of size; design is approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. Soap dish shall conform to relevant IS standard and should have ISI
certification mark.
FIXING: Soap dish shall be fixed in position by means of CP brass covers and raw plug embedded
in the wall. It shall be fixed with PVC inserter and steel screws.
3.15 BEVELLED EDGE GLASS MIRROR
GENERAL: The item providing beveled or plain edges mirror with or without frame of size as
mentioned in the schedule including fixing.
MATERIAL: The mirror shall be of superior sheet glass with edges rounded off or beveled, size
600x450mm unless specified in the schedule. It shall be free from flaws, specks or bubbles and
thickness plated and should not be less than 50mm. The back of mirror shall be uniformly silver
plated and should be free from silvering defects. Silvering shall now have a protective uniform
covering of red lid paint, where beveled edge mirror is not available. Fancy looking mirrors with
PVC beading/border or aluminum beading or stainless-steel beading/border based on manufacturers
specification, provided nothing extra shall be paid on this account. The backing of mirror shall be
provided with 6mm thick marine plywood or environmentally friendly material other than asbestos
sheet.
FIXING: Mirror shall be fixed in position with 6mm thick marine plywood backing. It shall be
fixed by means of 4 nos CP brass screws & caps over rubber washers and raw plug or as per
manufacturers specification unless specified otherwise the longer side shall be fixed horizontally.
3.16. GLASS SHELF

170 of 312
GENERAL: The item includes providing glass shelf of size 600 mm long as mentioned in the
schedule including fixing.
MATERIAL: Glass shelf shall consist of an assembly of glass shelf frame of size 600x125mm or
as specified in the schedule. It shall be with a pair of CP brass brackets fixed to the wall with CP
screws and CP brass rails all round with guard bar of 6mm diameter fixed to the glass shelf frame
with 5 numbers CP brass brackets. The glass shall not be less than 5mm thick. PVC stainless steel
shelf or as per manufacturer‘s specification and size as specified in the schedule of work shall be
provided.
FIXING: The complete accessories shall be fixed to proper line and level as indicated in drawing
with 40mm long CP brass screws, wooden raw plug, drilling hole and making good the wall to
original condition after fixing the glass shelf.
3.17. CP TOWEL RING
GENERAL: The item includes providing CP towel ring of size as mentioned in the schedule
including fixing.
MATERIAL: Towel rail shall be of CP brass with two CP brass bracket coated with chromium
plating of thickness not less than grade No 2 of IS 4827. The size of rail shall be 600mm x 20mm
dia unless otherwise specified in the schedule. Towel ring of CP brass with one CP brass bracket
with thickness not less than grade no 2 of IS 4827. The diameter of the ring shall be 175mm unless
otherwise specified in the schedule.
FIXING: The towel ring shall be fixed to proper line and level as indicated in drawing with CP
brass screws, wooden rawal plug, drilling hole etc. and making good the wall to original condition
after fixing the towel ring.

3.18 BIB TAP, STOP COCK & ANGLE STOP COCKS

GENERAL: The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass bib tap and stop cock and angle
stop cocks, free flanges (if joined to concealed pipe) including fixing.
MATERIAL: Bib cock (bib tap) is drawn off tap with a horizontal inlet and free out let and a stop
cock is a valve with a suitable means of connections for insertion in a pipe line for controlling or
stopping the flow. These shall be of size 15mm or as specified and shall be of screw down type.
The closing device shall work by means of disc carrying a renewable nonmetallic washer with shuts
against the water pressure on a seating right angle to the axis of the threaded spindle which operates
it. The handle shall be crutch, butterfly or fancy design type securely fixed to the spindle. The tap
shall open anti clock wise direction. Brass bib taps and stop cocks and angle stop cocks shall
conform to IS 781. They shall be polished bright. The minimum finished weight of different sizes
of bib tap and stop cock shall be as per table given below. They shall be sound and free from taps,
blow whole and fitting. Internal & external surface shall be clean, smooth and free from sand and
neatly dressed. Taps shall be nickel chromium plated and thickness of coating shall not be less than
service grade no 2 of IS 4827 and plating shall be capable of taking high polish which shall not be
easily tarnished.
Minimum finished mass of bib taps & stop valves as per IS 781-1984
Minimum finished mass (in kg)
Size (in
Stop valves
mm) Bib taps
Internally threaded Externally threaded Mixed end
8 0.25 0.22 0.25 0.235

171 of 312
 10 0.33 0.33 0.35 0.325
15 0.40 0.33 0.40 0.365
20 0.75 0.675 0.75 0.710
25 1.25 1.18 1.30 1.250
32 1.68 1.80 1.750
40 2.09 2.25 2.170
50 3.70 3.85 3.750
Every tap complete with its component shall with stand an internally applied hydraulic pressure
of 2 MPa (20kg/sqcm) maintained for a period of 2 minutes during the period it shall neither leak
nor sweat. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof without any extra cost from contractor.

FIXING: Bib tap stop cock shall be fixed to the pipe line with CP brass specials if required or as
ordered by Engineer-in-charge. Jointing shall be done with tefflon tape etc. A few turns of tefflon
tape shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness.
3.19. AUTO CLOSING PILLAR COCK
GENERAL: The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass pillar tap including fixing.
MATERIAL: The pillar tap shall be 15mm nominal size or as specified in the schedule. Fancy type
pillar tap shall be of CP brass approved quality and shall conform to IS 8931. Non fancy pillar tap
shall be chromium plated brass and shall conform to IS 1795. Casting of pillar tap shall be sound
and free from laps, blow hole and pitting. External and internal surface shall be clean, smooth and
free from sand and be neatly dressed. All the parts fitted to pillar tap shall be axial, parallel and
cylindrical with surfaces smoothly finished. The minimum of finish weight of pillar tap shall not be
less than 650 grams (body weight 250 gms, washer plate loose valve 150 gms and back nut 40 gms.
Thickness of CP coating shall not be less than service grade no 2 of IS 4827 and plating should be
capable of taking high polish which shall not easily tarnish or scale.
TESTING: The testing pressure on completion of the work the piping system can be pressurized to
125% of its designed working pressureie.28.1kg/cm2 for SDR11 CPVC Pipe 20mm nominal
dia,25mm nominal dia&32mm nominal dia respectively. However care must be taken to ensure the
pressure does not exceed the working pressure of the lowest rated component in the system. The
pressure test should not exceed one hour .Any leaking joints or pipe must be cut and replaced and
the line recharged and retested using the same procedure. Without any additional requirement of
make-up-water the test pressure should not fall more than 0.02 MPa (0.2Kg/sqcm) at the end of one
hour test duration.
FIXING: Pillar tap shall be fixed to the pipe line as indicated in the drawing with necessary special
as required or as ordered by Engineer- in- charge. Jointing shall be done with Teflon tap. A few
turns of tefflon tap shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete with tightness.
3.20. AUTO CLOSING FLUSH COCK
GENERAL: The item pertains to provide chromium plated Auto closing flush cock with necessary
accessories including fixing to concealed pipes with help of Teflon tape. (Free flanges if jointed to
concealed pipes)
MATERIAL: The auto closing flush cock shall be nominal diameter as specified in the schedule of
quantities. It shall be of CP brass approved and heavy quality and shall conform to IS. The auto
closing flush cock shall have working pressure of 0.15 to 0.5 MPa. The value shall be tested to a
hydraulic pressure of 2 MPa for 2 minutes.

172 of 312
FIXING: Auto closing flush cock shall be fixed to the pipe line as indicated in the drawing with
necessary special as required or as ordered by Engineer-in-charge. Jointing shall be done with
Teflon tape. A few turns of Teflon tape shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete
with tightness. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof.
3.21 WASTE COUPLING
GENERAL: The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass waste coupling i.e half thread and
full thread for wash basin and urinal including fixing.
MATERIAL: Waste coupling shall conform to IS 3311. Waste fitting shall be of CP with thickness
of CP coating not less than service grade no 2 of IS 4827 which is capable of receiving polish and
will not easily scale off. The fitting shall conform in all respect to IS 2963 and shall sound, free
from laps below, holes and fittings and other manufacturing. External and internal surface shall be
clean and smooth. They shall be neatly dressed. The waste fitting for wash basin shall be of nominal
size of 32mm and for urinal shall be nominal size 40mm.
FIXING: Waste coupling shall be fixed to wash basin or urinal as ordered with necessary specials.
Jointing shall be done with Teflon tape. A few turns of Teflon tape shall be taken over the threaded
ends to obtain complete with tightness. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof.
3.21 BOTTLE TRAP
GENERAL: The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass bottle trap including fixing.
MATERIAL: Bottle trap shall be of CP with thickness of CP coating not less than service grade no
2 of IS 4827 which is capable of receiving polish and will not easily scale off. The fitting shall
conform in all respect of IS 2963 and shall be sound, free from laps, blow hole and pitting and other
manufacturing defects. External and internal surface shall be clean and smooth. They shall be neatly
dressed and be truly machined so that not smoothly moves on the body. The bottle trap for wash
basin shall be of nominal size of 32mm and for sink shall be nominal size 40mm.
FIXING: Bottle trap shall be fixed to wash basin, sink or urinal as indicated in the drawing with
necessary specials or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. Jointing shall be done with white zinc,
spun yarn etc. A few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in linseed oil shall be taken over the threaded
ends to obtain complete with tightness. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof.
3.22 COAT HOOK
GENERAL: The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass coat & hot hook including fixing.
MATERIAL: Coat hook shall be of three way type of approved and heavy quality. Coat & hat hook
shall be CP coating shall not be less than service grade no 2 of IS 4827.
FIXING: The coat hook shall be fixed to proper line & level as indicated in drawing with CP brass
screws.

3.23. FLUSHING CISTERN

GENERAL: the item pertains to provide white or color PVC flushing cistern with all inside
symphonic fitting including fixing.
MATERIAL: The flushing cistern shall be automatic or manually of rates high level or low level
as specified for water closets and urinals.
Cistern shall be of PVC for automatic flushing cistern and plastic (IS 7231). Cistern shall be
mosquito proof. All working parts shall be designed to operate smoothly and efficiently. The cistern
shall have removable covers which shall fit closely on it and be screwed against top displacement
where operating mechanism is attached to the cover. This may be made in two sections, but the

173 of 312
section supporting the mechanism shall be securely fitted or screwed to the body. The outlet fitting
of the cistern shall be securely connected to the cistern. The nominal internal diameter of the cistern
outlet shall not be less than 32 mm and 38 mm for high level and low level respectively. Length of
outlet cistern shall be 37+/-2 mm ball valve shall be screwed type 15 mm in diameter and shall
confirm of IS 1703. The flat shall be made of polyethylene as specified in IS 9762. A high-level
cistern is intended to operate with minimum height of 125 cm and a low- level cistern with
maximum height of 30 cm between the top of the pan and under side of the cistern In case of low
level cistern handle shall be of CP brass, in case of plastic cistern, operation of cistern shall be
through push button at the top for dual system and beyond plastic handle. The discharge rate of the
cistern as per IS 774 shall be 10+/- 5 liters 6 second and 5+/ -. 5 litres in 3 second for cistern capacity
10 litres and 5 litres respectively. Flush pipe shall be of class B GI pipe of 32 +/- mm diameter for
high level. Polyethylene flush pipe shall be low density confirming to IS 3076 or high density
confirming to IS 4984 of UPVC pipe confirming to IS 4965 of 40 mm outer diameter. Over flow
pipe shall not be less than +/- 5 mm B diameter
FIXING: The chinaware flushing cistern shall be placed over a pair of CI brackets CP Brass flush
pipe shall be fixed to cistern and WC pan using check nut, spun yam, cement mortar etc. The
cast iron flushing cistern shall be placed over a pair of CI or GI or PVC flush pipe of specified
diameter shall be fixed to cistern and WC pan by using check nut, while zinc. Spun yam, cement
mortar etc. The PVC flushing cistern shall be placed or fixed as recommended by the
manufacturer, PVC flush pipe of specified diameter shall be fixed to cistern and WC pan by suing
check nut, white zinc, spun yam, cement mortar etc.
3.24. BRACKET

GENERAL: The item pertains to provide a pair of bracket for wash basin, flushing cistern etc.
including fixing.
FIXING: Brackets shall be imbedded into or fixing to the wall with plugs, screws, nails etc. hole
shall be made in the wall, if they are not left for fixing the brackets and shall be made good after
fixing, the gap shall be filled with 1:2 cement mortal and finishing shall be done with
white/matching color cement.
3.25 SANITARY FIXTURES:
Different sanitary fixtures must conform to the relevant Bureau of Indian Standard
specification.
i. Indian Water Closet Squatting Pans (I.W.C)
A. Distance of the rear edge of the pan and the wall surface where the cistern is to be
installed should normally be 300mm to 400mm from the wall surface.

B. The bottom of the cistern (i.e the height of the brackets) from the top face of the
squatting pan should be 1250mm.

C. Foot rest- 175 mm from the inner edge of the back side of the pan. Distance between
two foot rests 330 mm at back and 370mm in the front. (not mentioned)

D. Height of bib tap from floor -250mm.

E. Ablution taps 200 to 300 mm from floor level, 600 mm drain the wall surface.

ii. Water closet, pedestal type or European Water Closet (EWC)

A. The water closet should be so fixed that its tip should be at a distance of 780 mm
from the rear wall. ‘P’ trap or ‘S’ trap may be used as per suitability.

174 of 312
 B. The top of the EWC should be at 400 mm from the floor

C. The top of the low level cistern should remain at 895 mm from the floor

D. Toilet paper holder should be fixed at a height of 450 mm from the floor

iii. Wash Hand Basin :

A. Placement of bracket Height from floor - 790 mm, Center to center distance 580
mm for 630 mm x 460 mm size wash hand basin and 500 mm for 560 mm x 400mm
size wash hand basin. The top of the wash basin height from floor level in between
800-1000mm.

B. Placement of glass shelf- Height 300 mm from the top of the wash basin 150 mm
from the top of the glass shelf.

C. Mirror- 1250 mm from floor level

D. Towel rail – 1100 mm from floor level

E. Distance between basins in row minimum 900 mm center to center and minimum
450 mm away from the wall.

ii. Sink
Sink is to be placed on CI or M.S Angle brackets. The angle brackets should be made out
of 40mm x 40mm x 6 mm M.S. Angle. If required.
A. Height of the to top sink - 800 to 900mm from floor level

B. Tap of the sink is to be placed at the center of the sink and at 200mm above the top
edge of sink.

C. For kitchen sinks, the waste outlet pipe shall be properly connected to a floor trap
and thereafter led to the external drainage system. The connection shall be made
ensuring proper slope for smooth flow and shall be watertight to prevent leakage
and foul smell. Suitable traps and fittings shall be provided to ensure effective
sealing and hygienic disposal of wastewater, complete in all respects as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge.

General:

IS 2064-1973 gives the code of practices for the selection, installation and maintenance of sanitary
appliance.
Installation of sanitary appliances in any public or private building is usually governed by the local
body bye-laws and rules framed under the Act relating to the local body. These are intended to
regulate proper layout of the appliance and their connections so that wastes are suitable disposed off
the drains without causing in sanitary conditions and nuisance to public. Noting the variations in the
bye laws and rules framed by different authorities in the country IS: 2064-1973 was issued to ensure
fulfillment of minimum requirement.
Soil waste and ventilating branch connection with support brackets shall be fitted before the fitting
of the appliances is begun. Appliances except those permanently built in shall not be fixed until
floor and wall surface are finished ready for decoration. All appliances shall conform to the relevant
Indian Standards where they exist, otherwise they shall be of the best quality and workmanship,
which shall be approved by a competent authority. All appliances and sanitary accommodation shall
be arranged to facilitate access for cleaning and repairing.

175 of 312
4.0 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

4.1 Unplasticized Poly Vinyl Chloride , lead free (uPVC),SCH-80 Plastic PIPING WORK
as per ASTM D 1785& Fittings asper ASTM D 2467 (exposed and External)

4.1.01 GENERAL: The item includes provision of uPVC ASTM D-1785, pipesSCH-80 with
uPVC fitting of ASTM D-2467 specified nominal bore and class as mentioned in the schedule
including laying, fixing, the uPVC pipes and fittings shall run on the surface of the walls or
ceilings unless otherwise specified.

The system shall be highly resilient, tough and durable with high tensile strength and high impact
strength. It shall be free from problems caused by scale formation, rusting, weathering and
chemical action, and lasting for a life time. The PVC piping system shall be virtually immune
to attack by bacteria, fungi and other microorganisms or insects.
The system shall be non-conductive and immune to galvanic and electrolytic corrosion. The
PVC piping system shall be corrosion resistant to a great extent, so much that they can be buried
in alkaline or acidic soils or installed in over-the- ground environments, with no paint or special
coating.
The PVC piping system shall be inert to most chemicals and can resist attacks from most
chemicals at moderate temperatures.
The interior walls of the pipes and fittings shall have a mirror smooth finish ensuring high flow
rates and low frictional losses.
The PVC pipings system shall be free from rusting, pitting or scale formation so that here is no
particle deposition and the inner bore of the pipe remains undiminished throughout the life of
the system.
Jointing shall be done with the special solvent which ensures100% leak proof joints.
The system shall be UV stabilized which eliminates the adverse effect of sunlight and weather.
The system can, therefore, be safely used for outdoor installations.
The PVC pipes shall be relatively more flexible and shall have adequate tensile strength and
even burst strength to withstand the operating pressures encountered in most service conditions,
with the acceptable range of temperature for the system. External shocks or impacts that could
cause failure more rigid materials can be absorbed by the system, with little or no damage.
Pipes shall be self-extinguishing and shall not support combustion. This eliminates the need
for fire resistant coating.

4.1.02 MATERIAL: The pipes and fittings shall be of, SCH-80 as specified in the schedule they
shall conform to ASTM-D 1785 & ASTM-D2467. All the pipes and fitting shall have ASTM
certification mark. The specified nominal bore of the pipe shall refer to inside approximate bore
according to the wall thickness i.e. 7.01mm&7.62mm of nominal pipe size 65mm& 80mm,
corresponding to outside fixed diameter73.02mm &88.90mm with tolerance +0.18 &+0.20
respectively. The pipe and fitting shall be smooth, sound free, form any imperfections and neatly
dressed. The pipe and fitting shall be able to withstand a hydrostatic working pressure of (
29.53kg/cm2)for SCH 80 -65mm nominal size & test pressure of( 26.01 kg/cm2) for SCH 80-
80mm at 230 C & during testing the piping systems should be slowly filled with water, taking care
to prevent surge and air entrapment. The velocity should not exceed one foot per second. The
piping system can be pressurized to 125% of its designed working pressure. However care must

176 of 312
be taken to ensure the pressure does not exceed the working pressure of the lowest rated component
in the system. The pressure test should not exceed one hour .Any leaking joints or pipe must be
cut and replaced and the line recharged and retested using the same procedure.

4.1.03 EXAMINING: Before laying the pipe line, it shall be first examined for damages and
cracks, no cracked or damaged pipe and fittings shall be used in the work and they shall be removed
from the site by the contractor at his own cost and charge.
4.1.04 CLEANING: All the pipes and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned with brush and washed
if necessary to remove any accumulated stone, soil or dirt inside and outside surfaces
4.1.05 LAYING: The plumbing contractor shall set the layout of the plumbing approved by the
engineer in charge as may be required by the byelaws pipes shall be laid in plumb and in straight
and parallel lines. When unavoidable, pipes may be buried for short distances provided additional
protection is given against damage and where so required joints are not buried. where directed by
the engineer in charge, Under the floors the pipe shall be laid in layer of sand filling as done under
concrete floors.
Incase laying in trenches the pipes shall be carefully laid straight to the correct alignment in
gradients as indicated in the drawing. All the pipes shall be used in standard length as far as
possible. Cut length may be used only where it is necessary to make up exact length. The entire
length of pipe shall be evenly supported on bed of the trench throughout. Care shall be taken to
prevent any sand, earth or other materials from entering into the pipes during laying. At the end of
the day's work the open end shall be suitable plugged
4.1.06 FIXING: The entire pipe line shall be fixed in position as shown in the drawing or as
directed by the Engineer in charge. All pipes shall by fixed truly vertical and horizontal unless
unavoidable. The pipe line shall be supported with U type anchor straps not less than 2mm thick
and steel screws &pvc inserter grips not less than 40 mm long, wooden gut ties etc. keeping the
pipe about 15mm clear of the wall.
Spacing between clamps for fixing internal piping shall be as given below

Pipe Dia For Horizontal Runs For Vertical Runs

20 mm 762 mm 762 mm
25 mm 914.40 mm 914.40 mm
32 mm 1066.80 mm 1066.80 mm
40 mm 1066.80 mm 1066.80 mm
50 mm 1066.80 mm 1066.80 mm
65mm 1219.20 mm 1219.20mm
80mm 1219.20mm 1219.20mm

No joints shall be located inside the wall if the pipe is required to be cut, the hums of the cut end
shall be filled smooth and any obstruction in bore shall be entirely eliminated, down take line shall
be provided with union soc with EPDM O-Ring seal of every floor for easy maintenance. Die cast
union shall not be permitted in the shaft.

177 of 312
4.1.07. TRENCHES: The trench bottom shall be carefully examined for the presence of hard
objects such as flints, rock projection or tree roots etc. Pipe shall be embedded in sand or soft soil,
free from rock and gravel, back till 150mm above the pipe shall also be of fine sand or soft ail.
Pipe shall not be painted. The width of trench shall not be less than outside diameter of pipe plus
300 mm in case of gravel soils. Pipe shall be laid at least 900 mm below the ground level (measured
from the surface of the ground to the top of pipe)

Crossing Road or Drain: Where the line crosses a road or a drain, it shall be through CI or R.C.C.
[Link] for Valve and Hydrant: Valve and hydrant tees shall be supported that the torque
applied in operating a valve is not transmitted to the pipe [Link] and Testing Solvent welded
pipe shall not be pressure tested until at least 24 hours after the last solvent cemented joint has been
done.
All control valves shall be positioned open for duration of the test and open end closed with water
tight fittings. The testing pressure on completion of the work shall not be less than one and a half
times the working pressure of the pipes..
Pressure shall be applied either by hand pump or power driven pump. Pressure gauges shall be
correctly positioned and closely observed to ensure that at no time are the test pressure exceeded.
The systems shall be slowly and carefully filled with water to avoid surge pressure or water hammer.
Air vents shall be open at all high points so that air may be expelled from the system during filling.
When the system has been fully charged with water and air displaced from the line air vent shall be
closed and the line initially inspected for seepage at joints and firmness of supports under load,
Pressure may then be applied until the required test sure is reached.
Without any additional requirement of make-up-water the test pressure should not fall more than
0.2 kg/[Link]. at the end of one hour test duration.
4.1.08 MAKING JOINT: The jointing of pipes and fittings generally shall be done with approved
make cement solvent of ASTM D2564 including making surface rough. The pipe shall be cut to
desired length. Care shall be taken that profile or cut surfaces shall not be changed and the fibrous
material shall be removed with scraper or knife.
4.1.09 DETACHABLE JOINT: Detachable joints shall be made where pipes of deferent materials
have to be jointed or as specified in the schedule. The flanges are first pushed over the pipe ends
and jointing shall be made by cement solvent.
4.1.10 DEWATERING: In case of underground pipes the contract rate shall include bailing or
pumping out all the water till completion of work if accumulated during the progress of work
either from seepage springs, rain or any other cause.
4.1.11 TESTING: Solvent welded pipe shall not be pressure tested until at least 24 hrs after the
last solvent cemented joint has been done. All control valves shall be positioned open for the
duration of the test and open end closed with water tight fittings. The testing pressure on
completion of the work the piping system can be pressurized to 125% of its designed working
pressureie.29.53kg/cm2&26.01kg/cm2 for 65mmnominaldia &80mm nominal dia respectively.
However care must be taken to ensure the pressure does not exceed the working pressure of the
lowest rated component in the system. The pressure test should not exceed one hour .Any leaking
joints or pipe must be cut and replaced and the line recharged and retested using the same
procedure.
Pressure gauges shall be correctly positioned and closely observed to ensure that at no time are the
test pressure exceeded.
The systems shall be slowly and carefully filled with water to avoid surge pressure or water
hammer. Air vents shall be open at all high points so that air may be expelled from the system
during filling.

178 of 312
When the system has been fully charged with water and air displaced from the line air vent shall be
closed and the line initially inspected for seepage at joints and firmness of supports under load.
Pressure is reached. Without any additional requirement of make-up-water the test pressure should
not fall more than 0.02 MPa (0.2Kg/sqcm) at the end of one hour test duration.
4.2 CPVC PIPING WORK (concealed)

4.2.01 GENERAL: The item includes supplying of CPVC pipes with fittings of specified diameter
including laying, fixing, cutting, joining, painting etc. for vent, over flow, waste water pipe line
etc.
4.2.02 MATERIAL: The pipes & fittings shall conform to IS 15778-2007, as per ASTM- D2846
class-1 of SDR-11 ,CPVC pipes and fittings shall be free from cracks, flows and defects and shall
be able to withstand a pressure 28.1kg/cm2 at 230C & 7kg/cm2 at 820C as mentioned in the schedule
of quantities & the material is also certified by NSF for its safe use with portable water and thus
completely safe for drinking water.
4.2.03 EXAMINING: Before laying the pipe line, it shall be first examined for damages and cracks,
no
cracked or damaged pipe and fittings shall be used in the work and they shall be removed from the
site by the contractor at his own cost and charge.
4.2.04 CHASES: Chases of size 75mm x 75 mm shall be cut in the wall, floor, slab wherever
required or as directed by chases cutting machine. After testing the pipe line the chases shall be
filled with cement mortal 1:3 and surface made good to its original condition.
4.2.05 LAYING: The plumbing contractor shall set the layout of the plumbing approved by the
Engineer in charge. The entire pipe line shall be fixed in position as shown in the drawing or as
directed by the Engineer in charge as may be required by the bye laws. All pipes and fittings, which
are to be concealed, shall be properly embedded in the wall, flooring etc. Pipes shall be laid in plumb
and in straight and parallel lines, after being treated, no molding or plaster design or any ornamental
plaster work shall be done over the walls or flooring or ceiling where concealed pipes have been
laid.
4.2.06 MAKING JOINT: The jointing of pipes and fittings generally shall be done with approved
make cement solvent of ASTM F493 including making surface rough. The pipe shall be cut to
desired length. Care shall be taken that profile or cut surfaces shall not be changed and the fibrous
material shall be removed with scraper or knife.
4.2.07 TESTING: Solvent welded pipe shall not be pressure tested until at least 24 hrs after the
last solvent cemented joint has been done. All control valves shall be positioned open for the
duration of the test and open end closed with water tight fittings. The testing pressure on
completion of the work the piping system can be pressurized to 125% of its designed working
pressureie.28.1kg/cm2 for SDR11 CPVCPipe20mmnominaldia, 25mm nominal dia&32mm
nominal dia respectively. However care must be taken to ensure the pressure does not exceed the
working pressure of the lowest rated component in the system. The pressure test should not exceed
one hour .Any leaking joints or pipe must be cut and replaced and the line recharged and retested
using the same procedure.
Pressure gauges shall be correctly positioned and closely observed to ensure that at no time are the
test pressure exceeded.
The systems shall be slowly and carefully filled with water to avoid surge pressure or water
hammer. Air vents shall be open at all high points so that air may be expelled from the system
during filling.

179 of 312
When the system has been fully charged with water and air displaced from the line air vent shall be
closed and the line initially inspected for seepage at joints and firmness of supports under load.
Pressure is reached. Without any additional requirement of make-up-water the test pressure should
not fall more than 0.02 MPa (0.2Kg/sqcm) at the end of one hour test duration.

4.3 BALL VALVES WITH CTS SOCKET (COPPER TUBE SIZE) ASTM D 2846 &
BALLVALVE SOC ASTM D 2467
4.3.01 GENERAL: All thermoplastic ball valves shall be Utility sealed unit type constructed from
PVC Type I Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV Cell Classification 23447. All O-rings
shall be
EPDM. All valves shall have Safe-T-Shear® stem and double stop Polypropylene handle. All
valves shall be listed by NSF® for use in potable water service. All valves shall be pressure rated
at 28.1 kg/cm2for water at 230C, as manufactured by Spears® Manufacturing Company.
4.3.02 MATARIAL: CPVC fittings ASTMD2846 & uPVC fittings ASTMD-2467 Ball valve
Body- PVC, Seat- EPDM, Ball-PVC, Stem-PVC, O Ring-EPDM, Handle- ABS, Bolt- Zinc plated
steel, Cap-ABS.

Diameter in mm BALL VALVE BALL VALVE (Kg)

(Kg)CPVC uPVC
20 0.122 -
25 0.168 -
32 0.285 -
40 0.426 -
65 1.079 1.05
80 2.03 -

4.3.03 FIXING: The valve shall be fixed in position in the pipeline as shown in the drawing or as
directed with necessary solvent cement joint.
4.3.04 MAKING JOINT: The jointing of pipes and fittings generally shall be done with approved
make cement solvent of ASTM D2564 for uPVC ball valve and ASTM F493 for CPVC ball valve,
including making surface rough. The pipe shall be cut to desired length. Care shall be taken that
profile or cut surfaces shall not be changed and the fibrous material shall be removed with scraper
or knife.
4.3.05 TESTING: The joints shall be tested to a hydraulic pressure be pressurized to 125%rated
working pressure along with the testing of pipe line.
a) Hydrostatic Tests
Hydrostatic Tests: The portions of the line shall be tested by subjecting to pressure test as the
laying progresses before the entire line is completed. In this way any error of workmanship
will be found immediately and can be corrected at a minimum cost. Usually the length of the
section to be tested shall not exceed 500m.
Where any section of a main is provided with concrete thrust blocks or anchorages, the
pressure test shall not be made until at least five days have elapsed after the concrete is cast.

180 of 312
 If rapid hardening cement has been used in these blocks or anchorages, test shall not be made
until at least two days have elapsed.
Prior to testing, enough back fill shall be placed over the pipe line excluding the joints to
resist upward thrust. All thrust blocks forming part of the finished line shall have been
sufficiently cured and no temporary bracing shall be used.
The section of the line to be tested shall be filled with water manually or by a low pressure
pump. Air shall be vented from all high spots in the before making the pressure strength test
because entrapped air gets compressed and causes difficulty in raising the required pressure
for the pressure strength test.
The test pressure shall be gradually raised at the rate of approximately one Kg./sq. cm./min.
The duration of the test period if not specified shall be sufficient to make a careful check on
the pipe line section.

5 UPVC SWR PIPING WORK

5.1.01 GENERAL: The item includes supplying of UPVC soil waste and rain water (SWR) and
ventilation pipes with fittings of specified diameter including laying, fixing, cutting, jointing
painting if required etc.
5.1.02 MATERIAL: The pipe shall be conforming to IS 13592, Type-B, UPVC SWR and fittings
conforming to IS 14735 shall be free from cracks, flaws and defects and shall be able to with stand
a pressure as mentioned in the schedule of work. Rubber sealing rings DMSeal, conforming to IS
5382 with lubricant for sliding socket joints as mentioned in the schedule of work.
5.1.03 EXAMINING: Before laying the pipe line, it shall be first examined for damages and cracks
no cracked or damaged pipe and fittings shall be used in the work and they shall be removed from
the site by the contractor at his own cost and charge.
5.1.04 CLEANING: All the pipes and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned with brush and washed
if necessary to remove any accumulated stone solid or dirt side and outside surfaces.
5.1.05 LAYING: The pipe shall be carefully laid straight to the correct alignment in gradients as
indicated in the drawing. All the pipes shall be used in standard length as far as possible. Cut length
may be used only where it is necessary to make up exact length. The entire length of pipe shall be
evenly supported on bed of the trench throughout. Care shall be taken to prevent any sand, earth or
other materials from entering into the pipe during laying. At the end of days work the open end shall
be suitably plugged.
5.1.06 FIXING: The pipe line shall be fixed in position as shown in the drawing or as directed by
the Engineer in charge. The pipe shall be fixed with GI clamps not less than 2.0 mm thick of with
suitable
UPVC clamps/clips. The damps/clips shall be fixed into the wall with GI nails not less than 40mm
long and wooden gutties keeping the pipe about 15mm clear of the wall.
5.1.07 MAKING JOINT: The jointing of pipes and fitting generally shall be done with approved
make cement solvent including making surface rough or rubber sealingDMSeal with lubricant for
sliding socket joints. The pipe shall be out to desired length. Care shall be taken that that profile or
cut surfaces shall not be changed and the fibrous material shall be removed with scraper or knife.
5.1.08 DETACHABLE JOINT: Detachable joints shall be made where pipes of different materials
have to be joined or as specified in the schedule. The flanges are first pushed over the pipe ends
and jointing shall be made by cement solvent.
5.1.09 PAINTING: In case of underground piping, the pipe line shall be painted with two coats of
approved oil paint of matching color over a coat of primer.

181 of 312
5.1.10 DEWATERING: In case of underground pipes, the contract rate shall include bailing out all
the water till completion or work if accumulated during the progress of work either from seepage,
springs, rain or any other cause.
5.1.11 TESTING: The joints shall be tested by either smoke test for vertical stacks or 2.5m head of
water at the highest point of the section under test for horizontal drainage pipes. Smoke shall be
pumped into the pipes at the lowest end from a smoke machine which consists of a below and
burner. The material usually burnt is greasy cotton waste which gives out a clear pungent smoke
which is easily detectable by sight as well as by smell, if there is leak at any point of the drain. The
water head test shall be carried out by suitably plugging the lower end of the drain and the ends of
the connection if any and filling the system with water.
6. uPVC PIPING WORK
6.1.01 GENERAL: The item includes supplying of uPVC pipes with fittings of specialized diameter
including laying, fixing, cutting; jointing & painting etc for vent, over flow, waste water pipe line
etc.
6.1.02 MATERIAL: The pipes and fittings shall conform to series IV of IS 4985, uPVC pipes and
fittings shall be free from cracks, flaws and defects and shall be able to withstand pressure as
mentioned in the schedule.
6.1.03 EXAMINING: Before laying the pipe line, it shall be first examined for damages and cracks
no cracked or damaged pipe and fittings shall be used in the work and they shall be removed from
the site by the contractor at his own cost and charge.
6.1.04 CLEANING: All the pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned with brush and washed if
necessary to remove any accumulated stone soil ordinates and outside surfaces.
6.1.05 LAYING: The plumbing contractor shall set the layout of the plumbing approved by the
engineer in charge as may be required by the byelaws pipes shall be laid in plumb and in straight
and parallel lines. When unavoidable, pipes may be buried for short distances provided additional
protection is given against damage and where so required joints are not buried. where directed by
the engineer in charge, Under the floors the pipe shall be laid in layer of sand filling as done under
concrete floors.
Incase laying in trenches the pipes shall be carefully laid straight to the correct alignment in
gradients as indicated in the drawing. All the pipes shall be used in standard length as far as
possible. Cut length may be used only where it is necessary to make up exact length. The entire
length of pipe shall be evenly supported on bed of the trench throughout. Care shall be taken to
prevent any sand, earth or other materials from entering into the pipes during laying. At the end of
the day's work the open end shall be suitable plugged
6.1.06 FIXING: The entire pipe line shall be fixed in position as shown in the drawing or as
directed by the Engineer in charge. All pipes shall by fixed truly vertical and horizontal unless
unavoidable. The pipe line shall be supported with U type anchor straps not less than 2mm thick
and steel screws &pvc inserter grips not less than 40 mm long, wooden gut ties etc. keeping the
pipe about 15mm clear of the wall.
6.1.08 MAKING JOINT: The jointing of pipes and fittings generally shall be done with approved
make cement solvent including making surface rough. The pipe shall be cut to desired length. Care
shall be taken that profile or cut surfaces shall not be changed and the fibrous material shall be
removed with scraper or knife.
6.1.09 FIXING: The entire pipe line shall be fixed in position as shown in the drawing or as
directed by the Engineer in charge. All pipes shall by fixed truly vertical and horizontal unless
unavoidable. The pipe line shall be supported with U type anchor straps not less than 2mm thick
and steel screws&pvc inserter grips not less than 40 mm long, wooden gut ties etc. keeping the
pipe about 15mm clear of the wall.

182 of 312
6.1.10 DETACHABLE JOINT: Detachable joints shall be made where pipes of different materials
have to be jointed or as specified in the schedule. The flanges are first pushed over the pipe ends
and jointing shall be made by cement solvent.
6.1.11 TESTING: Solvent welded pipe shall not be pressure tested until at least 24 hrs after the
last solvent cemented joint has been done. All control valves shall be positioned open for the
duration of the test and open end closed with water tight fittings. The testing pressure on
completion of the work the piping system can be pressurized to 125% of its designed working
pressureie The systems shall be slowly and carefully filled with water to avoid surge pressure or
water hammer. Air vents shall be open at all high points so that air may be expelled from the
system during filling.
When the system has been fully charged with water and air displaced from the line air vent shall be
closed and the line initially inspected for seepage at joints and firmness of supports under load.
Pressure is reached. Without any additional requirement of make-up-water the test pressure should
not fall more than 0.02 MPa (0.2Kg/sqcm) at the end of one hour test duration.
7. GULLY TRAP
7.1.01 GENERAL: The term includes provision of uPVC square gully trap with including
construction of Gully Trap Chamber.
7.1.02 MATERIAL: The Gully Trap shall be of uPVC square type with 110 mm diameter outlet.
Brick work, plastering, concreting shall be as per general specification under section- II.
7.1.03 CONSTRUCTION:
1. Internal dimension of the Gully trap chamber shall be (300x300x500)mm as
specified in the schedule.

2. Foundation of 1:5:10 concrete shall be 100 mm thick, and shall have 100mm offset.

3. Brick masonry shall be of 250 mm thick in cement mortar 1:5 and masonry shall
be plastered with 12mm thick plaster in 1: 3 cement mortars inside and outside
surface with smooth finish.

7.1.04 RCC SLAB: RCC slab of 80mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 shall be fixed with the cement
mortar 1:3 at the top of Gully trap chamber,
7.1.05 DEWATERING: The contract rate shall include bailing or pumping out all the water till
completion or work if accumulated during the progress of work either from seepage, springs rain or
any other cause.
8. FLOOR TRAP
8.1.01 GENERAL: The item includes supplying uPVC floor trap with CP brass / stainless steel
grating specified diameter with fittings and fixtures including fixing and jointing with the pipe line.
8.1.02 MATERIAL: 110 mm nominal outlet dia uPVC trap ,IS14735 with an effective water seal
of 50mm. Outlet dia floor 110mm top grating shall be of CP brass or stainless steel of heavy quality
size and shape to suit the trap.
8.1.03 FIXING: uPVC floor trap with the bend and pipe piece shall be fixed in position over the
bed of 1:2:4 cement concrete. The jointing trap and pipe shall be DM seal. The grating shall be
fixed over the floor trap flush with the floor level and the gap finished with matching cement.
9. RAINWATER GRATING
9.1.01 GENERAL: The item includes supplying of stainless grating of specified diameter including
fixing and painting.

183 of 312
9.1.01 MATERIAL: The rainwater grating shall be stainless with closed grained without any
casting defects. The thickness should be uniform throughout, one shaped stainless grating
9.1.03 FIXING: Stainless rainwater grating shall be fixed in position with 1:1 cement mortar.

10. RCC PIPES AND MANE HOLES

10.1. Laying of RCC S/S pipes of class NP3 / NP2 in Sewerage System
RCC (Spun) non-pressure pipes of class NP3 / NP2 shall be socket and spigot end confirming
to IS-458/ 2003 with ISI Mark.
Width of trench:
i. For all diameters up to an average depth of 120 cm width of the trench in cm dia of the pipe
+ 30 cm.
ii. For all diameters for depth above 120 cm width of the trench in CM= dia of the pipe + Cm.
iii. Not with standing (a) and (b) above, the width of trench should not be less than 75 cm for
depth exceeding 90 cm.
Dewatering of trenches if required shall be done by the contractor without any extra claim.

The laying, jointing, testing and commissioning of the R.C.C. pipe in sewer shall be strictly as
per P.H. specification and approved by EIC.

Excavation and preparation of trench shall be as per latest IS specification.

Usage of anchor and thrust blocks shall be as per relevant IS-Specification.

Rubber gasket SBR/EPDM used with push on joints or mechanical joints shall conform to IS-
5382 /1985 bearing ISI mark.

Back filling shall be as per relevant IS-specification

Flushing and disinfection of mains before commissioning shall be as per relevant IS

specification.

No extra payment shall be made to the contractor on account of breakage of specials etc. during
transportation, loading and unloading. The contractor shall replace those materials at his own
cost. Similarly, any damage of RCC pipes/ PVC pipes due to mishandling by the contractor
during transportation, loading and unloading shall have to be taken care of /replaced by the
contractor.

Pipe & fittings if found to be defective during lowering shall have to be replaced immediately
by the contractor at his own cost and no claim whatsoever shall be entertained on account of
this.

Blasting for excavation shall be permitted only after the approval of competent authority is
obtained by the contractor.
Thrust blocks shall be provided in the pipe line at required places by the contractor as per
requirement in consultation with Engineer-in-charge and as per drawing approved by IDCO.
No section shall be accepted unless it withstands the test pressure. The contractor shall made
all arrangement including labour, pumps , pressure gauge and equipment etc. for testing of the
pipe line as per relevant IS specification.

184 of 312
 The SBR / EPDM gasket shall conform to relevant IS: 5382 /1985 and shall be from reputed
manufacturers with ISI mark on the body of the materials.

To avoid any complication during jointing & installation of the pipes and to ensure dimensional
compatibility, the rubber gaskets are also be supplied by the pipe manufacture. Pipe
manufacturer who does not produce gasket or fittings themselves, may procure and supply the
same from their approved vendors so that the pipe suppliers will be responsible for quality of
the related item as well as the dimensional compatibility required for the leak tightness of the
pipe joints.

The tenderer shall clearly state the name of the manufacturers/make of all the materials in his
offer.

10.2 SPECIFICATION FOR LAYING OF RCC S/S PIPES OF CLASS NP3 / NP2 IN
SEWERS.
RCC HUME Pipes NP-2 will be used for sewerage system and wherever required to only heavy
vehicular load RCC HUME pipe of NP-3 CLASS shall be provided.
1. Excavation in trench:
a. Depth of trench- It should be sufficient to provide a minimum cover of 90 cm of
more according to the required gradient and alignment.
b. Width of trench- (i) For all diameters up to an average depth of 120 cm outside
diameter of pipe + 30 cm and (ii) for all diameters for depth above 120 cm outside
diameter of pipe + 40 cm.
However the total trench width should not be less than 75 cm for depth exceeding
90 cm.
2. Cement concrete pedestal:
RCC pipe will lay over the Cement concrete (1:2:4) pedestal of size not less than
600mmx250mmx450mm ht. including earth work excavation in all kinds of soil, back
filling, PCC (1:3:6) with 40mm & down size h.g.c.b. metal with necessary form work
required for the work. There are 2 (two) nos. (Minimum) of pedestal will be constructed for
each pipe length. The location of pedestal will be placed as per site requirement & direction
of EIC.
Bed concrete
a. Bedding- Where the pipes are laid on soft soil with maximum water table level,
laying at the invert level of the pipe.
b. Hunching- Where the pipes have to be laid on a soft soil with the maximum water
table level rising above the invert level of pipe but below the top of the barrel.
c. Surround or Encasing- The pipes shall be completely encased or surrounded with
concrete in the following cases.
i. Where the maximum water table level is likely to rise above the top of the
barrel.
ii. Where the sewers are to be laid adjacent to growing trees.
iii. Where the depth of the pipe is less than 1.2 mtr under the road surface.
iv. When the superimposed load exceeds 1600 kg per mtr length of pipes.

185 of 312
3. Laying:
The RCC pipes shall be laid with sockets facing up the gradient on desired bedding to
proper gradient (IS: 4127-1967)
4. Jointing:
The RCC S/S pipes shall be push on joint with Rubber Gasket.

SPECIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION OF MANHOLE CHAMBERS:-

1. All manhole chambers shall be constructed with RCC M25 as per relevant IS specification
and as per details out lined below.
The roof slab of all chambers shall be of RCC (M25) with reinforcement not less than 90
Kg. /cum with thickness not less than 150mm. The roof slab shall be cast-in-situ.

2. The base slab, side wall & roof slab of chamber shall be not less than 150mm,150mm &
125mm respectively having crushing strength 250Kg/cm2 at 28 days conforming to
IS456/200 & IS-3370.

3. The foundation and floor (continuation of foundation) of the manhole chamber shall be
C.C.(1:3:6) of thickness not less than 100mm. There shall be a foundation offset of
minimum 150mm on outside of base slab.
4. Both outside &Inside wall plaster of the walls shall be in cement mortar 1:3 and cement
punning only on Inner wall and floor surface of proper plumb and smooth.

5. The manhole cover of the chamber shall be pre-cast factory made with frame as per IS-
12592/2002 (SFRC Heavy duty) for clear opening of 560mm with 2 nos. of lifting hook on
the cover slab.

6. Benching (1:2:4) with 12 mm size h.g.c.b. chips. The benching should have a fall towards
the invert of about 1:10.

7. Manhole cover: - The size of man hole cover shall be such that there shall be a clear opening
of at least 500 mm in diameter.
8. Size of manhole- The minimum internal sizes of different manholes should be as follows:
a. Inner size of Rectangular Manhole:-
i. 800mmx900mm x 900mm Depth
ii. 1200mmx900mmx900mm Depth
9. Spacing of manholes :
The maximum spacing of manholes in any sewer line should be as per site condition.
Manholes should also be built at every change of alignment gradient or diameter at head of
all sewers and branches and at the junction of two or more sewer.
Paragraph [Link] of manual on Sewerage and Treatment (2nd Edition) may be referred.
DEWATERING: The contract rate shall include baiting or pumping out all the water if
accumulated during the progress of the work either from rain, seepage, springs or any other
cause.
10. Precast Concrete Frame And Cover For Manholes

186 of 312
10.1.01 GENERAL: The item includes supply LD/MD/HD/EHD factory made precast steel fiber
reinforced concrete (SFRC) frame and cover as specified in schedule including fixing and placing.
10.2.02 MATERIAL: The precast frame and cover shall be of steel fiber reinforced concrete
(SFRC) conforming to IS 12592 and shall be of approved make. The frame and cover shall be of
LD/MD/HD/EHD grade, size and thickness as mentioned in the description of the item. The
defective frame and cover shall be replaced by the contractor at his own cost and charges.
10.3.03 FIXING: Frame shall be fixed in cement concrete 1:2:4 for bearing course & capping on
the top of masonry wall of chamber or manhole and finishing shall be done in 1:2 cement plaster
finished smooth with neat cement.
11 Polypropylene Step Iron / Rungs:
11.1.01 GENERAL: The item includes supplying of Polypropylene steps including fixing in two
parallel lines of 300 mm spacing in vertical wall with center to center 375 mm staggered.
11.2.02 MATERIAL: The steps shall be of Polypropylene step iron and minimum 150mm wide.
11.3.03 FIXING: The steps shall be fixed in RCC wall with 1:2:3 cement concrete with 75mm
cement concrete cover at all around the step. The first step shall be 450 mm below from top surface
of structure and next shall be fixed 300mm centre to centre in two rows at 375mm distance or as
shown in the drawing.
10.4 SPECIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION OF INSPECTION CHAMBERS: -

1. All inspection chambers shall be constructed with brick masonry (Fly Ash) as per relevant
IS specification and as per details out lined below.
2. The roof slab of all chambers shall be of RCC (M20) with reinforcement not less than 90
Kg. /cum with thickness not less than 125mm. The roof slab shall be cast-in-situ.

3. All side walls of chamber shall be not less than 250mm thick brick masonry wall having
crushing strength not less than 75Kg/cm2.

4. The foundation and floor (continuation of foundation) of the inspection chamber shall be
C.C.(1:3:6) of thickness not less than 100mm. There shall be a foundation offset of
minimum 150mm on outside of base slab.
5. Both outside & inside wall plaster of the walls shall be in cement mortar 1:3 and cement
punning only on Inner wall and floor surface of proper plumb and smooth.
6. The cover of the chamber shall be pre-cast factory made with frame as per IS-
12592/2002 (SFRC Medium duty) for clear opening of 500mm with 2 nos. of lifting hook
on the cover slab.

7. Benching (1:2:4) with 12 mm size h.g.c.b. chips. The benching should have a fall towards
the invert of about 1:10.

8. Chamber Cover: - The size of cover shall be such that there shall be a clear opening of at
least 500 mm in diameter.
9. Size of inspection chamber- The minimum internal sizes of different inspection chamber
should be as follows:

a. Inner size of Rectangular Inspection Chamber:-

iii. 900mmx800mm x 450mm Depth (Avg.)

187 of 312
10. Construction of Inspection Chamber :
The spacing of the chamber in sewer line should be as per site condition.
Chambers should also be built at every change of alignment gradient or diameter at head of
all sewers and branches and at the junction of two or more sewer.
Paragraph [Link] of manual on Sewerage and Treatment (2nd Edition) may be referred.

13 TERRACE WATER TANK

Water tanks at terrace shall be of RCC made over a staging on terrace slab as per site requirement.
14 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER TANK
16.1.01 TESTING OF WATER TANK AND SEPTIC TANK: After construction of tank, it shall
be tested for leak proofness. The tank shall be first filled with water up to the top of wall. The water
level should not drop more than 50mm within 48 hours. If the drop of water level is found more
than 50mm the defective and leakage point shall be rectified to the full satisfaction of the Engineer
in charge.

16.1.02 CLEANING OF WATER TANK: The cleaning of the tank shall be done by manually or
by hydrodynamic mechanism with low or high pressure as directed. Potable water approved
disinfectant etc. shall be used for cleaning of water tank before use.
15 RCC CORE CUTTER & ITS APPLICATION
18.1.01 GENERAL: The RCC roof slab shall be cut with help of powerful drilling system for rig-
based coring in diameters up to 200 mm with help of diamond drilling equipment.
Rig-based wet drilling in concrete for pipe penetrations in plumbing, heating and air conditioning
installations stitch drilling for cable trays and ventilation ducts. Drilling blind holes for large-
diameter anchors, reinforcing bars and the installations of railings and [Link] roof slab can
be drilled maximum depth up to 450 mm for passing the SWR pipes P traps,etc complete as per
direction of Engineer in-charge.
16 CUTTING HOLES UP TO 30 CM X 30 CM ON WALLS INCLUDING MAKING
GOOD THE SAME.
General: - Square holes of size as specified or as directed by the Engineer -in-charge shall be
cut in the masonry for taking pipes . Any damage to the adjoining portion or to any other items
shall be made good as directed by the Engineer-in-charge . All dismantled materials shall be
removed from the site.
Masonry Works: Brick work etc., shall be made good by using the same class of brick, tile
or stone masonry as was cut during the execution of the work. The mortar to be used shall be
cement mortar (1:4) as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Finishing: Cement mortar in 1:4 shall be used for plastering or pointing as may be required.
The surface shall be finished with two or more coats of white wash/colour
wash/distemper/painting as required but where the surfaced is not to be white washed, colour
washed, distempered or painted, it shall be finished smooth with a floating coat of neat cement
or as required to match with the surrounding surface.
The specifications for brickwork, stonework and finishing etc. shall be the same as detailed
under relevant sub-heads of State PWD specification.

188 of 312
16.1 CUTTING HOLES UPTO 15CM X 15CM IN RCC FLOORS INCLUDING MAKING
GOOD THE SAME.
General : Square holes of size as specified shall be cut in R.C.C. floor and roofs chajjas for
passing pipes etc. Any damage to the adjoining portion or to any other item shall be made
good as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. All dismantled materials shall be removed from
the site.
Cement Concrete : After insertion of pipes etc. the holes shall be repaired with cement
concrete 1:2:4 and the surface finished to match the existing surface. The top and bottom shall
be finished properly to make the joint leak-proof. The specifications for cement concrete work
and finishing etc. shall be the same as detailed under relevant sub-heads of State PWD
specification.
16.2 CUTTING CHASE IN MASONRY WALLS INCLUDING MAKING GOOD TO THEM
.
Making Grooves: Grooves are made in the walls for housing CPVC, uPVC. pipes etc. These shall
be up to 7.5 cm x 7.5 cm as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. These shall be provided in correct
position as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. No grooves be made if
the stability of the building is in danger.
Any damage to the adjoining portion or to any other item shall be made good as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. All dismantled materials shall be removed from the site. Chase on wall should
be done by electric function carbide cutter with adequate depth as per specification shall be straight
horizontally vertically as per direction of engineer in-charge.
Filling Grooves:
After CPVC, uPVC. Pipes are fixed in grooves, the grooves shall be filled with cement concrete
1:2:4or cement mortar 1:4 as may be specified or otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-charge and
Made flush with the masonry surface. The concrete surface shall be roughened with wire brushes
to provide a key for plastering.
17 HANDICAPPED TOILET
20.1.01 GENERAL: The fixtures such as white glazed vitreous china water closet (European Patter)
P or S type with cistern, seat cover wash hand basin of size 460x360 mm with one pair basin bolt
one number hinged rail 760 mm long and four numbers grab rail 600 mm long each along with PVC
wall inserter and brass screw for handicapped toilet shall be aligned and fixed as per IS codal
Specification for each of the above mentioned fixtures for easy accessible of handicapped personnel
etc as per direction of Engineer in-charge.
18 HEALTH FAUCET
21.1.01 GENERAL: The fixtures with one-meter-long easy flex tube in Chrome Finish and wall
hook along with one end adjustable CP on brass revolving nut with washer for suitable to angular
stop cock outlet thread and other end of the chrome finish flex tube shall be provided with faucet
sprayer and it shall be fixed as per direction of Engineer in-charge.
19 CP ON BRASS SPREADER
22.1.01 GENERAL: The fixtures CP on brass spreader shall be fixed on the top of the flat back
urinal with help of brass or steel screw and the inlet of the CP brass on spreader shall be joined to
the Brass tube both side nut and washer of auto closing flush cock etc after direction of Engineer
in-charge.

189 of 312
20 CP EXTENSION PIECE
23.1.01 GENERAL: The fixtures CP on Brass extension Piece of 15 mmx50 mm long shall be
provided to the concealed CPVC pipe elbow to angle stop cock,bib cock, flush cock for adjustment
of gap of plastering of wall etc. complete as per direction of Engineer in charge.
22 ANCHORING ARRANGEMENT FOR HANGING SWR PIPELINES WITH FITTINGS
25.1.01 GENERAL: For anchoring the hanging lines of SWR pipes and fittings such as P trap,
bends, tees, elbows, offsets under the roof slab Flush anchor 12mm dia x 50 mm long, anchor rod
with both side thread 12mm x 1000mm long, anchor clamp and ring shall be fixed to the roof slab
for fastening/hanging to maintain the gradient for free flow of sewerages all complete as per
direction of Engineer in -charge.
23 SINKING OF BORE WELL.
23..1.01 GENERAL: Vertical Electro-sensitivity sounding test (V.E.S) shall be Performed to obtain
adequate pervious zone as per the direction of Engineer in-charge.
23..1.02 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION: Drilling of perfectly vertical borehole 250mm x 150mm
dia up to 100mtr depth below ground level through consolidated and unconsolidated rock with
DTH/combination drilling rig(1200 cfm/300 Psi) as required to suite the site condition with
lowering of 200mm dia PVC schedule 80 pipes as per ASTM D-1785/2004 or housing/Casing
treated with Socket with or without well screen as per the necessary for soft,medium,hard and
boulder formation. PVC casing pipe if required to prevent collapse of overburden shall be provided
by the contractor including lowering and withdrawing after the completion of tube well and
development of tube well by the help of air & measurement of Discharge and drawdown of the tube
well. The tube well should be covered to Prevent from dropping Foreign materials by Trespassers
etc. complete as per direction of Engineer in-charge.
24 BORE WELL (200mm/150mm dia).
24.1.0 GENERAL: Labour for drilling a perfectly vertical bore hole of specified dia
(200mmx150mm) for a specified depth of 40 mtrs below the ground level through consolidated and
unconsolidated rock with down the hole hammer drilling rigs or combination drilling rigs including
use of own rigs with its accessories, T&P and consumables etc. for lowering of 200mm dia PVC
pipes for housing as per the direction of Engineer in charge etc complete as per direction of Engineer
in-charge.
24.1.02 GENERAL: Lowering of 200mm dia PVC casing with or without slotted pipes as per the
necessity from ground level and fitted and fixed up in perfectly vertical position, including cutting
and threading pipe and slotted pipe and supplying and fixing all the jointing materials, T&P, etc
complete as per direction of Engineer in-charge.
24.1.03 GENERAL: Cleaning and developing the bore well using compressor continuously worked
till clear and adequate discharge is obtained from the bore well including supply and use of all
necessary equipment and cost of all labours etc complete as per direction of Engineer in-charge.
25 GRAVITY SEWERAGE.
25.1.01 GENERAL: For gravity sewerage disposal earthwork shall be executed in all kinds of soil
within 50mtr initial lead & 1.5mtr initial lift including dressing, leveling & breaking clods to
maximum 5cm to 7cm & laying in layers not exceeding 0.3mtr depth & as per specification &
Direction of Department.
25.1.02 Foundation trenches and plinth shall be filled with excavated & selected earth, Laying in
layers not exceeding 23cm thick well watered& rammed etc complete including labour, T&P lead

190 of 312
& lift cost & conveyance, loading, unloading etc. complete as per Specification & direction of
Engineer in-charge.
25.1.03 Centrifugally cast (spun) RCC non pressure pipes of class NP2 with socket & spigot ends
conforming to IS :458 with ISI mark shall be provided in standard length and required diameter
i.e. 200 mm Nominal bore and 250 mm nominal bore RCC S/S pipes suitable for push on joints
including lowering the pipes in to trenches to required depth below G.L with proper alignment
&gradient, testing ,commissioning (de-watering) if required including rubber gasket as per IS-
5382/1985 with ISI mark with all taxes and duties etc all complete as per Specification & direction
of Engineer in-charge.
25.1.04 Cement Concrete Pedestal shall be casted of C.C 1:2:4 with 12mm size hard granite crusher
broken chips ( hgcb ) as shown in drawing for support of the RCC NP2 pipe of Nominal dia i.e 200
mm & 250 mm RCC NP2 Pipe.
26 CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS & APPURANTENCES
26.01 GENERAL: Supply installation, testing and commissioning of Centrifugal Pump sets with
delivery Piping arrangements for both drinking water & Flushing water application.
26.02 Centrifugal pump set (split casing) and capacity of each pump with total head 45 mtr and
discharge 15m3/hr shall be provided as per Engineer in-charge.
26.03 Induction motor of TEFC (Totally Enclosed, Fan Cooled) of three phase 50 Hz shall be
coupled with a common base and electrical control panel suitable for the pump set shall be provided
as per Engineer in-charge.
26.04 Base concrete shall be provided on the floor with grouting of Base bolt for fixing the pump
and motor of required size over the base plate. The pump and motor shall be aligned properly, to
run without vibration.
26.05 Butterfly valve, Non return valve (Pressure rating PN1.0) ,threaded or flanged short piece
along with Piping arrangement shall be provided for both side suction and delivery of pumps .
26.06 In case of negative suction flanged end foot valve with strainer shall be provided

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF PUMP SETS

Location of Project: Clear Water Pump House
(A) Specification of pump set:
i) Pump:
1. Type of pump set : Horizontal Split casing Centrifugal Pump
2. Pump model : To be furnished by the bidder
3. Make : WILO MATHER+PLATT/KIRLOSKAR BROTHERS/WPIL
4. No. of pump : 2 (two) (one working and one standby)
5. Discharge : 20.00 m3/hr.
6. Head : 25.00 meter
7. Efficiency : Should not be less than – 60%
8. Nominal speed (Full Load) : To be furnished by the bidder
9. Pump suction and delivery : To be specified by the bidder

191 of 312
 Nozzle dia
10. NPS Hr : To be specified by the bidder
11. Service : Pump clear water from UGR
12. RPM : To be furnished by the bidder
13. Specific gravity : 1.00
14. Ambient Temperature : 35o C
15. Duty : Continuous
16. Recommended motor K.W : to be furnished by the Bidder
17. Performance test : As per IS- 5120
Material construction of Pump :
1. Pump casing : C.I. (IS:210 Gr FG260)
2. Impeller : CI-FG-210,
3. Shaft : SS 410
4. Shaft sleeve : SS 410
5. Casing wearing : CI-FG-210
6. Gland : CI confirming to IS-210/1978 of latest version
7. Foundation bolts & nuts : Carbon steel
The materials for construction of pump casing, impeller, pump shaft, shaft sleeve, base plate, casing
ring have to meet the related IS- specification.
The duty parameters of pump set shall be on the best efficiency point of the performance curve
of pump with clear indication to the above & the rated head, capacity, power input, NPSHr etc. must
be enclosed. NPSHr should be as per IS-5120. No negative tolerance is acceptable. This is to make
sure that no cavitations take place during operation of the pump. The grease nipple should be
provided on both the points for future lubrication.
The pump should be supplied with accessories such as, common base plate, fabricated from
MS channel, suitable cement concrete pump foundation and vibration damping arrangement with
casting foot mounting all required, set of coupling with coupling bolts & nuts, rubber bush,
companion pipe flanges, coupling guard, required nos of foundation bolts and nuts 100mm dia
pressure gauge (0-7Kg/Cm2) with control ball valves- 2 nos., 100mm dia vacuum gauge-2 nos. and
any other materials required for the same. Since the area is quite prone to corrosion, rubber base
paint or epoxy base anticorrosive paint to the pump should be preferred.
The characteristic curve of pump should be continuously raising type with decrease in flow
and shutoff head shall be at least 120% of the total discharge head at design point and should operate
between 70% to 150% of total discharge.
The bidder should furnish the following details & drawing for scrutiny along with offer.
(i) Make, MOC, model, size, capacity etc. including complete billing of materials.
(ii) Performance curve indicating range of impeller dia meter, discharge Vs. Head, power input
(K.W), Break horse power & Torque speed curve. Single line curve should also be
furnished.

192 of 312
 Pump shall be proven type, no new pump shall be acceptable. Pump manufacturers should have
proven experience of supplying such pump for clear water application. For future maintenance of
pump the bidders should supply a set of tools with box.
ii) Motor:
1. Type : Non-flame proof squirrel cage horizontal
Induction motor (suitable for above pump)
2. Recommended rating : To be furnished by bidder
3. Duty : Continuous
4. Voltage rating : 415 V + 10%
5. Frequency : 50 Hz + 3%
6. Mounting : Horizontal
7. Enclosure : TEFC
8. Synchronous speed : To be furnished by bidder
9. Insulation : ‘F’ Class
10. Protection : IP-55
11. RPM : To be furnished by bidder
12. Phase : 3 (Three)
13. Rated output in KW : To be specified by the bidder
14. Winding connection : -do-
15. Full load current : -do-
16. Starting current : -do-
17. No load current : -do-
18. Efficiency at:-
(i) 100% load with power factor : -do-
(ii) 75% load with power factor : -do-
(iii) 50% load with power factor : -do-
The motor shall be horizontal shaft foot mounted TEFC, 3 phase squirrel cage induction motor. This
should be manufactured as per the environment code of IP-55 as per IS-Specification. The
dimensions, performance, output, protection and mounting should be as per IS- 1231 or 2223, 25,
123, 4961 & 2253 respectively.
The motor shall operate on a wide voltage from 320 to 440 Volt at the rated duty at frequency
of 50 Hz + 3%. The supply voltage may be assumed as sinusoidal. The insulation system of motor
should be Class ‘F’ and designed to operate with continuous running duty (S.I) suitable for 3 equally
spaced cold starts per hour or at least one hot restart under the rated share of the overload
eventualities as per the CEPHEEO manual on “water supply and treatment”. The motor should also
have common base plate with the respective pump to which it will be directly coupled. The pump
and motor should be properly aligned to prevent wear and tear of coupling and facilitate easy
operation and maintenance. The motor should have a moderate speed of 1440 to 1500 RPM having
clockwise rotation when viewed from the drive end as per IS- 12065. The roller coupling assembly
with the pump should constitute metallic ball & roller bearing mounted directly into the bore of end
shields and properly lubricated. Grease nipple should be provided (both side) for future lubrication.
Since the area is quite prone to corrosion, rubber base paint or epoxy base paint to motor should be
preferred. The motor should be provided with space heater as per required specification. The motor

193 of 312
 should have in-built thermostats. The input, output & efficiency characteristics curve of motor
proposed should also be furnished along with tender.
SPECIFICATION OF DELIVERY AND SUCTION PIPE LINE,
R.C.C. FOUNDATION, VALVES AND SPECIALS ETC.
Specification for valves.
Sl Specification of valves Qnty. Make Remarks
No.
1. Suitable dia. double flanged Ductile Iron 2 (Two) IVC/KBL/Zolot Will be fixed at
sluice valves (Rising spindle) with o pump delivery line
manual operation and hand wheel of PN- of approved size.
1.0 conforming to IS- 14846/2000 with
ISI mark.
2. Suitable dia. double flanged Ductile Iron 2 + 1 = IVC/KBL/Zolot Will be fixed at
non-return valve with by-pass o pump delivery line
arrangement, single door (Swing type), 3 (Three) of approved size &
and mounting on horizontal pipe line of 1(One) no. of 100
pressure ratting PN-1.0 conforming to mm dia will be
IS-5312/1984 (Part-I) with ISI mark fixed with common
delivery line.
3. Suitable Ductile Iron, foot valve with 2 (Two) IVC/KBL/Zolot Will be fixed with
strainer and flange type end connection o suction pipe end of
as per IS- 4038/1967 with ISI mark. approved size.
4. Suitable dia. double flanged Ductile Iron 2 (Two) IVC/KBL/Zolot Will be fixed with
butterfly valve wafer type (Wafer long) o suction pipe line of
quarter turn worm gear box (manual) approved size.
with hand wheel operation of PN-1.6
conforming to BS- 5155.

Technical specification and materials construction:

(A) Ductile Iron double flange sluice valve:

i. Body, wedge (door) dome, bonnet gland, D.I IS-210 Gr. FG 200/260
thrust bridge, valve stem cap/hand wheel

ii. Seat & door face ring wedge nut S.S as per IS- 1570, IS-6603
iii. Spindle S.S as per IS-6603 Gr. 12 Cr-12
iv. Gland packing Graphite asbestos /greased hemp
v. Gasket Rubber IS- 638 type-B
vi. Fasteners Carbon steel
vii. Hydrostatic test pressure
(i) Body 15 Kg/Cm2

194 of 312
 (ii) Seat leakage 10 Kg/Cm2

viii. Operation Anti-clock wise

ix. Flanges Faced and drilled as per IS- 1538/1969
x. Body painting Epoxy coated

(B) Ductile Iron Double flange Non-return valve:

i. Body, door & cover D.I. IS-210 Gr. FG 200

ii. Turning shaft/hinge pin SS AISI- 410
iii. Body seat, door face rings bearing block SS AISI –410
iv. Flow direction clearly embossed on valve body
v. Plug SS AISI – 410
vi. Fasteners Carbon steel
vii. Hydrostatic test pressure
(iii) Body 15 Kg/Cm2

(iv) Seat leakage 10 Kg/Cm2

viii. Flanges Faced and drilled as per IS- 1538/ 1969

ix. Body painting Epoxy coated

(C) Ductile Iron foot valve:

i. Body, Disc, flap and lift guide Ductile Iron conforming to IS-210/ Gr.
FG 200
ii. Ring SS AISI 410
iii. End connection Flanged type
iv. Strainer Cast iron conforming to IS-210/ Gr. FG
200
v. Flanges Faced and drilled to IS- 1538/1969
vi. Body painting Epoxy coated

26.09 Specification of delivery and suction pipe line with specials, construction of RCC
Foundation etc.
Suction and delivery piping shall be provided for both the pumps and shall be of M.S. pipe
(heavy duty) with required fittings suitable for drinking water application, pipe & fittings
confirming to relevant IS- Specification with ISI mark. All M.S. Pipes & fittings Should be painted
with 2 (two) or more coats of epoxy paint of approved shade.

195 of 312
 The thickness of all MS flanges shall be of 12mm conforming to IS- 6392/1971. The wall
thickness of the specials like Bend, taper, offset etc. wherever used should be 8mm wall thickness.
The pipe line shall be so laid that there shall be independent suction for two pumps and a
common delivery including fixing of valves, specials, expansion joints, flange joints with required
and approved sizes of jointing materials like nuts & bolts (made out of carbon steel), rubber gasket
(made out of nitrile rubber of 6mm thick), paints etc. The delivery pipe line should extend up to
10.00 mtr beyond the common delivery point of pumps with flange end. Required no. of pipe
supports should be provided both for suction and delivery pipe line of both the pumps. The pipe
supports should be made out of concrete (1:1½:3) pedestal of required height and approved design
including grouting the same on the floor. Besides above, the scope of work comprises construction
of required size and shape of RCC (M-25) pump foundation as per IS- specification, cutting holes
in the 250mm thick Brick/ R.C.C wall and making good the damages and alignment of the pump
sets inside pump house. Necessary earth work, back filling, de-watering (if required) shall also be
taken up to complete the work in all respect.
26.10 Specification of Control Panel:
The control panel should be fully automatic & shall be provided with IP-65 ingress
protection suitable for operation of 2 (two) no’s centrifugal pump sets each of 5 HP
(approx.) (One working & one standby).
The panel board shall be floor mounted type and fabricated with 2mm thick CRCA
sheet. The board shall be painted with 2 coats of approved enamel industrial gray paint on
exterior surface, 2 coats of white enamel paint on interior surface over 2 coats of zinc
chromate primer. The board should be dust and vermin proof and of double door type
having interlocking with the switchgear i.e., the door can be opened only after the switch is
‘OFF’ position. Ventilation louvers with fine wire mesh should be provided. The panel
board should be provided with punch holes on the Top plate for glanding of incoming and
outgoing cables. The board should be provided with at least 2 nos. of earthing stud with
hexagonal G.I. nuts and bolts. One no. enamelled danger board and nomenclature plate
should be fixed on the front of the panel board. Each detachable hinged door shall be earthed
with 2.5 sqmm. PVC insulated multi stranded copper conductor wire of green colour.
Adequate clearance shall be provided from the gland up to the spreader link of the MCCB
(preferably 500 mm) for easy termination of 3.5 C × 35 sqmm. Armored aluminum XLPE
insulated cable.
The panel shall be incorporated with the following components;
Incoming:-
1 no. 100A, (I th 80 A) 3 Pole MCCB.
Bus bar:-
4 nos. 100 A, 25 x 3 mm Electrolytic Copper strips.
Outgoing:-
A. 2 nos. 16 A (11 – 16 A) 3P MPCB.
DOL 3 Phase starter suitable for 2 nos. centrifugal Pump sets.
1 no. 32 A 4P MCB
Instrument:-
A. 1 no. Voltmeter (0 – 500 V) digital multi function meter.
1 [Link] (0 – 30 A) digital
Panel Complete duly factory wired.
Note: General arrangement drawing & SLD of the control panel should be submitted for
approval before execution.

Inspection & testing of materials

1. All materials supplied by the Contractor shall be subjected to inspection & testing by the
OB&CC for its material, quality, workmanship and the performance. The contractor shall

196 of 312
 arrange and carryout all such inspections, testing, trial run etc. and demonstrate in presence
of the Engineer-in-Charge of the OB&CC.
2. The cost of such inspection, testing, trial run, demonstration etc. at factory, laboratory and
site shall be borne by the contractor. All responsibility of such inspection, testing, trial run,
demonstration etc. and any damage/loss that may cause directly or indirectly shall
exclusively rest with the contractor.
3. Such inspection, testing, trial run, demonstration etc. shall, however, not relieve the
contractor of their liability for replacing/ rectifying any defects, which may subsequently
appear or be detected during erection and guarantee period.
4. Copies of certificates for materials test and other routine shop’s quality assurance tests shall
be furnished by the contractor prior to carrying out of the inspection and testing.
5. For all materials, the contractor shall furnish Manufacturer’s test certificate with each
consignment. At site/ works, testing and inspection shall be carried out as per Indian
standards/ International Standards/ Manufacturer’s specifications in presence of the
Engineer-in-Charge, the contractor and the manufacturer. The contractor shall detail out the
codes and standards in accordance with which the testing shall be carried out. In case such
standards do not exist, procedure for inspection and tests shall be mutually agreed to
between the contractor and OB&CC and as per the manufacturer’s recommendations.

Tests at Site:
1. The contractor shall give at his cost concrete cubes to the OB&CC made from samples of
fresh concrete taken as per IS: 1199 cured for 7 days and 28 days for testing by the OB&CC
at any recognized testing laboratory at the cost of the Contractor. Besides, the contractor
shall also carry out such tests as required by OB&CC at regular intervals at his own cost at
site.
2. The sample be taken from the concrete prepared for use in accordance with relevant IS
specification at the following component of the structure: Foundation. Each lift of
supporting structure. Floor beam
Floor each lift of the wall Roof slab. Any portion of the structure required by the Engineer-
in-charge.
3. In the event of any deviation from the desired strength, the contractor shall dismantle the
defective parts of the construction and make good the same at his own cost.
4. All the building materials including chips, sand, steel rods, bricks, cement etc. shall be
tested in recognized testing laboratory to be selected by OB&CC at the cost of the
contractor. Any material found defective/ not to specification should be replaced forth with
by the contractor without any extra claim.
5. The testing for water tightness of the structures shall be conducted as per IS: 3370 and the
results shall have to satisfy the relevant provisions of the above code.
6. All reinforcement shall be checked and recorded prior to concreting by the Engineer-in-
charge or his representative and this shall be countersigned by the contractor. The contractor
shall give notice of at least seven days to the Engineer-in-charge or his representative so
that the works can be checked by him or his authorized representative.
Performance Guarantee Test
On satisfactory completion of trial run, the complete ‘Installation’ shall be tested for demonstration
of guaranteed performance. The duration for such ‘Performance Guarantee Test’ shall not be less
than continuous twenty days (480 hours).
The performance guarantee test by the Contractor shall demonstrate satisfactory operation of all
individual items of works.
All consumables required for the trial run, performance guarantee test etc. shall be the contractor’s
responsibility. However, OB&CC shall bear the cost of power consumption during the above tests
& trial run.

197 of 312
Guarantee:
The Contractor shall guarantee the work for a period of 12 (twelve) months from the date of
preliminary acceptance. Any defects noticed during the guarantee period shall be replaced/ rectified
immediately without any extra cost to OB&CC.
Acceptance:
On completion of erection, the contractor shall clear all the left-over surplus earth, bricks, boulders,
debris, scrap, temporary structures etc. from the erection site and present the entire premises in a
neat and tidy manner. The pipeline shall be cleaned thoroughly.
On completion of successful testing, trial running & satisfactory performance guarantee test, up to
the stipulated period, the work shall be accepted by OB&CC.

198 of 312
LIFT SPECIFICATION

All works shall be carried out as per CPWD specification, NBC and governing standards
latest amended till date.
SCOPE
This specification calls for Planning, designing, Supply, Installation, Testing and
Commissioning of the Lifts at site. all Statutory clearance from the inspecting authorities
for the safe operation of the lifts shall form a part of the scope of work of the bidder & shall
be obtained prior to putting the lifts in service. Lift capacity, size, speed and dimensions etc
shall be as per NBC 2016 guidelines. All design calculations regarding lift capacity and
speed etc. shall be furnished for verifications and client approval.
STANDARDS
The passenger lifts shall conform to the following I S standards as applicable:
o IS: 4666-1980 : Specification for electric B ed, Passenger & Goods Lifts.
o IS: 2332-1963 : Nomenclature of Floors & Stories.
o IS: 14665, pt-1, 2000 / : Guide lines for out-line dimensions for passenger,
goods, IS: 3534 service Lifts.
o IS: 14665, pt-2, 2000 : Recommended elevator speed for passenger, goods
services & Lifts.
o IS: 14665, pt-3, 2000 : Safety rules for passenger, goods, service Lifts.
o IS: 14665, pt-4, 2000 : Components for passenger, goods, service Lifts
- Section-1/ IS: 9803 : Lift Buffers.
- Section-2/ IS: 11615 : Lift Guide Rails and guide shoes.
- Section-3/ IS: 10191/ : Lift Car frame, car, counter weight & suspension.
- IS: 11706
- Section-4/ IS: 9878 : Lift Safety gears and governors.
- Section-5/ IS: 10448 : Lift Retiring Cams.
- Section-6/ IS: 7759 : Lift doors, locking devices and contacts.
- Section-7/ IS: 7759/ : Lift Machines and brakes.
- IS: 10913
- Section-8/ IS: 8216 : Lift Wire ropes.
- Section-9 : Lift Controller operating devices.
o IS: 14665, pt-5, 1999 / : Inspection manual for passenger, goods,
service & IS: 14671 lifts.
o IS: 8151 : Induction motors for electric Passenger & Goods Lifts.

199 of 312
 o IS: 4289-1967 : Specification for lift Cables.
The Installation of Lifts shall conform to:
o IS: 1860-1980 / IS: 6620 : Code of Practice for Installation, Operation &
maintenance of electric & Passenger & Goods lifts.
o IS: 3043-1966 : Code of Practice for earthing.
o National Building Code-Chapter VIII-2016.
o Lifts Acts and Rules,
o Indian Electricity Rules and Acts.
• Local authorities’ requirements, if any.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
SITE PREPARATION
The site where the Lift has to be installed, shall have following basic requirements:
MACHINE ROOM:
Lifts with Geared mechanism and machine room shall be preferred. MRL may be used for
shuttle lifts between parking and podium levels. Number of lifts and their orientation with
respect to each other shall determine the size of the Lift machine room. All the overhead
machines and control panels for each lift shall be located in the common Machine room. if
machine room less (MRLS) lifts are required, it has to be planned and provided based on
clients requirement & approval.
LIFT SHAFT:
Each lift shall have its own shaft having a size determined by the no. of passengers to be
carried in the Lift carriage. The shaft shall be in plumb as per I S: 14665 pt. 2, [Link]
shaft shall serve each floor in which suitable opening shall be available. An opening shall
be available in the wall at each landing for fixing the landing door. Size of the opening shall
be commensurate with the lift Carriage door size.
LIFT PIT:
A suitably sized ‘Pit’ shall be made available below the first landing floor, free of
moisture/water etc. The depth of the pit shall be suitable to accommodate the passenger
carriage and the ‘Shock absorbing springs ‘required to be installed in the base of the shaft.
LIFT FEATURES
PASSENGER CARRIAGE:
Size of the Passenger Carriage shall be extra tall and determined by the number of
passengers to be transported at a time.
- The door of the carriage shall be 2.4m tall and ‘Centrally opening type in two
halves’ or telescopic type, opening in one side.
- Door may be manually / automatically operated – electrically.

200 of 312
 - The internal finish of the Passenger Car and the Door shall be as per the
standard practice of the lift manufacturer and as agreed with the
Client/Consultant.
- The lift finish shall be Moonrock or Linen Finish scratch resistant.
- TFT of lift should have provision for OB&CC Logo.
- The lift shall be operable with/without an attendant. The controls shall be
operation friendly, matching with the ambience.
- The floor of the car shall be durable, abrasion resistant.
FLOOR LANDING DOOR:
It shall have a fire rating as per I S Standards. It shall be made of M. S. painted. / Stainless
Steel as agreed with the Client/Consultant. All Lifts shall serve all the floors including
basements.
SPEED OFTRAVEL:
As per I S standards and as agreed with the Client/Consultant.
TYPE OFDRIVE:
The type of ‘Drive’ may be Single speed / Two Speed / A C Variable Voltage, Variable
frequency (VVVF) drive. The type of drive shall be selected depending on the use; the lift
shall be put to.
TYPE OFCONTROL:
The type of ‘Control’ shall be selected best suited for the use of the lift in consultation with
the Client, Consultant and the manufacturer of the Lift. The control shall be one of
Automatic Push Button / Dual Push Button / Duplex Down-Collective Control / Duplex
Collective- Selective Control
/ Triplex Down-Collective Control / Triplex Collective-Selective Control.
FIREMAN’S CONTROL:
Required for one lift as per IS & local Fire Department’s standards.
OPERATIONAL FEATURES:
Operational features shall be as per the specific requirements of the lift and as agreed with
the Lift manufacturer.
ADDITIONAL FEATURES REQUIRED
FIREMAN’S SWITCH
A fireman’s toggle switch shall be provided in a break glass for the specified elevator at
ground floor to enable firemen to bring the elevator non-stop to ground floor from any
location and to cancel hall calls until the car is operated on attendant control.
ANTI - NUISANCE
If number of calls registered is in excess of corresponding car load, all car calls shall be
cancelled.

201 of 312
HOME LANDING FACILITY
A car shall return to a pre-determined landing after the last call is answered.
LOAD NON-STOP
When the car load exceeds a predetermined limit the elevator shall not respond to hall calls.
SEPARATE DOOR TIMES
When a car responds only to hall calls or only to car calls, the door shall open for a shorter
time than when responding to both car and hall calls.
DOOR FAILURE OPERATION
When an obstruction prevents a door from opening, the controller shall attempt its removal
by repeated opening and closing, failing which the car shall travel to the next floor.
NUDGING DOOR OPERATION
When the doors remain open for more than a predetermined period a buzzer shall sound
and the door shall close automatically. The door sensing device shall be rendered
inoperative but the Door Open button and the safety shoe shall remain operative
SELF - DIAGNOSTIC FACILITY
The Controller shall perform self - diagnostic tests and report the health of the system. The
system shall take care of minor faults like door operation and motor overheating.
CAR FAILURE OPERATION
In case of car mal-function, the system shall make a self - diagnostic check and then allow
the car to travel to the nearest floor at slow speed, if safe.
SELECTIVE FLOOR SERVICE
Programming for selective floors services shall be software driven.
AUTO FAN OFF
In case no call is registered for pre-set time, the cabin fan shall be automatically switched
off.
AUTOMATIC RESCUE DEVICE (ARD)
- In case of mains power failure and elevator control system failure, the
elevator’s own rechargeable and maintenance free battery power shall
move the car to the nearest floor or GF and the door shall open
automatically for automatic rescue of passengers. A battery run-down
indicator / alarm shall also be provided.
- Compulsory Automatic Rescue Device shall be provided for all the
Elevators.
SPECIFIC TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
The lift shall meet the following site requirements:
o Lift machine type & control: Gearless machine in machine room directly above
lift well or MRLS as required.

202 of 312
o No. of lifts : As per traffic analysis and drawing
o Type of Lift : Passenger/goods lift.
o Lift Capacity : ---- Passengers / ---- Kg (Ref Dwg/NIT/ as per std.).
o No. of operating floors : High rise / low rise (Ref Dwg). Patient Bed/ Stretcher/
Freight / Fire tower from basement to terrace.
o Distance between floors : mm (Ref dwg).
o Lift Well dimension : mm, plaster finished (Ref Dwg).
o Speed of Travel : 1.5~4.5 M/second or as directed by [Link] charge.
o Type of drive : AC variable voltage, variable frequency (VVVF) drive.
o Type of Control : Duplex collective-selective control .
o Fireman’s Control : Required for one lift.
o Lift operation : Destination Control System
o Machine Room : Refer enclosed Drawing
o Type of Lift Door : Center opening (Horizontal), automatic door with ACVF
drive, made of stainless steel. Optimized timing for opening
o Floor Landing Door : It shall have a fire rating of 2Hrs. It shall be made of
MS Stainless Steel Velvet / Moon Rock finish.
o Type of Car Interior : Stainless steel interior
o Car suspended ceiling : Stainless steel Velvet/ Moon rock finish with glare
free LED fixtures for car lighting.
o Car flooring : As per finishes schedule- shall be as per approval.
o Natural mirror in car : Provided
o Handrail : Stainless steel Round handrail on 3 walls of car.
o Car operating panel : NA
o Landing operating panel : 2 touch pads for DCS at each landing and 3 at GF
lobby Level
o CCTV : Provisions for 5MP, IR, Mini dome camera, PA, Tel. shall be
considered inside.
o Inside the lift shaft there shall be arrangement of one light point at each
floor level and one light point at overhead top, & one light point in lift
pit. All light points shall be in group controlled and wired with 2.5 sq
mm FRLS copper wires. 15-amp power plug and 5- amp power plug
shall be provided at each floor level. Wiring of these power plugs shall
be done with 4.0 sq mm FRLS copper wires. LED Bulk head fittings of
suitable rating to provide inside shaft. Average 100 lux shall be planned
with each light point of lift shaft.

203 of 312
OPERATIONAL FEATURES:
o Over-load control (non-start with audio-visual warning indication).
o Landing Calls automatic By-pass on lift-car loading > 80% rated load.
o Emergency power control (with DG set) (on Mains failure; lift to come on
nearest landing when DG Power available; lift door opens. Same operation
repeats with next lift and so on).
o Emergency Rescue Device (with Battery power for each lift – same as above).
o Up / Down direction indication on all floors.
o Emergency Alarm & Light inside the lift-cabin with chargeable battery.
o Auto-shut-off of car fan when lift car is empty.
o Two way Intercom device in Car (One set in the Car-cabin & the other in
Warden’s office within 10Meters).
o Infra-red full door safety Screen in addition to the mechanical Al. nose safety
shoes.
o Audio-visual announcement of lift on approaching the landing with single
stroke of gong.
o Voice announcement in the lift car on approaching the landing.
o Music in the Lift-Car.
o Door closing over-ride through push button in lift car.
o Anti-Nuisance of empty car operation & car-call cancellation on reverse
direction.
o Braille signage shall be provided in Lifts.
o Potential free contacts for BMS use.
o Flame retardant travelling cable, O/L & phase reversal protection.
FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR/ VENDOR
The lift well of the specified dimension shall be made available in finished condition.
o Entrance door opening of 1000-1200 (W) x 2400 (H) mm on each floor without
door / door- frame. (or as per NBC 2016)
o Machine room for the lifts shall be made available along with the approach
ladder, natural and forced ventilation as per the lift vendor’s requirement.
o The owner shall make available the three phase, 415V, 4 Wire, 50Hz. power
supply at one point in the Lift Machine room through a 63Amps TPN MCB.
o Two nos. building Earth connection shall be extended up to the Lift machine
room.

204 of 312
 o The power distribution and control of the lifts shall be the responsibility of the
Lift supplier.
o All inserts, grouting, minor civil work etc. including the Scaffolding required
shall be carried out by the lift vendor.
o Illumination and 15amps power points at each landing shall be arranged by the
vendor.
VENDOR’S RESPONSIBILITY
o All arrangements other than specifically mentioned as Owner’s responsibility,
as required for installation, testing & commissioning of the lifts to make them
functional in a safe manner shall be made by the Lift vendor.
o The vendor shall also be responsible to obtain the Certificate from the
‘Inspector of the Lifts’ as well as the ‘local fire department’ as applicable for
safe operation of the lift.

SITE TESTS
Following tests shall be carried out on the lift on completion of erection in addition to any
other tests that may be required to determine the safe operational requirement:
o Insulation of Electrical system (should be > 0.5MΩ.)
o Earth continuity tests.
o Function of Motor, Brake control equipment and Door locking devices.
o Rated Load-Test of the lift.
o Rated speed test at full load & No load.
o Safety gear stopping the Lift on Landings at rated Load.
o Any other test required by local authorities.

PERFORMANCE & TYPE TEST

Consignee will inspect the lift at manufacturing stage at firm premises to carry out all the
routine tests. The performance test at site shall be carried out in the presence of inspector
of local
authorities and certificate thereof shall be supplied to the consignee. The testing shall be in
accordance with I S: 4666/68. The contractor has to arrange the Inspection by Lift Inspector
Local Govt.

GUARANTEE
The standard guarantee for a period of 12 months after final commissioning for trouble free
performance against defective workmanship or manufacture, wear and tear in parts not
attributable to the negligence, shall be given along with tender.

205 of 312
FREE POST COMMISSIONING MAINTENANCE SERVICE
The supplier must give minimum one year free post commissioning service which shall be
all inclusive.
DRAWINGS & LITERATURE
o The supplier shall provide general arrangement layout drawing of the elevator
on award of the contract. Necessary number of final approval layout drawings
is to be provided for purchasers records.
o In addition to the elevator drawing wiring diagram, maintenance and lubricating
check charts are also to be supplied on completion of installation.
o One schematic wiring diagram is to be displayed in the machine room as per
applicable lift code.
o Screen printing data of major equipment with date of commissioning is also to
be displayed in the machine room..

Operation & Comprehensive Annual Maintenance

o The Contractor shall quote for Operation & Comprehensive Annual
Maintenance service contract for the system offered by him for a period of 5
years for all items. Any parts / components whatsoever need replacement during
the above period shall be supplied and installed by the vendor free of cost.
o Periodical checking for all parameters for machines operation and diagnosis,
routine checking and cleaning operations, annual preventive maintenance /
overhauling as required for smooth and trouble-free operation of the package
shall be carried out by the contractor. A Routine Preventive Maintenance (PM)
and Operation Plan schedule shall be submitted in accordance with the general
specifications.
o The PM and Operation plan shall cover manufacturer’s recommendation and/or
common engineering practice (for all plant and machinery under contract). The
Contractor shall submit a full operation and maintenance document and manual
for Plant and machinery history card giving full details of all installed
equipment and frequency of checks and routine maintenance and overhaul in
order to result in fully functioning and operational equipment at all times during
defect liability period. The Contractor shall comply to the general
specifications.
Testing of the Lifts
o The Contractor shall carry out inspection and testing at manufacturer’s works
for item elevators for this contract. No equipment shall be delivered without
prior written confirmation from Engineer.

206 of 312
Guide Rails
o Steel guide rails shall be installed to guide the car and counterweight, erected
plumb and securely fastened to the building structure, fitted to ensure smooth
joints. The guide rail shall be minimum 16 mm, tongued and grooved type. All
insert plates and their positions and fixing to be provided by the Contractor.
Next Car Up
o “Next Car Up” shall be indicated by flashing of lantern for the car so designated
at the lobby. Other cars shall remain parked with doors closed until each car, in
turn, is assigned as “Next Car Up”.
Despatch System
o The dispatch system shall be microprocessor based. The system’s main
computer shall communicate with each car’s computer. Microprocessor shall
be intelligent in that it learns traffic patterns and applies best solution to each
traffic condition, as determined by shortest predictable response. The CPU shall
monitor demand on the system and shall execute the most economical
assignment of cars.
Earthing (Electrical Grounding)
o All conducting parts of the elevators / panels etc., power and lighting in the
shaft shall be earthed properly as per codes to ensure safe operation.
o The Elevator Panel shall be able to accept signal from the Fire Alarm Panel in
case of fire and automatically ground the elevator to the designated floors
(Default or alternate) on receipt of this signal. Minimum two number of copper
plate earthing shall be provided for each elevator.

Safety Aspects and Procedures

o Since lift installation consists of a number of electrical and mechanical
components having linear / rotary motions, utmost caution should be exercised
while working and all safety precautions shall be rigorously followed.
o Only authorized persons shall be allowed to work on lift installations and officer
(s) empowered for such authorization shall keep proper record thereof during
the tests, inspection and maintenance except where necessary.

Other Specifications
• Door Operation : Automate with Door Monitor
• Noise Level in cabin (Running Car) : 55 db.
• Door : SS hairline
• Lift Flooring : Granite (Golden Galaxy) Premium with 16mm Recess
for Flooring.

207 of 312
• Cooling in Lifts : Axial Blower
• Illuminated Buttons & Digital Car Position Indicator : YES

208 of 312
 SECTION 6:
SECURITIES AND OTHER FORMS

209 of 312
 BID SECURITY (e-BANK GUARANTEE)

WHEREAS, [name of Bidder] (hereinafter called "the Bidder") has

submitted his Bid dated [date] for the construction of [name of Contract hereinafter
called "the Bid"].

KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that We

[Name of Bank] of [name of country] having our registered office at
(hereinafter called "the Bank") are bound unto [name of Employer] (hereinafter called "the
Employer") in the sum of * for which payment well and truly to be made to
the said Employer the Bank itself, his successors and assigns by these presents.

SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank this day of 20.

THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are:

(1) If after Bid opening the Bidder withdraws his bid during the period of Bid validity specified in the
Form of Bid;
OR
(2) If the Bidder having been notified to the acceptance of his bid by the Employer during the period of
Bid validity:
(a) fails or refuses to execute the Form of Agreement in accordance with the Instructions to
Bidders, if required; or
(b) fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instructions to
Bidders; or
(c) does not accept the correction of the Bid Price pursuant to Clause 27

We undertake to pay to the Employer up to the above amount upon receipt of his first written
demand, without the Employer having to substantiate his demand, provided that in his demand the Employer
will note that the amount claimed by him is due to him owing to the occurrence of one or any of the three
conditions, specifying the occurred condition or conditions.

This guarantee shall also be operatable at our........... Branch at Bhubaneswar, from whom,
confirmation regarding the issue of this guarantee or extension / renewal thereof shall be made available on
demand. In the contingency of this guarantee being invoked and payment thereunder claimed, the said
branch shall accept such invocation letter and make payment of amounts so demanded under the said
invocation.

The guarantor/bank hereby confirms that it is on the SFMS (Structural Finance Messaging System)
platform & shall invariably send an advice of this Bank Guarantee to the designated bank of Odisha Bridge
& Construction Corporation Ltd details of which is as under:

Sl. No. Particulars Details

1 Name of Beneficiary OB&CC Ltd.
2 Name of Bank CANARA BANK
3 Account No 80073210000014
4 IFSC Code CNRB0018007

This Guarantee will remain valid for a period of 45 (Forty-five) days beyond the final bid validity
period.
210 of 312
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained hereinabove: -

1. Our Liability under this Bank Guarantees shall not exceed …………………...
2. The Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to....; and
3. We are liable to pay up to the guarantee amount only and only if we receive from you a written
claim or demand not later than dd/mm/yyyy -----------, at our Branch,
4. All your rights as well as our liability under this bank guarantee shall
stand extinguished unless a written claim or demand is made under this guarantee not later than --------------

DATE SIGNATURE

WITNESS SEAL

[Signature, name and address]

* The Bidder should insert the amount of the guarantee in words and figures denominated in
Indian Rupees. This figure should be the same as shown in Clause 16.1 of the Instructions to
Bidders.
** 45 days after the end of the validity period of the Bid. Date should be inserted by the
Employer before the Bidding documents are issued.

211 of 312
 PERFORMANCE e- BANK GUARANTEE

To
[name of Employer]
[address of Employer]

WHEREAS [name and address of Contractor] (hereafter

called "the Contractor") has undertaken, in pursuance of Contract No.
dated to execute [name of Contract and brief description of Works]
(hereinafter called "the Contract").

AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Contractor shall
furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified therein as security for
compliance with his obligation in accordance with the Contract;
AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Contractor such a Bank Guarantee:
NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to you on
behalf of the Contractor, up to a total of [amount of guarantee]*
(in words), such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract
Price is payable, and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand and without cavil or
argument, any sum or sums within the limits of [amount of guarantee] as
aforesaid without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand for the sum
specified therein.
We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the contractor before presenting
us with the demand.
We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the
Contract or of the Works to be performed there under or of any of the Contract documents which may
be made between your and the Contractor shall in any way release us from any liability under this
guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification.
This guarantee shall also be operatable at our........... Branch at Bhubaneswar, from whom,
confirmation
regarding the issue of this guarantee or extension / renewal thereof shall be made available on demand.
In the contingency of this guarantee being invoked and payment thereunder claimed, the said branch
shall accept such invocation letter and make payment of amounts so demanded under the said
invocation.

The guarantor/bank hereby confirms that it is on the SFMS (Structural Finance Messaging
System) platform & shall invariably send an advice of this Bank Guarantee to the designated bank of
Odisha Bridge & Construction Corporation Ltd details of which is as under:
Sl. No. Particulars Details
1 Name of Beneficiary OB&CC Ltd.
2 Name of Bank CANARA BANK
3 Account No 80073210000014
4 IFSC Code CNRB0018007

212 of 312
This guarantee shall be valid until 28 days from the date of expiry of the
Defect Liability Period. Signature and Seal of the guarantor
Name of Bank
Address
Date

* An amount shall be inserted by the Guarantor, representing the percentage the Contract Price
specified in the Contract including additional security for unbalanced Bids, if any and denominated
in Indian Rupees.

213 of 312
 BANK GUARANTEE FOR ADVANCE PAYMENT

To
[name of Employer]
[address of Employer]
[name of Contractor]
Gentlemen :
In accordance with the provisions of the Conditions of Contract, sub-clause 47.1 ("Advance
Payment") of the above-mentioned Contract, [name and address of Contractor]
(hereinafter called "the Contractor") shall deposit with [ name of Employer] a bank
guarantee to guarantee his proper and faithful performance under the said
Clause of the Contract in an amount of [amount of Guarantee] * [in words].

We, the [bank or financial institution], as instructed by the

Contractor, agree unconditionally and irrevocably to guarantee as primary obligator and
not as Surety merely, the payment to [name of
Employer] on his first demand without whatsoever right of obligation on our part and without his first
claim to the Contractor, in the amount not exceeding [amount of
guarantee]* [in words].

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the
Contractor or Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents which may be
made between [name of Employer]
and the Contractor, shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby
waive notice of any such change, addition or modification.

This guarantee shall also be operatable at our Branch at Bhubaneswar, from whom, confirmation
regarding the issue of this guarantee or extension / renewal thereof shall be made available on demand. In the
contingency of this guarantee being invoked and payment thereunder claimed, the said branch shall accept
such invocation letter and make payment of amounts so demanded under the said invocation.

The guarantor/bank hereby confirms that it is on the SFMS (Structural Finance Messaging
System) platform & shall invariably send an advice of this Bank Guarantee to the designated bank of
Odisha Bridge & Construction Corporation Ltd details of which is as under:
Sl. No. Particulars Details
1 Name of Beneficiary OB&CC Ltd.
2 Name of Bank CANARA BANK
3 Account No 80073210000014
4 IFSC Code CNRB0018007

This guarantee shall remain valid and in full effect from the date of the advance payment under
the Contract until
[name of Employer] receives full repayment of the same amount from the
Contractor.

Yours truly,

Signature and Seal :

Name of Bank / Financial Institution :
Address:
Date:
214 of 312
* An amount shall be inserted by the Bank or Financial Institution representing the amount of
the Advance Payment and denominated in Indian Rupees.

215 of 312
 Completion Certificate

1 I… .......................... (Name of the Engineer), acting as the Engineer, under and in

accordance with the Agreement dated .............................. (the “Agreement”), for [construction
of the ****) on Turn Key basis through (Name of Contractor), hereby certify that the Tests in
accordance with Contract Agreement have been successfully undertaken to determine
compliance of the Project with the provisions of the Agreement, and I am satisfied that the
Project can be safely and reliably placed in service of the Users thereof.
2 It is certified that, in terms of the aforesaid Agreement, all works forming part of Project
have been completed, and the Project is hereby declared fit for entry into operation on this the
day of 20 ............................................................................................ , Scheduled Completed
Date for
which was the…... day of... 20……

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

For and on behalf of the Engineer by:

(Signature)

(Name)

(Designation)

(Address)

216 of 312
 Taking Over Certificate

I, ........................ (Name and designation of the Employer’s Representative) under and in accordance with
the Agreement dated …………………….. (the “Agreement”), for [construction of ****] (the
“Project”) Turn Key basis through ……………… (Name of Contractor), hereby certify that the
Tests on completion of Defect Liability Period in accordance with the Agreement have been
successfully undertaken to determine compliance of the Project with the provisions of the
Agreement and I hereby certify that the Employer has taken over the Project from the Contractor on
this day………

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

(Signature)

(Name and designation of Authority’s

Representative)

(Address)

217 of 312
 SECTION 7

CONCEPTUAL AND INDICATIVE DRAWINGS

DRAWINGS (Data and Drawings are available in the following Link)

[Link]
[Link]/d/s/17Ie8NhMZ2stJihKWJ0Zqew8OOcgjR4N/FtJ_LWeNzDfuYdxz
TG6IU5kB002LvR9r-qLqA8bjoBA0

218 of 312
 DRAWINGS TRANSMITTAL
SL.N
PACKAGE DRAWING_TITLE SHEET SIZE DRAWING_NO
O

1 GROUND FLOOR PLAN 01 OF 10 A1 MCTDC-01-ARCH-DRG-01

2 BASEMENT PLAN 02 OF 10 A1 MCTDC-01-ARCH-DRG-02

3 FIRST FLOOR PLAN 03 OF 10 A1 MCTDC-01-ARCH-DRG-03

TALADANDA
4 MARKET COMPLEX TYPICAL (2ND-10TH) FLOOR PLAN 04 OF 10 A1 MCTDC-01-ARCH-DRG-04

AND TYPE II
5 QUARTERS NEAR TYPICAL UNIT DETAILS 05 OF 10 A1 MCTDC-01-ARCH-DRG-05

TALADANDA
6 SECTION XX’ 06 OF 10 A1 MCTDC-01-ARCH-DRG-06
CANAL, CUTTACK
7 FRONT ELEVATION 07 OF 10 A1 MCTDC-01-ARCH-DRG-07

8 RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION 08 OF 10 A1 MCTDC-01-ARCH-DRG-08

9 LEFT SIDE ELEVATION 09 OF 10 A1 MCTDC-01-ARCH-DRG-09

10 CONCEPTUAL VIEWS 10 OF 10 A1 MCTDC-01-ARCH-DRG-10

219 of 312

1
 SECTION-8
TERMS OF REFERENCE, DESIGN BRIEF &
SCOPE OF WORK

220 of 312
 Table of Contents

A. GENERAL INFORMATION

(a) General Requirements

(b) Design Intent
(c) Project details
(d) Mandatory Requirements

B. TIME LINE FOR SUBMISSIONS

C. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER

D. SECRECY

E. APPENDICES

(1) APPENDIX – I (A) : DESIGN SCOPE

(a) General :
(b) Green Building Practice
(c) Project Management, Clearances & Certification

(2) APPENDIX – I (B) : SCOPE OF BUILDING WORK

(a) Scope for Civil Work

(b) Scope for WS & SI Work
(c) Scope for Electrical Work

(3) APPENDIX II SCHEDULE OF FINISHES

(4) APPENDIX-III : LIST OF ACCEPTABLE MAKES

221 of 312
 TERMS OF REFERENCE, DESIGN BRIEF & SCOPE OF WORK

The project shall be executed on a LUMP SUM TURNKEY BASIS, scope consisting
of survey, planning & design (architectural, structural, landscaping, non-structural),
execution, completion, obtaining required statutory clearances and handing over of the
project to the Employer including O&M.

Bidders to note that the project is Turnkey Design and Build and
following project definition shall be applicable.
“Turnkey Contract is a form of contract with a lot of uncertainties
wherein the Contractor agrees to take all risks arising out of such
uncertainties with the certainty of the final price of the Contact. In the case
of Turnkey Contract, the agreed Contract Price is non-negotiable under any
condition. Therefore, Price Escalation will not be applicable under Turnkey
Contracts. Change of Scope will be allowed under extreme conditions,
where the basic scope will be required to change to fulfil the intent of the
Contract. Similarly, compensation of time if any, will be allowed under
extreme conditions only, without any financial implications on the
Employer. The agreed Contract Price can be modified in case of Change of
Scope only and all other events for whatsoever cause, will not affect the
Contract Price.”

(A) GENERAL INFORMATION

Located in the central urban fabric of Cuttack, Odisha, along the Taladanda Canal precinct
with an area of 1.46 acres (5911.96 sqm.), the project is conceived as a mixed-use
commercial and residential development that responds to the spatial, social, and economic
context of the city. The design aims to create an organized urban node that integrates retail
activity with permanent residential infrastructure.

The commercial component consists of a planned market complex with modular retail
units designed to support small-scale and local businesses. These units provide a
formalized commercial environment for shopkeepers who were previously displaced,
ensuring continuity of livelihood while improving spatial order, accessibility, and
pedestrian movement within the site.

The residential component comprises Type-II quarters, designed as efficient dwelling

units suitable for long-term urban occupancy. The residential blocks are planned with an

222 of 312
emphasis on natural ventilation, daylighting, privacy, and functional internal layouts. Clear
separation between commercial and residential zones is maintained while allowing visual
and spatial connectivity through shared circulation and open spaces.

The overall site planning encourages a live-work urban typology, generating activity
throughout the day and enhancing passive surveillance and safety. Open spaces, internal
paths, and transitional zones are designed to mediate between public and private realms,
contributing to a cohesive and legible urban form.

The project adopts principles of sustainable urban design, focusing on density optimization,
efficient land use, and contextual integration. By combining organized retail infrastructure
with well-planned residential quarters, the development contributes to the strengthening of
the local economy and the creation of a resilient and inclusive urban environment.

The quarters will be built as per multi storey apartments, OPWD norms as
applicable for various categories of employees. CPWD and NBC-2016 standards need to
be followed for all items of works, with a minimum of GRIHA- 3-star rating. The
Operation and Maintenance of apartments/ houses for at least 05 years may be kept as part
of the project.

(a) General Requirements:

i. All significant and peripheral structures around the site to be identified in
consultation with Employer and other stakeholders and care must be taken to not
harm those in any manner.

ii. Separate Entry and Exit for Residential Complex and Market Complex from main
access road should be provided.

iii. The building shall be planned to achieve minimum GRIHA 3 Star Rating.

iv. The building shall be fire safety compliant and facilities in the campus shall include
Security surveillance System, First Aid facility and other necessary services.

v. Power Load calculation to be done by the contractor but the quantity mentioned in
the project details is the minimum requirment, keeping in view the load requirement
and reliability of power. Supply shall be taken as 33 KV/ 11 KV or as available
from the grid based on the assessed load.

vi. DG set shall cater to all common areas / Emergency facilities, the load calculation
to be done by the tenderer but the quantity mentioned in the project details is the
minimum requirement.

223 of 312
 vii. The Contractor/developer is responsible to obtain approval of drawings,
environmental clearance (if any), clearance from Airport Authority of India
and all other statutory clearances from the competent authorities as may be
required for the project.

viii. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Employer their choice and
appointment of any National Institute of Repute/ Odisha State Institute of Repute at
its own cost for review of the design and drawings of all components of the
buildings, except those for the temporary works. Such approved documents need to
be furnished to the Employer within the stipulated deadlines as mentioned in the
contract data.

ix. The contractor shall have to submit the necessary drawings/documents and obtain
the approval of the from PMC/PgMC/Employer (as the case may be) as per
mutually agreed schedule before execution.

x. The agency should develop its own plan and elevations without changing minimum
area requirements as indicated in this section and/or drawings. All value addition to
refine the functional aspects are to be undertaken by the selected contractor.

xi. All designs have to be such that all minimum statutory requirements (i.e. building
services, parking etc.) have to be satisfied. Contractor would be at liberty to
explore provision of surface parking within statutory limits.

xii. Utility spaces shall be provided as per NBC, CPWD, GPRA, ODA norms.

xiii. All reinforcement steel and structural steel shall be procured from primary
producers of steel as per approved manufacturers list, complying with all relevant
codal provisions.

xiv. The Fire safety requirement shall be as per NBC 2016 (PART- 4) and obtaining
NOC and clearance certificate from the relevant authority is the responsibility of
the Contractor.

xv. Service area for placing HT/LT panels, pump houses, service block, transformer,
DG set, Fire tanks & STP etc. shall be provided. Control room with adequate
capacity hall be provided for HT/ LT Panel and other indoor electrical equipment’s.

xvi. All mix designs to be done with necessary chemical admixtures in consultation with
Engineer in charge.
xvii. Minimum grade of concrete shall conform to IS 456 strictly.
xviii. The contractor on submission of bid shall be deemed to have read and understood
the terms, conditions, scope, and specifications mentioned under this section in
detail.

224 of 312
 xix. Water supply points to be provided near all landscaped areas in consultation with
Engineer in charge.
xx. It shall be binding on the contractor to complete all civil, mechanical, electrical, PH
and other works in all respects to the satisfaction of the employer.
xxi. Utility shifting if any (live or dead, overhead or underground or any type of utility,
any length within or associated length outside the ROW, Extra Low Voltage
Utilities etc.) shall be done by the Contractor in due consultation with the line
department. The Contractor shall carry out joint inspection with concerned utility
department and get the estimates sanctioned from concerned utility department for
reimbursement. The assistance of the Employer is limited to giving forwarding
letter on the proposal of Contractor to concerned utility department whenever asked
by the Contractor. The decision/approval of the utility department concerned shall
be binding on the Contractor. Contractor to obtain detailed estimate for the utility
shifting duly prepared and approved by the respective line department and the same
shall be reimbursed to the Contractor. No additional time and cost shall be allowed
for the same.
xxii. Tree Cutting if any shall be done by the Contractor in due consultation with the line
department. The Contractor shall carry out joint inspection with concerned line
department and get the estimates sanctioned from concerned department for
reimbursement. The assistance of the Employer is limited to giving forwarding
letter on the proposal of Contractor to concerned department whenever asked by the
Contractor. The decision/approval of the line department concerned shall be
binding on the Contractor. Contractor to obtain detailed estimate for the utility
shifting duly prepared and approved by the respective line department and the same
shall be reimbursed to the Contractor. No additional time and cost shall be allowed
for the same.
xxiii. All statutory submission and approvals shall be done by the Contractor.
Employer obligation is limited to forwarding letters to the departments upon
request of the Contractor and reimbursement of applicable fees. No
additional time shall be allowed to the Contractor.
xxiv. Strict, stringent and Specific clauses, language, specifications, and scopes
shall be adhered to if there is any disparity/discrepancy between the scope
and technical specifications found.
xxv. Any change in contract terms such as but not limited to milestone shifting
due to EOT, Contract price revision due to change of scope and breakdown

225 of 312
 of schedule of payment (only as per the discretion of Employer) shall
warranted execution of a supplementary Agreement.
xxvi. Contractor to submit Master Document list of the project containing
complete list of documents, design and drawings to be delivered across all
disciplines throughout all phases of the project.
xxvii. Start of warranty shall be from the date of issuance of completion Certificate
to the Turnkey contractor.
xxviii. Establishment of Labor Colony, Plants and stockyard etc. required for the
construction shall be done by the Contractor. No land shall be provided to
the contractor for the same.
xxix. Contractor to submit Drone Video and Photographs for all the project
components in monthly basis.
xxx. Arranging Construction Power and Water shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor. Arranging Power supply for the installation, testing and
commissioning of all the MEP and its associated items shall be done by the
Contractor. No additional cost and time shall be provided to the Contractor
in this regard.
xxxi. Contractor to provide adequate signages, lighting, retroreflective signages
and stickers for work zone safety management. Contractor should deploy
24x7 traffic marshals to guide vehicles. Proper safety gears and PPEs shall
be provided to the Traffic Personnels.
xxxii. The Agency shall also provide 01 No Color laser printer with photocopier
along with supply of the cartridges for duration till successful taking over of
contract works (25- 30 ppm, 12000 copies per month with A3 & A4 input
with features included ADF, Duplex and Network).
xxxiii. The Turnkey Contractor has to facilitate themselves to update the project
reporting in Employer PMIS and WAMIS portal without any additional cost
and time.
xxxiv. Pile integrity Test shall be done for all piles and load test shall be done for
required Number and Tyes of piles as per applicable IS codes (if pile
adopted for the project).
xxxv. Drawings in compliance of the obligations set forth in this Agreement, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, free of cost. Additional Drawings if
the Engineer determines that for discharging its duties and functions under

226 of 312
 this Agreement. Upon receiving a requisition to this effect, the Contractor
shall promptly prepare and furnish such drawings to the Engineer/ Employer
free of cost.
xxxvi. The Contractor shall liaise with the concerned Line Department/DISCOM
for all electrical-related matters pertaining to the project. The Contractor
shall provide all required materials and carry out the works in compliance
with the requirements, standards, and approvals of the concerned Line
Department/DISCOM. Requirement/observation from DISCOM shall be
complied with by the Contractor.
xxxvii. Submission of Design, Drawings, Calculations, Input Files of Design
Software etc.

Drawings in compliance of the obligations set forth in this Contract, the

Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer/ Employer, free of cost. If any
additional drawings required pointed out by the Engineer/ Employer, the
same shall also be done by the Contractor upon receipt of information
without any additional cost and time.

Employer reserves the right to Check/ Verify Design Calculations and

Drawings of all components of the Stretch of road including the Structures
Falling within the Scope of Work. The Contractor shall be required to
furnish all Data pertaining to detailed Designs, Drawings, Calculations,
Design Basis Report, Input Files of Design Software used in the Project,
etc. to the Engineer/Employer Free of Cost within the set timeline.

Further, when the Contractor utilizes spreadsheet software (such as

Microsoft Excel) or proprietary in-house tools for design calculations in
lieu of globally recognized industry-standard software, the Contractor shall
provide a corresponding manual validation document for each such
calculations and the document must include detailed equations used in the
software, codal references and defined list of input values, constants and
intermediate variables and step by step logic with hand calculations for at
least one critical design case to verify the software’s output and accuracy.
xxxviii. Dust management and Traffic Management during construction shall be
done by the Contractor. No additional cost and time shall be provided to the
Contractor in this regard.
xxxix. The Built-up area specified in the RFP is the minimum requirements of the
project. Any incidental increase in built-up area due to adherence with Local
Building Bye Laws/Regulations/NBC 2016 shall be brought to the notice of
the Engineer in charge. This increase shall be deemed to be included in the

227 of 312
 Contractor’s scope of Work at no additional cost. Contractor to review the
tender drawings and access the impact of the same and accordingly submit
the bid.
All the Space planning and areas as shown in the Architectural drawings
would have precedence on the MEP drawings for the same building. The
drawings are to be used for engineering information only. All sizes, levels,
spaces have to be followed as shown in the Architectural drawings only.
Details shown in the tender drawings are indicative and the final sizes have
to be as per the approved drawings. Accordingly, the contractor to plan and
submit the bids.
xl. The Contractor must design and provide appropriate fenestrations,
overhangs, shades, louvers, jaali’s and projections for protection of
windows, common area corridors and doors against rain and sun, keeping in
mind the climate and site conditions. Any rainwater in the common area
corridors can lead to water ingress in services rooms, lift shafts etc., hence
necessary protection needs to be planned.
xli. All overhangs, projections and shades will have a drip designed to
effectively drain the water off, and which will not allow water to get into the
underside of the overhang.
xlii. All service shafts will have a concrete roof covering at the terrace level. This
roof covering will be raised maximum to match the parapet top level from
the terrace finished floor level and the sides will be open to allow turning of
pipes and access to the shaft from the terrace.
xliii. Individual metered supply shall be extended to each individual residential
unit and shops. The metering panel shall be supplied by the Contractor as per
the approved design of TPCODL and meter shall be provided by DISCOM.
xliv. All parking bays shall be marked and numbered with thermoplastic
reflective paint.
xlv. In all buildings, all staircase shall be accessible to the roof levels as shown in
the Tender Drawings and will conform to all fire and safety regulations.
Suitable access through RCC or Aluminium Power coated staircase shall be
provided to the highest point & overhead tanks on the buildings above
terrace level for operations and maintenance purpose.

228 of 312
 xlvi. The design, location and sizes of all staircases and railings shall be in strict
compliance with NBC 2016. The design of all railings shall be developed by
the Contractor and submitted for approval of Engineer.
xlvii. Each individual quarter shall have provision of Piped Gas Supply
connection. Contractor shall liaison with concerned Department such as
GAIL for the same. No change of scope and EOT shall be provided for the
same.
xlviii. No sunken slabs shall be provided for toilet and pipes. All pipes shall be
routed either through the wall or the floor slab and run under the slab, with
the toilets in floor below having false ceiling. Appropriate sleeves shall be
provided in the floor slab while casting. These sleeves shall be sealed
watertight after installation of services.
xlix. All Windows and doors, wherever applicable, to have toughened glass. The
thickness of the glass to be determined based on the wind load.
l. Mullions shall be provided at all openings. All kitchen and bathroom
windows will be provided with exhaust fans. The mullions and opening sizes
shall be placed accordingly.
li. Each residential unit’s electrical panel shall be located at the foyers of the
respective units and concealed within the wall behind door openings.
lii. All building elevations shall have a 25mm groove as floor line, whether in
plaster or in the construction, as a part of the standard elevation feature and
shall not be painted in a different colour.
liii. All utility balconies will be provided with dedicated water supply point,
electrical point and drainage for providing washing machine.
liv. The Contractor shall repaint the entire exterior surface of the project
building with one (01) coat of approved color at the end of the Defect
Liability Period.

(b) Special Conditions:

1. Look & feel of the project
The Contractor shall study the drawings, visualizations, specifications, material finishes
indicated in the contract document and understand all parameters of the design including the

229 of 312
 architectural look & feel intent. The contractor shall clarify any doubts / discrepancies during
the technical discussions with Employer. Any water tank over the proposed buildings shall be
designed to maintain the look and feel of the surrounding area. The contractor shall consult
the design team of the employer and proceed according to the instructions received from the
employer. The contractor is bound to maintain and deliver the core and shell of the building
as per the design intent. The final elevation, look and feel of all structures shall merge with
each other and should be contextual to the site of construction.

2. Construction Documents / Documents

The Contractor shall provide multiple options of the design of necessary element of the Work
for the Employers Representative/ Engineer/PGMC to review along with Employer / OBCC
and shall proceed further only after its approval and sign off. All Construction activities shall
not commence prior to approval of the same. Any minor modification or alteration to one
design shall not be construed as “option of the design”.
The drawings issued along with the tender are based on the applicable statutory regulations
and guidelines. In due course of time OBCC shall issue the drawings approved by the
statutory authorities for "commencement of works at site", and these shall become the basis
for preparation of the GFC drawings by the contractor. All development works shall confirm
to, shall be designed and constructed / executed in compliance with the applicable statutory
regulations and guidelines and comments received from the concerned statutory agencies.

3. Approval Drawings / Documents for Subsequent Approvals

Contractor shall prepare and submit approval drawings, documents, calculations, certificates,
etc, as may be necessary by the statutory authorities, at the relevant stages. The contractor
shall prepare and modify the GFC drawings based on the drawings approved by the statutory
authorities.

4. Construction Drawings / Documents Approval Process

Contractor shall submit at least following number of sets for approval of Employer’s
Representative/ Engineer.
1. Construction Documents- 07 sets
2. Samples, datasheets etc.- 07 sets
Each of the submission should clearly identify the Work, purpose of the submission,
document number etc. as approved in the procedure referred above. Upon review of the said
submission Employers Representative shall review and revert with relevant codes for
revision, approval, conditional approval, etc.

230 of 312
 Although Work may proceed on receipt of a drawing with conditional approval, Contractor
must resolve the comments indicated, resubmit and obtain final approval before release for
shipment or completion of the affected Work.
Employer/ Employer’s Representative and Consultant/OBCC’s review and permission to
proceed does not constitute acceptance or approval of submittals including, but not limited to,
design details, calculations, analyses, test methods, construction methods, plans, certificates
or materials developed or selected by Contractor and does not relieve Contractor from full
compliance with the Contract requirements.

5. Technical Standards and Regulations

Contractor shall refer and implement all relevant and all applicable codes, technical standards,
regulations, as amended, required for performance of Work covered under this Contract. Also,
all the conditions of statutory approval already taken by the Employer need to be complied
during construction stage, the same need to be complied for future approval required if any.

6. Samples
Submission of samples shall not be limited to the above, and the Employer/ Employer’s
Representative and Consultant/PgMC reserves the right to demand any sample of materials,
as deemed necessary. Where samples are required, they shall be submitted by and at the
expense of Contractor allowing at least fourteen (14) calendar days for review by Employer/
Employer’s Representative and Consultant/PgMC unless otherwise shown on the Contract
Schedule. The materials represented by such samples shall not be manufactured, delivered to
the Site or incorporated into the Work without Employer/ Employer’s Representative and
Consultant/PgMC review.
Each sample shall bear a label showing Contractor's name, Work name, Contract number,
name of the item, manufacturer's name, brand name, model number, supplier's name, and
reference to the appropriate drawing number, technical specification section and paragraph
number, all as applicable.
Samples, which may have been reviewed, at Employer’s option, are returned to Contractor for
incorporation into the Work.

MOCK-UP
As deemed necessary by the Employer/Employer’s Representative/PgMC, Contractor shall
execute necessary mock-ups of all items/activities related to the Work performed required
under this Contract as indicated below and the cost for the same shall be deemed to be
included in the Contract price.

231 of 312
 THE FOLLOWING MOCK-UPS SHALL BE EXECUTED BY
THE CONTRACTOR:

Item Extent/Size
[Link] Hard & soft finishes-approx. 50 sft,
including all typical interfaces and details.
[Link] finishing items including Toilets-01 module including all fittings,
but not limited to flooring, wall fixtures and modular partitions
cladding, etc.
3. Railings and other metal Min 3.0 RM including all types of details
fabrication work. [turns,bends,ends,etc.]
4. Mural & Artwork (If any) Hard & soft finishes - approx. 20 sft,
including all typical interfaces and details.

(c) Design Intent:

The design considerations suggested are indicative and minimal. The agency shall improve
upon them and provide the best possible technology and materials to get the state-of-the-art
output.

i. The construction work shall be executed in high temperature and humidity

conditions with annual rainfall intensity 1400 mm, and the maximum cyclonic
wind speed to be taken as per IS 875 : 2015. The site is situated in the Seismic
Zone-III. The design wind speed to be as per IS 875 : 2015

ii. The agency needs to carry out, at their own cost, the geophysical and geotechnical
investigations, which shall critically affect the structural design, construction, and
waterproofing of the structures as well as the construction time. The agency needs
to consider the dewatering aspect (if required).

iii. General provisions, stipulations, guidelines and rules laid down in the National
Building Code, 2016 shall be adopted for all structural, waterproofing, fire,
functional, legal, regulatory, obligatory, safety requirements for the buildings and
the building services including plumbing and solid waste management with a view
to deliver an integrated facility for the intended purpose, considering the design
parameters well.

232 of 312
 iv. All the amenities, facilities and provisions with regard to the scope of work shall
be provided as per the norms and guidelines of National Building Code-2016
(NBC) norms. In addition, other relevant provisions of the NBC shall be applicable
for Fire and life safety of the building and amenities for differently-abled persons.

v. Requirements and stipulations of Planning and Building Standards Regulations, of

Cuttack Development Authority/ Cuttack Municipal Corporation must be
adhered to. Building must be designed to achieve minimum GRIHA 3 Star rating.
Accordingly, conservation measures with respect to water and energy as well as
recycling of wastes are to be considered. The standard Guidelines for adoption of
GRIHA can be found in later in this section.

vi. Prepare detailed designs and drawings for architectural floor plans, elevations,
sections and detailing thereof, drawings for structural works, fire and life safety
and building services such as electrical works, MEP, Lifts, Information &
Communication Enabled ELV Installations, plumbing services, landscaping,
signage and outer display structures/ installations as per scope, following the latest
BIS/IRC codes for materials, design and construction, relevant CPWD / OPWD
Specifications, NBC and IRC-SP-12-2015.

Note : In the absence of any definite provision in the technical specifications

contained herein, reference may be made to the latest CPWD, MORTH, IRC,
CPCB, GRIHA, NBC and IS codes, in that order. Wherever these are silent, the
construction and completion of the works shall conform to sound engineering
practice and in case of any dispute arising out of the interpretation of the above, the
decision of the Engineer-in- Charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

vii. The building shall be designed with minimum accessibility provisions as per
residential building – submission A-4 and other relevant sections of the NBC 2016.
Therefore, all the occupancies shall be governed by the most restrictive provisions
of the Code among those applicable for individual occupancies. The provisions for
life safety given in the Code for individual occupancy shall apply to the respective
occupancies.

viii. Toilet requirement with WC, Urinal, Wash basins, Cleaners Sink, drinking water
Fountain /Water Purifier shall be based on the applicable standards. Water Purifier
of minimum 1500 Liter Capacity shall be provided minimum 2 No. for shops.

ix. Recycled waste water and rain-water for use in flushing and gardening.

233 of 312
 x. Electrical: 33kV/0.433kV or 11kV/0.433 kV substation equipment comprising HT
Panel, Oil type Transformers (CSS), HT cable, Bus trunking from Transformer to
LT Panel, LT Panel, Automatic Power factor correction panel, Active Harmonic
Filters, TVSS (Transient Voltage Suppression System), SPD (Surge protection
system), Essential panel, Earthing, required inter-connections, substation safety
equipments including LT cabling from substation to the buildings fed by the
substation. Indicative capacity of the substation is minimum as mentioned in the
project details.

DG Set: Silent Type DG Sets, AMF Panel, Bus Ducting/ Cables from DG Sets to
Essential Panel, Synchronizing Panel where required, DG Set enclosure room
sound insulation/ventilation/smoke exhaust as required, Earthing of DG Set
system, control cabling, Fuel tank/piping, DG set Exhaust piping/ Exhaust
Chimney as per CPCB norms, Civil works connected with DG Sets including
Foundation as required. Indicative capacity is minimum as mentioned in the project
details.

Indicative design intents for the building have been provided in the following table.

Sl. Item Details

General Provision

1 Staircase The requirement shall be based on the applicable

standards.

2 Water Supply & Sanitary Installation Services

2.1 Requirement of Toilet with WC, The requirement shall be based on the applicable
Urinal, Wash basins, Cleaners Sink, standards.
Drinking water Fountain

2.2 Water Storage, STP and fire fighting. i. Total Water Demand: As per the quantity mentioned
in the project details which is minimum. If it is
calculated to be more by the bidder,the same has to
be provided

ii. STP: As per the quantity mentioned in the project

details which is minimum. If it is calculated to be
more by the bidder,the same has to be provided.

iii. Fire Demand: As per NBC- 2016

2.3 Recycled water To be used in flushing and landscaping.

3 Services

234 of 312
 Sl. Item Details

3.1 33KV/0.433KV or 11KV/0.433 KV Indicative capacity of the substation is minimum as

substation mentioned in the project details. If it is calculated to be
more by the bidder,has to be provide.

3.2 DG Set Indicative capacity of the substation is minimum as

mentioned in the project details. If it is calculated to be
more by the bidder,has to be provide.

3.3 The fire safety provisions with an As per statutory requirement (NBC 2016 and Local fire
automatic fire alarm system, wet norms etc.)
riser, automatic sprinkler system and
manual fire alarm system in the
amenity blocks.

3.4 PAVEMENT (Vehicle parking & As per statutory requirement

movement area etc.) with PCC base,
80 mm thick paver blocks and kerb (NBC- 2016 & CPWD specification
stone edging

3.5 Landscaping (Horticulture operation As per statutory requirement

including earth filling, grassing, tree
plantation / shrubs and potted plants (NBC- 2016 & CPWD Specifications).
etc)

3.6 Supplying, installation, testing and As per statutory requirement

commissioning of LED
street/compound/ high mast/path (NBC- 2016 & CPWD Specifications).
way/landscape lighting for the entire
campus

3.7 Rainwater Recharge Pit As per statutory requirement

(NBC- 2016 & CPWD Specifications).

3.8 supplying, installation, testing and As per statutory requirement

commissioning of online 3 phase UPS
system with 30 minutes backup (NBC- 2016 & CPWD Specifications).
including batteries, interconnecting
cable, battery rack etc.

(d) Project Details

The project shall be executed on Lump Sum Turnkey/ Engineering Procurement
Construction model, encompassing a wide-ranging scope of services, including:
- Conducting thorough surveys and planning

235 of 312
- Designing all aspects of the project, including architecture, structure, landscaping, and non-
structural elements
- Executing the construction work
- Ensuring timely completion
- Securing all necessary statutory clearances
- Handing over the finished project to the Employer
The primary objective of this tender is to develop a vibrant market complex through the
relocation and rehabilitation of existing shops and vendors, along with the construction of
Type-II quarters. The proposed Type-II quarters are intended to provide convenient and
affordable residential accommodation, supporting the overall functionality and sustainability
of the development.
The sub-components are as follows:

Sl No Sub-component Sl No Sub-component

1 Construction of Main Building 9 CCTV & IP Surveillance

2 Construction of B+G+10 10 External Electrification

3 Construction of plaza area, landscape 11 DG
and different common spaces
4 Peripheral road 12 Internal PH works

5 Entry/Exit nodes 13 STP & Sewerage System

6 Utility Block and other services 14 Solid Waste Management

7 Boundary Wall and Gate 15 Signages / Garbage Disposal / Water

ATM
8 Illumination 16 UGR/Water Supply

The above sub-components have been discussed in the following paragraphs for
understanding of the prospective bidders. The-bidders are advised to go through the
scope in detail bearing in mind the following:

I. The scope of sub-components or works are minimum and indicative in

nature. It is expected that the bidder shall undertake due diligence on their

236 of 312
 part by referring to the scope herein, the associated drawings given in
Section 7 for arriving at the final estimate.
II. In case of disparity between the scope mentioned hereunder and the
drawings given in Section7 the details as indicated in the drawings shall
supersede, unless explicitly mentioned otherwise.

1.1 Project Location:

The site is located in the core area of the city abutting the Taladanda Canal Road near
Ranihat Chowk and SCB Medical. It is on a vacant piece of land having area of 1.46 acres.

1.2 Minimum Project Features:

Sl.
Description Provision/ Estimation
no
General Provision
Plot Area 1.46 Acres 5,911.96 sqm
Front road width 16 M
Total Nos. of Block 1 Nos (4 Wings)
No. of Type-II DUs per floor 10 Nos.
1 No. of Floors B+G+10
Total Nos. of dwelling units 98 No.
Total Nos. of Shops 30 No.
Area of each type-II Dwelling units 58.04 Sq.m excluding staircase, lift
(CPWD norms, 2012) (Carpet Area) and common area.
Other Details
No of Staircase in each floor 02 No.
2
1 No. of Balcony & 1 No. of utility area per DU 8.84 Sq.M
Lift (13 PAX) with ARD 3 No.
Stretcher Lift (20 PAX) with ARD 1 No.
Compliance to Bylaw requirements
i) Open Parking 409.05 sqm
ii) Parking in Basement Floor 4022.91 sqm
3
ii) Ground Coverage 26.87 %
iii) Floor area ratio 1.97
Area Statement (Civil Works)

237 of 312
 Basement of 4.2 m height. 4445.76 sqm
Ground Floor 3.90m height. 1489.07 Sq.M
1st Floor of 3.30m height. 1090.71 Sq.M
2nd Floor of 3.30m height. 1090.71 Sq.M
3rd Floor of 3.30m height. 1090.71 Sq.M
4th Floor of 3.30m height. 1090.71 Sq.M
5th Floor of 3.30m height. 1090.71 Sq.M
6th Floor of 3.30m height. 1090.71 Sq.M
th
7 Floor of 3.30m height. 1090.71 Sq.M
8th Floor of 3.30m height. 1090.71 Sq.M
9th Floor of 3.30m height. 1090.71 Sq.M
10th Floor of 3.30m height. 901.80 Sq.M
Service Block 100 Sq.M
Total Built up area 12207.16 Sq.M

Water Supply & Sanitary Installation Services.

Internal and External Water supply & Sanitary
Installation
S.T.P 62KLD
O.H. Water tank 25KLD
U/G sump 100KLD
Electrical Services
Internal electric installations all floors
External electric installation all floors
Solar photo voltaic power generation system 37.50 KWp
CCTV (Basement, Stilt and common area in
all floors)
Lightning Conductor all floors
Automatic fire alarm as per [Link] 16853.44 Sqm
Fire fighting with wet riser and sprinkler and fire
6325.08 Sqm
alarm in GF & Basement as per [Link]
33kV/0.433kV or 11kV/0.433 kV substation 1000 KVA
Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning
of Silent Type DG Sets, AMF Panel, Bus Ducting/
125 KVA
Cables from DG Sets to Essential Panel,
Synchronizing Panel where required, DG Set

238 of 312
 enclosure room sound insulation / ventilation /
smoke exhaust as required, Earthing of DG Set
system, control cabling, Fuel tank/piping, DG set
Exhaust piping/ Exhaust Chimney as per CPCB
norms, Civil works connected with DG Sets
including Foundation as required.
Miscellaneous Works
Façade Lighting
Compound wall 365 Rm
Landscaping 3945 Sqm
Building Signange, Artwork and Murals
Entry & Exit Gate Total 3 No.
Rainwater recharge PIT As per NBC- 2016 guidelines
LED Street lighting/ Landscape Lighting/ pathway 5911.00 Sqm
etc.

1. Construction of Main building: A spacious basement parking facility is

integrated into the project, offering convenient parking options for visitors and
occupants. This feature enhances accessibility and minimizes congestion on
surrounding streets. The project comprises a basement level designated for
parking and services. The ground floor accommodates 30 commercial shops
along with a dedicated reception and access lobby for the residential
component. The upper floors (1st to 10th floors) comprise 10 Type-II
residential flats on each floor, forming the residential component of the
development.
• Commercial BUA: 1220.42 sq.m.
30 nos. of shop (11'6" x 16'0") + Covered Veranda for Vending + Toilets
Open Plaza Area with Landscaping

2. Courtyard Landscaping and Recreational Spaces: Spread strategically

throughout the complex, plaza areas and recreational spaces provide inviting
settings for community gatherings, leisure activities, and events. Landscaped green
spaces and seating areas complement these amenities, creating a vibrant and
relaxing atmosphere for residents and customers.

3. Internal Peripheral Road with Entry/Exit Nodes: An internal peripheral road

system is proposed to ensure efficient vehicular circulation within the project site.

239 of 312
 A 6.0 m wide peripheral road is provided along the site boundary to allow
unobstructed fire tender and emergency vehicle access, in compliance with
applicable safety norms. The project is accessed through a primary entry and exit
from Taladanda Canal Road, designed as a prominent gateway. A defined
buffer between commercial and residential areas is incorporated to minimize
traffic impact, noise, and functional conflicts, ensuring enhanced safety and living
comfort.

4. Utility Block and Other Services: The project includes a dedicated utility block
with a minimum built-up area of approximately 100 sq.m, housing essential service
infrastructure including the electrical panel room and pump rooms, to support the
efficient operation and maintenance of the development. If additional area required
as per design shall be done by the Contractor without any change of scope and
additional time.

The construction of Utility block includes the following:

a. Earthwork in excavation for foundations of the utility block, including

electrical panel room and pump room, as per drawings and site conditions.
b. Backfilling with excavated earth and sand filling in layers, including
watering and compaction.
c. Plain Cement Concrete (PCC) in foundations and for equipment
foundations/pedestals as required, as per site conditions.
d. Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) of M30/required grade in piling,
foundations, plinth beams, columns, beams, lintels, equipment pedestals,
and roof slab, as per structural design and site conditions.
e. Reinforcement steel for all RCC works including foundations, plinth
beams, columns, beams, lintels, roof slab, and equipment pedestals,
complete as per specifications.
f. Brick masonry work in foundation and superstructure, including
partitions between electrical panel room and pump room, as per drawings.
g. Internal wall finishing of the electrical panel room with fire-retardant /
washable paint over a water-based primer, and internal painting of the
pump room with moisture-resistant paint over primer.
h. External wall finishing with two coats of weather-resistant paint over a
coat of water-based primer.
i. Cement concrete grading on roof slab to ensure proper drainage.
j. Waterproofing treatment to roof slab and wet areas of the pump room as

240 of 312
 per approved specifications.
k. Heavy-duty, non-skid industrial flooring suitable for electrical and pump
rooms, with proper slopes and drainage in pump room areas.
l. Cement plastering to internal and external surfaces, including waterproof
plaster in pump room areas, as per site conditions.
m. Provision of checkered plate flooring / raised platform where required
for electrical panels, as per electrical safety norms.
n. Mild steel doors, windows, and ventilators with synthetic enamel paint
finish, including louvers for ventilation as required for equipment rooms.

(e) Infrastructure development

I. Boundary Wall and Gate
Boundary wall on all sides of the development area has been proposed to
ensure safety in the premises. The boundary wall has been designed to
ensure that the development within can be viewed without hindrance. The
proposal recommends constructing a boundary wall of full height RCC
columns and brick masonry wall up to 2.5m high. The boundary wall will
be painted with weather coat paint. There will be 3 No. decorative
entry/exit point in this boundary wall. Total length of Boundary wall is
365 mtr. The proposed construction includes the following:

o Earthwork in Excavation for compound wall.

o Back Filling with excavated material and filling Sand.
o PCC for compound wall as per site condition.
o RCC of M30/required grade for foundation, Plinth Beam, Column
& Beam etc. as per site condition.
o Reinforcement for foundation, beam & column etc. as per site
condition.
o Brickwork for Foundation and superstructure wall.
o Cement plaster for inside and outside of the boundary wall.
o Panting Inside and outside of the compound wall.

II. Illumination

Market Complex:

1. General Lighting: 200-300 lux (approx. 20-30 foot-candles) for general circulation
areas, corridors, and stalls.

241 of 312
2. Task Lighting: 500-700 lux (approx. 50-70 foot-candles) for areas requiring focused
lighting, such as food stalls, jewelry shops, or reading areas.

3. Accent Lighting: 1000-1500 lux (approx. 100-150 foot-candles) to highlight specific

products, displays, or architectural features.

Residential Component:

1. Lobbies and Reception: 200-300 lux (approx. 20-30 foot-candles) for a welcoming
atmosphere.

2. Corridors and Stairways: 100-150 lux (approx. 10-15 foot-candles) for safety and
navigation.

3. Residential Units (Type-II Quarters):

• General room lighting (living and bedrooms): 200–300 lux (approximately 20–30
foot-candles).
• Task lighting in study/reading areas: 500–700 lux, as required.
• Kitchen areas: 300–500 lux for functional working conditions.

4. Parking and Outdoor Areas: 10-20 lux (approx. 1-2 foot-candles) for security and
safety.

Lighting Types:

1. LED lighting for energy efficiency and long lifespan.

2. Fluorescent lighting for general lighting in market complex.

3. Halogen or LED spotlights for accent lighting.

4. Emergency lighting (e.g., exit signs, emergency lights) with backup power.

III. CCTV & IP Surveillance

IP based CCTV system for building security comprising of PTZ/ fixed camera,
cabling, digital recording (NVR), HD display hardware & software support both
for indoor and external surveillance IP based Closed Circuit Surveillance system is
proposed to monitor the activities at critical/desired areas. The video shall be
continuously transported to NVR, using IP cameras; The items supplied by the
contractor should have specifications compatible with each other required for
satisfactory operation of the system. CCTV cameras and storage server/ NVR shall
have ONVIF Profile-S compliance for interoperability. 5 MP Dome cameras to be
used for areas inside the buildings including all service areas, common rooms, lift
lobbies etc. 5 MP Bullet cameras to be used in corridor areas, Parking areas,

242 of 312
external areas including entry and exits for coverage. Minimum of 30 days
recording at 25-30 FPS to be provided. Network switches, racks, Cat 6 cabling,
Fiber cabling including SFP modules and all other accessories including face
plates, RJ 45 Patch cords etc for the proper functioning of the system to be
provided.

IV. External Electrification

o Cabling work.
o Transformer installation work.
o 11 KV Single Circuit line.
o Grading.
o Safety equipment like shock treatment thick rubber mat, fire bucket
etc. as per site condition.

V. DG
• Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of a DG set of 125 kVA
(indicative load) Radiator cooled Silent D.G. set comprised of Diesel
Engine, coupled with Alternator mounted on a common base frame
along with other standard accessories i.e. residential silencer, batteries
with leads, fuel tank, AVM pads with static Battery charger, with
Acoustic Enclosure. Supplying and fixing of Exhaust extension of 10
meters of 150MM DIA MS Pipe with wall Support including Horizontal
Support with MS Steel, SS Below, Thermal Insulation of 50MM
Rockwool, Chicken mess, Aluminum Sheet and painting etc.
Unloading, Shifting, Installation& commissioning with civil foundation,
earthing as per BOQ, 6 core 2.5sqmm copper FRLS PVC control cable,
statutory (Electrical) approval, standard testing as per PCB rule.
o Exhaust piping and insulation.

VI. Internal PH works

o All service pipelines, including water supply, drainage, and rainwater
pipes, shall be properly concealed within walls, floors, or designated
service ducts and shall not be exposed externally. Adequate and well-
planned service ducts shall be provided to accommodate all pipelines,
ensuring sufficient space for easy access, inspection, and maintenance.
The ducts shall be of appropriate size to prevent congestion of services

243 of 312
 and shall be designed to allow safe and convenient maintenance
without causing damage to the building structure or finishes, complete
in all respects as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
o Providing and installing vitreous China Orissa pattern water closet pan
with a pair of footrest and P/S trap.
o Providing and installing vitreous China Floor Mounted European
Coupled Water Closet with concealed cistern
o Provide and fix vitreous china wash hand basin of approved make and
quality, conforming to relevant IS standards, under-counter/ counter-
top type with granite slab/with half pedestal/normal wall hung wash
basin as per architectural requirement at site. The basin shall be
complete with all necessary fittings and accessories including
brackets/supports, waste coupling, bottle trap, and connections. In
case of under-counter or counter-top installation, the basin shall be
properly fixed with granite slab ensuring neat cutting and finishing for
a flush and watertight fit. For half pedestal type, the pedestal shall
match the basin in colour and finish and shall effectively conceal all
pipework. The installation shall be carried out true to line and level,
ensuring proper drainage and neat appearance, complete in all respects
as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

o Urinal and Urinal Partition.

o Supplying all materials, labour, T&P and fixing standard sized 15mm
dia pillar cock as per specifications
o Supplying all materials, labour, T&P and fixing two-way Bib cock of
Jaquar and health faucet as per specifications
o Supplying all materials, labour, T&P and fixing standard sized CP
toilet paper holder, grab bar, urinal valve auto closing system with
built in control cock, Wall Mixer, overhead shower, stainless steel
grating, CPVC pipe, UPVC SWR fittings as per site condition.
o Provide complete hot water supply arrangement, including provision
for installation of geysers, as per site requirements and as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
o For kitchen sinks, the waste outlet pipe shall be properly connected to
a floor trap and thereafter led to the external drainage system. The
connection shall be made ensuring proper slope for smooth flow and
shall be watertight to prevent leakage and foul smell. Suitable traps

244 of 312
 and fittings shall be provided to ensure effective sealing and hygienic
disposal of wastewater, complete in all respects as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
o For balcony rainwater drainage, the down-take pipe shall be concealed
within the wall, shaft, or structural elements and shall not be exposed
externally. The pipe shall be properly aligned and securely fixed,
ensuring adequate slope for smooth flow of rainwater. Necessary
access provisions shall be made for maintenance without affecting the
aesthetic appearance of the balcony. All joints shall be leak-proof, and
the system shall be designed to ensure efficient disposal of rainwater
without seepage or dampness, complete in all respects as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
o Supplying all materials, labours, T&P for cutting holes through
existing brickwork, cutting holes through existing RCC floors & roofs,
cutting grooves in pucca floors and walls, cutting holes through
existing brickwork, Gulley trap chamber as per site conditions.

VII. STP & Sewerage System

The scope includes planning, designing and construction of providing and
laying sewer lines with NP2/3 (as per codal requirements) pipes of spigot
and socket ends including Manholes of required size, shape and depth
complete and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. The agency has to
plan, design, prepare the drawings for Sewerage system and get the same
approved from Engineer before execution the competent authority. The
sewerage lines of individual building shall be considered in buildings up to
and including first manhole.
The system comprises of Aerobic system with extended aeration
MBBR/SBR/SAFF/JOHKASOU Sewage treatment technology as per
direction by engineer in charge to suite at site and other technique remain
as the case may be keeping in mind the requirements mentioned by
regulatory authority such as CPCB/SPCD and Govt of India (CPHEEO).
The provisions are made for the excess water to be sent to the nearby
surface drain which finally discharged drain on downstream. RCC-M30
structural SS/UPVC/PVC/NP3 pipes, valves, shutter gates, flanges,
compartmentalization of different treatment systems are outlaid as per the
required design. The system has to be designed in accordance to the codes
in compliance to NBC/IS code/CPHEEO manual for hydraulics and

245 of 312
 process design /CPCB norms published & also the gazette 2020 to
discharge to drain, local body by laws and govt authority. Details as per
the drawings enclosed:

o Earthwork in excavation of foundation trenches.

o Back filling with excavated material and filling Sand.
o RCC of M30 grade for foundation, Plinth Beam, Column & Beam etc.
as per site condition.
o Brickwork for Foundation and superstructure wall.
o Cement plaster and painting inside and outside of the STP & sewerage
system as per site condition.
o M.S window grills with synthetic enamel paint.
o Artificial stone flooring.
o Fitting of MS openable door.
o Grading concrete over top slab of STP & sewerage.
o Waterproofing coating of roof.
o Fixing 900mm dia SFRC cover without frame for manhole.
o Fixing of stainless steel ladder.
o Cable and cable trays.
o Tertiary treatment plant.

VIII. Solid Waste Management

1. For collection of garbage generated in the developed area, 10 No. each of
Plastic Waste bin Rectangular along with fabricated MS stand, Plastic
Waste bin without Wheel with Push type Top load along with fabricated
MS stand and Plastic Waste bin without Wheel with Swing lid type Top
load along with fabricated MS stand would be strategically located in the
entire site for the convenience of the visitors.
2. For biodegradable garbage disposal at the site, it is proposed to install 3
nos. of Micro composting Unit electromechanical fully automatic
biodegradable waste composting machine of capacity of 100 Kgs each for
biodegradable solid waste generated from the complex along with digester
pits constructed with it. The composter would comprise of drive pump and
nutrient dosing system for biocides for composting piping, DI/PVC/HDPE
/NP3 pipes, valves, SS – 316 shutter gates, flanges, compartmentalization
of digestion chamber. The operation of the system will be in sequence as
one working method is adopted.
3. Non biodegradable waste is made to be segregated and sent from the
collection yard to recycling units. No plastic use zone will be created.
4. The digested compost will be utilized as and where required for the

246 of 312
 horticultural purposes. The excess liquid generated from the system will
be pumped out from the chamber and will also be utilized with
horticulture areas in compliance to IS code/CPHEEO/MOEF & CC 2016,
local body by laws and govt authority. Statutory clearances wherever
required will have to be taken by the contractor.

o Earthwork in Excavation for pit, wall and for pillar for shed as per site
condition.
o Back Filling with excavated material and filling Sand.
o PCC for pit, wall and for pillar as per site condition.
o Brickwork for Foundation.
o R.C.C of M30 grade and reinforcement in Foundation, pedestal and slab
as per site condition.
o Steel section of ISMB 150 for trusses.
o GCI sheet.
o Cement plaster inside and outside of the solid waste management
system.
o Supplying all materials, labour, T&P, fitting and fixing 110mm dia
UPVC SWR pipes & fittings.

IX. Signage/ Garbage Disposal

o Signages: Clear and well-placed signages are crucial for guiding customers
throughout the supermarket complex. They should include directional signs for
aisles, departments, restrooms, exits, and emergency exits. Digital signages can
also be used for promotions, offers, and announcements, enhancing customer
engagement.

o Garbage Disposal Systems: Proper garbage disposal systems, including bins

for recyclables and non-recyclables, are essential to maintain cleanliness and
hygiene in the supermarket complex. Regular emptying and maintenance of
these bins ensure a pleasant environment for shoppers and staff alike.

X. UGR & Water Supply

The primary provision of municipality water with UV-filtration to be fed to
underground tank of capacity 100KLD. Domestic water is proposed to be
available for WATCO water supply line and in case of non-availability of
water from WATCO source. Disinfectant by UV system to be ensured. But
additionally, for bore well water, necessary treatment units will have to be
provided based on water quality of the borewell water.
The quality standards will supply to standard prescribed by the CPHEEO
codes for water supply as per latest pollution control board.

247 of 312
 o Supplying all materials, equipment, labour & conducting
reconnaissance survey, integrated Hydrological and Geophysical.
o Labour for drilling a perfectly vertical bore hole of specified dia for a
specified depth below ground level through consolidated and
unconsolidated rock.
o Supplying 200mm polyvinyl chloride pipes as per site condition.
o Supplying ASTM 1785SCH (80) pipes as per site condition.
o Lowering the following size of G.I/P.V.C/M.S housing pipes.
o Supplying all materials, labour, T&P and providing and providing
sanitary sealing.
o Protection to the Borewell with CC base.
o Earthwork in excavation for foundation trenches.
o Back filling with excavated material and filling Sand.
o RCC of M30 grade for foundation, Plinth Beam, Column & Beam etc.
as per site condition.
o Providing and applying 2 coats of 1mm thick elastomeric cementitious
waterproofing coating Brush bond RFX.
o Supplying and fixing 900mm dia SFRC cover without frame, stainless
steel ladder, water level indicator, puddle collar of 150mm dia, vent
pipe as per site condition.

XI. Landscaping & Horticulture

Landscaping is a composition of both soft scape and hardscape to result in
harmony of the site components and surrounding as well as convenience of
the users. The proposed master plan comprises both soft scape and
hardscape of around 4000 sqmt allow different activities. This will ensure
proper access to the amenities and facilities are provided in the area, while
at the same time having appropriate mechanisms in place to reduce the
runoff. Podium landscaping
Indigenous trees and Indigenous shrubs like Aglaonema dove, Aglaonema
Snow-White, Areca Palm, Croton Challanger, Croton Baby Golden,
Dracaena Song, Money Plant, Phoenix palm, Cladium Hybrid, Cosmos,
Creeper Rose, Standard Rose, Acalypha green, Bamboo Buddha, Fishtail
palm, Foxtail palm, Acacia auriculiformis, Adansoniadigitata,
Azadirachtaindica, Bottle palm, Casuarinae quisetifolia, Ficusnuda,
Nauclea cadamba, Bauhinia acuminate, Ficus panda, Hibiscus rosasinensis,

248 of 312
 Nerium oleander, Thujacompacta, Jasminum humile shall be planted.
Indigenous ground covers such as nilagiri/mexican grass and selection no-1
grass shall be planted. This proposal includes the following:

o Trenching in ordinary soil as per site condition.

o Stacking of good earth and sludge at site.
o Rough dressing the trenched ground including breaking clods.
o Uprooting weeds from the trenched.
o Digging holes in ordinary soil and refilling the same with the excavated
earth.
o Filling of the following size empty pots with mixture of good earth &
manure in the ratio of 2:1.
o Anti-termite treatment by digging pits 30 cm deep
o Providing and displaying of Aglaonema dove variety Plant, having ht.
30 cm to 45 cm.
o Providing and displaying of Aglaonema Snow-White hybrid plant,
Croton Baby Golden plant, Money Plant, Phoenix palm plant etc. as per
site condition.
o Providing overhead type sprinkler system with self-closing valve.

In addition to the above podium landscaping with proper water proofing

drainage is also proposed which is needed to be executed as per design.

(f) Mandatory Requirements

i. Waterproofing:
Provisions for water proofing of STPs, sumps and water tanks, toilets, roof, toilet, Basement,
Podium and kitchen must be considered by the bidder in the scope of the project, and no
deletion/ relaxation of waterproofing items shall be allowed in any of these items, under any
circumstances. For detailed specifications, bidder must refer to Section 5: Waterproofing.

ii. Landscaping:
The bidder shall have to provide landscaping in all possible locations, and not limited to the
following areas only.

a. Landscaping of the entire area where hard constructions are not done

249 of 312
 b. General plantation (Trees to be planted should be fully grown of above 4 meters
height). No. of trees will be decided as per design of the landscape designer within the
area mentioned.

c. Beautification works: Pathways, open staircases, lobby approach ramps, terraces to be

beautified with plants in planter boxes.

The bidder shall maintain the landscaping during the entire construction period till handing
over (excluding DLP) and submit future maintenance plan along with tentative
maintenance cost at the time of handing over.

iii. Anti-termite treatment:

Anti-termite treatment to be done by drilling holes @ 300mm c/c both ways upto soil level
and filling with solution of Chlorpyrifos 20 EC or Lindane 20 EC and outside of the wall
using Chlorpyrifos 20 EC or Lindane 20 EC as per IS 6313 (Part 1, 2, 3): 2001 etc. complete
as per directions of Engineer- in charge.
Anti Termite treatment shall be done as per CPWD Specifications.

iv. SIGNAGES:

There are three (4) types of signage identified in the Master Plan to be installed within the
Project Area. The following typology of the signages are mentioned in the following
• Location-based Signage
• Wayfinding Signage
• Informational & Story Signage (as per requirement)
• Building Signage
v. LIGHTING:

Façade lighting shall be done as per site requirements, keeping in mind the
sanctity of the project and reflecting the community's culture and traditions.

(B) TIMELINE FOR SUBMISSIONS

This period includes time period for all types of survey & investigation, soil exploration and
laboratory testing, detail design, the draft and final design reports, drawings, technical
specifications, methodology as required for the work and all other associated reports and
documents.

250 of 312
[Link] Description Schedule for Submission

Submission of Inception Report

Review of applicable statutory approvals/ NOC 15 days from the date
1.
required from relevant authorities, SPCB and commencement
Fire Authority
Details of all Survey including laboratory test
60 days from the date
2. reports for construction materials and design
commencement
mixes
Submission of draft architectural drawings with
45 days from the date
3. detail Engineering Designs and technical
commencement
specifications & methodology.
Final architectural drawings with detail
60 days from the date of
Engineering Designs and technical
4. submission/ approval of draft
specifications & methodology; to be submitted
phases drawings
in three phases.
Final MEP Drawing( PH ,firefighting
,HVAC,[Link])working drawing with
detail Engineering Designs and technical 45 days from the date of
5. specifications & methodology to be submitted submission/ approval of draft
along with the DBR to be submitted in three phases drawings
[Link] coordination shall be submitted
after getting individual services approval.
Quality Management Manual & Environment, 30 days from the date of
6.
Health and Safety Manual commencement
Monthly Progress Reports along with updated
7. 10th day of succeeding month
abstract of changes during construction

8. As Built Drawings As provided in Contract Data

Consolidated Booklet Containing all

9. Approvals, Clearances, NOCs in connection With as-built drawings
with the project

10. Inventory with Warranties and User Manuals With as-built drawings

Note:* Inception report will broadly contain Site Appreciation,

Identification of Secondary Data Requirements, Detailed,

251 of 312
 Breakdown of Investigations and Surveys to be carried out
and a work program.

All Final Design/ Drawings/Reports/ Monthly Progress Report/ As Built Drawings

etc. shall be provided with 7 Copies for Record and Circulation Purposes.

Design drawings shall be submitted 1st GA level ,then GFC (Good For
Construction) level prior to site execution and final as built shall be submitted at the
end of the execution of MEP services at site .

(C) SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER

The Employer will provide the following data to the Bidder on request if available.
• Site plan.
• Any other relevant secondary data, to the extent available in a comprehensive
manner.
• Application for all statutory approval shall be made by the employer. However,
contactor will conduct relevant survey, prepare all drawings, documents,
presentations and will facilitate to get all statutory approvals from competent
authority.
Moreover,
• STP-Consent to ECBC and consult to operation from OPCB shall be obtained by
agency.
• Fire-Preliminary NOC shall be made by the agency prior to submission of fire
design for final approval.

The Employer will not provide office accommodation, vehicles, survey or any other
equipment to the Contractor. The Bidder shall make his own arrangement for their office
staff for each of the field supervision teams including furniture, equipment, operation and
maintenance, vehicles, and equipment.

(D) SECRECY

The contractor shall take all steps necessary that all persons employed on any work in
connection with the contract have noticed that the Indian Official Secrets Act 1923 applies
to them and will continue so to apply even after the execution of such works under the
contract. The contract is confidential and must be strictly confined to the contractor’s own

252 of 312
 use (except so far as confidential disclosure to sub-contractors or suppliers as necessary)
and for the purpose of the contract.
All documents, copies thereof & extracts there from furnished to the contractor or
submitted by the Contractor shall be returned to the Employer on the completion of the
work / works or on earlier determination of the contract. All the drawings, designs and
documents of this project shall be the property of the Employer and shall not be reproduced
by the Contractor either full or by part, for any purpose whatsoever may be, without written
permission of the Employer, any time afterwards, once the As Built submission is over and
complete. The Bidder may retain a copy of such documents but shall not use these
documents for purposes unrelated to this Contract without the prior written approval of the
[Link]

(1) APPENDIX – I (A): DESIGN SCOPE

The bidder has to submit his Design Basis Report covering all aspects as given below or
more with specific details and not generically.
(a) General:
The project shall be executed on a Lump Sum Turnkey basis. General scope of the work of
the project shall include but not limited to the following:
i. The contractor shall undertake, at its own cost, the Soil testing & Geo-technical
study, Total Station Survey of the project area and additional area as may be
required and GPR Survey with approval of the Engineer In-charge. The
contractor shall, at its own cost, procure Rainwater data for the last 25 years for
analysis. Wind Load data shall also be procured by the contractor at its own
cost. The contractor shall also perform all necessary tests before and during
construction with approval of the Engineer- In charge and submit necessary
reports to the employer for review and approval within a time so as to not delay
the progress of the project. The contractor must also take into account seismic
load, wind load etc. while developing structural and MEPF designs conforming
to all statutory norms and standards after getting approval for the architectural
design from the employer.

ii. Development of architectural drawings including preparation of conceptual

drawings, architectural brief, detail design, services etc. It may be noted that the
concept plans forming part of the Bid documents shall be the basis for this. This
would also include high resolution renderings as may be required and a

253 of 312
 walkthrough not exceeding 3 mins with voice over (bi-lingual) and suitable
sub-titles.

iii. Carrying out field surveys and detailed engineering design, and development
of drawings considering the architectural design and construction documents,
structural engineering, electrical engineering, communication and networking
plan, fire detection and protection plan, landscape design both horizontally and
vertically exterior and interior.

iv. Carrying out Geotechnical Investigations and Sub-Soil Exploration at each

proposed building location and conduct all relevant laboratory and field tests
on soil and rock samples. Soil bores duly indicating the classification of soils
within a bore log chart and soil test reports are to be conducted in Govt. of
Odisha approved soil testing laboratory on undisturbed and disturbed samples
for all the geo-technical parameters.

v. Preparation of services plans to include all details of plans, elevations and

sections with details of electrical works, ventilation, water supply, drainage &
sewage disposal system and rainwater Recharge Pit.

vi. Preparation of Key map (at relevant scale) showing the location of the
buildings investigated and rejected and the important structures, in the vicinity.
The reference to the position of the benchmark, location of the trial pits or
bore-holes giving identification number for each bore connected to the datum
and location of all nullahs, buildings.

vii. Procurement, installation, testing and commissioning of requisite equipment as

per specifications provided. Samples of all materials required for testing is
included in the cost of work. Expenditure for testing in house or through
external laboratory shall be completely borne by the contractor including cost
of transportation of samples to the testing locations or laboratories.

viii. Contractor shall establish an advanced in-house laboratory with adequate

facility for carrying out all routine field tests required during execution of work
at their own expense.

ix. The acceptable makes of various finishing items, fittings/ fixtures/ equipment/
components/ accessories have been mentioned in the List of Acceptable Makes
as part of the Section 8. The Contractor shall get the samples of these items
approved by the Employer before their use/ utilization in the works. Contractor
may use Higher or Equivalent makes after approval of the Employer. Any

254 of 312
 missing make to be addressed by the contractor by submitting minimum three
standard certified makes for approval of the Employer, Employer decision on
the selected make would be final and binding

x. Contactor shall establish an advanced in-house laboratory with adequate facility

for carrying out all routine field tests required during execution of work at their
own expense.

(b) Green Building Practice

i. The building must be designed to achieve minimum 3 star GRIHA rating and shall
be in compliance with the latest ECBC codes.

ii. The contractor shall ensure that adequate measures are taken for the prevention of
erosion of the topsoil during the construction phase.

iii. The Contractor shall arrange to work so as to minimize site disturbance such as
soil pollution due to spilling and use staging and spill prevention and control plan
to restrict the spilling of the contaminating material on site.

iv. The contractor shall not carry out any work which results in the blockage of
natural drainage.

v. The contractor shall ensure that existing grades of soil shall be maintained around
existing vegetation and lowering or raising the levels around the vegetation is not
allowed unless specifically directed by the Engineer

vi. Contractor shall reduce pollution and land development impacts from automobiles
use during construction.

vii. The Contractor shall not do overloading of trucks which is unlawful and when
loose materials like stone dust, excavated earth, sand etc. are moved, must ensure
proper covering.

viii. All building materials responsible for pollution shall be brought at site from
sources covered by tarpaulin and shall take all precautionary measure to ensure
that no dust particles are permitted to pollute the air quality. The contractor shall
ensure that air pollution due to dust/generators is kept to a minimum, preventing
any adverse effects on the workers and other people in and around the site.

255 of 312
ix. The Contractor shall identify roads on-site that would be used for vehicular traffic
and upgrade the vehicular roads, if they are used for hauling materials for the
project.

x. It would be in the scope of the Contractor to ensure that all GRIHA Guidelines
are adhered to at the stage of planning, design & execution.

xi. The Scope of work for Contractor, Architect, Electrical and PH consultants for
adoption of GRIHA are as follows:

a) Scope of Contractor
(i) Demonstrate that the project team implements tree preservation measures
at site. (Protect or Transplant or Replant in 1:3 ratio).

(ii) Ensure that 90% of fertile topsoil from disturbed area (including building
footprint vehicular pathways and material storage areas) is preserved.

(iii) Adopt following construction management measures at site.

a) Provide 3 m high continuous barricading along the site boundary.
b) Provide wheel washing facility/gravel bed at all vehicular entrances
and exits of the site.
c) Ensure diesel generator sets are in compliance with CPCB norms and
have an exhaust with stack height of at least 2 m from the top of the
generator with a cap.
d) Implement a spill prevention plan for storage of diesel, admixtures,
curing compounds, bitumen, and other hazardous material.
e) Ensure that fine aggregate, excavated earth, and other construction
material with a tendency to get airborne are covered or are sprinkled
regularly with non-potable STP water.
f) Ensure sprinkling of water on unpaved pathways on the site with non-
potable water in order to mitigate air pollution.
g) Limit the speed of vehicular movement on site to 10 km/h.
h) Ensure that vehicles carrying waste materials out of the site are
covered.
i) Ensure that the soil erosion channels are constructed, and they are
connected to a sedimentation tank in order to reduce movement of soil
outside the site.

256 of 312
 j) Adopt staging during construction on site.
k) Adopt following strategies to manage water during construction. such
as-
o Using gunny bags for curing and using ponding for curing
o Monitoring to avoid leaks and water wastage
o Use of additives to reduce water requirements during curing
o Use of treated wastewater/captured storm water
l) A construction waste management plan for segregation of construction
waste, its safe storage and on-site/off-site recycling is developed and
implemented in the project – 1 point.
m) Ensure compliance with the requirements of NBC, 2016 for all of the
following:
o Provision of necessary safety equipment and safety measures
for construction workers.
o Provision of clean drinking water, hygienic working and
living conditions, and sanitation facilities for the workers.
o Provision of crèche facility for children of construction
workers in case their families are allowed to work/live at the
construction site.
n) Adopt the following for the construction workers on-site:
o Provide a grocery store/canteen within the site premises.
o Organizes at least two events during the entire construction
phase to create environmental awareness among the
construction workers.

(iv) Ensure minimum replacement of OPC with BIS recommended waste

materials (such as fly ash, slag, etc.) by weight of cement used in structural
concrete.

(v) Ensure minimum 5% replacement of natural aggregate with RCA/RA by

weight of that category of aggregate in structural concrete.

(vi) Ensure that all internal and external, load bearing, non-load-bearing and
partition walls are constructed with - Concrete blocks (hollow, solid or
AAC) with minimum 40% fly ash content by weight And/ Or Porotherm
blocks And/ Or Adobe bricks/CSEB And/ Or Rammed earth walls And/ Or

257 of 312
 Stones from India (not including stone cladding) And/ Or Bamboo/any
other rapidly renewable material (not including bamboo cladding).

(vii) Monolithic concrete wall demonstrating minimum 30% replacement of

OPC with BIS recommended waste material by weight of cement.

(viii) C&D waste blocks containing minimum 30% C&D waste material by
weight.

(ix) Ensure minimum 30% replacement of OPC with BIS-recommended waste

by weight of cement used in masonry mortar and plaster.

(x) Ensure that at least 70% of all roads and vehicular pathways within site
premises are constructed with -
a. Bituminous road with minimum 6% plastic waste content by
weight of bitumen And/Or
b. Cast in situ cement concrete road with minimum 30% fly ash
content by weight of total cementitious material And/Or
c. Concrete blocks with minimum 40% fly ash content by weight of
block And/ Or
d. Paver blocks containing minimum 10% C&D waste content by
weight of block And/Or
e. Stones from India And/Or
f. Any other manufactured product with minimum 10% recycled
content by weight.

(xi) Ensure that 100% of the pavement/footpath including kerbstone

constructed on-site are constructed with -
a. Bituminous pavement with minimum 6% plastic waste by weight
of bitumen And/Or
b. Cast in situ concrete with minimum 30% fly ash content by weight
of total cementitious material And/ Or
c. Concrete blocks with minimum 40% fly ash content by weight of
block And/ Or
d. Paver blocks containing minimum 10% C&D waste content by
weight of material And/Or
e. Stones from India And/Or

258 of 312
 f. Any other manufactured product with minimum 10% recycled
content by weight.

(xii) Ensure that all interior wall and ceiling finishes such as primers, paints,
putty, etc. have low VOC content and are lead free.

(xiii) Ensure that all adhesives and sealants used have low VOC content and that
interior composite wood products do not have urea–formaldehyde as a
bonding resin.

(xiv) Ensure that tobacco smoking is prohibited on-site during the entire
construction phase.

(xv) Adopt sustainable transportation within the site premises, such as - Provide
at least four designated number of parking spaces for informal modes of
transport within the site premises. And/Or Provide NMT vehicle with at
least 10% of the total parking space designated to them onsite along with
charging facility. Additionally, provide designated vehicular tracks for
NMT vehicles. And/Or Provide bicycle users with at least 10% of the
total parking space designated to them along with changing rooms,
showers, lockers within the site premises.

b) Scope of Architect
(i) The building plan and site layout should adopt solar passive building
design strategies to ensure adequate daylight in each living space.

(ii) Ensure that the project falls within local building bye-laws and all
applicable statutory norms.

(iii) Demonstrate that the exterior fenestration is designed taking into

consideration the window orientation, size, placement, and shading design
to facilitate wind flow into the interior spaces.

(iv) Provide adequate thermal insulation on Roof & Wall and Energy Efficient
Glazing for Windows in order to reduce the heat gain through building
envelope.

259 of 312
(v) Ensure that the WWR (Window to Wall Ratio) and SRR (Skylight to Roof
Ratio) does not exceed the recommended value by ECBC-2017/ GRIHA.

(vi) Ensure that the windows meet the SHGC (Solar Heat Gain Coefficient) for
each orientation should follow ECBC 2017, Clause 4.3.3, Tables 4–10.

(vii) The VLT (Visible Light Transmittance) of Skylight and Windows should
comply with recommended VLT value as per ECBC-2017 & GRIHA.

(viii) Ensure that the project complies with the provisions of Harmonised
Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for
Persons with Disability and Elderly Persons as per NBC-2016.

(ix) Ensure provision of dedicated rooms (for resting) for service staff and
toilets for the service staff on-site as per NBC-2016 (Volume 2, Part 9,
Section 2, and Clause 4.2).

(x) Ensure the indoor noise levels as per NBC 2016, Volume 2, Part 8, Section
4, Clause [Link] by adopting following strategies -
a. Interposing buffer zones in building plan
b. Protection of habitable spaces by introduction of green belts
(greater than 30 m with broadleaved evergreen trees), public
gardens, etc.
c. Positioning a less vulnerable building closer to the noise sources
than the vulnerable buildings.
d. Shading and screening by providing a solid barrier such as a wall.
e. Provision of adequate sound insulation in building envelope (walls
and roofs)

(xi) Ensure that designated smoking zone/s is/are provided and the smoke is
managed within a controlled environment.

(xii) Demonstrate reduction in landscape water demand by adopting efficient

landscape design strategies, such as - Minimize the lawn area, Maximize
the tree plantation, Maximum incorporation of native vegetation (Drought
Tolerant Trees, Shrubs and other plants), Grouping of plant species as per

260 of 312
 the water requirement, Xeriscaping - Plants which are xero-phytic (palm)
and Minimize the water fountain concept in landscape plan etc.

c) Scope of Electrical
(i) Ensure that the project meets the mandatory requirements of ECBC-2017.

(ii) Demonstrate that 100% of outdoor lighting fixtures (lamps + ballast) meet
the luminous efficacy of 80 lm/W.

(iii) Demonstrate energy efficient lighting and air-conditioning system

designing as per ECBC-2017 norms in order to reduce the EPI (kWh/m2)
from GRIHA benchmark.

(iv) Ensure that the equipment installed within the project is either BEE-Star
labelled or of equivalent performance.

(v) Ensure installation of On-site & Off-site renewable energy system to off-
set a part of the annual energy consumption of internal artificial lighting
and domestic hot water system (if any).

(vi) The fire extinguishers installed in the building are free of Halon.

(vii) All the insulation used in the building envelope and for HVAC systems;
refrigerant used in the HVAC systems and refrigeration equipment are
HFC free.

(viii) Artificial lighting design to fall within limits (lower and higher range
limits) as recommended space/task specific lighting levels as per NBC-
2016 (part-8, Section-1, Table-4) and meet a minimum uniformity ratio of
0.4.

(ix) Demonstrate that the spaces meet the thermal comfort requirements as per
NBC 2016, ASHRAE 55, or the Indian Adaptive Comfort model, ensuring
that the maximum number of unmet hours shall not exceed 300.

(x) Meet the minimum requirements of CPCB National Ambient Air Quality
Standard (NAAQS) for quality of fresh air; and ASHRAE Standard 62.1–

261 of 312
 2010, Sections 4–7, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (with
errata) Or NBC-2005 for quantity of fresh air. The clause shall cover
treatment of outdoor air for predominantly PM 10 and PM 2.5.

(xi) Ensure continuous monitoring of CO, CO2, temperature, and RH levels

such that they meet the permissible thresholds as per ISHRAE standard
10001:2016, Table 6, for all habitable areas either at space level or at
AHUs by installation of sensor(s) deployed with feedback system as per
GRIHA.

(xii) Ensure improved indoor air quality by adopting Installation of indoor

plants and/or Promoting use of carpets and mats at all entrances and/or Use
of green cleaning products for housekeeping and/or Installation of separate
exhaust system for janitor/storage rooms for chemicals and/or Installation
of air curtains and/or Air sanitization and/or Demand control ventilation.

(xiii) Installing digital energy meters at Utility grid, on-site renewable energy
system, DG set, gas genset and each building level etc.

(xiv) Install digital water meters at Municipal supply, treated water outlet from
STP (Grey/Black), Captured rainwater etc.

(xv) In case of availability of water connection from WATCO, water meter will
be procured by the agency in consultation with WATCO and get it tested
by WATCO.

(xvi) Ensure the installation of smart metering system, which is capable of

tracking energy & water consumption through a web hosted portal for all
meters mentioned above.

(xvii) All smart metering and monitoring systems should be capable of the
following:
a. Hourly data reporting in near real-time (no more than 15-minute
delay).
b. Energy mix breakdown and consumption patterns.
c. Water consumption patterns from various sources

262 of 312
 d. Ability to set energy and water consumption targets, alarms, and
pricing.
e. Ability to compare historical trends and benchmark data
f. Real-time monitoring with user interface that operates even on mobile
devices

d) Scope of MEP Consultant

(i) Use of water efficient plumbing fixtures, sensors, auto-control valves, and
pressure reducing devices can result insignificant reduction in water
consumption in a building. Once the type and number of fixtures and
faucets have been decided as per NBC standards based on building
typology, select the fixtures and faucets of low-flow rates (based on
technology options available in the market).

(ii) Adopt water efficient irrigation systems that saves water loss due to run-
off, deep percolation, and evaporation; (i.e Drip irrigation, Moisture
control sensor etc.).

(iii) Ensure that 100% of wastewater generated on-site is treated through either
a chemical-based or natural wastewater treatment system.

(iv) Ensure that 100% of wastewater is segregated (into grey water and black
water) and treated independently on-site.

(v) Recycle and reuse this treated water as much as possible.

(vi) Install dual plumbing system to separate piping systems for recycled water
(non-potable quality) and potable water.

(vii) Ensure that the project meets water quality norms as per the CPCB rules
and BIS.
(viii) Provide infrastructure (multi-colored waste bins/different refuse chutes to
store e-waste, biomedical waste, organic waste, plastic waste, paper waste,
and other inorganic solid waste) for building occupants to ensure
segregation of waste at the source.
(ix) Ensure that dedicated segregated and hygienic storage spaces are provided
within the project site before treatment/recycling.

263 of 312
 (x) Provide contractual tie-ups with waste recyclers for safe handling and
recycling of all types of inorganic waste generated on site.
(xi) Ensure that at least 50% of inorganic waste is recovered/diverted (by
means of recycling/processing through dedicated recyclers).
(xii) Ensure that the organic waste generated on-site [from the building and
landscape] is quantified, and adopt strategies to treat 100% organic waste
on site to convert it into useable resources (manure, biogas, etc.) such as –
dump-pits, organic waste converter or vermicomposting etc.

(c) Project Management, Clearances & Certification

The Contractor shall obtain approval to the design, drawings and specifications of all
components of the building, from any institute of repute to be decided by the
employer at its own cost. The Employer shall give clearance for construction on all
sketches, drawings, reports and recommendations and other matters and proposals
submitted for approval by the Contractor in such reasonable time as no t to delay or
disrupt the performance of the Contractor’s services.
i. Planning of the project activities including work breakdown structure and
their timelines thereof, in MS Projects/ Primavera (minimum L3) and submit
the same to the authority for progress monitoring throughout the span of the
project.

ii. Project Management to ensure completion of Project as per the specified

timelines

iii. Obtaining NOC from Development Authority/ Municipality, PHEO, Fire

authority, Environmental Clearance from SPCB (if applicable), and any other
statutory approval required for the project.

iv. Compliance with Environmental and Energy efficiency norms and obtaining
at least 3-star GRIHA rating.

v. Handing over of the facilities after fulfilling all obligations of the Contractor
and confirming to Employer’s requirement

vi. Taking up the works listed for Defects Liability Period and closing the
project.

vii. Submission of Daily Labour Report and Weekly / Monthly Labour Payment
Report.

264 of 312
(2) APPENDIX – I (B): SCOPE OF BUILDING WORK

(a) Scope for Civil Work

The scope of work for the project is about construction of the building and installation of
all services in order to make the fully functional and with a view to provide the intended
facilities to the users. Scope of civil work shall comprise, but not limited to the following.
Specifications for the construction works have been provided in Section-5.
i. Construction of the building and installation of all services keeping in view the
mandatory requirements of the Employer.

ii. Overhead tank, underground sump, Firefighting sump and storage tank for
rainwater of adequate capacity to be provided.

iii. Water proofing of foundation, roof, toilets, underground sump and exposed
surfaces to be done under the supervision of expert agencies.

iv. Anti-termite treatment shall be done as per IS specifications.

v. Flooring shall be full body vitrified tile for bedrooms, kitchen & hall with 100mm
skirting. Granite flooring for staircase rooms, steps of staircases, lobbies and
entrance area with six inch dado respectively as per CPWD / OPWD specifications.

For all washrooms & toilets, flooring shall be with Antiskid Vitrified Tiles & dados
with glazed ceramic tiles.

vii. Storm Water Drains: Providing and laying precast/ cast in situ RCC storm water
drain with perforated removable/fixed covers including necessary culverts etc.
complete and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

viii. Service Trench: Planning, designing and construction of RCC Service Trench
conforming to IS:875, IS:456, IS:1893, IS13920 and other IS Code Provision and
standard sound Engineering practice and as approved by Engineer. The Service
Trench will be designed to accumulate all the services in the campus. Factory
made Fixed/ removable R.C.C. precast cover with minimum thickness 100 mm
shall be provided at the top of trench.
ix. Expansion Joint: As per requirement.
x. Signs and outdoor display structures shall be governed by the relevant provisions of
the Orissa Municipal Corporation Act/ Orissa Municipal Act and any other codal
provision.
xi. Debris, rubbish & other waste materials shall be reused at site as directed by

265 of 312
 Engineer or disposed off / recycled or on pre-defined disposal locations.
xii. Landscaping: Landscaping has to be planned suitable to the theme and architecture
of the building used along with public space creation and design. Vertical
landscaping may be planned as per architectural requirement. Internal greenery
should also be planned.
xiii. Reinforcement
Only thermo-mechanically treated reinforcement bars of grade Fe500D or more
with minimum total elongation of 14.5% conforming to IS 1786 are adopted. For
all structures the reinforcement bars, regardless of diameter, shall be Corrosion
Resistant Steel (CRS), Thermo-Mechanically Treated (TMT) of grade Fe500D/
Fe500S conforming to IS 1786. The total % of Corrosion Resistant Elements
(CRE) in bars, which comprise of Copper (Cu), Phosphorus (P), and Chromium
(Cr) shall not be less than 0.50%.
The reinforcement steel shall have the following properties:
• Unit Mass of Steel = 7850 kg/m3
• Modulus of Elasticity, E = 200x103 N/mm2
• Yield Strength- 500 N/mm2
• Ultimate Tensile Strength, Fu = As per IS 1786
• Coefficient of thermal expansion = Usually 12 x10-6 /ºC
• Shear Modulus, G = 76.9x103 N/mm2

(b) Scope for WS & SI work (Water Supply & Sanitary Installations)
The scope of WS & SI work (Water Supply & Sanitary Installations) for the project is
about providing all fittings and fixtures in order to make it fully functional with regard
to supply, storage, distribution of water and collection and treatment of effluent from
the toilets and other areas of the building including recycling and reuse of water.
Scope of work shall comprise, but not limited to the following. Specifications to be
followed for the works have been provided in Section-5, and in addition,
manufacture’s specification shall also be adhered to for the brands approved for the
project.
i. W.C. Pan with flushing system: Floor mounted EWC at Quarters and in public
toilets Floor mounted EWC about 50% locations, and Floor Mounted IWC at the
balance locations as per the requirements.

ii. Urinals: Stall type urinals shall be used with partitions as per approved make.

266 of 312
iii. Wash basin: Provide Under Counter wash basin of suitable size and shape inside
toilet. Wash basin counter shall be finished with 18 mm thick granite on top and
facia of RCC slab

iv. Mirror: Full length equal to wash basin counter of 900 mm height mirror (900mm x
600mm wide). Light for mirror shall be provided.

v. Terrace Tank: RCC Tank of approved dimensions.

vi. Sewerage System:

• The scope includes planning, designing and construction of providing and laying
sewer lines as per codal requirements including Manholes of required size, shape
and depth complete and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. The agency has to
plan, design, prepare the drawings for Sewerage system and get the same approved
from Engineer before execution the competent authority. The sewerage lines of
individual building shall be considered in buildings upto and including first
manhole.

• Waste & wastewater from kitchen & dining (if any) shall not be directly discharged
in the sewerage system. For garbage, a separate storage bin shall be provided and all
codal provisions of SWD should be followed. For pre-treatment of wastewater
Gulley Trap, screen chamber, Grit Chamber shall be designed and constructed.

• This item is operated from the first manhole to the Sewage Treatment Plant
including construction of gully trap, grit chamber, screen chamber etc. making
connection from and to the manholes wherever required, all complete.

vii. Water Supply Network:

• The scope includes planning, designing and construction of providing and laying
Water supply main, branch and distribution lines including chambers and
fittings/specials such as Tees, Bends, collars, Unions, tappers, caps, Sluice Valves,
Gate Valves, scour valves, non-return valves, air-relief valves, thrust blocks etc.
complete and as per direction of Engineer.

• The water supply network should cater to the needs of supplying water from UG
sumps to Different OHTs.

• All buildings are to be connected with nearest UG sump by water supply lines by
HDPE/UPVC/CPVC so that water supply should be made to the building along with

267 of 312
 fittings, gun metal gate valves, gun metal non return valves, masonry chambers for
valves, including excavation, providing sand around and refilling after laying etc.

• The scope also includes providing and laying treated water supply (from STP)
main, branch and distribution lines including chambers and fittings/specials such as
Tees, Bends, collars, Unions, tappers, caps, Sluice Valves, Gate Valves, scour
valves, non-return valves, air-relief valves, thrust blocks etc. complete for use in
flush tanks, horticulture purpose and as per direction of Engineer.

• Primary source of water supply will be municipal water.

• The system has to be designed to obtain the pressure prescribed by the
manufacturer.
• Provision of hydro pneumatic system if required.
• Planning, designing and construction of RCC Under Ground Sumps/ RCC
overhead tanks of adequate capacity as per norms of NBC 2016, with necessary
partitions for domestic & firefighting etc. including preparation of preliminary &
detailed working drawings, structural analysis & design, planning, designing &
execution of all services including providing and laying pipes of required diameter
up to overhead tank etc. by incorporating stipulated specifications and integrating all
services with external development works all complete as per directions of
Engineer.

• Rainwater Recharge pit: A rainwater recharging plan shall be designed and

provided as per NBC guidelines.

(b) Scope for Electrical work

i. All works will be carried out as per provisions but not limited to CPWD
Specifications, NBC 2016, IE Rules, IS Codes as amended up to the date of tender.
In case for any part of the work specification is not available in the aforesaid
mentioned documents then part of the work will be carried out in accordance with
sound engineering practice and as per directions of Engineer.
ii. The Contractor shall be responsible and liable for proper and complete execution of
the Electrical work ensuring coordination of Civil, WS & SI and Electrical work.
The lump-sum rate quoted by the Contractor shall be applicable for the conditions &
specifications and scope all complete.
iii. In case the Contractor does not have in house facility to do the E&M work, he shall
submit Name(s) of the proposed Sub- contractor (for each of the E&M works)
within one month of award of work or 15 days before start of work whichever is

268 of 312
 earlier. The Contractor shall submit MOU between the one who is awarded the work
and the associated eligible electrical contractor.
iv. In event of the concerned E&M agency not performing satisfactorily or failure of
associate/sub-contractor to complete the E&M work, the Contractor on the written
direction of the Employer, shall remove the Associate/sub-contractor deployed on
the work and shall submit name of new associate who fulfills the conditions to
execute the leftover work without any loss of time or variation in cost to the
Employer in this regard. No change of Electrical Contractor will be allowed without
prior approval of the Engineer.
v. Scope of work covers planning, designing, supply, installation, testing,
commissioning and ensuring performance of all Electrical & Mechanical services
for external ambiance lighting, internal requirement, facade highlighting etc. till end
of Defects Liability Period. The work shall be executed as per CPWD specifications
of E & M works. If any services/work required to make the building / scheme
habitable & functional, including the statutory compliance, is not specifically
mentioned in the scope of services, the same is deemed to be included within the
scope of this tender and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
vi. The scope of work covers the preparation of layout plans, drawings for E & M
schemes, inventories of fittings, fixtures, equipment and approval of the same from
the Engineer, before commencement of work. The scope of work shall deem to
include, but not limited to, the systems as described below in complete respect with
full functionality, compliances to the specifications, drawings.

• Internal and external Electrical Installations: Planning, designing,

capacity calculations with load details, Complete design details, supply,
installation, testing and commissioning of complete Internal and External
Electrical Works which includes copper wiring in steel conduit, LED
luminaries and lighting controls, fans, modular switches, sockets, DBs,
MCBs, RCCBs, tap off boxes, UPS, Wire mesh cable tray for parking area
and PIR Sensors, Chemical earthing, lightening arrestor, cable TV wiring in
steel conduit, networking wiring (CAT6A) in raceway, wall mounted patch
panels for networking system, wiring for centralized intercom system, call
bell system, street light, compound light and landscape lights, contour &
fascia light etc. complete as required.
• Lifts: Planning, designing, supplying, installation, testing & commissioning
of Passenger Lifts with ARD system shall be as per the provisions of NBC.

269 of 312
• Sub-Station:- Planning, designing, capacity calculations with load details,
Complete design details, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of
complete Substation Works & equipment which includes HT Panels, Oil
type transformers (CSS), LT Panel, HT cables, APFC (Automatic Power
Factor Correction) Panels, Distribution Panels, Active Harmonic filters,
TVSS (Transient Voltage Suppression System), SPD (Surge Protection
Device), Fire Emergency Panels, other related works like LT cabling from
sub-station to buildings, sandwich type bus- trunking, chemical earthing
complete as required. Statutory clearances wherever required will have to be
taken by the firm.
• DG Set : Planning, designing, capacity calculations with load details,
Complete design details, Supplying, installation, testing and
commissioning of Silent Type DG Sets, AMF Panel, Bus Ducting/ Cables
from DG Sets to Essential Panel, Synchronizing Panel where required, DG
Set enclosure room sound insulation/ventilation/smoke exhaust as required,
chemical Earthing of DG Set system, control cabling, Fuel tank/piping, DG
set Exhaust piping/ Exhaust Chimney as per CPCB norms, Civil works
connected with DG Sets including Foundation as required.
• LAN & EPBAX System: - Planning, designing, supply, installation, testing
and commissioning of complete of Digital based voice communication
system with specified number of PRI lines (as per design and requirements
extensions) complete with telephone instruments with operator console
facility with RJ11 cable with associated accessories as required.
• IP based CCTV and Security System: Planning, designing, supply,
installation, testing and commissioning of complete IP based CCTV
security system including various types of IP based CCTV motorized
VF camera having 50mtr IR, internal SD card 128GB, server based
recording, Cat 6 cabling & related accessories CCTV with
independent ofc backbone, PoE Switch and having storage for 30
days at 25 FPS, Parking areas, vending space, and other common
areas as required including CCTV control room, required UG cabling,
recording system and monitor/ monitors in the control room (Inside
and outside area).
• UPS System: Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of online
single phase UPS System with 60 minutes back up including batteries,

270 of 312
 interconnecting cables, battery racks etc. for the required load (to be placed
in Multiple units’ floor wise) redundant, with unity power factor, for
emergency lighting & associated functions as per latest codal provisions.
• Water Supply System: Planning, designing, supplying, installation, testing
& commissioning of water supply system with submersible pump
sets/municipal supply (if available) for bore wells as well as horizontal
submersible pump sets for sump well. This includes all piping work, with
GI pipe, butterfly valves, NRV, Headers, puddles, water level indicators
with magnetic sensors and for operation of pumps and monitoring of water
level in tanks. All required electrical panel cabling, sensors shall be in the
scope of work.
• STP: Planning, Designing, supplying, installation, testing &
commissioning of STP based on Moving Bed Biofilm Reactor (MBBR)
/SBR/SAFF/JOHKASOU Sewage treatment technology as per direction by
engineer in charge to suite at site and other technique remain as the case
may be keeping in mind the requirements mentioned by regulatory authority
such as CPCB/SPCD and Govt of India (CPHEEO).Technology of
minimum capacity as specified complete including Civil Works with
collection tank, MBBR tank, Pumps, treated water, Storage tank, Tertiary
treatment, Filtration plant with MGF, ACF, softening plant, UV Plant etc.,
Statutory clearances wherever required will have to be taken by the firm.
• Emergency light and illuminated Sign Board: - Planning, Designing and
preparation of drawings obtaining approvals from the Employer for
emergency light and illuminated sign board, SITC of sign board in each
building showing Exit, floor, lift, staircase, electric shaft etc at every
building in the campus as per detailed specifications.
• Solar Power: Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of roof
top solar photo voltaic power generation system including frames capable of
sustaining maximum wind speed as per IS 875 with 25 years performance
warranty.
• Lightening Arrestor: In order to safeguard the buildings in the event
of lightning during inclement weather, arrangements would be made
to install requisite numbers of Lightning Arrestors. It is proposed to
install 8mm aluminum rods in roof conduction holders on parapets of
buildings, vertical air terminals, copper/SS conductors of appropriate
dia and low carbon copper coated earth. It is proposed to provide

271 of 312
 conditional lightning arrestor for shopping complex plot. A near
steam eremission type lighting arrestor for the entire area which will
cover the span of 80 meters.

vii. All the drawings should have a checklist stating that it follows IS codes
(code name to be specified), NBC 2016, CPWD specifications and CPWD
GPRA norms. Also, the contractor has to provide any data and detail asked by
Engineer to finalize and accept the scheme, drawings etc., which shall be
provided on the established standard/guidelines/codes etc.
viii. Clearances to be taken by the firm from the Employer before start of work.
The above schemes of all the E&M works shall have to meet all the
requirements of local bodies/ Fire Services / Electrical Authority/ NBC norms
as applicable & also meet the technical specifications of various relevant
CPWD specifications for electrical & mechanical services.
ix. The agency has to make its own arrangements for storage of sundry materials
and erection equipment’s. No separate storage accommodation shall be
provided by the Employer. Watch and ward of the stores and their safe custody
shall be the responsibility of the contractor till the final taking over of the
installation by the client/ Employer. Care shall be taken by the contractor while
handling and installing the various equipment and components of the work to
avoid damage to the building. He shall be responsible for repairing all damages
and restoring the same to their original finish at his cost. He shall also remove
at his cost all unwanted and waste materials arising out of the installation from
the site of work.
x. All equipment shall have warranty as provided by OEM from the date of taking
over/ installation, against unsatisfactory performance and/or break down due to
defective design, workmanship or material. The equipment or components, or
any part thereof, so found defective during warranty period shall be forthwith
repaired or replaced free of cost, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In case, it is
felt by the Employer that undue delay is being caused by the contractor in doing
this, the same will be got done by the Employer at the risk and cost of the
contractor. The decision of the Engineer in this regard shall be final & binding
on the contractor.

272 of 312
 (c) Scope for firefighting and fire alarm work

• Planning, designing, supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of Firefighting

System, comprising of main pump for wet-riser and sprinkler, Diesel engine pump,
Jockey pump for wet-riser and sprinkler, GI heavy pipe, valves, flanges, hydrant, down-
comer system, Hose reel, Portable Fire Extinguishers, compartmentalization as and
where required, in compliance to IS code/NBC 2016, local body by laws and local fire
authority. Statutory clearances, wherever required, will have to be taken by the firm.
• Sprinkler system should be provided in the basement and the shop area as per NBC
2016/NFPA.
• A minimum capacity of 200 KL for the UGR and 25 KL for the OHT shall be provided,
or higher capacities as per the fire design requirements in accordance with fire safety
norms, whichever is greater, shall be considered.
• A water curtain system should be provided in the basement area as per the requirements
of NBC 2016.
• Zone control valve for sprinkler system may be provided as per NBC 2016 and statutory
norms.
• An external yard hydrant system should be provided as per NBC 2016 and statutory
norms.
• All the hydrant systems, including the hydrant valve, RRL hose (IS 636:1988 TYPE A),
hose reel drum (IS 636:1988 TYPE A) and branch pipe should be gun metal according
to statutory norms.
• All firefighting systems, Fire alarm systems, PA systems, and talk-back systems should
be provided in the building, as per NBC 2016, NFPA (13,72,20), IS 2189:2008, IS
3844:1989 and with all statutory norms in compliance with fire safety recommendations
provided by the Odisha Fire Service.
• Fire Alarm, PA System and Talk-back system: Planning, designing (as
per CPWD specification, agreement condition & NBC & IS codes),
supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of Automatic Fire alarm
system/ manual Fire alarm system comprising of fire alarm panel, Smoke
detector, Heat detectors, Hooters, Manual call points, Response indicators,
monitor module, control module, fire survival cables etc. It shall be as per
NBC 2016, CPWD specifications and Local bylaws and as per approval of
Local Fire Service authorities. The work shall also include planning,
designing, preparing drawings and getting the drawings approved from the
Engineer and its subsequent execution. Scope of work also includes
integration of Automatic Fire alarm system/ manual Fire alarm system

273 of 312
 provided in the building as per NBC 2016 requirements to the main control
room located inside the building. Statutory clearances wherever required
will have to be taken by the firm.
• PA system and talk-back system should be provided in the building as per
NBC 2016 and statutory norms.

(d) Scope for HVAC work

• A mechanical ventilation system is to be provided in the basement area by

considering normal and fire conditions.
• VRF/ Split AC unit shall be considered for the shop area by considering a minimum
150 tons of cooling load; however, the agency shall submit the exact heat load
calculation for approval as directed by the engineering in chief.
• Ventilation system should be provided in the toilet area, lift area and staircase area
as per requirements, with all statutory norms.
• AC load for Residential unit shall also be considered. Civil work shall be done as
per the scope of work.

(3) STANDARDS
Materials and workmanship shall comply with the relevant Indian Standards (with
amendments) current on the date of submission of the tender.
Where the relevant standard provides for the furnishing of a certificate to the
Engineer, at his request, stating that the materials supplied comply in all respects with
the standard, the Contractor shall obtain the certificate and forward it to the Engineer.
The specifications, standards and codes listed below are considered to be part of this
specification. All standards, specifications, codes of practices referred to herein shall
be the latest editions including all applicable official amendments and revisions.
In case of discrepancy between the Specification and the Standards
referred to herein, the Specification shall govern.

Materials

IS: 269-Specification for 33 grade ordinary Portland cement

IS: 383-Specification for coarse and fine aggregates from natural

sources for concrete

IS: 428-Specification for distemper, oil emulsion, color as required

274 of 312
IS: 432 -Specification for mild steel and medium tensile steel bars
and hard drawn steel wire for concrete reinforcement (Parts 1 &
2)
IS: 455-Specification for Portland slag cement
IS: 458-Specification for precast concrete pipes (with and without
reinforcement)
IS: 650- Specification for standard sand for testing of cement
IS: 651-Specification for salt glazed stoneware pipes and fittings
IS: 808 -Specification for dimensions for hot rolled steel beam,
column channel and angle sections

IS: 814-Specification for covered electrodes for manual metal arc

welding of Carbon and Carbon Manganese steel

IS: 1003 - Specification for timber panelled and glazed shutters

(Parts 1 & 2) IS: 1038 - Specification for steel doors,
windows and ventilators

IS: 1077 - Specification for common burnt clay building bricks

IS: 1398 - Specification for packing paper, water proof, and

bitumen laminated IS: 1489 - Specification for Portland
pozzolana cement (Parts 1 & 2)

IS: 1566 - Specification for hard drawn steel wire fabric for
concrete reinforcement

IS: 1580- Specification for bituminous compounds for water

proofing and caulking purposes

IS: 1786 - Specification for high strength deformed steel bars and
wires for concrete reinforcement

IS: 1852 - Specification for rolling and cutting tolerances for hot
rolled steel products

IS: 1948 - Specification for aluminium doors, windows and

ventilators

IS: 1977 - Specification for structural steel (ordinary quality)

IS: 2062 - Specification for steel for general structural purposes

IS: 2185 - Specification for concrete masonry units (Parts 1 & 2)

275 of 312
 IS: 2202 - Specification for wooden flush door shutters (Parts 1 &
2)

IS: 2645 - Specification for integral cement water proofing

compounds

IS: 2750 - Specification for steel scaffoldings

IS: 2835 - Specification for flat transparent sheet glass

IS: 3384 - Specification for bitumen primer for use in

waterproofing and damp proofing

IS: 3502 - Specification for steel chequered plates

IS: 4021 - Specification for timber door, window and ventilator

frames

IS: 4350 - Specification for concrete porous pipes for under

drainage

IS: 4351 - Specification for steel door frames

IS: 4990 - Specification for plywood for concrete shuttering work

IS: 8112 - Specification for 43 grade ordinary Portland cement

IS: 9103 - Concrete Admixtures - Specification

IS: 9862 - Ready mixed paint, brushing, bituminous, and black,

lead free, acid, alkali, water and chlorine resisting

IS: 10262 - Recommended guidelines for concrete mix design

IS: 12269 - Specification for 53 grade ordinary Portland cement

IS: 12330 - Specification for sulphate resisting Portland cement

IS: 12709 - Glass fibre reinforced plastics (GRP) pipes, joints and
fittings for use for potable water supply

Tests

IS: 516 - Method of test for strength of concrete

IS: 1182 - Recommended practice for radiographic examination of

fusion – welded butt joints in steel plates

IS: 1199 - Methods of sampling and analysis of concrete

276 of 312
 IS: 2386 - Methods of test for aggregates for concrete (Parts 1 to 8)

IS: 2720 - Methods of test for soils (Parts 1 to 39)

IS: 3025 - Methods for sampling and test (physical and chemical)
for water and wastewater (Parts 1 to 59)

IS: 3495 - Method of test for burnt clay building bricks (Parts 1 to
4)

IS: 3613 - Acceptance tests for wire flux combination for

submerged arc welding

IS: 4020 - Methods of tests for wooden flush doors shutters: Type
tests

IS: 4031 - Methods of physical tests for hydraulic cement (Parts 1

to 15)

IS: 5807 - Method of test for clear finishes for wooden furniture
(Parts 1 to 6)

IS: 7318 - Approval tests for welders when welding procedure

approval is not required (Parts 1 and 2)

IS: 1331 - Methods of Non-destructive testing of Concrete- Part 1

& Part 2

Codes of Practice

IS: 456 - Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete

IS: 783 - Code of practice for laying of concrete pipes

IS: 800 - Code of practice for general construction in steel

IS: 806-Code of practice for use of steel tubes in general building

construction

IS: 816 -Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general
construction in mild steel

IS: 817 -Code of practice for training and testing of metal arc
welders

IS: 875 - Code of practice for design loads (other than earthquake)
for building structures (Parts 1 to 5)

277 of 312
 IS: 1081 -Code of practice for fixing and glazing of metal (steel
and aluminium) doors, windows and ventilators
IS: 1172 - Code of practice for basic requirements for water
supply, drainage and sanitation
IS: 1477 - Code of practice for painting of ferrous metals in
buildings (Parts 1 & 2)
IS: 1597 - Code of practice for construction of stone masonry
(Parts 1 & 2)
IS: 1742 - Code of practice for building drainage
IS: 1893 -Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures
IS: 1904 - Code of Practice for Design and Construction of
Foundation in Soils
General Requirements.:
IS: 2065 - Code of practice for water supply in buildings
IS: 2212 - Code of practice for brickwork
IS: 2338 - Code of practice for finishing of wood and wood based
materials (Parts 1 & 2)
IS: 2394 - Code of practice for application of lime plaster finish
IS: 2395 - Code of practice for painting, concrete, masonry and
plaster surfaces (Parts 1 & 2)
IS: 2470 - Code of practice for installation of septic tanks (Parts 1
& 2)
IS: 2502 - Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars for
concrete reinforcement
IS: 2571 - Code of practice for laying in-situ cement concrete
flooring
IS: 2595 - Code of practice for radiographic testing
IS: 2751 - Recommended practice for welding of mild steel plain
and deformed bars for reinforced construction
IS: 2974 - Code of practice for design and construction of machine
foundations (Parts 1 to 4)
IS: 3114 - Code of practice for laying of Cast Iron pipes
IS: 3370 - Code of practice for concrete structures for the storage
of liquids (Parts 1 to 4)
IS: 3414 - Code of practice for design and installation of joints in
buildings

278 of 312
 IS: 3558 - Code of practice for use of immersion vibrators for
consolidating concrete
IS: 3658 - Code of practice for liquid penetrant flaw detection
IS: 3935 - Code of practice for composite construction
IS: 4000 - Code of practice for High strength bolts in steel
structures
IS: 4014 - Code of practice for steel tubular scaffolding (Parts 1 & 2)
IS: 4111 - Code of practice for ancillary structures in sewerage
system (Parts 1 to 4)

IS: 4127 - Code of practice for laying of glazed stoneware pipes

IS: 4326 - Code of practice for Earthquake Resistant Design and
Construction of Buildings
IS: 4353 - Recommendations for submerged arc welding of mild
steel and low alloy steels
IS: 5329 - Code of practice for sanitary pipe work above ground
for buildings
IS: 5334 - Code of practice for magnetic particle flaw detection of
welds
IS: 5822 - Code of practice for laying of welded steel pipes for
water supply
IS: 7215 - Tolerances for fabrication of steel structures
IS: 9595 - Recommendations for metal arc welding of carbon and
carbon manganese steels
IS: 10005 - SI units and recommendations for the use of their
multiples and of certain other units

(4) APPENDIX- II: SCHEDULE OF FINISHES

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS

Sl. Description Applicable Specifications Remarks

No. Type-II Quarter
1 FOUNDATION
FOUNDATION & As per structural requirements. The design shall vary
Structure as per soil conditions
2 SUPERSTRUCTURE

279 of 312
Sl. Description Applicable Specifications Remarks
No. Type-II Quarter
For multi- storey RCC RCC frame & filler walls of Any other energy
framed structure autoclaved aerated cement concrete efficient suitable
(AAC) blocks/ fly ash bricks. locally available
material in consultation
with architect and
structural engineer.
Internal Partition Half brick thick masonry in Any other energy
autoclaved aerated cement concrete efficient suitable local
(AAC) blocks / fly ash bricks. material in consultation
with architect and
structural engineer.

3 DOORS AND WINDOWS

a) Frames
i) Door Treated Sal wood/ The external
entrance door frame will have double
rebate or sub frame for double doors
i.e. main door and safety grill door
with stainless steel (304) wire mesh.
For internal doors single rebate
frames.
ii) Window Anodized System Aluminum 3 Track
Window systems with necessary
hurricane bars supports designed to
withstand cylonic wind speeds with
MS Grill.
b) Shutters
Main door/ external Double shutters, 38 mm thick Single
door shutters panel hot pressed factory-made BWP
flush door shutter both side
commercial veneered (1.5mm thick)
and water proof polised.(including
necessary lipping)
Kitchen doors 30/32 mm thick Single panel factory-
made flush door shutter both side
(1.5mm thick) laminated .(including
necessary lipping)
Bath, WC & toilet door 35 mm thick, WPC flush doors of
density 0.9 g/cm³
c) Window shutters Anodized System Aluminum 3 track
All windows shutters Window systems with necessary
hurricane bars supports designed to
withstand cylonic wind speeds with
tinted toughened glass. All windows
to be equipped with SS Mosquito/
Bug Mesh.
d) Hardware & Powder coated or colour anodized Rubberized at the
Fittings aluminum/ stainless steel fittings (SS- bottom flashing at
Main units 304) grade. external doors shall be
provided for protection
from insects and

280 of 312
Sl. Description Applicable Specifications Remarks
No. Type-II Quarter
rainwater etc.

Fire check door As per fire safety specifications.

4 FLOORING, SKIRTING & DADO
a) Flooring Scratch resistant 10mm thick vitrified
Living drawing room, tiles of size not les than 1200 X 600
dining, Bedrooms & mm with joint finished with matching
family lounge grout.

Kitchen Anti-skid 8/10 mm thick Vitrified

tiles of size not less than 600 X 600
mm with water absorption less than
0.08% laid with joint finished with
matching grout.
Kitchen counter 18 mm thick Pre Polished Granite
stone have to have double bull
nosing, with a granite strip of
12x18x12mm at the edge.

Common circulation 18 mm thick anti-skid finish Granite

area - Corridor stone/ 15mm full body anti-skid
vitrified tiles in all design and shades
(with water absorption less than
0.08%) of size not less than 600 x
600 mm with proper drainage.
Main Staircase 18mm thick Flamed finished granite Nosing design in treads
stone in single length of treads & shall be as per
risers with longitudinal grooves. architectural design
Fire escape staircase 18mm thick Flamed finished granite ---Do--
stone in single length of treads &
risers
Toilets / bathroom / WC Anti-skid vitrified tiles of size not
less than 600 X 600 mm. including
epoxy grouting with 3mm spacer.
Skirting in rooms and 100 to 150 mm high skirting
other areas matching the floor material.
b) Dado Minimum 6mm thick vitrified tiles of
Kitchen dado size not less than 300 X 600 mm as
per deign from floor up to full height.

Toilets / bathroom / WC Minimum 6mm thick glazed ceramic

dado tiles of size not less than 300 X 600
mm. up to full height as per approved
pattern / design.
6 FINISHES
Internal finishes All walls & ceiling to be treated with
2 coats of putty, 1 coat of primer and
2 coats of washable acrylic emulsion
paint as per approval.
Synthetic enamel paint on all wood

281 of 312
Sl. Description Applicable Specifications Remarks
No. Type-II Quarter
works and steel works
External finishes Texture acrylic paint finish/ premium
acrylic smooth waterproof exterior
finish over cement- based putty /
washed mosaic plaster in premium
cement. Anti alge weatherproof as
per approval.

Synthetic enamel paint on all wood

works and steel works

100% Texture Paint to be done for all

Exterior surfaces.

Duct Covering Aluminum / GI Louvers / GRFC Jali

in all ducts/ shafts as per design.
7 RAILINGS/ PARAPETS IN BALCONIES / TERRACE / HAND RAILSTAIRCASE
(a) Railings in Balcony 1200mm high Stainless steel railing
made out of tubular balustrades with
horizontal tubular SS tubes as rails
and hand rail on top (as approved
design) from the FFL (including toe
wall); all stainless steel tubular
members to be on SS- 316 L grade
200 / 300 mm thick masonry in
Flyash Bricks / RCC/ burnt clay FPS
(b) Parapet on terrace
bricks duly plastered on both sides
and top up to 1.2 meter clear height.
Stainless steel railing made out of
tubular balustrades with horizontal
tubular SS tubes as rails and hand rail
(c) Handrail in staircase on top (as approved design)
complying NBC-2016 conditions; all
stainless steel tubular members to be
on SS- 316 L grade.
Toilet False Ceiling False Ceiling to be done in Toilet.
18mm thick Flamed finished granite
Lift Lobby Finishing
stone in Flooring and Wall.

SCALE OF AMENITIES (CIVIL) FOR GENERAL POOL RESIDENTIAL

ACCOMMODATION (GPRA)

Item Item Type- II

No.
1
i) Cooking Platform Yes
ii) Stainless steel AISI 304(18/8) kitchen sink as per IS 13983 with
Yes
drain board.
iii) Built in cupboard made up of box and shelves with both side
Yes
balancing laminated and shutters with one side decorative and
(With shelves)
another side balancing laminated 18 mm thick high moisture

282 of 312
 resistant HDF board
or
Same shelves with box and shutter of 18 mm thick EPC boards,
with stainless steel hardware’s, as per architectural design and
specifications.
iv) 25 mm thick and not more than 400 mm wide both side
balancing laminated high moisture resistant HDF board
shelves, in tiers up to 2100 mm height in niche and covered
with 18 mm thick one side decorative and other side balancing Yes
laminated high density high moisture resistant HDF board, with
stainless steel hardware’s as per architectural design and
specifications.
2
Built in cupboard of minimum depth 650 mm made up of 18 One in each bedroom
mm thick one side decorative and other side balancing up to ceiling height
laminated high moisture resistant HDF board in shelves, with
stainless steel hardware’s as per architectural design and
specifications.
3 Magic eye in front entry door. One
On all windows and
doors in all rooms
4 Curtain rod with required accessories.
except kitchen, toilets/
baths/ WC’s
In all toilets / baths /
5 Set of pegs.
WC’s and wardrobes
6 18 mm thick projected window sill lining, window jambs.

SCALE OF AMENITIES FOR SANITARY AND WATER SUPPLY FITTING FOR

GENERAL POOL RESIDENTIAL ACCOMMODATION (GPRA)

Sl. Item Type- II

No.
1 European type wall-hung WC
with seat, lid and push-valve/
Yes
concealed cistern flushing
system
2 Water jet/health faucet with Health faucet with each European WC
European WC
3 Wash basin with CP brass
mixture type for hot & cold
One in each toilet & one of dinning area as per
water with single level with
design.
quarter turns ceramic
cartridges.
4 Tap (Kitchen, toilet, bath &
WC) CP brass bib cock
Three in kitchen, one in each toilet for WC.
provided with quarter turns
ceramic cartridges.
5 Shower with CP brass diverter/
mixture single liver type for
One in each toilet / bath
hot & cold water with ceramic
cartridges.

283 of 312
6
Towel rail and towel ring CP One towel ring with each wash basin and towel rail
brass in each bath
7 Mirror with frame and glass As per design with each wash basin
shelf having stainless steel
frame/ guard bar/ brackets
8 CP brass/ceramic toilet paper With each EWC
holder.
9 Soap rack / niche as per One with each wash basin and in each bath
architectural design and
specification.
10 Plumbing for water purifier
Yes for both in kitchen and for geyser in each bath
and geyser.
11 Storage tank of capacity as per Separate tanks for kitchen and toilets for dual
NBC 2016 provision of flushing system as per requirements with provision
separate tank for WC & of online filter.
drinking water.
12 Water meter of appropriate Yes, inside the flat at direct supply point to
bore size as per approval of the dwelling unit or at first inlet point if supply is
local urban body / WATCO through bulk storage at terrace; separately for each
piping system.

SCALE OF AMENITIES FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION IN GENERAL POOL

RESIDENTIAL ACCOMMODATION

Sl. Description Type- II

No.
1 Power plug points 2 in each room
(16 amp 6 pins) 1 in kitchen
1 in utility area
Total 8
2 Light Plug points 2 in each room
(6 amp) 2 in kitchen
1 in balcony area
Total 9
3 Bracket lights (with normal 1 in each room
fittings excluding lamp/bulb) 1 in kitchen
1 in each toilet
1 in utility
Total 4
4 Ceiling fans 2 in living room/ Dining room
1 in each Bedroom
Total 3
5 Call bell points 1
6 Exhaust Fans 1 each in kitchen, bath & WC
7 AC Points (with MCB 1 each room except kitchen & toilets
connected socket outlet with
wiring)
8 Geyser point (with MCB 1 in kitchen
connected socket outlet with 1 in each toilet
wiring)
9 EDB/MCB point (single 1

284 of 312
 phase)
10 EDB/MCB (3 phase) 1
11 Cable TV point 1 in living room
1 in each Bedroom
12 Telephone point (As per the 1 in living room
approval of competent 1 in each Bedroom
authority)
13 Decorative light fittings for
LED bulbs (without bulbs)
14 Led tube light fittings 1 each room
(excluding tubes) 1 in kitchen
Total 4
15 Modular switches -

Note: All the common areas e.g. lifts & staircase, lobbies, connecting corridors etc.
shall have lightning arrangement along with LED light fixtures as per actual design.
As far as possible, concealed wiring shall be used in all electrical works. LED light
fixtures shall only be used as per directives of competent authority.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR NON- RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS (SHOP &

PUBLIC AREA)

Item no. Description Specifications

1.0 FOUNDATION
1.1 For RCC framed As per structural design based on soil investigation.
structure (Primarily with RCC footings, columns, raft etc.)
2.0 SUPER STRUCTURE
2.1 For RCC framed R.C.C. Framed construction having filler walls with
structure fly ash bricks / aerated cement concrete (ACC)
blocks / autoclaved aerated cement (AAC) blocks.
2.2 Internal Partitions ACC/ light weight AAC blocks / fly ash bricks

3.0 DOORS &

WINDOWS
3.1 Frames
3.1. Doors frames Treated Sal wood/ The external entrance door frame
will have double rebate or sub frame for double
doors i.e. main door and safety grill door with
stainless steel (304) wire mesh. For internal doors
single rebate frames.
3.1.2 Window frame Annodised System Aluminum Window systems with
necessary hurricane bars supports designed to
withstand cylonic wind speeds.
3.2 Door & window
shutter
3.2.1 Door Shutter 38 mm thick Single panel hot pressed factory-made
BWP flush door shutter both side Laminated.
3.2.2 Frame and shutters in WPC door frames & shutters in wet areas.
wet area
3.3 Window shutter Annodised System Aluminum Window systems with
necessary hurricane bars supports designed to
withstand cylonic wind speeds with tinted toughened
glass. All windows to be equipped with SS

285 of 312
 Mosquito/ Bug Mesh.
3.4 Fittings Anodized aluminum / stainless steel (SS-304) or
equivalent.
3.5 Fire check door As per fire safety specifications.

4.0 FLOORING
4.1 Corridor/ Covered 18 mm thick anti skid granite / natural stone/ full
Veranda body tiles flooring dado as per design
4.2 Shops 15mm full body anti-skid matte finish vitrified tiles.
4.3 Lavatory Blocks 18 mm thick anti skid granite / natural stone/ full
body tiles flooring dado as per design
4.4 Flooring in basement Vacuum dewatered concrete.
4.5 Rest of the area 18 mm thick anti skid granite / natural stone/ full
body tiles flooring dado as per design
5.0 STAIRCASE
5.1 Internal staircase 18 mm thick Single piece flamed/anti skid granite /
natural stone flooring in treads & risers with dado of
matching permanent finish specification as per
design.
5.2 Fire escape staircase 18 mm thick Single piece flamed/anti skid granite /
natural stone flooring in treads & risers with dado of
matching permanent finish specification as per
design
6.0 RAILING SS tubular horizontal guard rails/ hand rails in SS-
304 grade.
7.0 TOILETS Granite flooring / glazed tiles of size not less than
300 X450 mm / 400 X 600 mm in dado up to ceiling
height, granite counters, rimless counter sunk basins
/ stainless steel sink, mirrors with Moulded PVC
frame, FRP/PVC doors with frames.
8.0 DUCT COVERING
8.1 Vertical Duct Covering Aluminum / GI Louvers / GRFC Jali in all ducts/
shafts as per design.
8.2 False ceiling ( to cover GFRC/ACP/ HPL false ceiling openable cladding/
service transfers) ceiling for aesthetics and easy maintenance.
9.0 FINISHING
9.1 Dry stone cladding / washed stone grit plaster /
waterproof weather coat paints / structural glazing /
External
ACP cladding conforming to energy conservation
building code.
9.2 Internal
9.2.1 Cement plaster in wet areas.
9.2.2 Dry acrylic paint / distemper in service area and
basement.
9.2.3 Acrylic emulsion paint/ textured paint (low V.O.C)
over POP
9.3 Doors & windows – Painting / polishing on wood
Painting
work as per design requirement.
10.0 PROVISION FOR Ramps, toilets for physically challenged, chequered
BARRIER FREE tiles, use of braille signages & lifts etc. GRC (glass
BUILDING reinforced concrete) tiles in ramp area.
11.0 ROLLING Aluminum rolling shutters for shops
SHUTTER

286 of 312
 SCALE OF AMENITIES FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PER SHOP

Sl. Description Shops

No.

1 Light Point
1. 40-watt LED tube light 4
2. Angle Holder 4
2 Plug points (6 amp) 04
Plug points (16 amp) 04
3 Ceiling fans 2
4 Exhaust Fans 2
5 AC Points (with MCB connected socket outlet with 1
wiring)
6 8-way three phase neutral board 2

SCALE OF AMENITIES FOR SANITARY AND WATER SUPPLY FITTING

Sl. Item Public Area

No.
1 European type floor mounted / wall-hung WC with
seat, lid and low level dual flushing PVC cistern. Balance Toilets

2 Water jet/health faucet with European WC

3 Wash basin with CP brass mixture type for

hot & cold water with single level
with quarter turns ceramic
cartridges.
4 Standing urinals bowl pattern
5 Tap (Toilet & WC) CP brass bib cock

6 Mirror with frame and glass shelf having stainless

steel frame/ guard bar/ brackets

7 Soap rack / niche as per architectural design and

specification.

8 Drinking Water Machine and Water Purifier

287 of 312
 9 Urinal Partition

10 Stop cock

SCALE OF AMENITIES FOR SANITARY AND WATER SUPPLY FITTING

Sl. Item Public Area

No.
1 European type floor mounted / wall-hung WC with
seat, lid and low level dual flushing PVC cistern. Balance Toilets

2 Water jet/health faucet with European WC

3 Wash basin with CP brass mixture type for

hot & cold water with single level
with quarter turns ceramic
cartridges.
4 Standing urinals bowl pattern
5 Tap (Toilet & WC) CP brass bib cock

6 Mirror with frame and glass shelf having stainless

steel frame/ guard bar/ brackets

7 Soap rack / niche as per architectural design and

specification.

8 Drinking Water Machine and Water Purifier

9 Urinal Partition

10 Stop cock

288 of 312
(4). APPENDIX-III: LIST OF ACCEPTABLE MAKES

APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
CIVIL AND INTERIOR
A.
WORKS
ULTRATECH/ACC/RAMCO/NUVOCO/SHREE CEMENT/JSW
1 CEMENT
CEMENT /DALMIA /EQUIVALENT
[Link]/BERGER/NEROLAC/AMBUJA/DALMIA/ULTRATEC
2 WHITE CEMENT/PUTTY
H/EQUIVALENT
REINFORCEMENT STEEL
3 VIZAG/SAIL/ TATA /RINL/JINDAL/SHYAM/EQUIVALENT
(TMT BARS/CRS)
STRUCTURAL STEEL
4 VIZAG/SAIL/ TATA /RINL/JINDAL/EQUIVALENT
SECTIONS /TUBES
SS REINFORCEMENT
5 JSL/EQUIVALENT
(STAINLESS STEEL)
FOSROC/ SIKA/ TREMCO/BASF/PIDILITE/ASIAN
6 CONCRETE ADDITIVES
PAINTS/FERROUS CRETE/EQUIVALENT
AS APPROVED BY ENGR-IN- CHARGE IN COMPLIANCE
7 ANTI TERMITE
WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS
TILE ADHESIVE & EPOXY FERROUS CRETE/ WEBER/TREMCO/KERAKOLL//PIDILITE/
8
GROUTS MYK/ROFF/ FOSROC/ EQUIVALENT
WEBER/TREMCO/KERAKOLL/FOSROC/PIDILITESIKA/3M/EQ
9 POLYSULPHIDE SEALANT
UIVALENT
GE SILICON/ BASF/ALSTONE/PIDILITE/FOSROC/DrFIXIT/
10 SILICONE SEALANT
DOW/EQUIVALENT
WATER PROOFING
MEMBRANE /COMPOUND (To
11 FOSROC/ SIKA/BASF/DrFIXIT/EQUIVALENT
be applied through authorised
applicator only)
CRYSTALLINE
WATERPROOFING (To be
12 FOSROC/ SIKA/BASF/DrFIXIT/PENETRON/EQUIVALENT
applied through authorised
applicator only)
FOSROC/ SIKA/ TREMCO/CICO/BASF/PIDILITE/
13 ADMIXTURE PENETRON/ASIAN PAINTS/BERGER/FERROUS
CRETE/EQUIVALENT
FORMWORK RELEASE FOSROC/ SIKA/ TREMCO/CICO/BASF/PIDILITE/ASIAN
14
AGENT PAINTS/FERROUS CRETE/EQUIVALENT
FOSROC/ SIKA/ TREMCO/CICO/BASF/PIDILITE/ASIAN
15 NON-SHRINK GROUTS
PAINTS/FERROUS CRETE/EQUIVALENT
NON-METALLIC FLOOR FOSROC/ SIKA/TREMCO/BASF/LATICRETE/
16
HARDENERS MAPEI/ARDEX/EQUIVALENT
17 BITUMEN IOCL/HPCL/BPCL/HINCOL/SHELL/EQUIVALENT
SYNTHETIC ENAMEL PAINTS
18 (MINIMUM 7 YEARS BERGER/ NEROLAC/ DULUX/ ASIAN PAINTS/EQUIVALENT
WARRENTY)
OIL BOUND DISTEMPER
19 (MINIMUM 5 YEARS BERGER/ NEROLAC/ DULUX/ ASIAN PAINTS/EQUIVALENT
WARRENTY)
CEMENT PAINT (MINIMUM 5
20 BERGER/ NEROLAC/ DULUX/ ASIAN PAINTS/EQUIVALENT
YEARS WARRENTY)
STONE SEALER (MINIMUM 5 FOSROC/ SIKA/ TREMCO/BASF/PIDILITE/ASIAN
21
YEARS WARRANTY) PAINTS/FERROUS CRETE/EQUIVALENT

289 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
PLASTIC EMULSION PAINT
22 (MINIMUM 7 YEARS BERGER/ NEROLAC/ ASIAN PAINTS/ DULUX/EQUIVALENT
WARRANTY)
23 OTHER PAINTS & PRIMER BERGER/ NEROLAC/ ASIAN PAINTS/ DULUX/EQUIVALENT
EXTERIOR TEXTURE
COATINGS/PAINTS
24 BERGER/ NEROLAC/ ASIAN PAINTS/ DULUX/EQUIVALENT
(MINIMUM 5 YEARS
WARRANTY)
MELAMINE (MINIMUM 5 ICI DULUX/ ASIAN PAINTS/ TIMBERSTONE MELAMINE
25
YEARS WARRANTY) COATING/ BERGER/ EQUIVALENT
BERGER/ NEROLAC/ ASIAN
26 POLYURETHANE PAINT
PAINTS/DULUX/JOTUN/AKZONOBEL/EQUIVALENT
PU COATING IN PARKING FOSROC/ SIKA/
27
AREAS TREMCO/BASF/JOTUN/AKZONOBEL/PIDILITE/EQUIVALENT
SILICON WATER REPELLENT GE SILICON/
28
SOLUTION BASF/DOW/FOSROC/SIKA/PIDILITE/EQUIVALENT
VITRIFIED / CERAMIC TILES
KAJARIA/JHONSON/VARMORA/RAK/APARNA
29 (5 Tiles will be tested randomly in
VETIRO/EQUIVALENT
Every Lot)
LAMINATED WOODEN PERGO/ BERRY/FLOOR MASTER/ ACTION
30
FLOORING TEESA/EQUIVALENT
FORBO/
31 PVC/VINYL FLOORING TARKETT/ARMSTRONG/MAPEI/DLW/BOLLARD/GERFLOR/E
QUIVALENT
EPOXY TERRAZZO FOSROC/ SIKA/ TREMCO/BASF/PIDILITE/ASIAN
32
FLOORING PAINTS/FERROUS CRETE/EQUIVALENT
FOSROC/ SIKA/ TREMCO/BASF/PIDILITE/ASIAN
33 PVC RESIN FLOORING
PAINTS/FERROUS CRETE/EQUIVALENT
ARCHIDPLY/ STYLAM/ DURO/ GREENLAM/
34 LAMINATES& VENEERS
MERINO/EQUIVALENT
ARCHIDPLY/ STYLAM/ DURO/ GREENLAM/
35 MDF/HDF
MERINO/EQUIVALENT
36 ADHESIVE FOR WOODWORK PIDILITE/ BENSON/CHEMISOLS/ARALDITE/EQUIVALENT
PRE-LAMINATED PARTICLE ARCHIDPLY/ STYLAM/ DURO
37
BOARD PLY/GREENLAM/MERINO/EQUIVALENT
PLYWOOD, BLOCK BOARD, ARCHIDPLY/ STYLAM/ DURO PLY/ CENTURY PLY/GREEN
38
SOFT BOARD LAM/MERINO/EQUIVALENT
AS APPROVED BY ENGR-IN- CHARGE IN COMPLIANCE
39 PAVING STONES/BLOCKS
WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS
40 WAX POLISH MANSION/ RECKITT & COLMAN/UNILEVER/EQUIVALENT
WEBER/TREMCO/KERAKOLL/CICO/FOSROC/SIKA/3M/PIDILI
41 POLYETHANE SEALANT
TE/EQUIVALENT
POLYETHELENEBOARD, SUPREME INDUSTRIES/ SOFTEX/ SRINIDHI PLASTIC
42
BACK UP ROD INDUSTRIES/ALSTONE/EQUIVALENT
43 WATER STOPPER SIKA/FOSROC/CICO/ROFF/TREMCO/PIDILITE/EQUIVALENT
ALUMINIUM COMPOSITE
44 ALUCOBOND/ ALUDECOR/ ALSTONE/VIVA/EQUIVALENT
PANEL
45 ASPHALT EMULSION IOCL/HPCL/BPCL/HINCOL/SHELL/EQUIVALENT
SS CLAMP /EXPANSION
FASTENER / DASH FASTENER
46 HILTI/ FISCHER/UNBRAKO/WUERTH/EQUIVALENT
/ANCHOR FASTENER,
ANCHOR BOLTS
47 STAINLESS STEEL SALEM/ JINDAL/ TATA/EQUIVALENT
48 GYPSUM PARTITION SAINT GOBIN/ LAFARGE/ USG KNAUF/EQUIVALENT

290 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
ADVANI-OVERLIKON/ ESAB/ DWEKAM/ VICTOR / ADOR /
49 ELECTRODES
COSMOS/EQUIVALENT
50 H.T. BOLTS UNBRAKO/ HILTI/ FISCHER/WUERTH/EQUIVALENT
STEEL DOORS /STEEL
WINDOW/PRESSED STEEL TATA/NCL/HORMANN/NAVAIR
51
DOOR FRAME /ROLLING INTERNATIONAL/EQUIVALENT
SHUTTER/STEEL FIRE DOORS
NAVAIR INTERNATIONAL/REDMOND/BHAWANI
52 Fire Door Metal FIRE/IHMS/SUKRITI DOORS/PACIFIC FIRE
CONTROLS/HORMANN/EQUIVALENT
NAVAIR INTERNATIONAL/REDMOND/BHAWANI
53 FIRE DOOR (WOODEN) FIRE/TATA PRAVESH/IHMS/SUKRITI DOORS/PACIFIC FIRE
CONTROLS/HORMANN/EQUIVALENT
SAINTGOBIN/HARMANN/IHMS/VETROTECH/RADIANT/EQUI
54 FIRE GLAZE DOOR
VALENT
55 ALUMINUM SECTIONS JINDAL/ HINDALCO/ INDALCO / BHARUKA/EQUIVALENT
THERMAL INSULATION
OWENS
56 (UNDER DECK / OVER
CORNING/BASF/KNAUF/DOW/ROCKWOOL/EQUIVALENT
DECK/WALL)
GE PLASTICS/ DANPALON/ LEXAN/DPI DAY LIGHTING/MG
57 POLYCARBONATE SHEETS
PLASTO/SABIC INDIA/EQUIVALENT
58 SELF-DRILLING SCREWS HILTI/ FISCHER/UNBRAKO/WUERTH/EQUIVALENT
ARCHIDPLY/REDMOND/GREEN LAM/
59 FLUSH DOORS
MERINO/EQUIVALENT
MS SLIDING MOTORIZED
60 DORMAL/KONE/TORMAX/ASSA ABLOY/EQUIVALENT
DOOR
61 ALUMINUM FITTINGS DORMAL/HETTICH/DORSET/EQUIVALENT
OUTDOOR FURNITURE
62 GODREJ/FEATHERLITE/GEEKEN/ISIT/EQUIVALENT
(SITTING BENCH, DUSTBIN)
63 MODULAR FURNITURE GODREJ/FEATHERLITE/GEEKEN/ISIT/EQUIVALENT
64 CHAIRS AND SOFAS GODREJ/FEATHERLITE/GEEKEN/ISIT/EQUIVALENT
MODULAR FIXED & LAB
65 GODREJ/FEATHERLITE/GEEKEN/ISIT/EQUIVALENT
FURNITURE,etc.
66 CUSTOM FURNITURE AS PER DIRECTIONS AND APPROVAL OF THE EIC
ARMSTRONG/HUNTER DOUGLAS/LIGNOSI/BOLLARD/USG
67 ACOUSTICAL PANELING
KNAUF/EQUIVALENT
68 MODULAR TOILETS MERINO/ GREEN LAM/EQUIVALENT
KAJARIA/JHONSON/VARMORA/RAK/APARNA
69 MOSAIC TILES
VETIRO/EQUIVALENT
ARMSTRONG/HUNTER DOUGLAS/LIGNOSI/BOLLARD/USG
70 ACOUSTICAL FALSE CEILING
KNAUF/EQUIVALENT
KAJARIA/JHONSON/RAK/VARMORA/APARNAVETIRO/EQUI
71 EXTERIOR TILES
VALENT
PATCH FITTING/ SPIDER
72 DORMA/ OZONE/ DORSET/ TAITON/EQUIVALENT
FITTING
FENESTA/ KOEMMERLING/ PROMINANCE/ VEKA
73 UPVC DOOR & WINDOW
/EQUIVALENT
ACID AND ALKALI
74 KAJARIA/JHONSON/RAK/VARMORA/EQUIVALENT
RESISTENT TILES
75 ROLLER BLINDS HUNTER DOUGLAS /VISTA/EQUIVALENT
76 GRC JALI AS PER DIRECTIONS OF THE EIC
HUNTER DOUGLAS/ DURLUM/USG
77 METAL CEILING
KNAUF/BOLLARD/ARMSTRONG/EQUIVALENT
78 DECKING SHEET TATA BLUESCOPE/JSW STEEL/SAIL/JINDAL/EQUIVALENT

291 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
79 GLASS BRICKS/BLOCKS SOLARIS/ SEVES/ SPG CORPORATION/EQUIVALENT
ALUMINIUM STANDING
80 KALZIP/BEMO/SANKO/KINGSPAN/EQUIVALENT
SEAM ROOFING
SHALIFOAM/ SILICA GROUP/PRATIBHA/J.B
81 FOAM CONCRETE
INTERNATIONAL/HEMCARE/EQUIVALENT
EKSPAN/JOINT
82 EXPANSION JOINTS MASTER/TRELLEBORG/EMSEAL/SUPREME/UNISON/EQUIV
ALENT
RAISED/FALSE ACCESS
83 UNITILE/ UNIFLOOR/ TATE/ALUFLOR/EQUIVALENT
FLOORING
84 LIFTS & Dumb Waiters KONE/OTIS/SCHNEIDER/MITSUBISHI /HITACHI/EQUIVALENT
CALCIUM SILICATE FALSE ARMSTRONG/ DEXUNE/USG KNUAF/USG
85
CEILING BORAL/EQUIVALENT
MINERAL FIBER FALSE ARMSTRONG/ DEXUNE/USG KNUAF/BOLLARD/USG
86
CEILING BORAL/EQUIVALENT
HUNTER DOUGLAS/ DURLUM/USG
87 “T” GRID FOR FALSE CEILING
KNAUF/BOLLARD/ARMSTRONG/EQUIVALENT
MARSHALL/DORMA/BACKER FS/ADOT/GEZE/ASSA
88 FIRE RATING HARDWARE
ABLOY/EQUIVALENT
PHENOL BONDED
89 EPITOME/FLOOR INDIA /ECO GREEN/EQUIVALENT
BAMBOOWOOD FLOORING
COSIGN/COOPER/GEVIS/LEGRAND/MK/PHILIPS/PROLITE/T
90 SIGNAGES
HORN/TEKNOWARE /EQUIVALENT
AUTOCLAVED AERATED AS APPROVED BY ENGINEER-IN- CHARGE IN COMPLIANCE
91
CEMENT BLOCKS (AAC) WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS
POLYMER MODIFIED TREMCO/KERAKOLL/CICO/SIKA/MYK/WEBER/EQUIVALEN
92
ADHESIVE FOR AAC BLOCKS T
93 SS RAILING FITTINGS DORMA/HETTICH/DORSET/EQUIVALENT
FLOOR SPRING/ DOOR
94 DORMA/HETTICH/DORSET/EQUIVALENT
CLOSER
95 AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR OZONE/ DORMA CROWN / ASSA ABLOY/EQUIVALENT
96 MODULAR KITCHEN GODREJ INTERIO/ HAFFLE/ HACKER/ OZONE/EQUIVALENT
FACTORY-MADE HIGH-
PERFORMANCE ALUMINIUM TOSTEM/REYNERS/KAWNEER/SCHUCO/ALUK/HAFELE/EQU
97
WINDOWS/ SYSTEM IVALENT
WINDOWS
HUNTER
98 BAFFLE METAL CEILINGS DOUGLAS/DURLUM/BOLLARD/USG/KNAUF/ARMSTRONG/E
QUIVALENT
99 FACADE SYSTEMS SCHUCO/SAPA/ REYNERS/ KAWNEER/ALUK/EQUIVALENT
100 3D ALUMINUM JALI/ MESH DECOGRILLE/ALSTRONG/GKD/ALUMINOUS/EQUIVALENT
101 CARPET FLOTEX/ FORBO/BENTLEY/ MODULYSS/EQUIVALENT
102 SWIMMING POOL HAYWARD /JANDY/STARLING /CERTIKIN /EQUIVALENT
INDOOR SPORTS FLOORING( CONIPUR HG / POLYTAN
103
SAI approved) /STOCKMERIER/KDF/EQUIVALENT
SYNTHETIC TRACK (SAI POLYTAN/CONICA AG/PORPLASTIC/STOCKMEIER
104
approved) URETHANES/EQUIVALENT
POLYTAN/CONICA AG/PORPLASTIC/STOCKMEIER
105 HOCKEY TURF (SAI approved)
URETHANES/EQUIVALENT
FOOTBALL FIFA APPROVED POLYTAN/CONICA AG/PORPLASTIC/STOCKMEIER
106
TURF URETHANES/EQUIVALENT
BASKET BALL SYNTHETIC
107 `
TURF (SAI approved)

292 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
TENNIS (ACRYLIC ITF
108 REBOUND ACE / FLEXITEN / LAYKOLD/KDF/EQUIVALENT
APPROVED)
ATHLETIC TRACK & FIELD
109 VINEX /AFN/NELCO/EQUIVALENT
EQUIPMENT( WA APPROVED)
LIGHTING
110 FACADE LIGHTING TECHNOLOGY/KLITE/UNILAMP/KESSLEC/ENDO/IGUZZINI/
DISANDO/ LEKSA/ EQUIVALENT
111 TENSILE FABRIC SERGE FERRARI, MEHLER, SIOEN/EQUIVALENT
112 MIRROR Saint-Gobain / Asahi / Gold Plus/ MODI/EQUIVALENT
113 Clear Float Glass Saint-Gobain / Asahi /Gold Plus/ Modi/EQUIVALENT
114 Toughened Glass Saint-Gobain / Asahi /Gold Plus/ Modi/EQUIVALENT
Saint-Gobain / Pilkington / Firelite / Glaverbel/Aashi/ Modi/
115 Fire Rated Glass
SCHOTT/ AIS/EQUIVALENT
116 Glass Processing Saint-Gobain / Asahi/Gold Plus / Pilkington/Modi/Equivalent
117 PVB Lamination Dupont / Saflex/Equivalent
Weather Sealant & Structural
118 DowCorning/GE/ALSTONE/Mccoy/Equivalent
Sealant
Anchor Channels (Cast in
119 Halfen / Hilti / Jordhal/ Fischers/Equivalent
Channel)
Schuco I SAPA Building Systems/ European/ Favade Product (EPF) /
120 EPDM & Silicon Gasket
Reyners /Equivalent
121 Powder Coating Jotun / Akzonoble/Valspar/Equivalent
122 PVDF Coating Jotun / Akzonoble/Valspar/Equivalent
123 Powder & PVDF Processer SP Coating / MJ Coaters / Aura International/Equivalent
HAFELE/ENVIROGRAF/WEDGE/PROMAT/MANN
124 Smoke Seal lntumescent
MAGOWAN/INTUFLAME/EQUIVALENT
125 SS Spider Fittings DORMA/HETTICH/DORSET/EQUIVALENT
126 SS Patch Fitting DORMA/HETTICH/DORSET/EQUIVALENT
SS Friction Hinges / Multipoint
Locking sets/ Handle/ Rollers / Giesse / Cotswold/ Securistyle/ Schuco / SAPA Building Systems/
127 Flush Lock/ Wool Pile with Silent European Facade Product (EFP)/ Reyners/DORMA/ OZONE/ ASSA
Film/ Windows Hinges/ Door ABLOY/GODREJ/Equivalent
Hinges
USHA MARTIN, ASCON, HERRISAN, DORMA, OZONE, ASSA
128 Mechanical Couplar
ABLOY, GODREJ/EQUIVALENT
129 Precast drain cover/kerb channel KK, NITCO, UNISTONE, MODERN TILES/EQUIVALENT
SAINT GOBAIN/ ASAHI/GOLD PLUS/
130 LACQURED GLASS
PILKINGTON/EQUIVALENT
AS APPROVED BY ENGR-IN- CHARGE IN COMPLIANCE
131 GRASS PAVER
WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS
132 Fire sealant 3M/PROMAT/FISCHER/ROXTEC/EQUIVALENT
AS APPROVED BY ENGR-IN- CHARGE IN COMPLIANCE
133 Nut Bolts and Washers
WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS
Aluminum Expension Joints (10 MAURER-Sanfield/DECG International/Bruecke
134
Years Warranty) Gebaeude/BALCO/UNISON/KAIZEN /EQUIVALENT
wood polymer composite door
135 Alstone / Greenply / Century /EQUIVALENT
frames (WPC)
B ELECTRICAL WORKS
ELECTRICAL HIGH SIDE
A
EQUIPMENT
VERTIV/EMERSON/APC/ EATON/ABB/CYBER
1 UPS SYSTEM
POWER/FUJI/EQUIVALENT

293 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
LUMINOUS/ MICROTEK /
2 INVERTOR
SUKAM/DELTA/EXIDE/EQUIVALENT
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM/
B.
PANELS
Lauritz Knudsen/ ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
1 FUSES & SWITCH FUSE UNIT
SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
Lauritz Knudsen/ ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
2 ACB / MCCB / CONTACTOR
SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
METAL CLAD SOCKET Lauritz Knudsen/ ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
3
(Industrial) SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
Lauritz Knudsen/
4 RISING MAINS / BUS DUCT ABB/SCHNEIDER/ADVANCE/LEGRAND/SUPER TECH
CONTROL/EQUIVALENT
LED LIGHT-INDICATING SIEMENS/ABB/Lauritz
5
LAMP (PANEL INDICATOR) Knudsen/BCH/ESBEE/KESSLEC/LEGERO/GE/EQUIVALENT
Lauritz Knudsen/ ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
6 ISOLATORS FOR MOTORS
SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
Lauritz Knudsen/ ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
7 CHANGE OVER SWITCH
SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
CONTACTOR, TIMER, SINGLE
Lauritz Knudsen/ ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
8 PHASE PREVENTOR & OVER
SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
LOAD RELAY
METERS - DIGITAL TYPE
Lauritz Knudsen/ ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
9 (Approval taken by line
SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
Department)
PROTECTIVE & APFC Lauritz Knudsen/ ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
10
RELAYS SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
11 CT'S / PT'S- DRY TYPE-EPOXY AE/ KAPPA /GE/EQUIVALENT
INDICATING LAMP / PUSH
Lauritz Knudsen/ ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
12 BUTTON ACTUATERS - LED
SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
CLUSTER TYPE
Lauritz Knudsen/ ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
13 ROTARY SWITCHES
SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
14 TERMINAL BLOCK ELEMEX/ WAGO/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
SEIMENS-Sivacon/SCHNEIDER-BLOCKSET/ABB-
15 MAIN LT PANEL MODEL
ARTUK/Lauritz Knudsen-TI/ EQUIVALENT
LT PANELS/CAPACITOR
PANEL /SYNC PANEL /SUB
PANEL/ FEEDAR VDEAL/TECHNOCRAT/ BALAJI/ SK Engineers/ EQUIVALENT
PILLAR/HVAC PANEL (AS
16
PER CERTIFIED DESIGN BY The OEM certified manufacturer should have service station in
THE OEM) (Design Verified Odisha.
assembly as per IEC-61439-Part
1&2)
17 LIGHTNING ARRESTER OBO/OBLUM/ABB/ERICO/CAPE/ Dhen/EQUIVALENT
Lauritz Knudsen/ ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
18 ATS / STS
SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
Solar PV Panels (RFID TO BE
19 Tata/RenewSys India/Adani/Waaree/EQUIVALENT
EMBEDDED IN THE PANEL)
SCADA(Supervisory Control and ABB/SEIMENS/SCHNEIDER/HONEYWELL/ROCKWELL/EQUI
20
Data Acquisition) VALENT
21 DUEL FIRED STEAM BOILERS THERMAX/CHEEMA/ROSS/HEATEX/IBL/EQUIVALENT
Aviation Obstruction Light (LED
22 Actos/Bajaj/Binay/EQUIVALENT
Type)

294 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
HDPE Pipe for underground cable
23 Reliance/Kaplan/Durolane/EQUIVALENT
only
ABB/Anchor (Panasonic)/Schneider/ Creston/ Lutron/ MK
24 Occupancy sensors
(Honeywell)/EQUIVALENT
33&11 KV Ring Main Unit (With Lauritz Knudsen/ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
25
Metering) SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
33&11 KV Ring Main Unit Lauritz Knudsen/ABB/ SCHNEIDER/
26
(Without Metering) SIEMENS/GE/EQUIVALENT
CABLES/
C. TERMINATIONS/ACCESSOR
IES
1 LUGS DOWELLS/ COMET/ BALIGA/JHONSON/EQUIVALENT
2 BRASS CABLE GLANDS DOWELLS/ COMET/ BALIGA/JHONSON/EQUIVALENT
LT POWER CABLE (CU/AL)
3 POLYCAB/KEI/AKG/HAVELLS/EQUIVALENT
(Only FRLS to be used)
4 CONTROL CABLE (COPPER) POLYCAB/KEI/AKG/HAVELLS/EQUIVALENT
5 HT XLPE CABLE POLYCAB/KEI/AKG/HAVELLS/EQUIVALENT
H.T. CABLE END POLYCAB/KEI/AKG/HAVELLS/3M/XYLEM/RAYCHEM/EQUI
6
TERMINATION VALENT
CONDUITING & WIRING
D.
ACCESSORIES
MS CONDUIT WITH AKG/RAMCON/PRECISION/ BEC/ NIC/STEEL
1
ACCESSORIES / GI CONDUIT CRAFT/EQUIVALENT
PVC/ Fire Retardent (FR)
AKG/BEC/RAMCON/SKIPPER PIPES/ POLY PACK/
2 CONDUIT WITH
PRECISION/EQUIVALENT
ACCESSORIES
PVC INSULATED COPPER POLYCAB/ HAVELLS /KEI/AKG/BONTON/
3
CONDUCTOR FRLS WIRE FINOLEX/EQUIVALENT
PLATE TYPE - SWITCHES /
SOCKETS / TV & TELEPHONE
SOCKETS AND ALL OTHER LEGRAND/ PANASONIC/ABB/Crabtree/ Precision/
4
WIRING ACCESSORIES (ONE Northwest/EQUIVALENT
MODEL ABOVE BASE
MODEL)
BEC/OBO/ LEGRAND/ENFORTURE
5 RACEWAYS & CABLE TRAY INFRATECH/ADVACNE/SUPER TECH
CONTROL/EQUIVALENT
E. LIGHTING DBS & MCBS
ABB/ LEGRAND/ SCHNIDER/SIEMENS / Lauritz
1 MCB/ ELCB/ ELMCB / RCCB
Knudsen(HAGER)/EQUIVALENT
ABB/ LEGRAND/ SCHNIDER/SIEMENS / Lauritz
2 DISTRIBUTION BOARD
Knudsen(HAGER)/EQUIVALENT
LIGHTING FIXTURES &
F.
FANS
1 BULK HEAD FITTINGS WIPRO/ PHILIPS/ BAJAJ/HAVELLS/KLITE/EQUIVALENT
LIGHTING FIXTURES IGUZZINI/LIGMAN/BEGA/LT/HOMEDEC/PHILIPS/EQUIVALE
2
INTERNAL NT
IGUZZINI/LIGMAN/BEGA/LT/KESSLEC/HOMEDEC/PHILIPS/E
3 FACADE LIGHTING
QUIVALENT
IGUZZINI/LIGMAN/BEGA/LT/HOMEDEC/REYTEK/EQUIVALE
4 LANDSCAPE LIGHTING
NT
5 FLOOD LIGHTING WIPRO/ PHILIPS/ BAJAJ/HAVELLS/KLITE/EQUIVALENT
HELVAR/ CRESTRON/ ZUMTOBEL/ SIEMENS/
6 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM
LIGMAN/LIGHTING TECHNOLOGY/EQUIVALENT

295 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
LIGMAN/HOMEDEC/LIGHTING
7 STREET LIGHT & POLES TECHNOLOGY/KLITE/HOMEDEC/ REYTEK/ TRANSRAIL/
KESELEC/EQUIVALENT
DECORATIVE LIGHT POLES & IGUZZINI/LIGMAN/BEGA/LT/HOMEDEC/KLITE/REYTEK/TR
8
LIGHTS ANSRAIL/KESELEC/ EQUIVALENT
EXHAUST FANS / CEILING USHA/CROMPTON/ORIENT/WIPRO/ PHILIPS/
9
FAN / WALL MOUNTED FAN BAJAJ/EQUIVALENT
CCTV/ FIRE ALARM
G.
SYSTEMS
SIEMENS/ HONEYWELL-NOTIFIER/ BOSCH/
1 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
EDWARDS/JHONSON CONTROLS-SIMPLEX/EQUIVALENT
SMOKE DETECTORS / SIEMENS/ HONEYWELL-NOTIFIER/ BOSCH/
2
MULTISENSOR EDWARDS/JHONSON CONTROLS-SIMPLEX/EQUIVALENT
HEAT DETECTORS / CO SIEMENS/ HONEYWELL-NOTIFIER/ BOSCH/
3
DETECTORS EDWARDS/JHONSON CONTROLS-SIMPLEX/EQUIVALENT
SIEMENS/ HONEYWELL-NOTIFIER/ BOSCH/
4 MANUAL CALL BOX
EDWARDS/JHONSON CONTROLS-SIMPLEX/EQUIVALENT
HOOTER/ SOUNDER /
SIEMENS/ HONEYWELL-NOTIFIER/ BOSCH/
5 MODULES/ FAULT
EDWARDS/JHONSON CONTROLS-SIMPLEX/EQUIVALENT
ISOLATORS
SIEMENS/ HONEYWELL-NOTIFIER/ BOSCH/
6 RESPONSE INDICATOR
EDWARDS/JHONSON CONTROLS-SIMPLEX/EQUIVALENT
FIRE PANEL/REPEATER SIEMENS/ HONEYWELL-NOTIFIER/ BOSCH/
7
PANEL EDWARDS/JHONSON CONTROLS-SIMPLEX/EQUIVALENT
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM- FIRE
8 POLYCAB/AKG/HAVELLS/KEI/EQUIVALENT
SURVIVAL CABLE
CAMERA WITH ALL
9 HONEYWELL/AXIS/BOSCH/PELCO/EQUIVALENT
ACCESSORIES
10 ROAD BARRIER NICE / MAGNETICS / GODREJ /MOTWANE/EQUIVALENT
PARKING MANAGEMENT
11 DESIGNA/SKIDATA/HOUSTON/EQUIVALENT
SYSTEM
LED PANEL/MONITOR/VIDEO LG/ SAMSUNG /
12
WALL SONY/BARCO/CHRISTIE/DELTA/EQUIVALENT
COMMSCOPE / SCHNEIDER /
13 TELEPHONE TAG BLOCK
PANDUIT/KRONE/EQUIVALENT
14 TELEPHONE CABLES KEI/ POLYCAB/ BELDEN/LEGRAND/DELTON/EQUIVALENT
15 CO-AXIAL CABLES KEI/ POLYCAB/ HAVELLS/ BELDEN/EQUIVALENT
16 CATEGORY 6A CABLE PANDUIT/COMMSCOPE/BELDEN/SEIMON/EQUIVALENT
17 MICC CABLE NORDEN/KERONE/WREHAM/EQUIVALENT
18 NETWORK SWITCH JUNIPER/CISCO/ARISTA/EQUIVALENT
H. MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
1 BATTERIES EXIDE/ STANDARD/AMARON/ AMCO/EQUIVALENT
2 BATTERY CHARGER EXIDE/ STANDARD/AMARON/ AMCO/EQUIVALENT
NUTECH PRODUCTS/ DEHN /TRIPROTEC/ TERCEL/ PRANAV
3 EARTHING (ALL TYPE)
ENERGY/OBO/EQUIVALENT
I. DG/PANEL/TRANSFORMER
STAMFORD/ CATERPILLAR/ CROMPTON/ LEROY SOMER/
1 ALTERNATOR
KIRLOSKAR/EQUIVALENT
2 ENGINE CUMMINS/ CATERPILLAR/ MTU/BAUDOUIN/EQUIVALENT
ABB / SIEMENS / SCHNIEDER /Lauritz Knudsen/ VDEAL /
3 HT PANELS
Approved Make List of DISCOM
VOLTAMP/ KIRLOSKAR /Crompton Greaves /PVJ/ Approved
4 TRANSFORMER
Make List of DISCOM

296 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
UNITISED / COMPACT SUB-
5 ABB/SIEMENS/ SCHNIEDER/Crompton Greaves/EQUIVALENT
STATION
JACKSON/KIRLOSKAR/ Cummins/
6 DG
Greaves/STERLING/ASHOKA/EQUIVALENT
J PLUMBING SYSTEM
VITREOUS CHINA
1 PARRYWARE/JAQUAR/HINDWARE/CERA/EQUIVALENT
SANITARYWARE
PLASTIC [Link] &
2 PARRYWARE/JAQUAR/HINDWARE/CERA/EQUIVALENT
COVERS
3 C.P. FITTINGS: PARRYWARE/JAQUAR/HINDWARE/CERA/EQUIVALENT
AUTOMATIC WATER TAPS,
4 AUTOMATIC URINAL PARRYWARE/JAQUAR/HINDWARE/CERA/EQUIVALENT
FLUSHING
TOWEL RING, TOWEL ROD,
5 TOWEL RACK, COAT HOOK PARRYWARE/JAQUAR/HINDWARE/CERA/EQUIVALENT
ETC. (304 GRADE S.S.)
CHROMIUM PLATED /
6 STAINLESS STEEL / POLY KOHLER/GROHE/ROCA/JAQUAR/CERA/EQUIVALENT
VENIEL CHLORIDE GRATING
7 PH TOILET ONLY HINDWARE/CERA/PARRYWARE/EQUIVALENT
8 STAINLESS STEEL SINK JAYNA /NIRALI/NEELKANT/KINGSTON/EQUIVALENT
G.I. & M.S. PIPES PART-I IS:
1239 UPTO 150 MM AND M.S. TATA STEEL (TUBE DIVISION)/JINDAL
9
PIPES PART-II IS: 3589 ABOVE HISAR/SAIL/EQUIVALENT
150 MM
10 G.I. AND M.S. FITTINGS UNIK/ ZOLOTO / JAINSON / BHARATFORGE/EQUIVALENT
ASTRAL/FINOLEX
11 PVC PIPES & FITTINGS INDUSTRIES/AKG/SUPREME/ASHIRBAD/ORIPLAST/
FLOWKEM/EQUIVALENT
ASTRAL/FINOLEX
12 UPVC PIPES & FITTINGS INDUSTRIES/AKG/SUPREME/ASHIRBAD/ORIPLAST/
FLOWKEM/EQUIVALENT
ASTRAL/FINOLEX
13 CPVC PIPES & FITTINGS INDUSTRIES/AKG/SUPREME/ASHIRBAD/ORIPLAST/
FLOWKEM/EQUIVALENT
ASTRAL/FINOLEX
14 SWR PIPES & FITTINGS INDUSTRIES/AKG/SUPREME/ASHIRBAD/ORIPLAST/
FLOWKEM/EQUIVALENT
HDPE PIPE & FITTINGS (For
15 GABERIT/FLOWKEM/ACO/EQUIVALENT
Soil & Waste Dual Stack system)
PRAGATI CONCRETE UDYOG/ K.K. SPUN PIPES/ J. K. SPUN
16 R.C.C. PIPES (NP2,NP3,NP4)
PIPES/SOOD &SOOD/HUME /EQUIVALENT
ASTRAL/FINOLEX INDUSTRIES/AKG/
17 WATER TANK (ISI MARK)
SUPREME/SYNTEX/EQUIVALENT
18 FORGED BRASS BALL VALVE ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
F.B. MULTI UTILITY CHECK
19 ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
VALVE
20 F.B. AIR VENT ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
21 F.B.P.R.V. ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
22 FLOAT VALVE ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR /
23 C.I, SLUICE VALVE
CRI/KIRLOSKAR/Lauritz Knudsen/EQUIVALENT

297 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR /
24 C.I. BUTTER FLY
CRI/KIRLOSKAR/Lauritz Knudsen/EQUIVALENT
ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/Lauritz
25 [Link] REFLUX
Knudsen/EQUIVALENT
ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/Lauritz
26 C.I. DUAL PLATE
Knudsen/EQUIVALENT
D.I. WAFER TYPE CHECK ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/Lauritz
27
VALVE Knudsen/EQUIVALENT
28 C.I. Y TYPE STRAINER ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
C.I. DOUBLE ACTING AIR ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR /
29
VALVE CRI/KIRLOSKAR/EQUIVALENT
30 FOOT VALVE ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/Lauritz
31 REST ALL TYPE OF VALVE
Knudsen/EQUIVALENT
HAND DRIER (304 GRADE
32 EURONICS/GROHE/KOHLAR/DURAVIT/EQUIVALENT
S.S.)
LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER (304
33 EURONICS/BOBRIC/SLOAN/PRESTIGE/NIRALI/EQUIVALENT
GRADE S.S.)
STORAGE TYPE WATER
34 RACOLD/ CROMPTON/ JAQUAR/HAVELLS/EQUIVALENT
HEATER (5 STAR RATED)
35 INSULATION THERMAFLEX / AEROFLEX / K FLEX/ A- FLEX/EQUIVALENT
SOLAR HOT WATER
36 TATA SOLAR/ SOLAHART/ GREENTEK/EQUIVALENT
EQUIPMENT
PVC FOOT REST &SFRC
37 KGM/ Patel / Pranali Industries/EQUIVALENT
COVERS
STAINLESS STEEL PIPES & INOX-KANTHERM/ CONEX BÄNNINGER/ VIEGA/
38
316L AQUNIOX/VSH/EQUIVALENT
39 FRP Manholes Covers EVERLAST/THERMO SET/RX/EQUIVALENT
40 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
PRESSURE REDUCING
41 ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
VALVES
K PUMPS AND EQUIPMENTS
1 WATER TRANSFER PUMPS WILO/GROUNDFOS/KIRLOSKAR/CROMPTON/EQUIVALENT
2 IRRIGATION PUMP WILO/GROUNDFOS/KIRLOSKAR/CROMPTON/EQUIVALENT
3 SUMP PUMP WILO/GROUNDFOS/KIRLOSKAR/CROMPTON/EQUIVALENT
MINILEC/AUTOPUMP/TECHNIKA/Elegent
4 WATER LEVEL INDICATOR
Controls/EQUIVALENT
MINILEC/AUTOPUMP/TECHNIKA/Elegent
5 WATER LEVEL CONTROLLER
Controls/EQUIVALENT
ELECTRONIC SENSING MINILEC/AUTOPUMP/TECHNIKA/Elegent
6
PROBE Controls/EQUIVALENT
7 WATER METER CRESENT/ KRANTI/KENT/KAPSTAN/WIKA/EQUIVALENT
SOUNDER PATTERN VALVE LABLINE/ AIP (AGRICULTURE AND INDUSTRIAL
8
FOR FILTER AND SOFTENER PUMPS)/EQUIVALENT
9 PRESSURE GAUGE FIEBIG/EMERALD/WIKA/EQUIVALENT
ELECTRICAL PANEL (TTA SIEMENS/SCHNEIDER/Lauritz Knudsen/ABB/SUPER TECH
10
PANEL) CONTROL/EQUIVALENT
NON RETURN VALVE (65MM
11 ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
DIA & ABOVE)
BUTTERFLY VALVE (LEVER ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR /
12
TYPE) CRI/AUDCO/DANFOS/EQUIVALENT
BUTTERFLY VALVE (GEAR ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR /
13
TYPE) CRI/AUDCO/DANFOS/EQUIVALENT

298 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR /
14 MOTORIZED VALVE
CRI/AUDCO/DANFOS/EQUIVALENT
15 VIBRATION PAD RESISTOFLEX/ EASYFLEX/DULOP/EMERALD/EQUIVALENT
16 VIBRATION ELIMINATOR RESISTOFLEX/ EASYFLEX/DULOP/EMERALD/EQUIVALENT
17 Booster Pumps Grundfos / Wilo-Mather & Platt/KIRLOSKAR/EQUIVALENT
18 Self Priming Pumps WILO/GROUNDFOS/KIRLOSKAR/CROMPTON/EQUIVALENT
L FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
ELECTRIC DRIVEN MOTOR WILO/GROUNDFOS/CROMPTON/KIRLOSKAR/KSB/MATHER
1
AND PUMPS PLATT/EQUIVALENT
DIESEL ENGINE / DIESEL ASHOK LEYLAND / CUMMINS / KOEL/
2
FIRE PUMP CATERPILLAR/KIRLOSKAR/EQUIVALENT
G.I.(FIRE FIGHTING) AND M.S.
3 TATA / JINDAL-HISAR / SAIL /EQUIVALENT
PIPES(DIESEL EXHAUST)
FIRE HOSE PIPES / R R.L.
4 HOSE PIPE WITH COUPLING ( NEWAGE / MINMAX / TYCO/ EVERSAFE/EQUIVALENT
GUN METAL / BRASS )
FIRST AID FIRE HOSE REEL
WITH BRACKET, DRUM AND
5 NEWAGE / MINMAX / TYCO/ EVERSAFE/EQUIVALENT
GUNMETAL SHUT OFF
NOZZLE
6 G.I. AND M.S. FITTINGS ZOLOTO/ JAINSON / BHARATFORGE/EQUIVALENT
C.I. DOUBLE FLANGED
7 SLUICE / GATE VALVE / NON- ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
RETURN VALVES
SLIM SEAL BUTTERFLY
8 ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
VALVES (PN- 1.6)
C. I. BODY BUTTERFLY
9 ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
VALVE
GUN METAL BODY
10 ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
BUTTERFLY VALVE
LANDING VALVE (GUN
11 ZOLOTO/ ADVANCE/ SANT / KARTAR / CRI/EQUIVALENT
METAL / BRASS)
12 ALARM GONG HD/TYCO/VIKING/EQUIVALENT
13 QB. SPRINKLER TYCO / NEWAGE/ HD/EQUIVALENT
14 WRAPPING AND COATING PYPKOTE / RUSTECH / COALTEK/EQUIVALENT
FABRICATED FIRE HOSE
15 NEWAGE / SAFEGUARD/EVERSAFE/EQUIVALENT
CABINET
BRANCH PIPE / NOZZLES
16 NEWAGE / SAFEGUARD/EVERSAFE/EQUIVALENT
(GUN METAL/)
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS (ALL
17 MINIMAX/CEASE FIRE/KANEX/EQUIVALENT
TYPE)
FIRE BRIGADE CONNECTION
18 HD/TYCO/VIKING/EQUIVALENT
(GUNMETAL)
19 SUCTION STRAINER AUDCO/ADVACNE/ZOLOTO/NORMEX/TYCO/EQUIVALENT
VIBRATION ELIMINATOR RESISTOFLEX / DUNLOP /EASYFLEX/
20
CONNECTORS EMERALD/EQUIVALENT
SINGLE PHASING
21 PREVENTOR (CURRENT Lauritz Knudsen / SIEMENS / MINILEC/EQUIVALENT
OPERATED)
22 FLOW METER EMERSON/E&H/SIEMENS/JUMO/EQUIVALENT
ELECTRICAL SWITCHGEAR &
23 SCHNEIDER/SIEMENS / Lauritz Knudsen / ABB/EQUIVALENT
STARTERS

299 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
HONEYWELL / SWITZER / JHONSON
24 FLOW SWITCH
CONTROL/EQUIVALENT
MAIN CONTROL PANEL SPC ELECTROTECH/SUPER TECH CONTROL / HAVELLS /
25
(POWDER COATED) C&S/ ABB/ SCHNIEDER/Lauritz Knudsen/EQUIVALENT
26 PRESSURE SWITCHES INFOSS / SWITZER/DANFOSS/ VIKING/EQUIVALENT
27 PRESSURE GAUGE [Link] / FIEBIG/ Emarald/EQUIVALENT
ANNUNCIATION PANEL FOR
28 PCD / SAFEWAY / AGNI (INDIA)/EQUIVALENT
SPRINKLER SYSTEM
ALARM VALVE &
29 HYDRAULIC ALARM MOTOR MATHER & PLATT / HD/EQUIVALENT
WITH COVERING
THIMBLES / FERRULES
30 DOWEL/UTKAL/LUGS INDIA/EQUIVALENT
(TINNED COPPER)
31 POWER CAPACITOR Lauritz Knudsen/ ASIAN / DUCATTI/ EPCOS/EQUIVALENT
ENERGY MEASURING METER
Lauritz Knudsen / SIEMENS / AE /
32 (DIGITAL) (As per approval of
ENERCON/SECURE/HPL/EQUIVALENT
the DISCOM)
33 2-WAY INLET BREACHING NEWAGE / MINMAX/HD/VIKING/EQUIVALENT
34 4-WAY INLET BREACHING NEWAGE / MINMAX/HD/VIKING/EQUIVALENT
GAS FIRE SUPRESSION AMEREX/NOHMI/FIRETRACE/Ceasefire/ Minimax GMBH /
35
SYSTEM Rotarex/KANEX/EQUIVALENT
36 FIRE STOP (FIRE SEALANT) HILTI/ FISCHER/3M/PROMAT/EQUIVALENT
M HVAC WORKS
WATER-COOLED
CARRIER/
1 Chiller(Compressor to be the same
TRANE/CLIMAVENETA/YORK/DAIKIN/EQUIVALENT
make,Double Screw)
PUMP SETS (FOR PRIMARY /
ITT-
SECONDARY CHW PUMPS &
2 XYLEM/ARMSTRONG/GRUNDFOSS/KIRLOSKAR/EQUIVALE
CONDENSER WATER PUMPS
NT
& HOT WATER PUMPS)
VARIABLE SPEED PUMPING ITT-XYLEM (e-80ITSC)/ARMSTRONG (DE4300)/GRUNDFOSS
3
STEM. (TPE)/ABB/EQUIVALENT
4 Plate type Heat exchanger (PHE) Alfa laval/ Armstrong/GEA / ITT-Xylem/EQUIVALENT
CARRIER / DAIKIN/
5 Heat Pumps
TRANE/CLIMAVENETA/YORK/EQUIVALENT
6 Dessicant Wheel DRI / Flakt Woods / Ostberg(Enventus)/BRY AIR/EQUIVALENT
7 Air washer Unit Edgetech/Humidin / Wave Aircon / Zeco/EQUIVALENT
8 MS Piping Jindal Hissar/ Sail / Tata Steel/EQUIVALENT
9 Dedicated outdoor air unit Edgetech/VTS/ZECO/WAVE AIRCON/EQUIVALENT
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DANFOSS (FC 102) / ABB (ACH 550) / SIEMENS (SINAMICS
10 DRIVE (FOR PUMPS, G120P)/Lauritz Knudsen/SCHNEIDER- ALTIVAR
COOLING TOWER & AHU) 320/EQUIVALENT
PRESSURIZED EXPANSION
11 TANK FOR CHILLED WATER Reflex/Armstrong/IIT-Xylem/Grundfoss/EQUIVALENT
& HOT WATER
AIR & DIRT SEPARATOR,
12 FLAMCO / SPIROTECH/ARMSTRONG/EQUIVALENT
VACUUM DEGASSER
13 COOLING TOWER Advance / BELL / PAHARPUR/EQUIVALENT
HOT WATER GENERATOR &
14 KEPL / EMERALD / RAPID COOL/EQUIVALENT
ULTRASONIC HUMIDIFIER
ELGRESSY / TERRAGON / ENPAR
15 ELECTROCHEMICAL WATER
TECHNOLOGIES/EQUIVALENT

300 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
Edgetech/VTS/ZECO/WAVE AIRCON/SYSTEM
16 AIR HANDLING UNITS
AIR/FLAKTWOOD/EQUIVALENT
PRECISION AIR HANDLING
17 Climaveneta(Mitsubishi Electric)/Vertiv/Schneider /EQUIVALENT
UNITS
HEAT / ENERGY RECOVERY DRI / NOVELAIR-SEVCON / OSTBERG/ BRY-
18
WHEEL AIR/EQUIVALENT
FAN COIL UNIT WITH AMCA
19 CERTIFIED FAN FOR SOUND CARRIER/VTS/FLAKTWOOD/EQUIVALENT
& PERFORMANCE
ARI CERTIFIED COOLING /
20 EDGETECH / VTS/ SYSTEMAIR/FLAKTWOOD/EQUIVALENT
HEATING COIL (AHU & FCU)
AHU FANS (AMCA CERTIFIED
FOR SOUND &
21 KRUGER / SYSTEMAIR/ NICOTRA/Greenheck/EQUIVALENT
PERFORMANCE) / DIDW
CENTRIFUGAL FORWARD
22 PLUG FANS FLAKTWOOD/GREENHECK/KRUGER/LAU/EQUIVALENT
23 Dry Scrubber Ryder / Trion/ Flanders Air Seal/EQUIVALENT
EDGETECH / SYSTEMAIR/FLAKTWOOD/
24 PACKAGED TYPE SCRUBBER
ZECO/EQUIVALENT
SCRUBBER & AIR-WASHER
FANS (AMCA CERTIFIED FOR
SOUND & PERFORMANCE)
25 SYSTEMAIR/ NICOTRA/GREEHECK/EQUIVALENT
PLUG FAN / DIDW
CENTRIFUGAL FORWARD /
BACKWARD CURVE
26 Thermal Insulation ALP Aeroflex / Armcell / K Flex/EQUIVALENT
27 Acoustic Insulation ALP Aeroflex / Armcell / K Flex/EQUIVALENT
ACOUSTICALLY INSULATED
28 SYSTEMAIR/ NICOTRA/GREEHECK/EQUIVALENT
INLINE BOX FANS
AXIAL FAN FOR
VENTILATION (AMCA
29 Greenheck /Nictra / Systemair/EQUIVALENT
CERTIFIED FOR SOUND &
PERFORMANCE)
CENTRIFUGAL FAN FOR
VENTILATION (AMCA
30 Greenheck /Nictra / Systemair/EQUIVALENT
CERTIFIED FOR SOUND &
PERFORMANCE)
31 PROPELLER FAN Greenheck /Nictra / Systemair/EQUIVALENT
32 THREE PHASE MOTORS ABB / CROMTON GREAVES/ SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
THREE PHASE MOTORS
33 ABB / CROMTON GREAVES/ SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
(250°C FOR 2 HOURS)
34 Y-STRAINER / POT–STRAINER EMERALD / LEHRY VTM/EQUIVALENT
35 Butterfly Valve with Actuator Belimo / Honeywell / Johnson Control / Schneider/EQUIVALENT

36 Actuator for valves and Dampers Belimo / Honeywell / Johnson Control / Schneider/EQUIVALENT
37 Balancing Valve (Manual) Advance Valve / Danfoss / Honeywell/EQUIVALENT
38 BUTTERFLY VALVE ADVANCE/TYCO/ Lauritz Knudsen/NEWAGE/EQUIVALENT
39 CHECK VALVE ADVANCE/TYCO/ Lauritz Knudsen/NEWAGE/EQUIVALENT
AUTOMATIC BALANCING DANFOSS / FLOWCON / SIEMENS / ADVANCE-
40
VALVES PETTINAROLLI/EQUIVALENT
BALANCING CUM 2-WAY
41 MODULATING CONTROL Belimo / Danfoss / Flowcon / Honeywell / Seimens/EQUIVALENT
VALVE (SINGLE BODY)

301 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
GLOBE / BALL VALVE (WITH
42 Belimo / Danfoss / Flowcon / Honeywell / Seimens/EQUIVALENT
OR WITHOUT STRAINER)
43 AUTO AIR VENT VALVE RB / Rapid Control/EQUIVALENT
44 PRESSURE GAUGES FEIBIG / EMERALD / H GURU/EQUIVALENT
INDUSTRIAL TYPE
45 THERMOMETER (ALCOHAL Pioneer / H GURU / Taylor/EQUIVALENT
FILLED V FORM)
46 GSS SHEET / GI Sheet SAIL / TATA / JINDAL/EQUIVALENT
47 ALUMINIUM SHEET HINDALCO / BALCO / NALCO/EQUIVALENT
FACTORY FABRICATED
48 Ductofab / Radiant Air System / Rolastar / Zeco/EQUIVALENT
DUCT
CARYAIRE / ATCO / Titus / Seven Star / UP
49 INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT
Twiga/EQUIVALENT
50 DUCT / PIPE SUPPORT HILTI/ FISCHER/UNBRAKO/WUERTH/EQUIVALENT
51 FIRE & SMOKE DAMPER Greenheck / Ruskin / Systemair / Betec CAD/EQUIVALENT
52 FIRE DAMPER ACTUATOR BELIMO / SIEMENS / DANFOSS/EQUIVALENT
EXTRUDED ALUMINUM
53 AIRFLOW / TROX / DYNACRAFT/EQUIVALENT
GRILLS / DIFFUSERS
VARIABLE AIR QUANTITY / CONAIRE / GREENHECK / PARAGON
54
INDOOR CONTROL/EQUIVALENT
AIR QUANTITY UNIT
55 (WIRELESS) VAQ/ IAQ CAV CONAIRE / TROX / AIRFLOW/EQUIVALENT
UNIT
FILTERS including HEPA filter
THERMODYNE / KLENZOID / PUROLATOR / SPECTRUM/
56 plenums / Pre-filter / Micro Vee
AAF Synder General/EQUIVALENT
Filter/ Bag Filter
57 UV Lamp Aeropure UV Systems / Arklite / Sterile/EQUIVALENT
VIBRATION ISOLATION
58 Dunlop / Easy flex / Resistoflex/EQUIVALENT
SPRING
59 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR Mapro/ Easy Flex / Resistoflex/EQUIVALENT
CLOSED CELL FIRE
PARAMOUNT / SUPREME / TROCYLENE / A FLEX/
60 RETARDANT XPE (FOR DUCT
AEROFLEX/EQUIVALENT
INSULATION)
NITRILE RUBBER
61 INSULATION (FOR PIPE ARMAFLEX / A FLEX/ AEROFLEX/EQUIVALENT
INSULATION)
METTUR BEARDSELL / STYRENE PACKING /
62 EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE
TOSHIBA/EQUIVALENT
63 FIBRE GLASS RIGID BOARD OWEN CORNING / KIMCO / SIPLA/ SUPREME/EQUIVALENT
64 WELDING RODS ADVANI / ESAB / VICTOR / ADOR / COSMOS/EQUIVALENT
COPPER REFRIGERANT MANDEV/RR
65
PIPING (With ISI MARK PRINT) GLOBAL/INDIGO/RAJKO/MAXFLOW/EQUIVALENT
66 AIR-CIRCUIT BREAKER Lauritz Knudsen / SIEMENS / SCHENIDER/ABB/EQUIVALENT
67 M.C.C.B. Lauritz Knudsen / SIEMENS / SCHENIDER/ABB/EQUIVALENT
68 MCB Lauritz Knudsen / SIEMENS / SCHENIDER/ABB/EQUIVALENT
STARTERS, CONTACTORS,
69 PUSH BUTTONS, OVERLOAD Lauritz Knudsen / SIEMENS / SCHENIDER/ABB/EQUIVALENT
RELAY
70 SINGLE PHASE PREVENTER Lauritz Knudsen / SIEMENS / SCHENIDER/ABB/EQUIVALENT
71 CURRENT TRANSFORMER AE / KAPPA / PRAGATI/EQUIVALENT
72 ROTARY SWITCHES Lauritz Knudsen / SIEMENS / BCH/EQUIVALENT
SELECTOR & TOGGLE
73 KAYCEE / Lauritz Knudsen / ABB/EQUIVALENT
SWITCH

302 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
74 CHANGE OVER SWITCH HPL/HAGER/GE/SOCOMEC/EQUIVALENT
75 HRC FUSE AND FITTINGS ABB/Lauritz Knudsen/GE / SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
76 VOLTMETER / AMMETER A.E. / IMP / ELMEASURE/EQUIVALENT
SIEMENS / Lauritz Knudsen/ ALTOS /
77 INDICATING LAMPS
SCHENIDER/EQUIVALENT
78 TIME DELAY DEVICE SIEMENS / Lauritz Knudsen/ BCH/EQUIVALENT
UL CERTIFIED AHU UVC /
RUKS / STERIL-AIRE / TRIMMED/ ULTRAFRESH/
79 COILOTRON & DUCT
ULTRAPURE/ MAGNETO/EQUIVALENT
MOUNTED UVGI
AIR COOLED HI WALL SPLIT HITACHI /MITSHUBISHI/ O-GENERAL/ DAIKIN/
80
UNIT (5 STARAS PER BEE) Carrier/EQUIVALENT
AIR COOLED PRECISION AC
81 VERTIV/SCHNEIDER/CLIMAVENETA/EQUIVALENT
UNIT
JET VENTILATION FAN FOR FLAKTWOODS/KRUGER/NICOTRA-
82
BASEMENT CAR PARKING GEBHARDT/Greenheck/EQUIVALENT
83 Grille/dampers Caryaire/ Ruskin/ Systemair/EQUIVALENT
84 UV Protective coating Armacell Armachek/ Amicol/Paramount/Polybond/EQUIVALENT
85 Grooved Couplings and Fittings Victaulic/Anvil/ Smith Cooper/Equivalent
N. BMS SYSTEM
CENTRAL CONTROL BMS
1 HP/DELL/LENOVO/EQUIVALENT
SERVER
2 PRINTER HP/CANON/EPSON/EQUIVALENT
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
3
SYSTEM CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
BUILDING MANAGEMENT
SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
4 WEB BASED SERVER
CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
SOFTWARE
PROGRAMMABLE &
SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
5 APPLICATION SPECIFIER
CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
CONTROLLER (DDC)
ENCLOSURE FOR DDC SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
6
CONTROLLER CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
O SENSOR & FIELD DEVICES
IMMERSION TYPE SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
1
TEMPERATURE SENSORS CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
ULTRASONIC BTU SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
2
METER/FLOW METER CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
3 OUTSIDE T+RH SENSOR
CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
4 SWITCH / SENSOR/
CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
AIR&WATER
ROOM/DUCT TEMP SENSOR / SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
5
T+RH SENSOR/CO2 SENSOR CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
6 PRESSURE SENSOR WATER
CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
IAQ MONITOR/ PM2.5&10/CO SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
7
SENSOR CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
VEKSLER/FLIPRO/DWYER/KELE/SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JO
8 WATER LEVEL SWITCHES
HNSON CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
FLAME PROOF LEVEL VEKSLER/FLIPRO/DWYER/KELE/SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JO
9
TRANSMITTER HNSON CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT

303 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
DC VOLTAGE
ABB/OMICRON/DWYER/SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
10 /CURRENT/POWER FACTOR
CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
TRANSDUCER
Lauritz
11 CURRENT RELAY Knudsen/ABB/DWYER/MECO/SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNS
ON CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
PH ANAYSER/ TDS HACH/ABB/OMICRON/SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
12
ANALYSER CONTROL/SCHNEIDER
OVENTROP/T&A/SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
13 FCU/AHUVALVES
CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
DAIKIN/DANFOSS/SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
14 THERMOSTAT
CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
15 COMPUTER LENOVO/ HP / DELL/EQUIVALENT
16 COMMUNICATION CABLE DELTON/TECHNOFLEX/LEGRAND/EQUIVALENT
DIGITAL THERMOSTAT / SIEMENS/HONEYWELL/JOHNSON
17
HUMIDISTAT CONTROL/SCHNEIDER/EQUIVALENT
Q-MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
P
(Ancillary)
TOKEN PRINTER (TABLE As per Approved OEM of Queue Management
1
TOP). System/EQUIVALENT
LAN BASED MASTER AND As per Approved OEM of Queue Management
2
SLAVE SOFTWARE System/EQUIVALENT
As per Approved OEM of Queue Management
3 LED DISPLAY
System/EQUIVALENT
Q PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM
DIGITAL VOICE
1 EVACUATION MASTER BOSCH/HEINRICH/HONEYWELL/SENNHEISER/EQUIVALENT
CONTROLLER/ROUTER
TOUCHSCREEN
2 BOSCH/HEINRICH/HONEYWELL/SENNHEISER/EQUIVALENT
MICROPHONE
3 CLASS D AMPLIFIER BOSCH/HEINRICH/HONEYWELL/SENNHEISER/EQUIVALENT
4 CEILING SPEAKER BOSCH/HEINRICH/HONEYWELL/SENNHEISER/EQUIVALENT
5 HORN SPEAKER BOSCH/HEINRICH/HONEYWELL/SENNHEISER/EQUIVALENT
6 SPEAKER CABLE BELDEN/KRAMER/CRESTRON/EXTRON/EQUIVALENT
R ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM
1 DOOR ACCESS CONTROLLER HONEYWELL/ TYCO/SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
HID/ HONEYWELL/ LENEL/
2 SMART CARD REDAER
TYCO/SIEMENS/INVIXIUM/EQUIVALENT
3 BIOMETRIC READERS LENEL/ TYCO/INVIXIUM/SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
ACCESS CONTROL
4 BOSCH/ LENEL/ TYCO/SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
SOFTWARE
5 RFID READER FEIG/ TAG MASTER/ IDCUBE/SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
6 RFID TAGS FEIG/ TAG MASTER/ IDCUBE/SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
IDCUBE/ HONEYWELL/ LENEL/
7 QR CODE READER
TYCO/SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
IDCUBE/ HONEYWELL/ LENEL/
8 DOOR PANEL ENCLOSURE
TYCO/SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
IDCUBE/ HONEYWELL/ LENEL/
9 EXIT PUSH BUTTON
TYCO/SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
IDCUBE/ HONEYWELL/ LENEL/
10 ELECTRO MAGNETIC LOCK
TYCO/SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
SMART CARD FREQUENCY IDCUBE/ HONEYWELL/ LENEL/
11
EXCITATION TYCO/SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT

304 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
EMERGENCY GLASS BREAK IDCUBE/ HONEYWELL/ LENEL/
12
UNIT TYCO/SIEMENS/EQUIVALENT
ACTIVE PASSIVE IT
S
SYSTEM AND IPBX SYSTEM
CATEGORY 6 A CABLE/
1 PATCH CORD/ I/O / JACK PANDUIT/COMMSCOPE/ SEIMON/BELDEN/EQUIVALENT
PANEL/PATCH PANEL/ LIU
FIBER MEDIA
2 CONVERTER/LIU/ JACK PANDUIT/COMMSCOPE/ SEIMON/BELDEN/EQUIVALENT
PANEL
3 RACK NETRACK/ RITTAL/ PANDUIT/VALRACK/EQUIVALENT
KRONE/DELTON/BELDEN/ COMMSCOPE/
4 MDF BOX
SEIMON/EQUIVALENT
KRONE/DELTON/BELDEN/ COMMSCOPE/
5 RISER CABLE
SEIMON/EQUIVALENT
6 FIBER RUNNER PANDUIT/ COMMSCOPE/ SEIMON/BELDEN/EQUIVALENT
7 CORE SWITCH JUNIPER/CISCO/ARISTA/EQUIVALENT
8 DISTRIBUTION SWITCH JUNIPER/CISCO/ARISTA/EQUIVALENT
MANAGEMENT PLATEFORM/
9 JUNIPER/CISCO/ARISTA/EQUIVALENT
CONTROLLER
WIRELESS INDOOR ACCESS
10 JUNIPER/CISCO/ARISTA/EQUIVALENT
POINT
11 FIREWALL JUNIPER/ CISCO/ PALOALTO/FORTINET/EQUIVALENT
12 INTERNET ROUTER JUNIPER/ CISCO/HP-ARUBA/EQUIVALENT
13 WI-FI ROUTER JUNIPER/ CISCO/HP-ARUBA/EQUIVALENT
14 WI-FI CONTROLLER JUNIPER/ CISCO/HP-ARUBA/EQUIVALENT
15 WI-FI ACCESS POINT JUNIPER/ CISCO/HP-ARUBA/EQUIVALENT
16 DIGITAL KEY PHONE PANASONIC/AVAYA/TADIRAN/EQUIVALENT
17 IP PHONE PANASONIC/AVAYA/TADIRAN
18 ANALOGUE PHONE PANASONIC/AVAYA/ BEETEL/ PROTEL/TADIRAN
19 EPABX/IP PBX PANASONIC/AVAYA/ BEETEL/ PROTEL/TADIRAN
TREND MICRO/ QUICKHEAL/
20 END POINT PROTECTION
NORTON/MACAFEE/EQUIVALENT
21 CLOUD SERVICE PROVIDER MICROSOFT/AMAZON/SYNOLOGY/EQUIVALENT
T AUDIO VIDEO WORKS
WALL MOUNT AND CEILING
1 BOSE/AUDAC/TOA/YAMAHA/SENNHEISER/EQUIVALENT
LOUDSPEAKERS
2 POWER AMPLIFIERS BOSE/AUDAC/TOA/YAMAHA/SENNHEISER/EQUIVALENT
Digital Signal Processor with
3 BOSE/AUDAC/TOA/YAMAHA/SENNHEISER/EQUIVALENT
inbuilt Control System
4 CEILING TILE MICROPHONE BOSE/AUDAC/TOA/YAMAHA/SENNHEISER/EQUIVALENT
WIRELESS
HANDHELD/LAPEL SENNHEISER/BAYERDYNAMIC/SHURE/RODE/YAMAHA/EQ
5
MICROPHONE /GOOSENECK UIVALENT
MICROPHONE
6 CHAIRMAN UNIT BOSCH/TELEVIC/SHURE/EQUIVALENT
7 DELEGATE UNIT BOSCH/TELEVIC/SHURE/EQUIVALENT
CENTRAL CONTROLLER
8 UNIT WITH RECORDING BOSCH/TELEVIC/SHURE/EQUIVALENT
FACILITY
9 SPEAKER CABLE KRAMER/EXTRON/CRESTRON/ BELDEN/EQUIVALENT
10 MICROPHONE CABLE KRAMER/EXTRON/CRESTRON/ BELDEN/EQUIVALENT
11 PROJECTORS CHRISTIE/BARCO/SONY/PANASONIC/EQUIVALENT

305 of 312
 APPROVED MAKE LIST

SL.N
ITEM MANUFACTURER/BRAND NAME
O
Laser projector WUXGA 25000
Lumen
12 (Manufacturer’s Authorization & BARCO / CHRISTIE / PANASONIC / SONY / EQUIVALENT
Commitment Letter to be
submitted along with BID).
Laser Projector 20000 Mw
(Manufacturer’s Authorization &
13 KVANT / UNITY / IBRA/ / EQUIVALENT
Commitment Letter to be
submitted along with BID).
BSW GOGO PROJECTOR 300 +
WATTS
14 (Manufacturer’s Authorization & ARCTIC / LBT / IBRA / EQUIVALENT
Commitment Letter to be
submitted along with BID).
MOTORIZED PROJECTION
15 SUDPI/SUVIRA/LIBERT AV/ DALITE/EQUIVALENT
SCREEN
16 CABLE CUBBY LOGIC/KRAMER/EXTRON/EQUIVALENT
17 PODIUM AHA/TECOM/PEOPLELINK/GLOBUS/EQUIVALENT
IP PTZ CAMERA(FOR
18 LUMENS/VADDIO/PANASONIC/SONY/BARCO/EQUIVALENT
CONFERENCING PURPOSE)
RECORDING, STREAMING &
19 LUMENS/VADDIO/PANASONIC/SONY/BARCO/EQUIVALENT
WEBCASTING DEVICE
20 JOYSTICK LUMENS/VADDIO/PANASONIC/SONY/BARCO/EQUIVALENT
VIDEO CONFERENCING
21 CISCO/BARCO/ LUMENS/POLYCOM/EQUIVALENT
SYSTEM
22 HDMI MATRIX SWITCHER KRAMER/EXTRON/CRESTRON/ BELDEN/EQUIVALENT
WIRELESS PRESENTATION
23 BARCO/POLYCOM/CISCO/EQUIVALENT
SYSTEM
HDMI TRANSMITTER &
24 KRAMER/EXTRON/CRESTRON/BELDEN/EQUIVALENT
RECEIVER
25 CONTROL SYSTEM KRAMER/EXTRON/CRESTRON/APPLE/EQUIVALENT
26 TOUCH PANEL HP/SAMSUNG/DELTA/PANASONIC/EQUIVALENT
27 HDMI CABLE. KRAMER/EXTRON/CRESTRON/ BELDEN/EQUIVALENT
28 EQUIPMENT RACK NETRACK/ RITTAL / VALRACK/EQUIVALENT
29 Cat6A Cables PANDUIT/COMMSCOPE/ SEIMON/BELDEN/EQUIVALENT

Note:* These are minimum obligations. However, final numbers to be as per design
requirement.

306 of 312
 SECTION –9
(PAYMENT SCHEDULE)

“Construction of 98 Type-II Quarters and 30 Shops beside Taladanda Canal Road,

Cuttack”

307 of 312
 PAYMENT SCHEDULE
SL. NO. DESCRIPTION %age
1 DESIGN STAGE
On approval of Inception Report, Detail survey, All Investigation and
1.1 0.500%
QMP (Quality Management Plan)
On Approval of Conceptual and General Arrangement Architectural
1.2 Drawings, Site Plan, Grading Plan, Contour Plan including Design Basis 0.500%
Report (DBR) for Architectural, Civil, MEPF, Landscaping etc.
On Approval of GFC Stage Detailed Design & Drawings for Architectural,
1.3 Civil (Including Vetting)and MEPF including Coordinated Drawings and 0.500%
Landscaping Design and Drawings and other drawings.
On Approval of all Samples and TDS of complete project components
1.4 0.500%
including Method Statement.
No prorated payment shall be allowed for Design Stage. No Payment Breakdown shall be applicable
for the Design Stage.
2 CONSTRUCTION STAGE
2.1 B+G+10 Storied Building Civil Work
Foundation work including Excavation and Complete including
i 18.534%
Waterproofing
ii Basement Floor Construction Complete 14.682%
iii Ground Floor Construction Complete 6.307%
iv First Floor Construction Complete 3.180%
v Second Floor Construction Complete 3.180%
vi Third Floor Construction Complete 3.180%
vii Fourth Floor Construction Complete 3.180%
viii Fifth Floor Construction Complete 3.180%
ix Sixth Floor Construction Complete 3.196%
x Seventh Floor Construction Complete 3.196%
xi Eighth Floor Construction Complete 3.196%
xii Ninth Floor Construction Complete 3.196%
xiii Tenth Floor Construction Complete 2.610%
2.2 Utility Building
Utility Building Construction including Electrical Panel Room, STP Pump
i 0.376%
Room etc.
2.3 Services
i Electrical Work Complete- External including civil works if any 1.975%
ii Electrical Work Complete- Internal including civil works if any 6.583%
iii PH Work Complete- Internal including civil works if any 4.739%
iv P.H. Work Complete- External & Connections including civil works if any 0.658%
v FIRE FIGHTING
vi With wet rise and sprinkler system (Ground Floor & Basement Only) 0.922%

308 of 312
 PAYMENT SCHEDULE
SL. NO. DESCRIPTION %age
vii Automatic fire alarm system 1.228%
viii SITC (Supply Installation Testing and Commissioning) of Lift 1.679%

33KV RECEIVING SUBSTATION AND 33KV/11 KV HT CABLING Supplying,

installation, testing and commissioning of 33 kV substation comprising of
ix 33 kV HT panel, transformers 33kV/11kV, 11 kV HT panel, internal 0.346%
connections, 11 kV UG cabling to the distribution substations on ring
main system, substation earthing, substation safety equipment

SUB-STATION EQUIPMENT
Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of 33 KV/0433 kV or
11 k//0.433 kv substation equipment comprising HT panel, transformers,
HT cable, bus trunking from transformer to LT panel, LT panels,
x automatic power factor correction panel, active harmonic filters, TVSS 0.820%
(transient voltage suppression system), SPD (surge protection system),
essential panel, earthing, required inter-connections, substation safety
equipment including IT cabling from substation to the buildings fed by
the substation.
Diesel Generating Sets Supplying, installation, testing and
commissioning of silent type DG sets, AMF. panel, bus ducting/ cables
from DG sets to essential panel, synchronizing panel where required, DG
set enclosure room sound insulation/ventilation/smoke exhaust as
xi 0.176%
required, earthing of DG set system, control cabling, fuel tank/piping. DG
set exhaust piping/ exhaust chimney as per CPCB norms, civil works
connected with DG sets including foundation as required. (COMMON
RESIDENTIAL & COMMON COMMERICAL AREA ONLY)
SOLAR PHOTO VOLTAIC POWER GENERATION SYSTEM
xii Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of grid interactive roof 0.266%
top solar photo voltaic power generation system including space frame
SOLAR WATER HEATING SYSTEM
Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of solar water heating
xiii 0.285%
system with heat exchanger type including electrical heater backup,
make up water tank but without piping.
CCTV : Supplying installation, testing & commissioning including cabling
xiv 0.203%
and Complete work -For Internal Surveillance
CCTV : Supplying installation, testing & commissioning including cabling
xv 0.009%
and Complete work -For External Surveillance
xvi Intercom System 0.065%
STP: Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of STP complete
xvii 0.638%
as per Scope
xviii Façade Lighting 0.215%
xix Boom Barrier - Electromechanical with all accessories 0.030%
2.4 Other Miscellaneous Works
i Compound wall having brick wall with width 0.25mt but height 1.5mt 0.580%
ii RCC WATER TANK
a Overhead Tank 0.210%
b Underground Tank 0.437%

309 of 312
 PAYMENT SCHEDULE
SL. NO. DESCRIPTION %age
iii DEVELOPMENT OF SITE
a Cement concrete pavement with vacuum dewatered concrete 0.740%
Horticulture operations with 300mm earth filling, grassing, tree
b 0.273%
plantations/shrubs etc
c LED street lighting/ Landscape lighting/ pathway etc 0.155%
d Waterproofing of Podium Area 0.200%
e Building Signage 0.085%
f Artwork, Murals 0.170%
g Entry/Exit Gate 0.120%
3 ACCEPTANCE STAGE
Final approval from competent authority viz. concerned development
i authority, testing, commissioning with approval from authority like fire 2.500%
officer and completion of all items as per approval.
On submission of as - built drawings and other documents as mentioned
ii 0.500%
in Contract Data
GRAND TOTAL 100.000%

Payment may be made on prorated basis on request of the contractor for each individual in
commensurate with progress by the Employer. However, in no case, the total cost of
payment exceeds the Lump Sum Contract Value for which the agreement is signed except
for a change in compensation or bonus etc. as admissible as per the contract.

310 of 312
 SECTION –10
DOCUMENTS TO BE FURNISHED BY BIDDER

1. Documents as specified in Section 1 must be submitted by the Bidder

in the Formats mentioned in Section 2 along with the BID.

2. Any other document, if asked by the Employer for clarification during

evaluation, shall be submitted by the bidder.

CHECKLIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED IN TECHNICAL BID

Submitted (Yes/No)
Criteria Document to be submitted
1 Bid Processing Fees Scanned copy of BG
Scanned copy of DD
2 EMD/ Bid Security -

Written power of attorney of the

3 signatory of the Bid to commit Copy of power of attorney
the Bidder
4 Whether Indian firms (Y/N) Certificate of Incorporation
Class of Contractor – Super
Class (Government of Odisha
Registration) or equivalent of
5 other State Governments / Relevant Certificate
Government of India / MES /
Railways for execution of Civil
works in general and Road,
Bridge &
Building work in particular

6 Constitution or legal status of Incorporation Certificate,

Bidder Partnership Deed, Trade
License, MoA, AoA
7 Place of registration Qualification Information
8 Principal place of business Qualification Information

9 Major items of construction Invoices of equipment /

equipment proposed to carry out Lease agreement
the Contract
Qualifications and experience of
10 key site management and Detailed CV
technical personnel proposed for
the Contract
Reports on the financial CA Certificate along with
11 standing of the Bidder, such as Audited Financial report for the
profit and loss statements and
relevant Financial Years
auditor's reports for the past five
financial years

311 of 312
 Evidence of adequacy of
working capital for this contract
12 [access to line (s) of credit and Banker's certificate
availability of other financial
resources]; Liquid assets and /
or availability of credit facilities

13 Authority to seek references from Bankers Details

the Bidder's bankers
Information regarding any
14 litigation or arbitration resulting List of Litigation, if any
from contracts executed by the
bidder in the last five years or
currently under execution
15 Methodology & Programme. To be submitted in Cover-III as
DBR
Bids from Joint venture - Bids
16 from Joint ventures/ To be mentioned
Consortiums /Association of
Parties are not acceptable
Turnover from Civil
17 Annual minimum turnover Construction works certified
by chartered
accountant
The Firm should demonstrate
18 making profit CA/ Statutory auditor certificate

19 Should have valid PAN and Scan copy of valid PAN and
GSTIN GSTIN
Experience of successful Completion Certificate from
completion of works / substantial Competent Authority
20 completion of works (90% of the
mentioning all the details as per
value of the contract to be Bid Data Sheet/TDS Certificate
considered as substantial for Pvt Sector Project
completion) as referred to in Bid
Data Sheet Cl. 4.4.A(b).
21 Bid Validity Undertaking Undertaking
Affidavit by the bidder duly
22 Affidavit signed by the Notary Public and
as specified in Section 2,
23 Design Basis Report As mentioned in the RFP

24 Certificate of No Relationships As per format given in Section-2

of the tender document
Information Regarding Any As per format given in Section-2
of the tender document
25 Conflicting Activities and
Declaration Thereof
26 Proposal for Sub-Contract To be mentioned

312 of 312